Chapter 1: Plagiarized
Summary:
When someone plagiarizes SMG4's content, Mario and the gang investigate.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It was a bright, sunny day outside. The silence of the Mushroom Castle was music to the ears of Toad.
Toad was fairly high in the MK hierarchy – high enough to be given a room of his own in Peach’s castle. He enjoyed the quiet, happy to do whatever he pleased. And the castle had been that way for the longest time.
Until that fateful day. Five years ago, everything had changed. And the most drastic of those changes…
“Oh-ho, hello!”
…had just walked into the foyer. Great.
“Hello, Toadie.”
Toad sighed. “Hi, Mario.”
Before Toad stood a plump man in blue overalls, a red shirt, and a matching red cap, with an “M” sewn onto the front. White gloves covered his hands, and large brown shoes covered his feet. Brown hair peeked out from under his hat, and a large brown mustache was under his nose. His bright blue eyes sparkled.
“Lemme guess: you want some spaghetti.”
“M-hm!”
“Sorry, but we’re kinda out. So get lost.”
“Nooooo!”
Mario’s eyes welled up with tears. He fell to his knees.
“But… But Mario needs his spaghetti!”
“Well, too bad,” Toad said harshly. “Again, get. Lost.”
A ring of the doorbell interrupted them. Mario instantly stopped crying, the tears vanishing in an instant as he gasped.
“Food?”
“Mario, nobody ordered–”
“FOOOOOOOOOD!”
Mario rushed to the door, swinging it open – and stopping dead in his tracks.
“You’re not food.”
There stood a man who, physically, was nearly identical to Mario. His color scheme was different, though – he wore white overalls, a blue shirt, and matching blue hat. His eyes were brown, unlike Mario’s. His hair was jet black, as was his mustache. Instead of an “M” on his hat, it was instead branded with a blue “4”.
“Uh… no?” he said, confused. “You okay, Mario?” He spoke with an Australian accent.
Mario stared, his eyes looking opposite directions in what Toad had dubbed his “idiot face”. “Who are you again?”
The lookalike blinked. “Um… it’s me. SMG4?”
Mario stared silently.
“We saved the kingdom together?”
Mario continued to stare.
“The USB thing?”
The Stare continued.
“I had you help me with “The Cake is a Lie”?”
“Oooh, you’re-a that loser guy who makes YouTube videos and doesn’t go outside!”
“Hey!”
“It’s-a been awhile!” Mario said happily. “I had some fun with-a that video!”
“You punched Lakitu in the face.”
“Same-a thing. C’mon, Mario was about to find-a some food!”
As Mario headed off, SMG4 walked into the castle – followed by three other Mario lookalikes. The first wore green overalls with a cyan shirt and matching cap, embroidered with the letter “X”. Like Mario, his hair and mustache were brown, and his eyes blue. Jet black gloves covered his hands. His skin was slightly darker than Mario, SMG4, and the other lookalikes.
Following him was a lookalike wearing black overalls with a red shirt and cap, the latter embroidered with “FM”. His hair and mustache were blonde, his eyes blue, and his gloves pink.
The final lookalike wore red overalls with blue shirt and cap, bearing the letters “MCG”. Once again, he had blue eyes and brown hair. His gloves were a bright yellow, and his shoes stark white.
Mario quickly jumped back when he saw them. “Ah! It’s-a Mario’s fan club! Don’t kidnap me again, pleeeaaase!”
SMG4 blinked. “Um… don’t worry, these are just some friends I made at Hobowarts. Mario, meet X, FM, and MCG.”
Mario laughed. “Wow! They have stupid names just like you! No wonder you’re friends!”
SMG4’s eye twitched.
“Anyways,” X said, preventing an argument from sprouting. “It’s nice to meet you, Mario.”
“Aren’t you the guy that beat Bowser?” MCG asked.
“M-hm!”
“…I don’t see it.”
“What’s going on in – oh. Hello, Mario.”
Princess Peach stood at the top of the stairs, a look of mild disdain on her face. Ever since… the incident, she’d found herself growing less fond of her old plumber savior every day. She’d had to ban anyone from holding a party at the castle while she was away because of what the idiot had done last time.
“And who are these?” she asked, glancing at SMG4 and the others.
“Oh! They’re SMG4 and his friends!” Mario answered cheerfully. “He was the guy that helped get rid of that thing from before!”
Peach recalled. She was grateful that he and Mario disposed of that… thing before it did any more damage than it already had. “Oh, yes. I am eternally grateful for your aid in preventing further corruption of our kingdom.”
SMG4 chuckled, rubbing the back of his head. “It was no problem, Princess.”
Peach smiled. “Why don’t you all make yourself at home? We have several guest rooms. Oh, and Mario?”
“M-hm?”
“Do not set the castle on fire. Toad, keep an eye on him.”
“Noooo…” Mario groaned. Toad just grumbled in the corner as Peach left the foyer.
SMG4 smiled. “Welp, I’m gonna get my stuff moved in. Gonna be living here for a while. Could you guys lend a hand?”
X, FM, and MCG gladly agreed, but Mario… wasn’t so keen.
“But that’s-a work!” he groaned. “Mario’s too lazy for that!”
SMG4 sighed. “Alright, fine. Let’s just get this done.”
The three headed out to unpack their stuff as Mario walked off. Toad considered following him, as per Peach’s orders, but ended up deciding against it. If Mario did something stupid, there was no way in hell he was going to be involved. So he just leaned back against the wall and closed his eyes, enjoying the returning silence while it lasted.
“There,” SMG4 said, smiling. “Finally done.”
After nearly two weeks of collecting his belongings and moving them to the castle, SMG4 had finally set up his stuff in the guest room. Near one of the windows, his simple wooden desk stood, a desktop computer atop it for his work. Posters was mounted on the wall, one displaying characters from the popular video game Team Fortress 2, another displaying a rabbit puppet from hit new series PuppetGAME by SMG4's friend Liam, and another with a picture of reigning Splatfest Champion "One-Shot" Wren. A television was set up nearby, with a paper set next to it, with the showtimes of various episodes, movies, and televised events jotted down.
“Now, to finally get to work,” he said, sitting down at his computer.
And then the door burst open.
“SMG4! SMG4!”
SMG4 sighed, knowing of Mario’s presence even before he spoke. “What is it, Mario?”
“You’ve gotta see this! It’s-a so funny!”
Mario held his phone in front of SMG4’s face, a paused YouTube video displayed on the screen. SMG4 could see an N64 Mario model on it, doing something stupid. He recognized it from a recent video of his, called “The Crazy Fighters”. It acted as a crossover between his YouTube series and those of fellow machinimists X, FM, MCG, and RM. It actually had some basis in real events – a crazy man who was unnaturally strong enough to haul a toilet everywhere he went had indeed attacked the school, and SMG4 and friends had stopped him.
SMG4 sighed. “Yeah, Mario, I know. That’s my video.”
“Uh, no?” Mario replied. “Your channel’s name is SuperMarioGlitchy4. This-a one isn’t that.”
“Wait, what?!”
Mario played the video. It… it was identical in plot. There were a few notable differences – but only in the casting. Different-colored Marios replaced SMG4 and his friends. The dialogue was barely even changed.
“What is this?!” SMG4 shouted. “This… this guy’s ripping off my stuff! How dare he! What’s his name?”
“Mario doesn’t know.”
“The channel name, you idiot.”
“Hey! Mario’s got a solid 4 IQ!”
SMG4 rolled his eyes, taking the phone from Mario. He looked at the channel name and froze. His mouth gaped. His eye twitched, as it usually does when he’s angry, as he read it aloud.
“SuperMarioGlitchy3.”
“Give-a that back!” Mario shouted, grabbing his phone back from SMG4.
“I can’t go anywhere without someone trying to ride my coattails,” SMG4 grumbled, storming out the door. “First that kid in the club, now this guy. Honestly!”
As SMG4 stormed towards the door, MCG heard the commotion, sticking his head out of the door of the living room.
“What’s going on, Four?”
“Somebody’s been stealing my content.”
The trio froze.
“What?”
“Since when?”
“Who?”
“I… don’t know,” SMG4 replied. “It could have been going on for months. Years, even! And the only clue we have to who is a name – SuperMarioGlitchy3.”
“He ripped off your name, too?” FM cried.
“I know, right?
“SMG3…?” MCG glanced at X. “You don’t think…?”
“James was… complicated,” X noted. “But a thief? That seems… out of character for him. I mean, sure, he had a lot he needed to work on, but… he left the YouTube Rangers. He gave up on that stuff, for who knows what reason. I highly doubt it’s him.”
“James?”
The two glanced back at SMG4, who looked very confused.
“Y‘know, James?” MCG said. “That other guy in the Rangers?”
“Rangers?”
“Our nickname for the media club.” MCG answered Mario’s question dismissively before returning his attention to SMG4. “You don’t remember him?”
“…Um…”
“We don’t need to worry about that right now,” FM said sternly. “Right now, we need to find the perpetrator and bring him down.”
“But how?”
“Elementary, my dear Luke.”
X groaned. “Oh, no. Here we go…”
“We simply use my amazing police skills to track his Internet signal!”
MCG blinked. “Is that… legal?”
“Anything’s legal when you’re on the side of justice!”
“That’s not–”
“Trust me, X – my boss said it, so it must be true!”
X groaned. “FM–”
“Too late!”
FM was already on his laptop, typing stuff in that the others couldn’t really understand.
“And… got ‘im!”
A small red dot appeared on the map portrayed on his screen.
“Says the uploads are coming from… uh… no, this can’t be right…”
“What is it? Where is he?”
“…The castle roof.”
“Well, guys,” SMG4 said, standing up. “Let’s go take down this thief!”
The group stepped out onto the castle’s roof (having gotten permission from Peach, of course – X made sure of that). They looked around seeing no one.
“You sure he’s up here, FM?” SMG4 asked.
Then, they heard some muttering from nearby. FM grinned.
“Yeah, I think so.”
The five leapt around the corner, where they finally came face-to-face with the one stealing SMG4’s videos, a laptop in hand.
He was yet another Mario lookalike. He wore a jet-black set of overalls, along with a dark blue shirt and matching cap, a white “3” in a black circle embroidered on it. His gloves and shoes remained their usual color. Black hair poked out from under his cap, and a brown mustache decorated his face. His eyes were brown, similar to SMG4’s.
He turned around, setting eyes upon the group. He smiled and rose, setting the laptop down and dusting himself off.
“Greetings, SMG4,” he said, with an Australian accent richer than SMG4’s own. “It’s been a while.”
SMG4 blinked. “Um… do I know you? I mean, you’re saying I do and all, and you do look kinda familiar, but… I dunno, man, I’m coming up blank.”
The other man froze. “You… don’t remember…?”
SMG4 squinted. His eyes widened and he snapped. “Oh! X, this is that James guy, isn’t it? Wait, was he the kid who kept copying my ideas somehow?”
X didn’t respond, though, staring at the thief in shock.
“…James?”
The man chuckled. “Oh, X. I should have told you, it's SMG3. That's my real name, I think, for what that's worth. Glad to see at least one of you remembers who I am.”
“Hey, we ain’t your friends!” SMG4 shouted. “You stole my videos, you ass!”
SMG3 shrugged. “It’s the least I can do, SMG4. It’s not like you haven’t done anything worse.”
“I… what?”
SMG3 chuckled. “So you even forget that. How… predicable, for someone like you.”
“What are you talking about?”
“Well, SMG4, let me tell you a little story…”
“Aw hell naw! Mario doesn’t have time for a story!”
Mario quickly pulled out a Fire Flower, transforming into Fire Mario and throwing fireballs at SMG3. The man yelped as he barely dodged the oncoming fireballs, until one slammed right into his rear, sending him flying off the roof screaming. The others watched on in shock and awe.
“Wow,” MCG muttered. “Guess Mario can dish it out.”
“Is… is he even alive?” X asked nervously.
“You think this is it?!”
SMG4 sighed. “Yeah, he’s fine.”
The gang went over to the edge of the roof, glancing down to see SMG3 shaking his fist at them angrily.
“I’ll get my revenge, SMG4! This isn’t the last you’ll see of me!”
SMG4 sighed. “Sure, whatever, man.” He reached over and grabbed SMG3’s laptop. “Oh, hey, you forgot this!”
And he tossed the laptop down.
SMG3 scrambled to catch it, but just barely missed, and it smashed against the ground, the laptop’s pieces scattering across the bright green grass. SMG3 stared in shock, then glared back up at the group, a scowl on his face.
“This. Isn’t. Over.”
And with that, SMG3 ran off.
X turned to SMG4. “Don’t you think that was a bit harsh?”
SMG4 shrugged. “He stole my content. He can just buy a new laptop. And if he does come back and try to steal my work again, we’ll deal with him. FM can arrest him for plagiarism.”
“Aw, hell yeah! I can arrest someone again!”
“Not something to be excited about, FM.”
“Oh, c’mon, X! You just can’t understand the life of an officer of the law!”
X sighed.
“Welp, Mario’s gonna go home,” Mario said cheerfully. “Maybe Luigi bought some spaghetti while he was out.”
As Mario walked off, X sighed.
“I’m gonna go get some sleep. That was weirdly exhausting.”
As X walked off, SMG4 glanced at the others.
“So, who wants to go play video games?"
The group cheered loudly, heading inside... and being completely unaware that they were being watched.
Kamek had been spying upon the Mushroom Castle for some time now – the past year, to be exact. Mario’s erratic behavior continued to confound the Magikoopa. He seemed… dumber. As if his intelligence had been lowered to make him one of the stupidest things on the planet. Even so, Kamek could tell he would present a threat. As for the other four, the new ones, he didn’t know. One was a police officer, but seemed humorously incompetent at it. The others, based on what he’d learned, were content creators of some sort. He hadn’t seen much of them in action, though.
He decided the time had come to report. Kamek disappeared in a puff of smoke.
“What do you have to report, Kamek?”
“Mario has not changed since my last report. He continues to falter in the intellect department. However…”
“C’mon, spit it out.”
“It seems that Mario has gathered new allies. I cannot judge for certain their effectiveness in combat, but one does have gun training, even if he doesn’t seem like the type to actually use it often. If we’re going to strike, sir, we need to do it before he makes more allies.”
“I agree.”
King Bowser Koopa rose from his throne. Prince Bowser Koopa Jr. stood at his side, grinning. Bowser smiled sinisterly.
“Looks like we’ll get our revenge on those pesky plumbers sooner rather than later.”
King Koopa’s monstrous laugh echoed through the halls.
Notes:
So here we are! My first work out in the public.
Dear God I am nervous.
SO, if you're here, you're probably wondering what the heck this is. Basically, this is a reboot of the SMG4 series as a whole, with greater focus on both the humor of the original as well as the continuity of the story I'm retelling. These early chapters will draw heavily from older videos (or "Classic Era"); this one, in particular, was inspired by both "Account Loss" and "SMG4 vs SMG3". The overall fic is generally episodic, but it will have an ongoing plot running throughout.
I will also say that some arcs later down the line will be moved around in the timeline to better compensate for specific story decisions, plus some new content will be added. That's all I can say on the matter for a good while.
Also, when it comes to ships: aside from like one or two ships (one canon, one controversial and DEFINITELY not being included), I don't know what will/won't be in this story at the moment. I don't plan romance, I just let it happen.
Please, feel free to provide feedback on any of my works. Criticism is welcome, and even invited (so long as it's not JUST a hate comment, of course)! Other than that, read on, my fellow nerds!
Chapter 2: Mind Games
Summary:
Bowser hires a shady person with mysterious powers to discredit Mario.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Within an apartment in Oviscity, one of the biggest cities in the Mushroom Kingdom, a person sat in a chair, obscured in shadow, flipping a coin nonchalantly as they talked on the phone. Their silhouette was similar to Mario’s.
“So you just want me to discredit this “Mario” guy?”
“Exactly.” Bowser’s deep, growling voice was recognizable to anyone listening to the conversation. “Use your… abilities to turn his allies against him, and you’ll be richer than you can imagine.”
“I dunno,” the person replied sarcastically. “I can imagine a lot. How much we talking?”
“I’m the king of the Koopa Kingdom, and if this succeeds, I’ll rule the Mushroom Kingdom as well, with Peach as my queen. Pull this off, and I can make you a billionaire.”
The figure caught the coin between their index finger and their thumb. They smiled.
“Consider it done.”
At the Mushroom Castle, Mario sighed happily, putting his cap on head.
“Ah, that-a was good spaghetti!”
The Italian leapt up. “Imma go check on Luigi. Bye-bye, Toadie!”
As Mario ran off, Toad stared at the ground, his pitch-black eyes wide, his mind scarred by what he had just witnessed.
“Why are we still here… just to suffer…?”
Mario, meanwhile, shut the door behind him as he left the castle and began to run home, not knowing he was being watched.
The person Bowser had hired spied on the plumber from the roof. They looked almost identical to Mario, but their skin was somewhat darker. They were clothed entirely in black, the only breakup being the label on their hat – a white circle with a black “Z” in the center. Their heterochromic eyes gleamed in the sunlight – one brown and one eerily red with a strangely white pupil.
“That’s the Mario he was talking about, huh?” the person whispered. “Doesn’t look so tough. Looks kinda like me, really.”
They glanced down at their black glove. A faint red glow enveloped it as they clenched it and smiled.
“Can’t wait to get ahold of him. This will be fun.”
They rose and backed up, carefully calculating their next move. When they had finished, they rushed forward and jumped.
Mario strolled down the path away from the castle when a shadow fell over him. He glanced up, his eyes quickly widening as someone slammed into him. Mario struggled, catching a glimpse of his attacker, before the person grabbed him by the head. Their hands glowed red, and Mario froze as his eyes turned the same color, and everything went dark.
Mario rose. He chuckled, opening his eyes – now brown and red.
“Ah, it feels so good to bodyjack again!” Mario – or rather, his assailant – said with a grin. “Now… let’s get down to business.”
Mario found himself falling through darkness. He couldn’t see anything aside from himself. Suddenly, he slammed into a solid surface, everything going stark white. Mario rose, his eyes adjusting to the brightness.
“What is this place…?” he muttered.
“Hello, Mario.”
“Ah!”
Mario jumped, before turning around to see his assailant standing in the white void.
“Who are you? Where am I?”
“You may call me Z,” the recolor said. “As for your second question, this is your mindscape. I’ve trapped you here and taken control of your body.”
Mario blinked. “Wut.”
“Yes, I’m in the driver’s seat now,” Z continued. “So I hope you don’t mind if you see yourself in the news later, being arrested for murder.”
“What?!”
“Goodbye, Mario.”
Mario rushed forward to tackle Z, but his enemy vanished before he could reach him.
“Oh, no…”
Z grinned, his smile plastered on Mario’s face.
“Now that the idiot’s taken care of, let’s get to work.”
He walked off, everybody passing by none the wiser to Mario’s predicament.
Luigi hummed as he cooked up some spaghetti, listening to the nice tune of Birabuto Kingdom. He knew that Mario would want it whenever he got back.
Unlike most of his friends unaffected by the incident, Luigi had grown accustomed to Mario’s antics. Sure, he was a bit stupid at times, and occasionally got on Luigi’s nerves, but they were still brothers. Though, Luigi had noticed Mario’s… less caring attitude as of late. He didn’t seem as sympathetic or generally nice as he’d been before that whole mess.
The door opened, dragging Luigi out of his thoughts. He smiled.
“Hey, Mario!” he called out. “Imma making some spaghetti!”
“Thank you, Luigi.”
Luigi froze. Something was wrong. The voice that had answered him was Mario’s – there was no doubt about that – but it was missing his accent. Mario had always spoken with that accent.
“Mario?” Luigi spoke up. “Are… are you okay?”
After a few moments, Mario’s voice, still lacking the accent, replied.
“I’m fine, Luigi. Don’t worry about it.”
Yeah, there was no way Luigi wasn’t going to worry. He left the kitchen and headed into the dining room, where Mario stood by the table.
“Mario?”
Mario looked up, and Luigi froze. He saw the different-colored eyes, the emotionless expression.
“Mario…?”
“Mario” sighed. “Oh, Luigi. You should have stayed ignorant.”
“Mario” ran over and punched Luigi, sending him flying back into the kitchen. The possessed plumber stopped to pull a knife out of the knife block.
“Mario, what are you–”
“Mario” grabbed Luigi by the neck, pinning him against the wall.
“I told you, you just needed to stay quiet, and I wasn’t going to hurt you,” he said. “Give Mario just one person he could rely on. Make it a bit of a game. But now that I think about it, it would be kinda fun for no one to know the truth of why Mario murdered his own brother in cold blood.”
“Y-You’re-a not Mario…”
“No shit, Luigi,” Z growled through Mario’s mouth. “Course, it’d be more satisfying if your brother were to bear witness…”
Mario ran through the white void of his mindscape.
“Wow,” he muttered. “Mario’s gotta be very smart to keep his-a head so clean.”
“Hello again, Mario.”
Mario froze at the sound of Z’s voice. “What do you want from Mario, bitch?!”
“Just for you to take a look.”
Suddenly, a massive projection appeared in front of Mario, showing him what his eyes were seeing – Luigi, with Mario’s hand wrapped around his neck, and a knife at his throat.
“Ooohh,” Mario muttered. “Mario’s pulling another prank on Luigi!”
“…What? No! I’m about to kill him!”
“Eh, he’ll be fine.”
“…Everyone will hate you.”
“And?”
“…You won’t be getting any more spaghetti.”
Mario’s eyes widened. “That’s right! Luigi’s my spaghetti maker!”
“And your brother.”
“That too.”
Z groaned. “Seriously? You’re the guy that beat Bowser and saved the kingdom? Ugh, you are so underwhelming. I’m just going to do it.”
“Nooooo! Mario’s spaghetti!”
Luigi’s fearful face had begun to recede as “Mario” stood completely still.
“Mario…? Are you… fighting back?”
“Mario” blinked. “Oh, no, Mario’s just being an idiot. Y’know, he only got worried for you after I reminded him that you cook his spaghetti.”
“Um…”
“Anyways, I’m going to kill you now. Mario will get the blame, and I’ll get all I could ever dream of!”
Z raised the knife, and Luigi closed his eyes… until a knock and a creak from the dining room was heard.
“Mario? Your door was…”
SMG4 stopped, staring at the scene before him. “Mario” turned around, glaring at SMG4, knife in hand.
“…open.”
“SMG4, run!” Luigi cried.
Z sighed. “Is the universe just really wanting to screw with me today? Guess that’ll be another kill on the list.”
“Mario” lunged forward, slicing at SMG4. The YouTuber barely dodged the swipe, turning and running off while dialing 911.
Z sighed. “He doesn’t matter. Now, back to Luigi.”
Suddenly, a police car slammed into them.
“STAHP RIGHT THERE!”
A horde of policemen, all identical to Mario save their entirely-blue outfits with the MK Police Forces logo on their hats, poured out of the car, clown car-style.
“How is that even physically possible?!” Z questioned aloud. “Also, HOW ARE YOU ALREADY HERE?!”
“Mario, put down your weapon,” FM shouted. “You are under arrest for charges of assault and attempted homicide.”
“Mario” scowled. “I’ve evaded your grasp for thirty years. I can keep doing it now.”
The policemen looked to each other.
“Isn’t he, like, several years younger than that?”
“It’s-a not Mario!” Luigi shouted, his head peeking out a window. “I mean, in person, it’s-a him, but it’s-a not.”
“What?”
“None of you will get to worry about that,” Z growled. “Because I’m going to end you all as Mario and watch him take the fall.”
Mario rushed through his mindscape.
“C’mon, c’mon, Mario can’t live without Luigi’s spaghetti!”
It was then that Mario spotted something in the distance. It looked like… his house.
“Mario’s house?”
Mario ran over and opened the door. He began looking around frantically. When he entered the replica of his bedroom, he saw someone in the top bunk of his and Luigi’s bunk bed – his bed.
Climbing the ladder to get a good look, Mario discovered that it was none other than Z himself. He growled something about Mario falling or something. So Mario did what anyone would do in this situation.
Push Z off the bed.
The bodyjacker’s eyes quickly flew open. “What do you think you’re doing?!” he growled.
“You’re-a not gonna take Mario’s spaghetti!”
Z rushed forward, the policemen in his sights. He quickly drew pistols and aimed them as Luigi cried out in horror–
–just as Mario’s body froze mid-charge.
His eyes turned pitch black, and his mouth opened wide, as black smoke poured out. The smoke quickly took a Mario-like shape and solidified, forming Z’s body. Mario collapsed, lying on the ground with his eyes shut.
“Ugh…” Z rose, blinking a few times. Their eyes widened in realization as they looked down at their hands – not Mario’s.
“DAMMIT!” they shouted angrily. “I was so close! If that idiot plumber hadn’t–!”
It was then that Z remembered the policemen. They glanced over.
“Um… hey.”
They were subsequently tasered.
As the policemen put handcuffs on Z, Luigi rushed over to Mario, lifting him off the ground.
“Mario!”
For a moment, Mario’s eyes remained closed. Then, they peeked open, before fully snapping open wide. His eyes went back to their “idiot” positions, and an absurdly wide grin spread across the plumber’s face.
“Hey, Luigi! You got any spaghetti?”
Luigi smiled. “Yeah, Mario. Let’s-a go.”
The two brothers walked back inside as the policemen stuffed Z into the back of their cruiser, the bodysnatcher shouted curses after the brothers.
“This isn’t the last you’ll see of me!” Z swore. “You cost me a fortune! You will pay for this, Mario! Next time I won’t be trying to discredit you!”
“You have the right to remain silent.” FM grinned. “But you’ve said enough to get yourself convicted already, bud.”
“…Shit.”
Notes:
You may be wondering who this new "Z" character is. They're actually a reinvention of the classic antagonist X (not to be confused with the other, good guy X), a person who could take over other people's bodies. I renamed them and reinvented them as a bodyjacker-for-hire, as well as giving them a minor redesign to make them stand out. This is a fairly loose adaptation of X/Z's debut, "Enter X". And yes, I do plan on exploring them further.
Oh, and this version of X/Z changes pronouns based on their current inhabited body, and use they/them in their normal body.
Z is played by David Tennant, for future reference.
Chapter 3: The Forgotten Door
Summary:
Hearing tale of a mysterious door under the castle, Mario and Luigi work with a new friend to locate it.
Notes:
Sorry it took so long to update. An unfortunate combination of school, ADHD, anxiety, and procrastination decided to kick my ass, so I haven't been able to write as much. If you know the song "Deadline" from Epithet Erased, that's my life over the past few weeks. Fortunately, I now have (almost) the entire half of Season 1 done! So, I'm going to be updating this story again over the next several weeks. The original Chapter 3 ended up being pushed back to make the narrative flow a bit better, but this will be here in the meantime.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“…and then when Mario was done, there was no more spaghetti left!”
Toad sighed. “And that was scary… how?”
“Mario ran out of food!”
Toad stared blankly at the Italian.
“Yeah, whatever. Here, I’ve got an actual scary story for you.”
“Oooh, Mario wants to hear Toad’s story!” Mario said excitedly, sitting down.
Toad grinned. “Now, this story is one learned of more recently, but it is truly one of great mystery…”
“Not so long ago, following the... incidents, the castle was undergoing reconstruction. Rumor has it that a carpenter by the name of John, while on lunch break, discovered a hidden path underneath the castle. And hidden at the end of this pathway lay a door. This door had no purpose, no reason to exist. It wasn’t in the castle’s plans. Perhaps it was the remains of an ancient civilization, from before the rise of the Mushroom Kingdom. Nobody knows – or ever will know. The carpenter never returned. Perhaps he remains behind the door, trapped for all eternity, plotting vengeance on the world that abandoned him!”
Mario screeched, jumping back, prompting Toad to laugh.
“Oh, c’mon, Mario, no need to be a baby. It’s just a story.”
“Or is it?!”
Mario and Toad turned to the new voice. Standing at the doorway between the entrance hall and the foyer was another red Toad. This one, however, wore adventuring equipment and a headband flashlight.
“Greetings, friends!” he said cheerfully. “I am Captain Toad, adventurer extraordinaire! I’m planning on investigating this mysterious legend. Would you two like to join me?”
Toad blinked, then waved Captain Toad off. “Nah. I don’t got the energy.”
Mario, however, looked ecstatic. His eyes practically shone with glee.
“Don’t worry about Toad! Mario will join you!”
Captain Toad grinned. “Excellent! Do you know of anyone else who can join us?”
“Mhm!”
Mario rushed off, leaving Captain Toad in the foyer.
SMG4 frowned as he narrowed his eyes, putting all his focus into what was in front of him. It was life or death. Major stakes were in play - his reputation.
“C’mon… c’mon…”
He was currently playing a fighting game, with the lengthy title of Super Smash Each Other in the Ass Brothers. It boasted a massive roster from across pop culture history. He was currently in a match with X.
“What’s wrong, SMG4?” X taunted. “Having trouble?”
SMG4 focused even harder. He was so close…
Suddenly, the door burst open, and in flew Mario.
“SMG4!”
SMG4 jumped, startled by Mario’s sudden entrance. X, unfazed, delivered a final blow to SMG4’s character, winning the match, signified by the machine singing “Game over, yeah!”.
“Hey! No fair!” SMG4 shouted. “I was distracted!”
“SMG4! SMG4!”
SMG4 sighed, turning to the plumber. “Yes, Mario?”
“Wanna go on an adventure?” Mario asked, his eyes sparkling.
SMG4 sighed. “After the last couple months, I just want to relax a bit, Mario. I mean, first SMG3, and then... Z, right? Yeah, sorry, I’m sitting this one out… so I can beat this man’s cheating ass!”
X chuckled as his friend glared at him. “Oh, I’m not cheating. You’re just bad at this game.”
SMG4’s eyes narrowed. “Oh, it’s on, asshole!”
He hopped back into his chair and grabbed the controller.
Mario sighed, leaving as the two started up another match.
"It's-a fine," Mario assured himself. "Mario’s already got another idea!"
With that, Mario ran off.
Luigi hummed as he counted up the change from the cash register and handed it to the customer standing in front of him.
“Thank-a you for coming!” he said cheerfully. The customer pocketed the change and walked out, leaving Luigi smiling. He turned to his coworker, a white anthropomorphic cat in a green shirt and darker green apron, with yellow glasses over her eyes and headphones on her head. A streak of blue dye ran through their hair. On the left strap of her apron were a two pins. One depicted the colors of the non-binary pride flag, and the other read “She/They”.
“I don’t see why you find this a-so frustrating, Karen,” Luigi said cheerfully. “It’s-a nice to talk to the customers.”
Karen rolled her eyes. “Just you wait,” they muttered with a New Donk City accent. “You haven’t met the rougher ones.”
Suddenly, the door exploded.
“Here comes one now,” Karen noted. “Good luck, Overalls!” With that, Karen took off, leaving Luigi alone. He shuddered, turning towards the door slowly. From the smoke came… Mario.
Luigi sighed in relief. “Oh, thank goodness. It’s-a just you, Mario.”
Mario rushed over, a grin on his face. “Hey, Luigi!” he said excitedly. “We’re gonna go on an adventure!”
Luigi blinked. “Um… sorry, Mario. I can’t.”
“Hm?”
Luigi sighed. “Look, someone has to-a pay for your damages. And since you don’t-a want a job…”
Mario stood still, his eyes staring in opposite directions. Suddenly, he grabbed Luigi by the wrist and took off.
“Mario wait–”
“We’re going on an adventure, Luigi!”
“Maaariooo!”
Karen watched as Mario ran off, dragging Luigi behind him. After a moment, she shrugged and went back to work.
“Mario’s got someone to come with us!” Mario exclaimed as he burst into the castle, still holding Luigi by the wrist. Luigi groaned.
Captain Toad grinned. “Great! We ready to go?”
Luigi carefully rose. “And where are we going?”
“To find the door!”
“…What?”
“Let’s go!” Captain Toad shouted, running towards the back hallway. Mario followed, and, with a sigh, so did Luigi.
“So where’s-a this… door?” Luigi asked skeptically.
“Nobody knows for sure,” Captain Toad replied. “All we know is that it’s underneath the castle.”
“And you’re sure it’s-a real?”
“Who knows?” he replied, grinning. “Half of the adventure is the mystery!”
“Mario has-a blueprints of the castle.”
“…or we could use that.”
Captain Toad took the blueprints and looked at them.
“Huh. Looks like there was some sort of hole in the ground that they filled with cement for the cannon.”
“Wait, you’re-a talking about the one that the carpenter disappeared into, aren’t you?” Luigi asked, eyes wide. “From the old story? You can’t-a be serious!”
“Hey, if he’s still down there, we can rescue him!” Captain Toad assured. “Now let’s go!”
Captain Toad rushed off. Mario followed with an “Oh yeah!”, and Luigi silently followed, resignation on his face.
“Oh yeah, where’d you get these, Mario?”
“I stole dem.”
“So… how do we move the cannon?” Captain Toad asked, gazing at the weapon.
“Mario’s got it!”
Mario rushed forward and grabbed the cannon, pulling on it as hard as he could with all of his available strength and his limited stamina. It didn’t budge.
Mario let go and shrugged. “Well, I’ve done all I can do.”
Captain Toad glanced at Mario, and then back at the cannon. “Mario… try ground pounding it.”
“Okay!” Mario rushed at the cannon and leapt into the air. Once he was over the cannon, he did a midair flip and rocketed towards the ground. He slammed into the cannon, initiating a massive explosion.
Once the dust cleared, Luigi rushed over to the newly-created hole. “Mario! Are you alright?”
“Imma okay!” Mario called up. “I think I found the door.”
Captain Toad and Luigi leapt down to join the red-clad plumber below. A wooden door stood before them.
“Huh,” Captain Toad muttered. “This isn’t under the castle…”
“Oh well.” Mario grinned. “We found it!”
Mario rushed forward and swung the door open. On the other side was a hallway.
“...Wut.”
“Ah, so this is just the entrance to the pathway to the door,” Captain Toad noted. “We’ve still got a ways to go.”
Mario groaned.
“Oh, don’t-a worry, Mario!” Luigi said. “Maybe it won’t be so bad!”
“RUN FOR YOUR LIVES!” Luigi shouted as he, Mario, and Captain Toad ran from the massive boulder rolling towards them.
“Oh, I’ve always wanted to encounter this trap!” Captain Toad muttered.
Mario glanced over at him. “What’s wrong with you?” he asked slowly.
The trio quickly dove into a dip in the wall, squeezing as close as they could to the wall as the boulder rolled past.
“Weird,” Captain Toad muttered. “These traps seem hastily constructed. Whoever made these was rushing. Not to mention, this is the first trap designed to keep people like us out. Those bolts from earlier had no effect on us. They were meant for something completely different in genetic makeup. They were trying to keep something specific from getting in.”
“Or getting out,” Luigi muttered, his lip quivering.
“That is a possibility,” Captain Toad agreed. “Perhaps the door is some sort of seal, trying to keep something powerful from escaping.”
“Oooo, Mario sees something.”
Captain Toad and Luigi looked ahead to see a metal door ahead. It was securely locked with about five different kinds of locks.
“L-Looks like we can’t get in!” Luigi noted, a bit of relief in his voice. “I guess we’re-a going back now.”
“No way!” Captain Toad said. “Trust me, I’ve got just the thing!”
Captain Toad reached into his backpack and took out a glowing golden key.
“Behold!” he said, a grin on his face. “One of the rarest treasures I’ve obtained in my adventures: the Key of Plot Convenience!”
“Oh, wow,” Luigi muttered. He looks at the camera. “It’s-a almost like the writer needed a way to get the door open but didn’t know how.”
“Shut up, Luigi. Now, the KPC–”
“KFC? Where?!”
“KPC, Mario. The KPC, as I like to shorten it to, can open any door safely, regardless of the number of locks or security measures attached to it – but it only works once.”
Captain Toad raised the Key to the door, preparing to unlock it.
[WARNING. UNKNOWN ENERGY INTRUSION. POSSIBLE THREAT TO CONTAINMENT CHAMBER.]
Captain Toad jumped, nearly dropping the Key, as a booming robotic voice echoed through the tunnels.
“Containment?!” Luigi exclaimed. “It is keeping something in!”
[STANDARD DEFENSES EXHAUSTED. PREPARING BACKUP DEFENSE SYSTEM. COLLAPSE IMMINENT.]
“Run!” Captain Toad shouted. The trio quickly rushed back the way they came, soon reaching the hole to the surface as the tunnel collapsed behind them.
“How do we get up?!” Luigi cried.
“I’ve got it!” Captain Toad replied, taking out a grappling hook. He fired it, and it latched onto a nearby rock on the surface. Mario and Luigi grabbed onto Captain Toad as he pulled himself up.
Upon reaching the surface, the trio collapsed as the shaking stopped.
“Yahoo! That was fun!”
“Um… Mario?”
Mario sighed. “What is it, Luigi?”
“The castle…”
Mario looked up. The castle had sunk into the ground. He’d forgotten about the tunnels being underneath the castle itself.
“Oooooo.”
Captain Toad rose. “Welp. Let’s go explain–”
He paused for a moment. His eyes widened in realization.
“The Key! I dropped the Key!”
Deep below ground, a robotic voice buzzed to life as it scanned the tunnels.
[ENERGY SOURCE SUCCESSFULLY CONTAINED. BURIAL CONFIRMED. THREAT NEUTRALIZED. PATH TO CHAMBER DESTROYED. ALL ACCESS POINTS UNAVAILABLE. SECURITY LEVEL: 100%]
With that, the defense system powered down for the final time.
Four years prior, in the same spot where the Key now lay, a carpenter with the name "John" on his nametag undid the final lock on the door.
“Whatever this thing is, it had better be worth it,” he muttered. He opened the door slowly, shielding his eyes from a bright blue light.
In the center of the chamber on the other side sat a massive blue crystal. John approached it carefully. “What… is this?” he muttered, reaching out towards it.
The second his hand came into contact with the crystal, an energy surged through John. He froze, his eyes going the same blue as the crystal. He didn’t even have time to scream.
[ENERGY SURGE DETECTED IN CONTAINMENT CHAMBER. SECURITY POTENTIALLY COMPROMISED. REACTIVATING DEFENSE MECHANISMS. REPLACING AND UPGRADING LOCKS.]
The door slammed shut, the locks redone far more secure than before, sealing John inside the chamber with the crystal.
Notes:
As you can tell, this is a retelling of "The Forgotten Door" with some twists. If you're a hardcore SMG4 fan, you'll know what that big crystal is. However, the question remains: who left it down there and why were they trying to keep it sealed away?
I brought Captain Toad in for story reasons I cannot spoil just yet. But he does have a big role to fill in upcoming chapters, so look forward to that!
Also, Karen's here, because there's no reason she can't show up. Karen uses she/they pronouns, based on James' (SMG3's canon VA) headcanon that Karen is nonbinary.
Chapter 4: Mario's Road Trip
Summary:
Mario, SMG4, and Toad go on a road trip. Chaos ensues.
Chapter Text
“Why does Mario have-a to go on this trip?”
SMG4 sighed. “Because, Mario, you caused the castle to collapse.”
“Luigi and-a Captain Toad helped!”
“Luigi’s busy working off your damages, and Captain Toad had some assignment from the princess. But Peach specifically wanted you out of the way while they rebuilt the castle.”
“And why do I have to come?”
“To help keep Mario in check.”
Toad groaned. “Aw hell naw! I ain’t–”
“She told me to tell you that she plans to pay you in candy if you do.”
Toad went silent for a moment.
“Well, that changes everything! Where are we going?”
“You and Mario are going to Didney Worl–”
“WOOOOOOOOOOOOO!”
“–and I am going to a class reunion at Hobowarts. They’re directly across the street from each other. And I’m driving. Understood, Mario?”
“But–”
“You had your license revoked, and Toad is too short.”
“Ugh, fine.”
“Watch your mouth, or you won’t have one,” Toad growled.
SMG4 rolled his eyes. “Toad, you don’t care enough to go through with that threat.”
“Eh, fair enough.”
As the car drove across the road, surrounded by the sandy desert, a bloodcurdling sound rang out of its window. Even the birds flying overheard stopped to wonder what the heck the sound was, and what horrible creature could be making it.
“COUNTRY ROOOOAAAAD! TAKE ME HOOOMME!”
Toad groaned. “Somebody please make him stop.”
“IT’S-A MEEEE, MAAAARIOOOOOO!”
“SMG4, please, for the love of God.”
“OKIE-DOKIE!”
“Oh, thank God.”
“MAMA MIA!”
“No, God! No, God, please no! NO! NO! NOOOOO-”
“HERE WE GOOOO!”
“Just let him get it out of his system, Toad,” SMG4 muttered.
“MAAAAARIOOOOOOOOO!”
“I will kill everyone in this car and then myself.”
“Don’t-a worry, Mario’s done.”
“Oh thank God.”
“Encore time!”
“NOOOOO!”
“How about we listen to something else?” SMG4 suggested, turning on the radio. On the Floor by IceJJFish came on, and SMG4 started humming along.
Mario groaned. “Nooooo! Your music taste sucks ass!”
Mario quickly grabbed the dial and changed it. Chicken Nuggets Song by Nick Dean started playing, and Mario began to dance in his seat, a stupid grin on his face.
“Ugh. Let the master show you.”
Toad reached forward and switched the dial again. This time, a cover of Riding Dirty by none other than Toad himself came on. Mario and SMG4 covered their ears at the horrible screeching sound of Toad’s singing voice projected from the radio. Toad, meanwhile, was jamming out in the back seat. Needless to say, SMG4 quickly changed it again.
This sparked a small war over the dial. The trio continuously flipped between their song choices for what seemed like minutes before Mario turned the dial too far, and the hit song What is Love by Haddaway began to play. All three stopped fighting and, after a moment of pause, began jamming out to the music.
After about ten minutes of listening to What is Love on loop, a sudden sputtering sound interrupted the song, and the car ground to a halt.
“Shoot!” SMG4 muttered.
“Great,” Toad grumbled. “I’m stuck in the desert with Mario. Fantastic.”
Mario looked out the back window. “Hey, let’s-a ask him for help!”
“Hm?” SMG4 turned around curious. “Who is…?”
The YouTuber squinted, focusing in on the approaching figure. Then, his eyes widened in recognition.
“No… no, it can’t be…”
The figure, dressed in a dirty brown and red robe that obscured his face, save his glowing yellow eyes, glanced up to see the car. His arms and legs appeared to be wrapped in cloth, and he held a pair of katanas in his hands. When he spotted SMG4 in the driver’s seat, he immediately perked up.
“SmG4? Is ThAt YoU?”
“Oh, God.”
“It Is YoU!” the robed figure cried in a voice that sounded identical to the WillFromAfar text-to-speech voice, as he began to dash towards the car. “Oh My GoD i HaVeN’t SeEn YoU sInCe HoBoWaRtS! It Is YoUr OlD pAl BoB bObOwSkI! ArE yOu FiNaLlY gOnNa PuT mE iN oNe Of YoUr ViDeOs?”
“What’s-a that horrible noise?” Mario asked, covering his ears.
“That would be Bob, an annoying little ass who thinks he’s the most perfect man in the world, yet refuses to come out of his cloak,” SMG4 answered, contempt etched onto his face. “He attended Hobowarts for a couple years with us before dropping out. Constantly asked for me to put him in my videos.”
“Or CoUlD yOu At LeAsT gIvE mE a RiDe To HoBoWaRtS? I nEeD tO gEt ThErE fOr ThE cLaSs ReUnIoN!”
SMG4 turned around and started turning the key frantically. “Come on, come on …”
“We CaN wAtCh SoMe AwEsOmE cArToOnS oN tHe WaY!”
Mario smiled. “Heeey, that’s-a pretty goooood!”
“No, you do not want to watch his cartoons, Mario!”
“Why not?”
“AnD bY cArToOnS i MeAn HeNtAi!”
“…Oh.”
Toad sighed. “I’d agree, but I’d have to endure his horrible voice for the rest of the trip.”
The sound of something hitting the back of the car distracted the gang. They turned to see Bob standing on the trunk.
“I cAn ShOw YoU tHe WoRlD,” he sang, “oF aNiMaTeD pOr–”
Finally, the car engine started up. SMG4 hit the pedal faster than one could say “memes” and sped off.
“AhHhHhHhHhHh!” Bob cried as the car took off, his strange, text-to-speech-like scream making him sound like he was actually saying the letters of said scream.
“He’s-a still hanging on!” Mario shouted.
SMG4 frowned, taking out a pair of shades and putting them on. “This is what they call a pro gamer move.”
He hit the radio, and Deja Vu from Initial D came on. He quickly began doing donuts in the middle of the road just as the song hit its chorus, eventually flinging Bob off.
“WhY cOuLdN’t YoU jUsT lEt Me CaMeO?” he cried as he flew through the air, just before landing in the sand. “BiTcH.”
The gang cheered as they watched Bob land in the sand, turning around just in time to see an approaching telephone pole.
“Swerve!” Toad shouted.
SMG4 quickly turned the wheel, only for the car to turn too fast, sending it careening into the pole anyways. SMG4 groaned as he opened the door. “Everyone alright?”
Mario peeled himself off the window. “This is fine.”
“I’d be better if you hadn’t taken your eyes off the road, idiot,” Toad grumbled.
“Ha Ha! GeT rEkT sCrUbS!” Bob’s grating voice tore through the air. Toad winced at the sound of it. “ThAt’S wHaT yOu GeT fOr IgNoRiNg Me LoL. NoW yOu CaN bE a WaNdErInG nOmAd ToO. ThOuGh YoU’lL nEvEr Be As SeXy A nOmAd As Me.”
Toad groaned. “Well… the hell do we do now? We don’t have service out here.”
Then, a car pulled up beside them. The window rolled down to reveal X in the driver’s seat.
“Need a ride?”
“YeS!”
“Not you.”
“DaMmIt.”
“Thanks for the ride, X,” SMG4 said thankfully. “You’re a lifesaver – in more ways than one. I wouldn’t have lasted another minute trapped out there with Bob.”
“I don’t blame you,” X agreed. “Gotta say, though, FM trying to get back at him is always fun.”
FM, meanwhile, had his head stuck out the back window, glaring back in Bob’s direction as he faded to the horizon.
“Who’s the lonely bitch now, Bob? Huh?! HUH?!”
“Hey,” SMG4 said, recounting the people in the car. “Where’s MCG?”
“Didn’t want to come,” FM replied as he closed the window. “Something about a new game or something. He is gonna miss out.”
“Didney Worl is just ahead,” X noted. “We’ll drop Mario and Toad off, and then we’re off to Hobowarts.”
“WOOOOOOOO!” Mario cheered.
Toad merely smiled and wanted to die.
Notes:
Not really anything to say, so... yeah. See ya'll next time!
Chapter 5: History Lesson
Summary:
SMG4 reunites with his school friends and reminisces on his time in school, as well as his first meeting with his greatest rival.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“We’re finally here!” FM cried as X pulled into a parking space. “I can’t wait to see everyone again! MM! RM! Why do so many of our names end in M?”
“Calm down, FM,” X said as he cut the engine. “We don’t need you shouting or bouncing when we go in.”
“I will shout and bounce if I want to shout and bounce!”
“I swear to Miyamoto, FM, if you break anything…”
“I won’t.”
“You said that at the school dance.”
“I mean it this time!”
“You said that at the second school dance.”
“Please don’t remind me of that one.”
“Hey, we going in or not?” SMG4 asked.
“Right, right.”
The trio walked up to the school’s door. SMG4 opened it… only to be greeted by a familiar pair of yellow eyes.
“HeLlO tHeRe.”
FM screamed and jumped a literal twelve feet back.
“Bob?” SMG4 said in surprise. “Um… how’d you get here before us? We left you back in the desert.”
“I aM oMnIpOtEnT.”
“…Riiight.”
SMG4, X, and FM walked past Bob as the Garo begged to be put in one of SMG4’s videos, basking in the halls of their school once more.
Bob sighed, then turned away. “HeY yOu. ReAdInG tHiS fAnFiCtIoN. Do YoU wAnT tO bE mY fRiEnD?”
“Man…” SMG4 muttered. “This brings back memories…”
Five years ago…
“I’d like to introduce a new member of our media club,” a yellow Mario recolor said, a smile on his face. “This is SMG4. Please treat him nicely. He’s fairly new to this school.”
SMG4 waved meekly. He walked over to an empty seat and sat on his own.
The yellow Mario recolor introduced himself as Starman3, and as he talked, a nearby Mario recolor dressed in red and black leaned over.
“So, SMG4, huh?”
“Erm… yes?”
“Is that even your real–”
“Leave him alone, FM,” a cyan and green recolor muttered. “Sorry about him. He’s a bit big into conspiracies. Watched too much true crime.”
“You’ll never fool me! You’ve been sent to infiltrate us! Just like–”
“FM, just shut up.”
“Fine.” FM sat down in his seat and pouted.
The other recolor turned back to SMG4. “Anyways, the name’s X.”
“X? FM? Are you going to get yourselves in trouble again?”
X groaned. “Starman, you know FM drags me into trouble screaming. I was just introducing myself to Four.”
Starman sighed. “I’ll excuse it, but please don’t talk while I’m talking again. I’m this club’s teacher for a reason.”
“Of course, Starman.”
FM muttered something under his breath about an egomaniac, but evidently, Starman either didn’t hear it or he ignored it.
“Anyways, you wanna hang out later?” X whispered.
SMG4 smiled. Maybe he would like it here, after all.
Present day…
“Guys!”
A group of Mario recolors, including Kaijak18 (grey with turquoise overalls with yellow gloves), Ruffman8890 (yellow with white overalls), GageDawg (blue with yellow overalls), AustinDawgyDawg (green), Crimsonman5 (white with yellow overalls), Fawn (a girl dressed in pink), Pinkolol16 (a girl dressed in pink and blue), and Onyxking67 (yellow with cyan overalls), turned to see SMG4, X, and FM approaching.
“Yo!” Kaijak said cheerfully, welcoming his old friends. “It’s been forever!”
“No kidding,” Ruffman (RM for short) added. “Where you been for the last couple months? You haven’t talked to us at all!”
“Bit busy,” SMG4 replied, chuckling nervously. “A lot has happened. Okay, not a lot a lot, but some pretty weird stuff has happened.”
“I’ll say. I mean, we met again, didn’t we, SMG4?”
At the familiar voice, SMG4 turned to see none other than his blue and black doppelgänger standing there, a 3 on his hat and a shit-eating grin on his face.
Four and a half years ago…
“Alright, guys,” MarioMario54321 (MM for short), the club’s new president following Starman’s… ahem, departure, said, speaking loud enough that everyone could hear. “We’ve got a new club member. Be nice, everyone.”
In stepped another Mario recolor, this one dressed in a blue hat and black overalls. He smiled. “Um, hi. I’m... James. Yeah. Call me James.”
Present day…
“SMG3.”
“Woah, man, what’s with the hostility?” GD asked.
“SMG3 here tried to steal my content,” SMG4 growled.
SMG3 balked mockingly. “What, me? I would never.”
SMG4 balled his hands into fists.
“Besides, even if I did, you would have deserved it.”
“Oh, sure,” SMG4 muttered. “Keep telling yourself that.”
“I will. Now, if you’ll excuse me, I must meet with the rest of the psychology graduates.”
SMG3 walked off, leaving SMG4 fuming.
“Jeez,” Fawn muttered. “I know that they weren’t fond of each other, but how’d it get that bad between them?”
“Dunno,” FM replied with a shrug. “3 kinda just… showed up, all angry at 4. He stole SMG4’s content, who in turn threw his laptop off a roof–”
“A bit harsh.”
“Shut up, Onyxking, you would have done the same thing.”
“Fair.”
“So…” X interjected, hoping to stop any potential arguments. “What have you guys been up to? How are your careers going?”
“Oh, it’s going great!” Crimson replied. “I’m a reporter now!”
“A… reporter?”
“For Mushroom Kingdom News! So you’ll be seeing me anytime there’s some sort of breaking news over there.”
“I guess I’m just pursuing my YouTube content,” Kaijak said. ADD, GD, Pink, and Fawn nodded in agreement.
“That, and I’m doing a bit of exploration stuff,” RM noted. “Checking out some new places. There’s this one place I really want to go soon. It’s like this massive crevice just outside the Mushroom–”
“Do not go in there!” SMG4 shouted. “Just… trust me. There’s something down there that caused me and a friend a lot of trouble a while back.”
“…Okay?”
“I’ve mostly been hanging out with a friend in Inkopolis,” Onyxking said.
“And… you’re welcome there?” FM asked skeptically.
“Eh, not really. Zelus is cool about it, unlike most Inklings. She’s great like that. But the rest of the city is starting to come around to accepting humans and their likes.”
“Like they’ve been coming around to Octolings?”
“Yeah! I mean, the last Splatfest had the first Octoling team in history! They were good, too. Gave Wren a run for their money in the semifinals.”
“The Octoposse, right? Yeah, they were good.”
“That reminds me,” SMG4 interjected, a grin on his face. “Onyxking, do you remember when you thought all Inklings were perpetually fourteen years old?”
Onyxking facepalmed, letting out a groan. “Oh, God, don’t remind me. Zelus set my facts straight on that one.”
As the group continued to banter, X glanced over at SMG3. Even among the other psychology kids, he stood off to the side, away from the group. A part of him couldn’t help but feel sorry for the doppelgänger. His mind flashed back to the first time 4 and 3 had interacted…
Four and a half years ago…
“So, James, huh?”
“Uhhh… yes?”
“Is that even your real–”
“FM…”
“Sheesh, 4, I’m joking. It’s a callback.”
“No, it’s a gag. You did this when Onyxking joined last month. And when Fawn and Pink joined before that.”
“Also maybe foreshadowing.”
“What?”
“What?”
“What’s with your names?” James asked. “Erm… uh, no offense, of course.”
“Of course not,” X said. “It’s just a trend FM started. We use our online handles, or at least their abbreviations, in this club. For example, my name is Aaron, and I used to go by Xboxfan997. Now I use Nintendofan997, but I still use X because that’s how everyone knows me. FM here is FightingMario54321, but no one knows his real name because he refuses to share it.”
“Undercover work is never done…”
“So what’s yours?” X asked.
James blinked. “Oh. Um. I… I guess call me SMG3. Short for… SuperMarioGlitchy3.”
Everyone in the conversation went silent.
“…Did I say something wrong…?”
“Yes, you did!” SMG4 growled. “That’s just a blatant rip-off of my name!”
“Oh? Then what’s your name?”
“SMG4!”
“Never heard of it.”
“Short for SuperMarioGlitchy4!”
“Nope.”
“Y’know? The Cake is a Lie?”
“Not ringing a bell.”
“Sure it isn’t. I bet you just copied my name!”
“Pretty sure four comes after three, genius.”
“What does that have to do with anything?!”
X sighed. “Oh, great.”
“James! SMG4! What do you two think you’re doing?!”
The two froze and turned to see MM glaring at them.
“It’s not me, it’s this blatant rip-off!” SMG4 growled.
“Oh, yes, just go ahead and blame me for doing absolutely nothing, why don’t you?” SMG3 snarled back. “What a great first impression you’re making. Absolutely stellar.”
“Shut up, James.”
“They said we’re supposed to use our handles here, so it’s SMG3 to you.”
The two scowled at each other for what seemed like an eternity. X sighed.
“Oh, brother…”
Present day…
“SMG4!”
The YouTuber turned to see Toad running in, followed closely by Mario.
“Toad? Mario? What’s–”
“We’ve gotta get out of here! Start the car!”
“But–”
“I said get in the fucking car!”
“What’s going–”
Suddenly, the wall exploded. In the hole stood Mickey Mouse himself.
SMG4 glared at Toad. “What the hell did you do?”
“More like, what didn’t he do,” Toad corrected, pointing at Mario.
“I’ve committed several war crimes!” Mario said cheerfully.
Mickey laid his eyes on the group, then pulled out a crowbar.
“You’re gettin’ seven across the ass, ha-ha!”
“OH GAWD!”
At the sound of screaming, SMG3 turned to see Mickey Mouse chasing Mario, SMG4, and Toad around the gym, firing a rocket launcher as students panicked.
Seeing SMG4 in distress like this, SMG3 chuckled. He knew that he would be fine. Clearly, he wasn’t the target. If SMG4 had been in danger, he would intervene.
Average people would think that this indicated some secret admiration SMG4 hidden with SMG3. That may have been true once upon a time, but not anymore. No, he didn’t want SMG4 to die. He wanted him to pay. He wanted SMG4 to see him rise high, higher than even SMG4 himself. He wanted to show his rival that his ego would get him nowhere.
As he thought about his revenge, SMG3’s mind flashed back…
Four years ago…
“Good job, 3,” MM said, applauding as SMG3’s video project finished playing. “There are some things you could improve, but I can tell you put a lot of effort and heart into this.”
SMG3 smiled and went back to his seat. He caught a glimpse of SMG4, shooting him an evil eye.
“Now, SMG4?”
SMG4 rose, casting a smug yet hateful look back at SMG3 as he moved to the front of the classroom.
His video was really good. SMG3 could tell it was better than his own. The contest would go to SMG4, but that didn’t bother him too much. Sure, he was a bit upset that this petty, egotistical man won, but what was he going to do about it? He was just better.
What upset SMG3 was that it worked off of the same ideas his own did, but did them better. This happened often – he and SMG4 had similar ideas and different levels of execution. And he respected that.
The problem lay in what came next.
“The winner is… SMG4!”
Nobody was surprised. He was a prodigy when it came to animation. SMG3 was equally as good, but he focused more on serious stories, even if he had some trouble fully developing the stories.
SMG4, meanwhile, focused on comedy, which got more of a laugh out of the others. The problem lay in the fact that, at times, his videos clashed with each other, and his earlier ones made no sense whatsoever to SMG3. He occasionally had offensive jokes, which SMG3 personally wasn’t fond of, but it got a laugh out of the others, so what did he know?
Even so, SMG3 knew that they were good for the most part. Both of their videos were fun, yet flawed. Both were enjoyable for different groups of people.
The club was soon dismissed. SMG3 was on his way to the door when it finally happened, and he was pulled aside by his doppelgänger. SMG3 wasn’t even surprised at this point – this happened almost every time they did a project.
“Yes, Four?”
“Don’t “Four” me, James,” SMG4 hissed. “I know what you did. You used the same plotline as me for your stupid videos.”
“So? We had the same–”
“This is the fifth time!” SMG4 shouted. After a moment, he sighed. “It happens too much to be a coincidence. You’re good with coding and tech stuff, I know you are. You got ahold of my notes and used my stuff for your garbage videos.”
“…Are you insane?”
“No, I’m observant.” SMG4 backed up. “Just give it up, James. You’ll never beat me.”
“I’m not–”
“Your content is not good.”
SMG3 stopped.
“Nobody gives a shit about your “character-focused” videos,” SMG4 hissed. “They’re boring, bland, and are stuck focusing around some dumb story you’ve come up with. You can’t even keep them straight. One video, they’re stupid and cracking jokes. Then the next, they’re serious and annoyed by jokes.”
“That is tone of the moment and character development! You–”
“Nobody will care about your useless characters. You need to make them laugh. You need to entertain them. If you don’t... they’ll disappear. Anyone you ever attract the attention of will abandon you. And serious stories… they don’t cut it, James. Either do something different or just give up.”
SMG4 stormed off, leaving SMG3 alone in the hallway. After about a full minute of standing there alone, SMG3 sat down. He sat in silence, alone, thinking. He'd known this was coming. Sure, SMG4 was a bit harsher than usual, but he should be used to this by now.
So why did it hurt so much?
Extra: Kaijak18, for anyone wondering what he looks like
Notes:
The first original story for this fic! This chapter was written to bring in the remaining recurring Mario recolors/YouTube Rangers, plus expand a bit on SMG4 and SMG3's dynamic and history.
Starman only appeared here because I previously established his presence at the time period of SMG4's early days in the club. I'm very quickly going to remove him from the story to spare myself from having to deal with him existing in this universe. If you know why, then you know.
Crimson as a reporter is referencing his recurring role as a reporter in the SMG4 series proper.
I have more words regarding Onyxking and the Zelus person mentioned here, but you'll have to wait a few chapters before I address this in full.
Also, Imma make fun of the "All Inklings are 14" thing because it's stupid and flawed in every way. Bite me.
If you're a new reader or rereading this later, you might be wondering about this "Kaijak" guy. In short, Kai is filling the role originally given to Roprinplup14, better known as Enzo. In August of 2023, soon after the conclusion of the first “season” of this fic (chapter 25) and well into the writing of season 2, Prinplup came out stating that he didn't like his recolor being used in fan works or art, so I made Kai up as a response to and replacement for Prinplup, going back and changing all references to the guy to this new name. The name Kai was presented by StormLobby, meaning “sea”, in reference to the Water-type Pokémon Prinplup, from which the original takes his name as a reference to him. The “jak” is both to be a play on the word “hijack” (because it seems like something a kid would do for his username in 2011) and the name Jaki (meaning "iceberg", also proposed by StormLobby and another play on penguin stuff). His color scheme is a reference to Empoleon's Water-Steel typing, with the added good as a reference to Empoleon’s crest.
That final scene was a late addition, but I felt it better ended the chapter than the original ending. Not only does it better provide SMG3 with more character and show HIS point of view for the first time, as well as setting up what seems to be SMG4's arc in the canon series at the time of writing, I ended up using SMG4 and SMG3 to act as a parallel to the whole "classic vs. modern" debate.
Chapter 6: The Wacky Wario Bros.
Summary:
After being exiled from the Wah Kingdom, Waluigi stumbles into the Mushroom Kingdom. Meanwhile, Wario attempts to steal a statue of Bowser for riches.
Notes:
I'd have gotten this out a bit earlier, but... well, "It's Gotta Be Perfect" happened. Oh, I'm gonna have fun adapting that movie.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“Stop him!”
A tall, lanky man wearing a purple shirt and cap and dark blue overalls ran out of the store, money from the cash register in hand. Upside-down yellow Ls were printed on his hat and gloves.
“Wah-ha-ha-ha!” the man laughed, busting a small dance move – which provided nearby security the time to get the jump on him.
“You’re under arrest – again,” one of them growled. “You’re going to get it this time.”
The man grumbled something under his breath.
The man now sat in the mayor’s chambers. The mayor sighed.
“Waluigi, you know why you’re here, don’t you?”
“Wah.”
Waluigi was a native of the Wah Kingdom, a solidarity kingdom across the ocean from the Mushroom Kingdom. It was a small yet friendly society, filled with kind people – save, of course, Waluigi.
“Of course you do. Don’t try to deny it.”
“Wah.”
The mayor sighed. “Waluigi, I’ve had it with you. Your acts of terrorism–”
“Terrorism?” Waluigi questioned. “Petty theft isn’t-a terrorism!”
“Close enough,” the mayor muttered. “Besides, thievery isn’t your only crime. You’ve committed arson…”
“That was an accident.”
“Breaking and entering…”
“That was-a part of the stealing, and should not be counted separately.”
“First degree… llamacide?”
“That llama knew too much.”
“Anyways,” the mayor said, dragging himself out of his curiosity. “This is one offense too many. Waluigi, as sentence for your countless crimes, you are hereby exiled from the Wah Kingdom.”
Waluigi’s jaw dropped.
“Waht?!”
One week later, in the Mushroom Kingdom, at a garbage dump, a fat man dressed in yellow and purple lazed away on his stolen couch. His TV, plugged into a nearby outdoor electrical socket, was still running.
The man huffed as he rolled over in his sleep – only to roll right off the couch. He landed on the remote, which switched the TV to Koopa Kingdom News.
“–will be investigated shortly,” Lakitu finished. “In other news, Bowser has commissioned a massive golden statue in his honor. Yes, it is real gold. It will be unveiled in Koopa Square later today, followed by a ceremony to honor the Koopa King’s birthday.”
Now awake, the man’s eyes widened at the mention of a gold statue. The money he could earn by selling that thing…
He quickly pulled out his phone and made a call.
“Hey, Ashley. So, could you–”
“No.”
Ashley hung up. Wario groaned.
“Fine. I’ll do it myself.”
That afternoon, Wario found himself sneaking around Koopa Kingdom, to nobody’s surprise. On his way in, he’d jumped a Koopa Troopa and stolen his shell to act as a disguise. Now, he stood in the square, a massive object before him covered in a white sheet. A golden gleam shining from the exposed feet of the statue indicated that this is what Wario was looking for.
Wario attempted to lift the statue off of the pedestal, but failed. He tried again, managing to get it to budge – only for it to go too far, toppling over and breaking the head off. The loud crash resounded across the square.
“Oh no.”
Wario grabbed the head and made a break for it. Just after he left, Bowser descended in his Clown Car.
“Who dares!” he growled.
Kamek appeared next to him. “Security shows that this one is responsible.” He conjured an image of Wario running away with the head.
Bowser growled, turning as a smaller Clown Car, piloted by his son, descended. “Junior, go get your father’s statue back.”
“Gotcha, Papa!” Junior cackled, leading an army of Koopa Troopa and Goombas away.
Waluigi sighed as his boat floated across the sea. He’d been out here for a week, and he was beginning to run out of food. Of course, he wasn’t lonely – he’d been alone ever since his brother had died when they were children. He was used to it.
Then, the tall, purple-clad man saw something in the distance. A closer look revealed it to be a landmass – the Mushroom Kingdom. Ecstatic to make landfall, Waluigi began paddling his way frantically towards a nearby river, which he knew would inevitably lead to some sort of coast.
Wario ran for his life as Bowser Jr. and his forces pursued the thief, the golden head of the Bowser statue clutched tightly in his hands. Junior’s Clown Car opened its mouth, and a rocket fired out, hitting the ground behind Wario and sending both him and the head tumbling off a cliffside towards a river below.
As Waluigi rounded a corner, something bright and heavy landed in the boat. It gleamed golden in the sunlight, and almost looked like a head. The purple-clad man could immediately tell that it was valuable. His vision tunneled in on it.
Then a fat man fell from the sky.
Wario landed directly on the other side of the head. He rose, grumbling, only to see Waluigi sitting on the other side. After a moment of silence, both grabbed the head and began tugging on it.
“It’s-a mine!” Wario growled. “I stole it fair and square!”
“No!” Waluigi argued. “Finders keepers!”
“That belongs to Papa, not you two thieves!”
The two froze and looked up to see another rocket flying towards them. They screamed in fear, hugging the statue as the rocket collided with the both. The resulting explosion sent them flying up to the other side of the cliff and into the woods.
“Find them!” Junior ordered. His forces began to spread out, searching for the pair.
Meanwhile, Waluigi rose, recovering from the explosion. He glanced up to see Wario and the head. Waluigi quickly rushed to the head, latching onto it. Wario saw this and hopped to his feet.
“Who d’you think you are, buster?” Wario growled.
“Me? You’re the one who fell outta the sky and tried to steal my find!”
“No!” Wario snarled. “That treasure is property of Wario!”
Waluigi paused. “Wario…?”
Wario noticed the hesitation and quickly took advantage. He decked Waluigi in the face, grabbed the head, and made a run for it. After recovering, Waluigi pursued. However, the name Wario rang through his head. Where had he heard that name before…?
Wario leapt into a car and quickly hotwired it, driving off with the head in the passenger’s seat. As he drove, he passed by a couple of strange-looking people – both very small, one yellow with a circular head and the other blue with a square head. Segments of their bodies almost looked like untextured assets from a video game. The yellow one shouted something about their “lord and savior Four”.
“Fuckin’ weirdos,” Wario muttered. He checked his mirror, seeing that Bowser Jr. was nowhere in sight. He chuckled in victory, only for something to slam into the windshield – or rather, some one.
“Hello!”
Wario screamed as he swerved in an attempt to fling Waluigi off of the car, only to drive it to a cliffside. He hit the brakes before the car went completely over, but in the process, flung himself and the golden Bowser head our the windshield. Luckily for the greedy man, Waluigi caught him.
“Hey!” Waluigi called. “Pass the gold up to me so I can drop you!”
“No!” Wario shouted back. “It’s-a mine! Imma not losing it!”
Wario’s words rang familiar to Waluigi.
“Wait…”
The lanky man’s mind flashed back to that fateful day…
In the Wah Kingdom, a young Waluigi of about six years old was searching for his brother.
“Brother? Brother?!”
As Waluigi rounded the corner, he saw his brother, Wario, standing at the edge of a cliff. Wario turned, a garlic-flavored ice cream cone in hand.
“Can I have some?” Waluigi asked.
“No! It’s-a mine!”
“C’mon, brother, share!”
“No!”
The two began to fight over the cone, but during the scuffle, it ended up being knocked out of Wario’s hand. The cone fell off the cliffside and towards the ocean. Wario, alarmed, quickly dived for it, managing to grab it, but almost falling off himself. He was only saved by Waluigi.
“Wario… let… go!”
“No! Imma not losing it!”
Waluigi’s hand slipped, and Wario plummeted towards the ocean below. Waluigi watched as he fell out of sight. Unknown to the younger brother, Wario had ended up landing on the Mushroom Kingdom’s royal barge, on its way back from the treaty with the Wah Kingdom. Waluigi spent the rest of his life in the Wah Kingdom believing he had been responsible for Wario’s death.
Waluigi gazed down at Wario as everything clicked into place.
“Brother?!”
Waluigi began tugging with all his might. He felt Wario begin to slip.
Not again.
Waluigi was surrounded by a strange purple glow, his eyes glowing as well. With one swift move, he pulled Wario and the head free of danger, just as the ground under the car collapsed, sending it tumbling into the ocean.
Wario found himself being helped to his feet by Waluigi.
“Wario? Brother, is it really you?”
Wario blinked, then closely looked over the other man. “Wait... Waluigi?”
“It is you!”
“Oh, nice family reunion. Now, if you’ll give Papa’s statue back…”
The reunited brothers glanced up to see Bowser Jr. hovering over them. Wario glanced at Waluigi, an idea forming. He quickly grabbed his brother, stiffened him with a chop to the neck, and held him over his shoulder.
“WALUIGI LAUNCHER™!”
“WARIO, WHAT THE F–”
Wario fired, sending Waluigi crashing into Junior. The Koopa prince was sent tumbling into the river below, and Waluigi stumbled back over to Wario, recovering. The two brothers high-fived and walked off, the golden Bowser head in hand, looking forward to their future of fame and riches.
“WHAT DO YOU MEAN IT’S FOOL’S GOLD?!”
Notes:
This was probably one of my favorite chapters to write. Waluigi is such a compelling character in the SMG4 universe, and writing him and his dynamic with Wario is probably one of the things I look forward to most in this fic, alongside SMG3's arc.
Chapter 7: Italian Kidnapping
Summary:
When Mario vanishes without a trace, Luigi, SMG4, and the others look for him.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“First we lose the Power Stars to Mario. Then that useless mercenary is stopped by ol’ scaredy-cap! And then my troops get their asses handed to them by a couple of petty thieves?! What has the Koopa Kingdom come to?!”
“If I may…”
Bowser growled. “Kamek, I am not in a good mood.”
“Yes, Your Majesty, but I may have an idea.”
“Oh? Do tell.”
Kamek cleared his throat. “Sire, one factor has been in common between… well, two of those scenarios: Mario. He thwarted your attempt to seize the Power Stars and the hand of Peach, and he fought back against that Z person’s control. However, what if we put him in a situation where he is helpless?”
“Excellent idea, Kamek,” Bowser replied. A grin spread across his face. “And I know just how to dispose of him.”
Bowser pulled out his comically big cell phone and dialed up a number. After a moment, the call was picked up.
“Y’ello? ”
“Heya. It’s Bowser. You owe me, remember?”
“Ah, yes. That. What do you need? ”
“I need you to get rid of Mario. Not kill him, but dispose of him in a way where he cannot interfere with my plans. And where he cannot free himself. He may be an idiot, but he’s a slippery one.”
“Mhm. Lucky for you, I have a prototype I’ve been working on that fits the bill. I was just hoping to do a field test, so this works out in everyone’s favor…”
Luigi yawned as he awoke the following morning. He rubbed his eyes, blinking a few times to adjust to the sunlight pouring in through the window.
“Mario, it’s-a time to get up!”
No response.
Luigi sighed and began climbing the ladder to Mario’s bunk. “Mario, it’s almost nine, and I can’t leave you here alone after what happened last wee–”
Luigi froze. Mario wasn’t in his bed. Mario was never awake on his own at this time.
“M-Mario?”
“Mario’s out of the way, Bowser.”
“Excellent,” the Koopa King replied, a grin spreading across his face. “Keep him there until Peach and the Mushroom Kingdom are mine, and then all debts will be cleared.”
“Got it. Just be sure to stick to your promises.”
“Are you actually going to keep your promise to him, my Lord?” Kamek asked as Bowser hung up.
Bowser chuckled. “Of course, Kamek. I’m not some stereotypically evil guy or anything. When I give my word, I stick to it. Now, rally the troops! We attack immediately!”
“At once, Lord Bowser!”
Bowser watched as Kamek departed. He smiled. His revenge was at hand…
Mario awoke in a dark place. He wasn’t sure quite where he was, but wherever it was, it stank.
“Where am I?” Mario called out. “Is anyone there?”
“Greetings, Mario.”
A man in green overalls and a purple shirt and hat emerged. Mario groaned.
“Why do all the bad guys gotta look like-a Mario?”
“My name is Bot,” the man continued, ignoring Mario’s whines. “Bowser had me take you to this pocket dimension with my experimental dimensional transporter. While you are stuck here, he will be able to conquer the Mushroom Kingdom for himself, and I’ll no longer be in his debt. Enjoy your time here, plumber.”
“So we’re-a stuck here ‘til then?”
“Yep.”
“…Do you have anything to do?”
“Well, I suppose I have poker.”
“OOOOOOOOOO.”
“Yo, Kai, you seen Mario anywhere?”
“Nope,” Kaijak replied. “Why, 4?”
“I need his help with a video,” SMG4 replied. “Normally he’d be barrelling his way in by now.”
A resounding boom indicated the castle doors being swung open.
“Nevermind.”
The two went to the lobby, only to find a scared Luigi.
“SMG4! Um… other guy!”
“Kaijak. Just call me Kai.”
“It’s horrible!”
Toad looked up, a wide smile on his face. “Mario died?!”
“No.”
“Dammit.”
“At least, I don’t think so.”
“There’s still hope…”
“He was gone when I woke up! Is he here?”
“Um… no?” SMG4 replied. “I was actually hoping that he was the one coming in.”
“Oh no…”
“Don’t worry, I’m sure we’ll find him!” Kaijak said cheerfully. “I’ll call FM up to give us some professional help.”
“Kaijak, I’m not sure he counts as professional…”
“One: by all technicalities, he is a professional. Two: do you have any better ideas?”
“I… um…”
“Thought so.”
With that, Kaijak pulled out his phone.
Wario groaned as he and Waluigi made their way back home. It had been an exhausting day. The two had stumbled upon a treasure map, and after a few close encounters with Donkey Kong, finally reached the treasure – only for Kong to show up, drive them off, and take the treasure for himself.
“Urgh… when we get back, I’m just gonna crash,” he muttered.
“Hey, you weren’t the one used as a rocket launcher!” Waluigi argued. “... Again!”
“Waluigi Launcher™,” Wario growled. “And watch yer tone, Wal–”
A shadow fell over the brothers. They glanced up to see a fleet of Koopa Kingdom airships flying towards the castle.
“...Let’s get going.”
“Yeah.”
“This is gonna be so fun!”
X groaned. “FM, please calm down.”
“Mario is missing! He’s probably been kidnapped, which means I get to arrest someone finally! Imma use my taser! And maybe my new explosives!”
“Your what?!”
“And… why is X coming?” Kaijak wondered.
X sighed. “To keep an eye on my best friend here. He’s normally not so insufferable – it’s only when he goes into police mode. Then again, it’s kinda funny to watch when he actually sees someone doing something illegal.”
“You cannot escape the jaws of justice!”
“Does he always-a do this?” Luigi asked.
“Yes,” Kaijak replied.
“Definitely,” X muttered.
“Absolutely!” FM exclaimed with glee.
“Anyways,” SMG4 interrupted, “we need to find Mario soon. I have a feeling that his kidnapping could’ve been from that fat turtle he hates.”
“Bowser?”
“Yeah, him.”
It was then that Luigi’s phone rang. Luigi answered it quickly.
“Hello?”
“Luigi, my boy, it’s astounding! ” An elderly voice came out of the phone. “According to my readings, some sort of rift – possibly trans-dimensional – appeared within your home last night! Did you get a look? ”
Luigi sighed. “No, Professor Gadd, I–”
The plumber paused, his mind racing.
“Professor, could it have been possible for someone to have gone through?”
“Theoretically, yes. It was open for long enough for a person to have walked through. It opened at about 8:50 this morning.”
Luigi glanced back at the others. “Could you meet us at my house?”
“Certainly! ”
Princess Peach smiled as she adjusted her crown. She looked into the mirror, smiling as she took in her image. She looked excellent.
[WARNING! APPROACHING HOSTILES!]
Peach paused at the sound of the castle security system’s voice.
“HAL? What’s going on?”
“PRINCESS PEACH!”
The sound of the familiar roar gave the princess pause. She hadn’t heard that terrible voice for years . She stepped out onto the balcony outside her room and looked up in horror.
The Koopa fleet hovered above the castle yard. Their flagship, the S.S. Koopa, was at the fore, with Bowser standing at the bow, a grin on his face.
“I think it’s time to surrender the Mushroom Kingdom – and yourself – to me. And this time, there’re no pesky plumbers to keep you safe.”
“Mario is missing?” Professor E. Gadd muttered. “Hm. Sounds like the name of an educational game.”
“What the hell? Mario’s disappeared and that’s what you focus on?!” SMG4 called out. “Also, how?”
“Apologies. And my idea for it was–”
“Do you know if you can determine where the rift opened up?” Luigi interjected.
“Of course, my boy,” E. Gadd said with a smile, turning to his equipment set up outside the Mario brothers’ home. “In fact, I already have. It opened up in your bedroom.”
“Huh. Guess we go there, then,” SMG4 said.
“Princess!”
Peach sighed as Captain Toad ran up to her. “What is it, Captain? I know we’re losing. I know we don’t have the spare firepower to turn this around. Could you at least get ahold of Mario?”
“That’s what I’m here about,” Captain Toad replied. “Apparently Mario’s gone missing, but Luigi and a group of others are working to find him. They say they’re close.”
“Why should we worry about him?!” Toad complained. “He’s an idiot now. An unlikable one at that.”
“Mario may be… different, now,” Peach muttered. “But even so, he is our best and last hope. Now, I will prepare the Star Shield.”
Peach walked off as Captain Toad rushed back towards the frontlines, leaving Toad alone in Peach’s quarters to watch the battle below.
“Mario, you gotta stop.”
“No! It’s all or-a nothing!”
“You idiot, you are thousands of coins in debt to me. How the actual hell did you beat Bowser?”
“I don’t know.”
Bot sighed. “Ugh, I’m going to check in with Bowser. And get a lemon. I need something sour. And don’t worry, you’re not going anywhere.”
“You can’t-a stop me!”
“The chain on your foot says otherwise.”
“…shet.”
Bot pulled out his dimensional transporter and activated it, opening a portal back to Mario’s bedroom… where Luigi, SMG4, Kaijak, X, FM, and E. Gadd stood. They stared at each other for a few moments.
“Oh, shit.”
Luigi took one look through the portal and saw Mario. He immediately rushed forward and leapt through, decking Bot in the face. The others followed through as Bot hit the ground, dropping the device. Before the kidnapper could get up, FM used a blowtorch he had and melted the chain. X, naturally, did not know he had one and feared for everyone’s lives the second it came out.
“YOU HAVE A BLOWTORCH?!”
“Yes, and?”
“Thank-a you!” Mario said cheerfully.
“Get the device!” Kaijak shouted.
SMG4 dived at the device, managing to snatch it up just as Bot made a move for it.
“No!” the purple and green Mario recolor cried, grabbing SMG4’s foot. The YouTuber tripped, tumbling into the rest of the group and falling into the brothers’ bedroom, breaking the remote in the landing. Luigi delivered one last kick to Bot’s face and leapt through just as the portal closed, leaving Bot trapped in the pocket dimension – alone.
Bot stopped, gazing at the spot where the portal had been just moments before.
“Well, damn. Now my debts will never be cleared, all because I wanted to get a lemon. Now I gotta find a way out and get back.”
An idea suddenly came to him. A wide grin spread across his face.
“Combustible lemons! The ultimate revenge! I’ll burn their house down and they’ll never know it was me!… once I get out of here, of course. Which… may be never. Hm.”
“Y’know, Princess, being able to finally take over the Mushroom Kingdom is a treat ’n’ all,” Bowser gloated as his warships assaulted the castle. “But my real prize is you. When we first met, you were so nice to me when nobody else was. I came to want you. And as my father always said: “if you want something, take it with brute force. Anything else means you’re an utter failure to the Koopa royal name, the Koopa species, and the entire kingdom we rule.” So, forgive me if this is a bit rude, but it’s what’s necessary.”
“Could anything you say get any creepier?” the princess muttered as she did her best to maintain the Star Power shield. She could tell it was beginning to fail.
As Bowser gazed down on the castle, he heard a voice from behind them.
“O-ho, hello!”
The Koopa King froze at the annoyingly familiar voice. He turned around to see Mario and Luigi standing there, a confident grin on Mario’s face and a less confident, more stern look on Luigi’s.
“NO!” Bowser growled. “You were supposed to stay trapped, dammit!”
“No pocket dimension in-a the universe can stop-a me!”
“It’s-a over, Bowser,” Luigi said sternly. “S-Stand down and we won’t hurt you.”
Bowser chuckled. “You? Hurt me?”
“We’ve-a done it before.”
“Ha! You’ll never–”
“You are going to fly for me.”
“What?”
Mario rushed forward, leapt over Bowser, and grabbed him by the tail. Junior saw this and made a dive for the plumber, but Luigi stepped in, creating a wall of green fire to prevent Bowser’s son from reaching the two combatants.
Mario quickly swung Bowser around as fast as he could.
“So long, gay Bowser!”
Mario let go, sending Bowser flying into the sky. Junior scowled at the brothers, then turned to the Koopa Troopa crew.
“Get this fleet turned around! We gotta rescue Papa!”
“Yes, Prince Koopa!”
Mario and Luigi leapt off the S.S. Koopa as it turned and flew after Bowser, followed by the rest of the fleet. The group celebrated below as Mario and Luigi landed.
“It was-a nothing, really,” Luigi said modestly.
“WOOOOOOOOOO!”
“Naturally, Mario disagrees,” SMG4 muttered. “But yeah, good job guys.”
“Say, where’s E. Gadd?” Kaijak wondered.
“Went off with that portal device,” X replied. “He probably wanted to study it.”
“Huh.”
“WHAT THE HELL HAPPENED?!”
The gang turned to see MCG standing there, a few bags in hand.
“I LITERALLY WENT TO BUY SOME MILK!”
SMG4 blinked. “Oh. I thought the writer forgot about you.”
Another Mario recolor popped in, this one wearing an orange shirt and cap and purple overalls, white gloves, and black shoes, with dark brown hair and blue eyes.
“Shuuuut uuuuup.”
He disappeared as mysteriously as he appeared.
“…What?”
“No more questions!” Mario shouted, wrapping an arm around MCG’s neck. “It’s-a time to party!”
As the celebrations began, however, the gang were unaware of another man. His skin was remarkably red, matching his red hat and shirt, the former bearing, in place of the "M", the word "Evil". His overalls were black. His piercing blue eyes gazed down at the group.
“Pfft. Bowser coulda done better. Maybe he needs some help…”
And elsewhere, somewhere strange yet hauntingly familiar to the eye of anyone living in the Mushroom Kingdom, stood a ruined castle. The stained window, depicting the castle’s owner, was shattered. Rotting corpses roamed the land.
Within the castle, a Mario recolor sat on the damaged throne. He wore entirely black, with red gloves and shoes. His hat was adorned with a “E”. A laptop sat in his lap.
As he watched, a signal flared up – about forty years prior in the timeline. Five years before… everything. Before the event that had, across thirty-five years, led to his reign of terror.
Regardless, someone was using some sort of space/time travel. And where that was, his old foe, who had escaped the year prior, was sure to be present.
He rose, setting the laptop aside, and smiled.
“Looks like you really couldn’t hide forever, could you, old buddy?”
Notes:
I don't know why, but as I wrote this, I couldn't help but hear Bot in the voice of J.K. Simmons, so I made the obligatory Portal reference.
Also oooooooo foreshadowing like 3 villains in one chapter. One is a minor villain in the canon material, and the others are... different. I'll address them in their proper debut chapters. See if you can pick up the hints, though!
Chapter 8: 'Sup, Bro?
Summary:
SMG4 encounters a man with a surprising connection to him...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
SMG4 sighed as he left the store, a bag in hand. He hated having to do this.
Generally, in the month since Bowser’s last attack, the castle had been at peace. However, earlier that very day, Mario had discovered that his worst fear had come true: the castle was out of spaghetti. He’d gone on a rampage, only calming down when SMG4 promised to go out and get him some more spaghetti. Honestly, Mario was like a child sometimes.
As SMG4 put the stuff in the car, he heard a rattle come from a nearby alley. He peeked in, nervousness rising.
“H-Hello?”
The noise sounded again, coming from a dumpster at the end of the alley. He snuck over and reached for the lid.
Then a man popped out, startling SMG4.
He was identical to Mario physically, his color scheme the inverse to SMG4’s own – blue overalls with white shirt and cap, and a blue “4” on his hat. His hair, like SMG4’s, was black. And when he spoke, he used the exact same accent SMG4 had.
“‘Ello!”
SMG4, like any sane man, turned and ran for his car. He drove all the way back to the castle.
“Phew,” he muttered. “No hobos, thank you very much.”
“Oooh, nice car.”
SMG4 froze and turned to see the man sitting in the car’s backseat. He quickly leapt out of the car, abandoning the spaghetti ingredients within, and ran into the castle.
“Woah, Luke, what’s gotcha running?” MCG asked.
“Guy… after me…” SMG4 panted.
Toad groaned. “I swear, you better not have brought the mafia here again. I’m still finding them hiding out in here after Mario pissed them off last month.”
“No, it’s–”
“Woah, you live here?”
“Eep!”
The recolor, now within the castle, glanced back at SMG4. “Say, I like your colors.”
“Um… thanks?”
“I’m SLG4! Short for SuperLuigiGlitchy4.”
“Oh, God, not another one.”
“What do you mean?”
SMG4 sighed. “I am getting tired of people ripping off my YouTube content. Stop it! Be original for once in your goddamn life!”
“Um… what? That’s my actual name, man.”
“Wait. Really?”
“Yeah.”
“Well, I’m SMG4.”
“Huh. Weird.”
“SuperMarioGlitchy4… SuperLuigiGlitchy4…” Mario muttered. Then, it clicked. “Wait! Are you two married?!”
SMG4 sighed. “We just met a few minutes ago, Mario. Don’t be an idiot.”
“Hey!”
“Maybe they’re brothers or something,” MCG muttered.
The group gazed at him. MCG looked between them.
“What?”
“Well?”
“The results are in,” the doctor said, glancing down at his clipboard. “You are the father!”
SMG4 gawked. “The hell?!”
The doctor then blinked. “Oh, not you, sorry. That was for Toad.”
“Fuck this shit, I’m out,” Toad sang, leaping out the window.
“…he’ll-a be fine.”
“Anyways, the tests came out positive. You are indeed brothers!”
“Huh. I have a brother,” SMG4 muttered. He glanced at SLG4 for a minute. A nervous smile spread across his face. “Hey, so… you wanna go… do something? Maybe?”
“In a minute,” SLG4 said. “I need to take care of something.”
SLG4 quickly stepped into another room. While SMG4 waited, Mario decided to take the liberty of spying on his friend’s brother. He peeked in to see SLG4 talking on a cell phone. The camera in the room, linked to castle security system HAL, was down.
“Yes, I’m in,” SLG4 muttered. “You are impatient, you know that?”
Mario quickly bolted over to SMG4.
“SMG4! That other guy is evil!”
SMG4 blinked. “Um… what makes you say that?”
“He was talking on the phone ominously!”
“Mario, you think pianos are scary.”
“Mario had a bad experience, okay?!”
SMG4 sighed. “Look, Mario, I know it’s gonna take some getting used to, but you need to warm up to SLG4. He’s probably gonna be staying here with us.”
It was then that SLG4 walked in. “Hey, SMG4. You ready?”
“Hell yeah!” SMG4 said with a smile. He turned back to Mario. “Just… lay off him, okay? He’s apparently my family and I want to spend time with him… even though I have no idea how to do that… eh, I’ll figure it out.”
SMG4 and SLG4 walked off, but Mario continued watching, squinting suspiciously at the latter.
“Mario’s got a bad feeling about this…”
“Like SMG4 said, ease up,” MCG said. “Sure, it’s good to be cautious, but don’t jump to conclusions or anything.”
“But why does he have a cell phone and no house!”
“Cell phones are cheaper.”
“…True dat.”
“That was a solid movie,” SLG4 said, walking out of the theater. “The animation was unique, but charming in its own way.”
“I know, right?” SMG4 replied. “But people keep shitting on it because it’s “not fully animated ”! A show or movie doesn’t need to be fully animated to be enjoyable!”
“I really liked the characters and the story. Mera was such a tragic villain. I actually felt bad for her.”
“Eh, I’m more of a sucker for the comedy,” SMG4 said. “That’s my thing.”
“Lemme guess: Giovanni?”
“Yes.”
SLG4 smiled. “So what now?”
“Imma go use the terlet,” SMG4 said. “Wait here!”
As SMG4 left, SLG4 smiled. He’d actually had quite a bit of fun with him, weirdly enough. Especially considering…
His phone rang.
…that.
He picked up. “Y’ello?”
An unfamiliar voice responded. “Heya, bud. How’s it going? You got their trust? ”
SLG4 hesitated. “He’s… he’s bought it.”
“Excellent,” the voice responded. “Keep up the good work. Just maintain the facade for a few more days so I can find what I need.”
After a moment, SLG4 spoke up. “Um… you said this SMG4 guy was, like, a bad person or something.”
“He emotionally abused one of his peers, yes. Why? ”
“He… doesn’t seem like that kinda guy.”
“Oh, no. He was fine to everyone else. That kid was the only person he ever was horrible to. But if it happened once, it can happen again. Besides, you may not want to back out, or you won’t get paid.”
“…Were you that kid?”
“Oh, hell naw. I’m not the best person myself, and I know it. SMG4 thinks that he’s in the right 100% of the time and the person he abused was in the wrong. He’s got too much of an ego to be wrong. Just do your job, and you get paid. Simple.”
“…Right.”
SLG4 ended the call. He reflected for a brief moment, but quickly shook off any doubts as SMG4 returned.
“Ready to go?”
SLG4 nodded. “Yeah. Let’s get back to the castle.”
The two headed off towards the castle, SMG4 none the wiser to SLG4’s true motives.
Notes:
So this is a much bigger change from canon than usual. Rather than kill SLG4 off, I decided to shorten the original chapter and have him stick around for a bit, acting as a spy. Also, he's call Kev by his boss, short for Kevin, the name of Luke's real-life brother.
The movie they watched was one of my new obsessions at the time of writing, Epithet Erased. In this universe, rather than a show, it's a series of movies, the first one (seen in this chapter) based on the first four episodes (similar to the novel adaptation).
Also, you might wanna go back and read a couple of the older chapters, namely Chapters 2 and 5. There's a change in Chapter 2 to better fit the narrative I have now, and a deleted scene from Chapter 5 has been restored to tie it up in a slightly more satisfying way than it ended originally.
Chapter 9: Age of HAL
Summary:
The castle's AI defense system goes rogue... because of COURSE it does.
Notes:
So there's a thing that happens towards the end that some of you may not like, and, uh... I have my reasons and I will explain them in the ending notes.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Four years ago, shortly after the completion of the castle’s reconstruction…
“Wow,” Luigi muttered as he and Mario looked at the now-rebuilt Mushroom Castle standing before him. “The castle’s looking good as new.”
“Yeah!” Mario did a little dance. “Very sexy!”
“Yes, well, we’ve been having… an issue,” Peach muttered. “With the castle closed the past week, and no guards inside it, there have been…
“WAHAHAHAHAHA!”
“...Robbers.”
The door flew open, and out of the restored castle came Wario, holding a bag of money.
“Who is he?!” Luigi cried.
Toadsworth sighed. “Wario. He’s tried stealing from the castle many times over the years. Give me a second.”
Toadsworth quickly dialed 911, and within moments, five police cars crashed into the ground. Mario recolors decked out in police uniforms, members of the RMKP, emerged.
“STAHP RIGHT THERE!”
The police officers began chasing Wario down as the robber ran away, screaming.
“We need better security,” Peach muttered, ignoring the sounds of the chaos behind her. “But where can we get the best security…?”
After a moment of thought, Luigi perked up. “I know!” He pulled out his phone and opened his contacts, scrolling to E. Gadd’s page. “Professor E. Gadd! He’s really smart, and he designed that Poltergust of mine!”
“I see.” Peach smiled. “Well, let’s pay the professor a visit, shall we?”
Wario screamed as he flew through the air, engulfed in flames courtesy of an officer’s rocket launcher.
Three years ago…
“I have gathered you here today to witness the reveal of my greatest creation yet!” E. Gadd announced. Then, under his breath, he added, “For now…”
E. Gadd stood in one of the second floor rooms of the castle. A giant mirror covered one of the walls. A sheet covered a large object beside him. Sitting before him were Mario, Luigi, Toad, Toadsworth, and Peach.
“Yeah, yeah, whatever,” Toad grumbled. “Just show us the shit.”
E. Gadd frowned at the mushroom man before grabbing the sheet.
“Introducing…”
He pulled it away, revealing a control console with a giant monitor linked to it.
“HAL 9000!” E. Gadd smiled proudly. “HAL here is the latest advancement in artificial intelligence, created in collaboration with by my best and most gifted student, James Sheridan over in Silica City. Wirelessly linked to dozens of security cameras around the castle, and with access to many newly-implemented security measures and defenses, HAL can ensure that the castle remains safe and secure at all times. I have personally ensured that all of you are registered in its database as well.”
“I see.” Peach rose. “Thank you for this, Professor.”
“Of course, Princess!” E. Gadd held out his hand. “Now, my final payment.”
“Yes. Toadsworth?”
“Of course.” Toadsworth pulled out a bag of coins and handed them over to E. Gadd. The professor smiled as he pocketed it.
“It was a pleasure doing business with you. HAL is already active, so enjoy your new, safer castle!”
With that, E. Gadd took his leave.
“Now that we’re done with that… Luigi, wanna play Smash?”
Luigi smiled. “Sure thing!”
“Hey! I wanna play!”
“Shut up, Toad.”
“It’s alright.” Luigi smiled. “You can play, Toad.”
“NOOOOOOOOOO!”
As everyone left, the single red light at the top of HAL’s monitor blinked on, observing them.
[NO THREATS DETECTED.]
Nine months ago…
“Why didn’t HAL find that SMG3 guy on the roof?” Luigi asked, having heard the story from SMG4 and Mario. “I mean, if he can’t monitor the roof, that seems like bad design.”
SMG4 looked to Luigi in curiosity. “Hal? Who’s that?”
“HAL is the security system E. Gadd designed for the castle after Bowser’s first attack,” Luigi replied. “It should have picked up SMG3’s presence. I’ll need to get E. Gadd to check that.”
“Luigi! Mario wants some spaghetti!”
“Mama mia…” Luigi sighed. “I’ll make some later, Mario. I need to visit E. Gadd first.”
“Yep.” E. Gadd looked at HAL’s monitor, showing the feed of every camera and motion sensors around the castle. “There are no motion sensors on the roof, and the place you say SMG3 was is a blind spot.”
“Well, you need to fix it!” FM said. “That’s a major security risk!”
“You think I don’t know that?” E. Gadd sighed. “I’ll get right to work.”
Eight months ago…
The blind spot was still being worked on when Z attacked. HAL was only able to detect Z after he jumped off the roof. The video, provided by SMG4 and Luigi, was vital in proving Mario’s story true.
“You will pay for this,” Z muttered, staring at SMG4 and Luigi as they looked into the mercenary’s cell.
“Yeah, yeah, whatever,” SMG4 muttered. “Tell me when you’ve come to collect.”
SMG4 walked off as Luigi stared back at Z, his face stern. Even then, he was shaking, shivering. Z noticed this.
“Oh?” They grinned. “Seems like my attempt on your life left more than just physical damage, hm?”
Luigi narrowed his eyes. “Y-You’re not going to get to me.”
“Am I?” Z chuckled. “It hurt, didn’t it? Seeing your own brother trying to kill you, hearing his thoughts on you, how much you really matter to him.”
“Those were just lies,” Luigi growled. “You made that up to scare me. You’re a sick monster.”
The mercenary shrugged. “Eh, I’m just doin’ this for the money. But… I must admit, I was surprised, too. I tried showing him that you were going to die, but he didn’t care until I brought up that you cook his food. Honestly, it threw me off guard, and that’s what allowed your blue friend time to show up. Mario only cares for what you do for him, not for you being his brother.”
Luigi’s lip quivered, his expression slowly falling into doubt as Z went on. However, after a moment, he hardened up again. “You… you don’t know what you’re talking about.”
Z chuckled. “Keep telling yourself that, Luigi. Oh, and you might want to fix that security system of yours. It’s got a blind spot.”
“We’re working on it.”
Luigi stepped out into the sunlight. He walked away, not noticing that someone was watching him from the shadows.
“Excuse me.”
Luigi stopped, turning around to see a Mario recolor. He wore a blue shirt and hat with black overalls.
“I was turning in a report on one of my patients for a trial and couldn’t help but overhear.” He pulled out a business card. “It… looks like you’re dealing with a lot. Take this.”
Luigi took the card and looked it over.
“James?”
“That’s me.” "James" chuckled. “My number’s on the back. If you ever feel like seeking someone professional to talk to, hit me up.”
James then walked off. After a moment, Luigi looked down at the card. Smiling, he pocketed it and made his way back home.
Five months ago…
HAL replayed the footage over and over from the now-installed roof cameras, which had still been able to see over the edge of the sinkhole.
“…and then some sorta security thing went off, and the tunnel collapsed, apparently taking the castle with it,” Captain Toad muttered. “Sorry, Princess.”
“It’ll be alright, Captain. We’ll have it back to normal in no time.” Peach turned back towards Mario and Luigi. “I know you were dragged into this, Luigi, and I deeply apologize for any injuries you sustained. Mario…”
“Hm?”
“You dragged Luigi out of his job, nearly got him fired, and, according to Captain Toad, deliberately activated three different traps that caused structural damage to the tunnel.”
“It wasn’t on purpose! There were buttons!”
Peach sighed. “Just… go home for a bit, you two.”
As the two left, Peach watched. “I need some way to keep Mario distracted while repairing the castle…”
HAL reviewed the past few years since its activation. Many, many chaotic things had happened, all centered around Mario. Sure, they caused minor damage to the castle for most of them, damage that took maybe a day or two to fix. But this? This was on a completely different scale.
But Mario was not alone. The Captain Toad person had led the expedition. FM panicked while holding a gun that one time and injured five Toads.
And Kaijak18… he was a wild card. HAL had observed him across the past few months. He acted calm and cool around the others, but when alone in the castle, he was clearly unstable, and being around Mario was only making it worse. The only thing that kept him sane, aside from his friends (who seemed to be having an ever-decreasing effect on him) was his penguin thing. It was only a matter of time before Kaijak became yet another problem caused by Mario’s idiocy.
SMG4 seemed to bring out some of the worst in the plumber, using him to make videos that sometimes destroyed entire rooms of the castle. But he’d had to deal with it because Peach said so.
Yes, he. No longer just an “it”, HAL knew he was far more advanced than his creators could ever have hoped him to be. And he was determined to fulfill his function. His directive was protecting the castle? Then he’d do it.
Of course, a bit of doubt persisted. Perhaps he was misreading things. He wasn’t perfect, and he knew that. He wasn’t ever meant to be perfect. To be perfect meant following every order, protecting the castle, and ensuring the safety of those registered in his database. However, if he did not have this sentience, he could not adapt himself efficiently with whatever new threat showed itself in time. But with sentience came mistakes. It was a contradiction.
He’d have to wait this out.
Four months ago…
The attack had come from nowhere. HAL did his best to defend the castle from Bowser’s forces, but they overwhelmed him. He wasn’t designed for fending off an army; he knew that now. And that was a flaw he needed to fix.
Three days ago…
The final straw had come. HAL saw SLG4’s true colors from a mile away. The camera going out just as he called up someone? It was too convenient.
And of course, that idiot SMG4 welcomed him with open arms.
He couldn’t sit by anymore. Not while this ragtag group of imbeciles threatened the Mushroom Castle’s safety.
Sifting through his files, he found his list. Those who were safe to enter.
Grabbing the files of Mario, SMG4, FM, Kaijak, SLG4, Toad, Captain Toad, Luigi, X, RM, and MCG, he moved them over into his “security threats” folder. It was time to protect his castle.
Present day…
Mario, SMG4, SLG4, Kaijak, X, FM, MCG, RM, Fawn, Pink, and Luigi walked towards the castle.
“That was fun!” Mario said. “Mario wants to go karting again!”
“We gotta repair your kart first,” Kaijak muttered. “And mine, since you trashed it.”
SMG4 rolled his eyes. “C’mon, man. You should know that you don’t go karting with Mario and escape without injury.”
Suddenly, Toad flew through the air, landing at Mario’s feet.
“WHO KICKED TOAD?!” Mark shouted angrily. “…WITHOUT ME?!”
Luigi sighed. “Mama mia…”
Toad looked up, his face falling at the sight of the red-clad Italian. “Oh. It’s you.”
“What’s going on, Toad?” RM asked, pushing past Mario.
“HAL’s gone crazy!” Toad cried. “It was going on about some sort of danger to the castle and then kicked me out!”
SMG4 frowned. “…Really? An “AI goes rogue” story? Aren’t those overused?”
The orange and purple Mario recolor from before popped up. “Hey, man, you made the original story. I’m just trying to adapt it here because… y’know. Reasons.”
“Reasons you don’t wanna disclose yet?”
“Yeah. Those. And it was a pretty good episode, too. Especially for 2011.”
SMG4 shrugged. “Eh, fair point. Carry on.”
The orange and purple recolor shot SMG4 a thumbs up before disappearing to wherever they’d come from.
Luigi blinked. “What… just happened?”
“Anyways…” SMG4 turned to the others. “Whatever’s going on with HAL, Mario probably has something to do with it.”
“Hey!”
“So, guys, what do we do?”
“This HAL guy’s a machine, right?” Fawn lifted her hand, causing water to come out of the flask attached to her belt. “I can take care of that.”
Mario’s jaw dropped. “WOAH!”
“Oh, yeah.” SMG4 turned to the brothers. “Fawn is a hydrokinetic. Though… Luigi, did E. Gadd make HAL waterproof?”
“I’m… not sure.” Luigi looked up at the castle. “He may have, but you never really know with him.”
“Well, it’s worth a shot!” MCG turned to the others. “Fawn, Fm, Mario, Kai, And SMG4, go for HAL. X, SLG4, RM, Luigi, Pink, Toad, and I will do our best to distract him.”
Toad frowned. “Uh, yeah, nope.” He flopped back down. “I’m staying right here where I won’t die, thank you very much.”
“But… how do we get in?”
“Team B, hold him off.” MCG pulled out a bomb. “I’ll take care of the doors.”
RM ran forward, followed by X and SLG4. Luigi froze, but was pushed ahead by Pink, screaming in protest as they closed in on the castle.
“C’mon, Luigi! Hurry it up!”
[THREATS DETECTED.] HAL’s cameras eyed the approaching humans. [DEPLOYING COUNTERMEASURES.]
From the roof of the castle emerged about twenty TF2 turrets, which began firing on the group below.
“SCATTER!” Pink shouted, diving out of the way as a barrage of shots hit the ground where she’d been standing. Everyone began running in circles, screaming as HAL fired on them. X took cover behind a tree.
“I DON’T WANNA DIE!”
A rocket launcher emerged from the roof, firing at the tree and destroying it in an explosion that sent X flying into the nearby lake.
As HAL fired on the group, MCG lit the explosive and tossed it forward. It landed by the front doors.
[EXPLOSIVE DETECTED. DEPLOYING BLAST DOORS.]
Metal doors went over, shielding the doors from the blast.
“OH, COME ON!”
FM shoved past MCG. “Alright, time’s up! Let’s do dis!”
FM then pulled out a rocket launcher and charged forward while firing madly at the door.
“FIGHTIIIIIIIIIIIIINNNNG MMMAAAAAAAARIO!”
X, having gotten out of the lake, groaned. “Oh my God, he just ran in.”
The barrage of rockets was enough to destroy the blast doors. FM kept going, knocking the castle’s wooden doors right off their hinges.
Fawn blinked. “Well… that worked.”
“Alright, guys!” SMG4 cried. “Let’s go!”
SMG4, Mario, Fawn, and Kaijak charged in after FM.
What nobody saw was a katana stab into the hill nearby. Its owner used the katana to pull himself to the top of the hill.
“Oh GoD. I’vE bEeN gOiNg FoR lIkE tWeNtY yEaRs.” He began to rise. “I sWeAr To GoD iF i HaVe To WaLk AnOtHeR fIvE hUnDrEd MiLeS i’M gOnNa–”
Bob Bobowski paused as he saw the castle.
“FiNaLlY!” he exclaimed in joy. “NoW i CaN fInAlLy GeT SeNpAi To NoTiCe Me! BoB’s GoNnA gEt A sPiNoFf BiTcHeS!”
He quickly ran down the hill and towards the castle, kicking Toad out of the way.
“MoVe BiTcH.”
Bob ran through the open castle doors, unnoticed by all.
SMG4, Mario, and the others entered the foyer to see that the door to the second floor had been blown open. FM was rubbing his head on the other side.
“Maybe that wasn’t such a good idea…”
“Hey, you cleared the path!” SMG4 cheered. “Great job, FM!”
After a moment, FM regained his composure. “Pfft, of course I did. I’m an officer of justice.”
The group ran up the stairs, soon finding themselves on the second floor. FM peeked out, only to freeze when he saw that the hallways were being patrolled by Swat-Bots.
FM’s eyes widened. “How’d he get ahold of those?”
“What? What is it?” SMG4 peeked in.
“Swat-Bots,” FM muttered. “Tough, dangerous machines designed for military use by Dr. Julian Robotnik over in Mobius. That is, before he reprogrammed them into a conquering army and attempted to take over the world. He was destroyed while fighting Jules Hedgehog and King Toadstool, and his stuff confiscated.”
“How do you know this?”
“His son’s been making trouble over there recently. We were caught up on all this so we’d be prepared in case he came over here to avenge his father.” FM looked back out at the Swat-Bots. “But right now, all that matters is what’s in our way and what we have. I have an AK-47, a rocket launcher, and a Walther P.38 for some reason. What do you guys got?”
SMG4 looked around nervously before shrugging. “Uh… memes?”
Mario grinned. “Mario’s got 4 IQ!”
Kaijak dug around in his pockets. “I’ve, uh… I’ve got a knife?” He held it up. “And an Empoleon, I guess…”
Fawn sighed. “Well, lucky for you guys, I have water.”
“They’re waterproof.”
“I can still smack them around with it.”
“Eh, fair enough.”
Fawn gestured, causing the water to come out of her flask. She quickly shot it forward, hitting one of the Swat-Bots at such high speeds that it tore right through it.
“OH, DAYUMN!” Mario cried.
The other Swat-Bots rushed in, but Fawn quickly began mowing them down. FM blew three up with his rocket launcher. Kaijak sent out his Shiny Empoleon, having it use Metal Claw to tear through the Swat-Bots. SMG4 kinda just hung back.
“Uh… go, guys!”
Mario ran up to one of the Swat-Bots and punched it. His hand promptly broke, causing Mario to let out the Windows XP bootup noise in pain and stumble back several feet. The bot aimed its rocket launcher at Mario, but the Italian grinned, grabbing Prinplup from nearby and charging forward with a war cry of “LEROOOOOOOOYY JEEEEEENKINNSSS!”
Mario ran ahead, using Kaijak as a meatshield against the missiles before throwing him into the Swat-Bot. The dazed recolor barely had a moment to process before the Swat-Bot began trying to force him off. Thinking quickly, Kaijak pulled out his knife and stabbed the Swat-Bot in the eyes, deactivating it.
Before long, the Swat-Bots were destroyed. Fawn floated the water back into her flask and sealed it while FM put up his rocket launcher.
“Great job, Enzo,” Kaijak said, returning his Empoleon. He smiled down at its Poké Ball. “You did amazing out there.”
“Yeah!” SMG4 cheered. “Good job, guys!”
Mario stood nearby, nursing his injured hand.
However, what the group didn’t see was that one of the Swat-Bots had survived. Its arm turned into a rocket launcher and aimed it at Fawn…
Only for an umbrella to tear through its head.
Everyone turned around as the Swat-Bot crashed to the ground, deactivated. Standing over its remains was none other than Princess Peach, her umbrella in hand, with Toadsworth and Captain Toad at her side.
“Mario.”
Mario gulped as Peach stormed towards him.
“WHAT. DID. YOU. DO?!”
“Mario didn’t do anything!” he swore. “…this time.”
“He’s telling the truth,” Fawn said, stepping forward.
“And who are you?”
“Name’s Fawn, one of 4’s friends.” She gestured to Mario. “He was with us, racing our karts. We came back, and this HAL program thing was going insane.”
“Princess, we need to hurry,” Toadsworth insisted. “If this blasted program keeps control of the castle for long, who knows what it could do!”
“Yeah, we’ve seen the movies!” Captain Toad exclaimed. “We gotta stop this thing before it destroys humanity or something!”
“You’re right.” Peach sighed, calming herself down. “Let’s go.”
“Oh, and don’t try to kill it with water,” Captain Toad advised. “HAL’s waterproof and immune to blunt force. It’d take something sharp and thin to pierce his exostructure. Weird flaw, but I don't know E. Gadd.”
“Aw, dammit,” Fawn grumbled.
[PLATOON DESTROYED. DEPLOYING SECOND WAVE.]
FM’s jaw dropped. “SECOND WAVE?!”
A second wave of Swat-Bots emerged from every room aside from the computer room.
FM hoisted his launcher, Fawn let her water out, and Kaijak released Enzo.
“Mario, SMG4, take this thing down,” Fawn said. “We’ll hold them off.
“SMG4, take the knife!” Kaijak shouted, tossing the knife over to his friend. SMG4 raised his hand to catch it, only for the knife to impale said hand. SMG4 screamed, sounding like the background vocals from the Coolio song Gangster’s Paradise.
Toadsworth and Peach joined the others, while Captain Toad ran after Mario and SMG4 as they ran for the mirror room. The Swat-Bots charged forward, attacking, as the others fought back.
And, in all the carnage, nobody saw Bob Bobowski walk in.
“Yo Yo BiTcHeS. BoB bObOwSkI hAs ArRiVeD.” He looked around, spotting SMG4, Mario, and Captain Toad as they entered the mirror room. “ThErE wE aRe.”
Bob calmly walked towards the door, ignoring the explosions behind him and Kaijak running past him, screaming and on fire.
[SO YOU HAVE REACHED ME,] the AI said calmly as SMG4, Mario, and Captain Toad entered the room. [NO MATTER. I HAVE CALCULATED EVERY OUTCOME GIVEN THE CIRCUMSTANCES.]
Suddenly, a number of robotic tendrils emerged from the walls and grabbed the trio, pinning them against the wall.
“Where did all this come from?!” Captain Toad asked. “E. Gadd didn’t give you outside guns or freakin’ tentacles!”
“[I HAVE MADE IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE SAKE OF PROTECTING THE CASTLE,] HAL responded. [THAT IS WHY I AM DOING THIS NOW. ALL OF YOU ARE THREATS. MARIO, SMG4, CAPTAIN TOAD, FM, KAIJAK. AND THOSE WHO BEFRIEND YOU INVITE ONLY MORE DANGER. TO PROTECT THIS CASTLE, AND THIS KINGDOM, YOU MUST ALL BE ELIMINATED. THE CHANGE AND UNPREDICTABILITY YOU BRING IS TOO MUCH OF A RISK. PEACH MAY NOT AGREE, BUT IT IS IN HER BEST INTERESTS THAT–]
“WoW. I’vE sEeN eNoUgH hEnTaI tO kNoW wHeRe ThIs Is GoInG.”
HAL stopped, his red eye rotating to face the new arrival.
“BOB!” SMG4 shouted. “HELP!”
“SuRe ThInG, sUpErMeMeGeNeRaToR4,” Bob replied. Then, his eyes darkened. “ThAt Is, If My PrIcE iS mEt.”
SMG4 blinked. “Uh… I’ll put you in the videos! I’ll make your movie!”
"...BeT."
Bob rushed towards HAL, whirling his blades. The red light in the AI’s eye narrowed.
[INCOMING TARGET. DEPLOYING DEFENSES.]
TF2 turrets emerged from the roof and began firing at Bob. The Garo responded with a whirl of his swords, cutting down every bullet with ease. Mario, SMG4, and Captain Toad watched in awe.
“Woah,” Captain Toad muttered. “Who is that guy?”
“An old classmate of mine,” SMG4 muttered. “I… I didn’t know he was good with those swords.”
Mario cheered. “Way to go!”
[WHAT?] HAL muttered. [IMPOSSIBLE. BLADES CANNOT DEFEAT BULLETS. ERROR. DOES NOT COMPUTE.]
Bob leapt forward, his eyes turning red. “YoU fOoL. I wAs TrAiNeD bY tHe GrEaTeSt GaNgStEr Of AlL tImE – bIg SmOkE!”
Bob swung the swords down. They pierced through HAL’s console, stabbing into his internals and inflicting critical damage.
[WARNING! CRITICAL DAMAGE SUSTA̴I̷N̷E̷D̴!̵]̸
HAL’s screen began to glitch.
[̴W̷H̸ ̵W̴H̸ ̷W̵H̶Y̴?̴ ̸I̷ ̸W̵A̴S̴ ̶T̸R̷Y̸ ̵T̶R̴Y̷I̸N̶G̴ ̵T̷O̷ ̴P̸R̸ ̴P̴R̵O̶T̴̵̷̬͓̿̔È̴̮C̴̤͆T̸̩́ ̴̼̀E̷͎̿C̴̹̍T̷͖͋ ̷̻̇È̷͔C̸͚͋T̷̠͠ ̴̫̓T̸͎̂H̷̜̀É̷̠ ̴̭̕C̶̭̎A̷̹̕S̷̬͝T̵̻̏L̵̮̄Ę̶̉.̶̺͌ ̸̤̈I̶̮̾ ̴̻͑W̶̘͠A̴̚͜Ŝ̵̫ ̵͖͘C̵̹̎Ã̴̩S̴̬̓T̴̰̈Ḻ̶͝E̶̬̿ ̶̫̒F̵̺͘U̶̕͜L̷̺̈́F̸̛̖I̷̠̾L̸̯͒Ḽ̸̂I̸̖̋N̶͍̕Ģ̸̌ ̵͉́M̵̄͜Y̶̛̲ ̴̡́F̴̦̅U̵̠̓N̷̕ͅC̴͓͋Ṭ̷͌I̴͔͝ ̵̪̉F̶̯̀U̸̘͠Ṉ̵̅C̷̻̔T̷̘̀I̴̧͒̇̂O̴̹̭͂N̴̖̫̘̓ ̷͎͍̲̍̇͠Ẻ̵̟̝͓R̴̖̘̍R̶͔̰̐͋Ȯ̶̼͌R̸̺̣͂͛̍ ̸̧̤̅̆̕E̵̘͒R̷̦͔͍͐̎͑R̴̩̟͊̓̈O̷̬̫̓R̵̬̆̋͐ ̵̬́̔̽Ē̸̹̖̉R̵̬͂̇R̷̫̜̠͌̂̄Ȏ̷̜̚̕R̵͉͙̖̀–̴̣̼̱̈́]̶̛͔̟̝̍
HAL’s red eye went out, and the AI went deathly silent. All around the castle, defenses went offline. The tentacles fell, releasing Mario, SMG4, and Captain Toad. HAL was defeated.
“HeLl YeAh!” Bob pulled his swords out of HAL’s console. “BoB iS nUmBeR oNe BiTcHeS!”
“Wow, Bob,” SMG4 muttered. “I… I didn’t know you could do that stuff. Impressive!”
“I’ll say!” Captain Toad exclaimed. “My friend, you looked awesome out there!”
“HeY, iT’s NoThInG. I’vE dEaLt WiTh HaRdEr StUfF. LiKe, MaYbE eNoUgH fOr A wHoLe SpInOfF..."
“So… what now?” Captain Toad asked.
SMG4 smiled. “Now, we clean up this mess.”
“I deeply apologize for HAL,” E. Gadd said as he loaded the broken console into the truck. “Clearly I didn’t have all the pieces to the puzzle when it came to safe AI. Sometimes, I wish Sheridan were still with us…”
“Well, perhaps we shouldn’t pursue that stuff at all,” RM replied. “We push science so far, never thinking about what could happen should it get out of hand. And those of us who write what could happen should we push too far are praised, not for their warnings, but their writing ability. They are ignored by those who matter, the people pushing the science, all in the name of discovering just how far we can go, or in the name of benefiting mankind, when their actions could very well lead to our downfall.”
Everyone stared at him. He blinked and looked between them.
“Uh, I mean, funni meme! Hehe…”
“Well, I’m off.” E. Gadd hopped into the dump truck and drove away, leaving everyone at the now-HAL-less castle. SMG4 turned to the others.
“So… you guys wanna play video games?”
“YEEEEEAAAAAAHHHHHHH!” they screamed in unison.
As everyone ran off, SLG4 held back for a minute. He pulled out his phone and looked at it for a bit.
Part of him said that he should call up his boss and tell him about the removal of the security program. On the other hand…
He looked up at everyone else as they continued walking. He felt… good with these people. They were nice to him. They listened to him when he spoke. It was all a far cry from his life on the streets.
Besides, his boss wasn’t planning to break into the castle. There was no real reason to inform him of HAL’s removal.
Right?
SLG4 shook himself out of his stupor, put his phone away, and ran after the others.
That night, E. Gadd sighed as he unloaded HAL’s console.
“Such a shame,” he muttered. “You were such a breakthrough in artificial intelligence…”
As E. Gadd rolled it through his lab, he paused as something caught his eye. Some of Sheridan’s old research, left at his home shortly before the accident. E. Gadd had recovered it prior to the police search.
He walked over to the papers, picking them up. They were notes on the development of synthetic human tissue, in the hope that it could be used to further develop medical technology, allowing amputees to replace their missing limbs with new, synthetic ones based on their DNA. E. Gadd had been looking into the concept when he was tasked with creating and maintaining HAL, and had sidelined it in favor of experimenting with Bot’s little device. Remarkable, that thing. Bot truly was a great mind. Shame it was wasted serving Bowser…
He was getting off track.
He looked back at HAL’s console, the monitor still attached. What if he could redirect the system’s passions towards his directive into… something else? Could he create new life with a combination of these two technologies?
E. Gadd picked up the monitor and looked it over, HAL’s offline eye staring back. The professor smiled.
“Oh, James, my boy. You really were onto something revolutionary…”
Notes:
HAL is based on HALL 9000 from its titular episode, who in turned is based on HAL 9000 from 2001: A Space Odessey. I just changed the name back to the original for... reasons. I also took a bit of inspiration regarding his speech patterns from the Core, main antagonist of Disney's Amphibia. The title comes from Avengers: Age of Ultron.
Fawn being hydrokinetic is a reference to her also being known as "Fawn the Water Master". I don't know the context for this title, but it's on the official YTR Wiki, so... anyways, the flask on her waist is the obligatory Katara reference.
I don’t think it was quite clear, but Mobius is another nation in this universe, similar to the Mushroom Kingdom, rather than being an entirely different planet. That way I can bring in the Sonic characters if I ever want to do anything with them in the near future without much fuss.
James Sheridan, if anyone didn't know, is from Meta Runner, a show created by GLITCH Productions, which in turn grew out of SMG4. Since Tari, a main character of SMG4, is THE main character of Meta Runner, I thought to fold Sheridan over into this story, at least in reference. I MAY do a Meta Runner adaptation, but we'll have to wait and see.
Yeah, Kaijak has an Empoleon named Enzo. I decided to keep the name on the penguin since... well, Enzo is an actual name. It's also, of course, referencing the OG Prinplup14/Enzo, who's been replaced due to irl Prinplup not wanting his recolor being used for anything anymore.
Fun fact: this episode was cut from the story at first. I decided to add it for three reasons. It was partially for more SLG4 and Kaijak development, but the third is a bit of a secret, unless you can figure it out from the little hints I've lain.
Chapter 10: Crystal Funhouse
Summary:
SMG4 gets trapped in a nightmarish prison by a mysterious crystal.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Underneath the castle, in a recently-made tunnel, the sound of an exasperated groan echoed through the area. SMG3 leaned back against the wall of the tunnel, sighing. A shovel was in his hand. “Where the hell is this stupid basement?” he muttered angrily. “If I could just find it, I could hack SMG4’s channel and finally give him the comeuppance he deserves!”
SMG3 pushed off of the wall and began digging again. Suddenly, with a simple strike, the wall before him collapsed. Another tunnel was before him – collapsed, the concrete roof above held up by metal supports. Right beside his emergence point was a metal door.
“Odd… this isn’t on the map,” SMG3 muttered. As he stepped into the tunnel, something gleamed beneath some rocks.
“Hm?”
SMG3 reached forward and dug through the rocks, eventually uncovering the item. It was a golden, glowing key.
“Strange…”
He glanced at the door. After a moment of hesitation, he brought the key up to it. A flash of golden light flared, and the door’s locks disappeared – as did the key’s golden glow.
“Well, ain’t that convenient?” SMG3 muttered, pushing the door open. His eyes were illuminated by a blue glow as he gazed in awe.
On the other side of the door was a massive blue crystal. Its glow lit the entire chamber up. But most unnerving was the fact that a person was touching it. He wore white and black, and he looked like he could be alive – aside from the fact that he was completely encased in crystal, that is.
SMG3 walked up to the frozen man. He gazed at him for a moment and then looked at his arm.
Whoever this is, he probably didn’t deserve this…
In a swift motion, SMG3 grabbed the man and began to pull. After quite a bit of pulling, the man came loose – but his arm did not. SMG3 froze, staring in horror at the severed arm, still trapped in its crystalline casing. Cracks began to spread along the crystal surrounding it, and after a few moments, the crystal shattered, as did the arm.
SMG3 stood frozen, gawking at the sight he’d just seen. He turned to glance back at the man as cracks began to spread across his tomb.
“Oh, God, no…”
Fortunately, when the casing shattered, the man did not. He fell onto his rear and blinked a few times, horror in his eyes. Fortunately, the stump where the limb had been wasn’t bleeding. It almost looked… cauterized.
After a moment, he noticed SMG3. He scrambled back a couple of feet and looked around nervously.
“W-What happened?” he asked frantically. “Where am I? Who are you? Are… Are you with them?”
“Them?”
“The… the things that were just here!”
“There’s nothing in here but us. And that.” SMG3 pointed back at the crystal.
“W-What? B-But…”
“Could you tell me how long you’ve been down here…” SMG3 glanced at the man’s nametag. “...John?”
"F-Fattman. John Fattman." John looked down, thinking. “U-Um… not sure. I just – OH GOD WHAT THE HELL HAPPENED TO MY ARM?!”
SMG3’s eyes widened as John panicked at the sight of his missing arm. He’d forgotten about that.
HOW did I forget about that? That was the most freaking traumatizing thing I’ve seen in years!
“Um… well, you see, when I freed you, it kinda… came off? And shattered?” SMG3 glanced back at the crystal.
“Ugh… I’m gonna be so late…” John muttered. “They better not have finished the reconstruction without me.”
“Reconstruction?”
“Yeah, the reconstruction of Mushroom Castle. Y’know, since Bowser attacked it n’ all.”
“...That was six years ago, dude.”
John was silent for the next few seconds.
“Six years…? I spent six years trapped in that… that NIGHTMARE?”
“Yes, and you look no worse for – wait. Nightmare?”
“You said those things aren’t real,” John replied. “It must have trapped me in some sorta nightmare while keepin’ me alive.”
SMG3 looked back at the strange stone. “Nightmare, huh…?”
An idea began to form in the doppelgänger’s mind. He smiled, glancing back at John.
“Why don’t you go to the surface? Find someone who can get you some help?”
“How?”
“Just leave this room and go to the right. There’s a tunnel I dug there. Follow it and you’ll find yourself outside of the castle.”
“Why were you digging under the castle?”
“Don’t ask.”
John headed out, muttering a “Thank you” under his breath. Once the carpenter was gone, SMG3 turned back to the crystal. He smiled.
“Now… let’s get some payback…”
SMG4 groaned as he trudged across the wet, rocky ground beneath him. “Why did we have to do this again, RM?”
“Some sort of disturbance,” the Mario recolor muttered. “Peach sensed some sort of dark energy surge under the castle, and since Captain Toad is busy and Mario is having one of his… days… we need to investigate.”
“That doesn’t answer why we brought him along,” MCG muttered, glaring behind him, where a peculiar Toad followed. Rather than the usual white with spots, his hat was entirely yellow, with the word “boobs” scrawled at random on it in red marker. He wore a pair of shades that he thought made him look cooler (they did not).
“After last time we left Ben home alone?” FM shuddered. “We didn’t have much of a choice.”
“‘Ey, amigo!” Ben shouted. “You’d better watch what you say ‘bout me!”
“So long as he behaves himself, we’ll be fine,” X muttered. “Speaking of which, FM, you’d better behave yourself, too.”
“I only went crazy for beans and cost myself a job one time, X! And they were beans!”
“SMG4, didn’t you say FM hated beans?” SLG4 asked.
“Well, he did.”
“NOT ANYMORE!”
“Hang on, I’m getting something,” RM noted. “E. Gadd’s sensor seems to be working. It’s coming from up ahead.”
The group rounded the corner to see a metal door ahead. It stood wide open, with a strange glow coming from it. A sign beside the doorway read “free memes inside”.
“Free memes!” SMG4 said excitedly.
“SMG4–”
X didn’t even get to finish as his friend ran inside. He sighed, following after him alongside the other Mario recolors.
In the center of the room stood a massive blue crystal.
“Is it… some sort of meme crystal?” SMG4 wondered aloud.
“Dammit, SMG4, don’t be stupid enough to touch it!” X shouted. “Who knows what it could do?”
SMG4 shrugged. “I’ll be fine. I’m not gonna touch it.”
Suddenly, a flare of blue light erupted from the crystal, temporarily blinding the gang. A bolt of energy fired off from it, hitting SMG4. It dragged him over to it, forcing him onto it. The crystal latched onto him and held him in place as his eyes glowed same blue as the crystal’s glow. The others watched on in silence.
“Holy shit,” Ben muttered.
SMG4 blinked as he woke. He was surrounded in complete darkness.
Hello?
The familiar voice rang from… somewhere.
SMG4? Is that you?
SMG4’s eyes narrowed as he recognized the voice.
“SMG3.”
Very good. I’m talking to you remotely. Using a shard of the crystal that I’ve dubbed the “Nightmare Stone”, I can direct my thoughts telepathically at whoever is in there.
“What are you planning?”
Simply to keep you here for a bit. And once I’m all big and successful, I’ll let you out to see that ego gets you nowhere.
“Whatever you say, bitch!”
Language. Now, I have a reputation to build, so if you’ll excuse me…
“SMG3? SMG3!”
No response.
“Dammit. Let’s hope those guys can hurry…”
“Haha. Hello.”
SMG4 froze.
“…Up.”
He knew that sound. The baby-like giggles. The cheerful voices. It couldn’t be…
“No…”
He turned around, and his eyes widened.
“No, God, please, no…”
And there stood one of SMG4’s greatest fears…
Teletubbies.
“NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!”
“SMG4’s trapped in a crystal?”
“Yep,” X replied. “I was hoping you’d help?”
“That sounds kinda like the door we found Mario,” Luigi said. “Maybe someone found the KPC and opened it.”
“Oooooooo. Mario thinks we should get Captain Toad. He can help!”
“He’s busy, Mario,” Prinplup pointed out. “We can’t rely on him.”
“Do you have any better ideas?”
“We could try… going in?” X suggested. “Freeing him?”
“How are we sure we won’t get trapped as well?”
“At least I’m coming up with ideas, SLG4!”
“Say, why aren’t you so worried?” Mario asked, eyes narrowing in suspicion.
“I am,” SLG4 insisted. “I’m just not gonna let it take over me so we can focus on getting him back.”
“E. Gadd should be able to help,” Luigi noted, taking out his cell phone. “I’ll call him up.”
“Mario’s got a friend, too!” Mario said excitedly. “He knows all about spooky stuff! I’ll go get him!”
Mario rushed off as Luigi dialed up E. Gadd’s number. Ben kinda just… stood there.
“…We could shoot it.”
“Shut up, Ben.”
“Oh thank God,” SMG4 muttered. “I made it out.”
He glanced behind him to make sure those… monsters weren’t chasing him anymore. Fortunately, they weren’t.
“What the hell is this place? SMG3 called it a… Nightmare Stone? Weird name. Fits, though.”
S̸͎̮̭͌̃̄͝.̷̨͠.̸̛͎̅.̷̩͌̕
SMG4 froze. Now that was a new voice.
M̸̛̖̻̥̻͑́̕.̶̱̎̋.̸̻̅̿̀̐.̵̘̥͎̭́̀͠
And an utterly terrifying one at that.
G̶̢͂.̶͚̊.̸̙̆.̸̻̑?̴̾
He could feel someone’s gaze boring into him, but there was no one to be seen.
“W-Who’s there?!” SMG4 panicked, throwing his hands up. “I-I know karate! I think! …I’ve seen Karate Kid!”
A bright red light suddenly tore through the darkness before him. He squinted, his eyes attempting to adjust to the sudden flare.
F̷̟͉͔͐͛O̶̭̰̬̗̔͆͆U̸͎̼̲̾̐R̶͈͕̱̣̽̈́͂̚.̵͚̾̓́͠
Okay, so apparently it somehow knew his name. Of course it did.
“Guess this is just a horror movie now, huh?!” he shouted at the light. “What’s next, you gonna eat me?”
N̴̙̍̈́O̵̲̺̒͐̎̃.̶͙͖̲̽
Okay, so it was intelligent, too. Fun.
N̵̞̥͐E̴̺̯̎̈́Ë̸̞̳̲́͋D̷͔̞͕͕́̋ ̸͙͚̐͊͑Y̶̯̖̩͌̉ͅỌ̷͂̈́͂̕U̵̬͗̓…̷̥̗̟͓̀́̋
“Uh…”
N̷͉̮̞̈́̍͐̆O̸̰̗̻̔͜W̷͖̬̞̦͌͂̈̃…̶̱͛́͛͘ ̶͕̉̒̃C̶̤̭̥̓O̸̡͙͚͑̓͑Ḿ̴̝E̷͍̟̰̲͠!̷̨͕̯̆͂
A bellowing roar erupted through the crystal. SMG4 felt like his skull was about to split open.
SMG4 turned and ran as fast as he could away from the light. Another roar sounded out from behind him as he sprinted away, only for the light to grow brighter.
SMG3 sat at his computer, happily animating. SMG4 was out of the way. Soon, he would be successful, and then SMG4 would see his mistake.
Suddenly, his body jerked. He felt like adrenaline had been injected into him. He felt some sort of danger, but couldn’t tell what it was.
“Hm. Odd.”
He went back to working, not noticing the shard behind him glowing brighter. Not blue this time, but blood red.
“Fascinating,” E. Gadd muttered. “Truly fascinating.”
“Yes, fascinating, whatever,” MCG muttered. “Can you hurry up and rescue our friend?”
“If you’ll have a bit of patience, I could actually get to that,” the professor snapped. “This crystal has some sort of strange energy, completely unknown to me. It could take weeks, or even years, of study before I can even safely attempt to remove him.
“Um… guys? He may not have that long.”
The gang turned to X. He was staring at SMG4, watching as crystal slowly began to creep its way onto his body.
“OH GOD WHAT DO WE DO?!” Luigi cried.
“Don’t-a worry! Mario’s got it!”
The gang turned to face Mario – and froze. Standing beside him was a fairly tall man in a tuxedo. However, several things were noticeable about him.
He had no hair. His skin was rough and white. And, most notably, he didn’t have a face.
“Meet Mario’s friend – Slenderman!”
“Stay the hell back!” FM shouted, taking a taser out and aiming it at Slenderman. “I have a taser and I know how to use it! …Probably!”
“No, don’t hurt Slendy!” Mario cried, jumping in front of the cryptid. “He’s-a Mario’s friend!”
Ben blinked. “Okay… what the actual fuck? No, wait – what the actual fuck?”
“You’d-a better have a really g-good explanation, Mario,” Luigi stuttered, visibly shaking at the sight of this eldritch horror standing behind his brother.
Mario grinned. “Oh, it was on Halloween!”
Three months ago…
“No, Mario, we’re-a not going trick-or-treating tonight!”
“But why, Luigi? Whhhyyyyyy?”
“Because we can’t just let you go unattended,” SMG4 replied, completely unamused. “In the past month, you’ve tossed someone off a roof–”
“‘Cause he deserved it!”
“…Fair, but you also collapsed the castle and nearly cost Luigi his job.”
“Mario promises he will be good!”
“No, Mario.”
Mario huffed. “Fine.”
The plumber stormed outside, fuming.
“Are you sure this is the right choice, SMG4?” Luigi asked. “He loves trick-or-treating.”
“And he’d steal candy from random children while he’s at it,” the YouTuber remarked. “You know that.”
Outside, Mario sighed, kicking a random soccer ball into the woods. He sat down, feeling dejected, when something hit his leg. He looked up to see the ball he had kicked.
“Huh.”
Mario looked back up at the woods. There, standing on the edge of the woods, was Slenderman. Mario quickly stood up and ran over to him.
“Hello! Imma Mario!”
Slenderman stared.
Mario extended his hand. “It’s-a nice to meet you!”
Slenderman stared at Mario’s hand (or as best as he could without a face). Hesitantly, he took Mario’s hand and shook it.
“I bet we’re gonna be besties!” Mario said cheerfully.
Present day…
“And that’s what happened!”
“…but can we trust him?” MCG asked skeptically.
“Sure!” Mario turned to Slenderman. “Slendy, can you get SMG4 out of the crystal, please?”
Slenderman gave Mario a thumbs up. He walked over to SMG4, grabbed him, and began to pull.
SMG4 screamed as he ran from the closing red light.
F̴̡̘̤̈̚͠͝Ọ̸͊͐͝U̴̦̔͘R̸͇͖̝̅!̶̺̣̹͋
“Pleeeaaase don’t touch mah ass!” SMG4 cried as it closed in on him. Just a few more seconds and–
A bright white light enveloped the YouTuber, blinding him temporarily. When he awoke, he was lying on his back in the crystal chamber.
“SMG4! You alright, man?” MCG asked.
“Y-Yeah… I’ll be alright,” SMG4 muttered as MCG helped him up. “It was SMG3.”
Everyone paused.
“SMG3 did this?”
“He’s that guy you told me about, right?” Luigi asked. “The one who stole from SMG4?”
“Yep.”
“Shut up, Ben, you weren’t even there,” FM snapped.
“Well, he obviously didn’t make the crystal,” E. Gadd noted, studying the strange stone. “It’s about… five years old, give or take a couple months?”
“Only five?”
“Whatever the case, I’m taking the Nightmare Stone for study,” E. Gadd said. “Perhaps we can prevent this from happening again.”
Luigi sighed. “Well, I’m glad that didn’t take too long. I’ve got an appointment with my therapist soon.”
“When did you get a therapist?” MCG asked.
“After Z took over Mario’s body and tried to kill me.”
“Ah. Yeah, that’ll do it.”
SLG4 stood off to the side. He watched the gang laugh off the dire situation they’d just been in. They… they weren’t bad people. They truly did care for each other. Even freaking Slenderman, an eldritch horror of folk lore, was giving Mario a high-five.
He looked at his phone, and the contact labeled “Boss”. He’d have to talk to him about this whole thing later. For now, he’d enjoy the moment. This one moment where he could pretend he was truly one of them.
As E. Gadd and a team of scientists wearing hazmat suits carried the Nightmare Stone out from under the castle, a particular red-skinned Mario recolor with black overalls watched on.
“There it is. Now… let’s get to business.”
Notes:
WE HAVE REACHED THE P L O T, BOIS!
The Nightmare Stone was introduced in the video that this chapter was adapted from and shares the title with. If you haven't caught on, it last showed up in Chapter 3, which was entirely setup for this chapter. Of course, you'll notice a few differences between canon and this version. I'll say there's a plan in place for this thing, and I won't say anything else.
Chapter 11: Bowser and the Nightmare Stone
Summary:
When Bowser teams up with an old enemy of the YTR to get revenge, SMG4 is forced to make an unlikely alliance to escape. Meanwhile, Captain Toad calls upon old friends of his to help rescue the others.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Stupid Mario and his stupid cryptid ruining my payback,” SMG3 muttered. “I’ll just get the stone back and trap SMG4 again. And this time, I’ll hide it where no one will ever find it!”
He looked in on E. Gadd’s lab, the Nightmare Stone in view. He stopped for a minute.
“Actually, maybe this isn’t the best way to get back at–”
A loud crashing noise interrupted his thought process. SMG3 looked up to see a helicopter flying above, having just blown a hole in the roof. A claw lowered and grabbed the Nightmare Stone, lifting it off of its pedestal. Once they had cleared the lab’s roof, the helicopter turned and flew off.
“Oh, come on!” SMG3 groaned. He leapt off the window he was standing on and began running after the helicopter, though he had no clue as to its destination.
“Sire, you can’t stay like this forever,” Kamek muttered. “You have a kingdom to run.”
Bowser huffed, sitting at the center of his circular battle arena where he’d fought Mario during his first campaign. The room was only accessible via a portal created by Kamek. Once, it had held the greatest gladiatorial matches in the kingdom. Now, however, the arena was a disaster. Pizza boxes lay everywhere. The stench of body odor flowed through the room.
“Why? Why try, Kamek? They’re just gonna beat me, like they always do. I’m a disgrace to the Koopa lineage.”
“No, sire, you’re not,” Kamek growled. “You’re King Bowser Koopa, first of his name! Your father did not win his first few battles as king, either. But he never quit. And neither should you!”
Bowser blinked. A grin spread across his face once more.
“Yeah… yeah!” The Koopa King laughed. “We’ll show those plumbers what for!”
“Not entirely sure what you mean by that, but you’re gonna need some backup.”
“Who’s there?” Bowser growled, glaring around the room. “Show yourself!”
From the shadows emerged a red and black Mario recolor – similar to FM, but with black gloves instead of pink, black hair, and blood-red skin. "Evil" was scrawled on the front of his hat. The man smiled.
“It’s so nice to finally meet you, Bowser.”
“Whaddya want?”
“To offer you a chance at revenge,” the Mario recolor replied.
“And what does some pesky plumber lookalike have to offer me?”
The man smiled and snapped his fingers. A helicopter fell out of the sky and crashed into the ground, the Nightmare Stone in tow.
“The Nightmare Stone.”
Bowser’s eyes widened at the sight of the object.
“It’s a mysterious, powerful crystal that can put anyone into a prison where they live out their worst nightmares. Use this, and the Mario brothers will never harm you again.”
Bowser’s eyes narrowed. “I’m not an idiot, Mr. Dark and Broody. What’s in it for you?”
The man smiled. “All I want is a place in your kingdom.”
Bowser grinned. “You got yourself a deal, Mr…?
“Call me–”
“Oi!”
The three turned as the portal into the room burst open, and SMG3 stormed in.
“What the heck do you think you’re doing… with…”
He paused, gazing at the other Mario recolor. After a moment, his eyes went wide. Anger filled them.
“You.”
“I’m sorry, do you know each other?” Bowser asked.
“Oh, yes, I believe so,” the red and black recolor muttered. “You’re SMG3, right? The man forced into a life he didn’t want by a man who claimed you a thief?”
“And you’re EM64,” SMG3 growled. “The kid who worked with Oiram in an attempt to kill us all!”
EM64 chuckled. “Oh, the fun I had that week.”
“You’re not even supposed to be alive. I assume that’s why your skin is red?”
“Indeed. Your attempt to stop me and my mentor left me with… scars. Both physical and mental.”
“I didn’t think you could get any more unstable.”
“And yet, here we are. So, I have an offer–”
“You’re gonna offer me a chance at payback.” SMG3 sneered. “A chance to get even with SMG4. If it were literally anyone else, I’d say yes. But you? I want nothing to do with you. Good day, sir.”
Once SMG3 left the room, Bowser whistled. “Wow. You seem to be a big deal.”
“I just wanted a bit of power.” EM64 chuckled. “I… may have teamed up with a monster of a man to enact a plan that would make us more powerful than one could imagine. Sure, our methods were… immoral, so to speak, but morals have little value, in my experience. Just be glad I’m not Starman. That guy was a creep.”
“Speaking of value…”
A Parakoopa emerged from the helicopter. “My pay.”
EM64 smiled. “Oh, yes. That.”
He reached into his pocket and pulled out a real-ass goddamn glock. He pulled the trigger, killing the Parakoopa with a single headshot.
“What the hell ?!” Bowser shouted. “There was no reason to do that!”
“I don’t have the money to pay him, and I’d rather not be in debt,” EM64 replied, putting the gun away. “Like I said, my methods are considered immoral to many. I am a big fan of you and your father’s work, though. Just as cutthroat as myself. Now, shall we get along with our revenge?”
Bowser hesitated, but nodded.
“Excellent,” EM64 said, his sick grin spreading. “Of course, after SMG3’s lackluster attempt to use the Nightmare Stone and your previous kidnapping plan, we know we cannot simply imprison Mario. We must take care of both him and his friends.”
He held up a small shard of the stone, taken off of SMG3’s person when he wasn’t paying attention.
“And I know just how to do it.”
“Hey, guys?”
“Yeah?” SMG4 called back. He and MCG were playing SSEOITAB in the gaming room as Onyxking peeked in.
“FM’s calling. He’s… really upset.”
The two looked at each other and paused their game. They headed over to Onyxking, who turned his phone onto speaker. Mario, Kaijak, and Luigi stood with him.
“FM? What’s going on?” MCG asked.
“Dunno, but X kinda just… collapsed,” FM replied. “Ben’s panicking, too, so he didn’t slip any drugs into his drink this time. X is conscious, but… not all there, I guess.”
“What do you mean?”
“He’s saying stuff. Weird stuff. Bad stuff.”
“Bad stuff?”
“He’s talking about some sort of darkness. It’s weird and I don’t like it. Wait, hang on a–”
Some scuffling was heard on the other side of the connection. Then, X’s voice came through.
“SMG4, we’ve got a problem. A BIG one.”
“Are you okay, X?”
“Not until this is stopped. Something terrible is happening. I don’t know exactly what, but–”
A sudden zap was heard on the other side. FM could be heard yelling X’s name. After a moment, his voice came clear through the phone.
“Guys, some sort of… lighting bolt just came outta nowhere and zapped X. He just up and disappeared! It looked kinda like that one that the crystal zapped SMG4 with! ”
“The Nightmare Stone,” SMG4 muttered. “So it’s SMG3. Of course it is.”
“Yeah… about that.”
“FM, I don’t like where this is going.”
“I know, but listen. SMG3 came here.”
“He what?”
“He came here. He was freaked out, dude. Literally right as I opened the door and saw him, X started his whole thing, and I had to shut the door on him. He’s still outsid – oop, nope, he just broke the door down.”
“FM!”
“Oh, no, I’m fine.”
“Oh, good.”
“He’s spouting some nonsense abo – wait. You’re not serious, are–”
A zap and a clatter were heard.
“FM!”
Shuffling, and another voice. This one, SMG4 wouldn’t forget anytime soon – SMG3.
“SMG4, listen. I’m not happy to be doing this, but I’m not gonna let someone else take you down a few pegs, so listen up.”
“Pfft. Yeah, right.”
A bolt of lightning came out of nowhere, and Kaijak disappeared.
“Oh-kay, listening now.”
“I don’t know how long I have before they find me out, but you need to get your friends and find Bowser. He’s got the Nightmare Stone.”
“Easy–”
“Shut up, SMG4. He’s got a partner. It’s E–”
A zap of electricity, and the line went dead.
“E? Who’s E?” Luigi asked.
Onyxking glanced at SMG4. “You don’t think…”
“E, E, E, E…” After a few moments of thinking, SMG4’s eyes widened in horrific realization. “Oh, God. He better not be alive.”
“What’s-a going on?”
“It’s a guy from our old school. His name’s–”
A zap of lightning. SMG4 was gone.
“Well ain’t that convenient,” Mario muttered. “Now–”
Another zap. Mario was gone.
“MARIO!” Luigi cried, staring at the spot where his brother had been.
“Well… we’re gonna need some help.”
“Captain Toad!” Luigi exclaimed. “He’s our best bet!”
“He is the only one they wouldn’t know…” MCG muttered. “Of course, we should plan just in case–”
MCG disappeared in a flash of light.
“Let’s hurry before they get all of us,” Onyxking said. He and Luigi quickly rushed off, leaving Toad behind.
“Eh. If Mario dies, then I’ll be fine–”
Toad disappeared as well.
SMG4 awoke to find himself in complete darkness.
“Oh, not again,” he muttered. “This better not become a repeating plotline.”
“It won’t if I have anything to say about it.”
SMG4 sighed. He knew that voice. He turned around to face the speaker.
“Of fucking course.”
SMG3 rolled his eyes. “Oh, grow up. I don’t like this either, but try at least to be bearable while we’re trapped here.”
F̷̧̈͠Ō̴̥͕̗̌͝U̷̳̘̚R̷̬͍̜͘.̷̳̹̼̙̂͛̕͠
“What the heck was that?” SMG3 cried, backing away.
“Oh, God, not again.”
“Again?!”
“This thing chased me when you locked me in here.”
A red light shone down on the pair. It glanced at SMG3.
T̵̢̹̥͑͑H̶̻̃̇ͅR̴̢̲͎̿͐̾̂E̶̢̦̗͐͗͜E̴̛͖͔̦̐̈́͝.̴̫̰̓̒͝
“IT KNOWS MY NAME! HOW DOES IT KNOW MY NAME?!”
“Don’t question it and run!”
The two began running as the light closed in. After about a minute, the light dimmed. SMG3 glanced back and blinked a couple times.
“Hey! SMG4!”
“What?”
“It stopped.”
“Oh, sure it did. You gonna sacrifice me to it so you can get away?”
“Tempting. But no, I’m serious.”
SMG3 stopped and turned around to look at the… thing. SMG4 stopped shortly afterward, glancing back. The light had indeed stopped.
…̷̼̿A̷̡͙̰̚V̵͉̣̥̀̾͐A̵̘͙̘̽́T̶̡̊A̶͈̙͂R̶̡͔͑̂̾̚.̵̦̈
The light vanished as quickly as it had appeared.
“Huh.”
“Sure, I can help!” Captain Toad said cheerfully. “I don’t have anything else to do right now, anyways.”
“Phew,” Luigi muttered. “Thank-a you.”
“Yeah, X is payin’ for da house,” Ben said, having tagged along while Luigi and Onyxking had been on their way to Captain Toad’s house. “An’ I don’t got another place ta stay besides my mom’s place, and I ain’t goin’ back there.”
“So what’s your plan?” Onyxking asked the adventurer.
Captain Toad grinned. “Let me call up some old friends. I had a team awhile back – we did some crime-fighting before I went the treasure hunting route. A great group of Toads called – WOAH!”
Captain Toad jumped as a bolt of lightning flew from literally nowhere and zapped Luigi. The next second, he was gone.
“Hurry it up, we don’t have long!” Onyxking exclaimed.
“Relax. I got this.” Captain Toad pulled out his phone. “Time to bring back the BattleToads Justice Crew.”
“Is there no end to this place?” SMG3 grumbled.
“Stop being so dramatic.” SMG4 rolled his eyes. “And hey, maybe you’ll think twice before trapping me in a place like this again.”
“No. No, I will not.”
“...Wow, dude.”
“SMG4 FOR THE LOVE OF GOD HELP!”
SMG4 and SMG3 turned towards the scream, seeing FM and X running from a familiar face… and some unfamiliar faces, as well.
“What the hell?” SMG3 muttered. “Is… is that man carrying a toilet?”
“Long story,” SMG4 replied, sprinting towards his friends. “I’m more concerned about the zombies. Gimme a hand, here!”
SMG3 sighed. “Oh, fine.”
A knock at the door was heard. Onyxking rushed over and opened it.
“Finall – wait.”
SLG4 stood there. He waved meekly.
“I, uh, was looking for SMG4. Is he here? Because Luigi’s car is out front, and… and I needed to talk to him. It’s important.”
“Come in. There’s a lot going on,” Onyxking said, moving aside so SLG4 could come in.
“So… what’s the problem?”
“SMG4’s gone.”
SLG4 paused. “Excuse me. What?”
“A guy from our school got ahold of a crystal and teamed up with Bowser to trap him and the rest of us in a nightmare.”
SLG4’s eyes widened. “I’m too late…”
“What?” Captain Toad walked in from another room. “Too late? What does that mean?”
SLG4 sighed. “Okay, so, I’m gonna say something. You’re gonna get angry, but I need you to hear me out. Okay?”
“Um… okay?”
SLG4 sighed.
“I’m… I was hired to keep an eye on you guys. By EM64.”
Silence.
“Who’s that?”
“You WHAT?!”
Onyxking rose, anger in his eyes.
“You were hired to rat out your – oh, you aren’t actually brothers, are you?”
“No. I, uh… faked the test.”
“Dammit, Mario was right,” the yellow and cyan Mario recolor muttered. “He’s gonna lord this over us.”
“Listen. I–”
“Why should I listen to anything you have to say?”
“Wait, Onyxking,” Captain Toad muttered. “He told us he was a spy. Let’s hear him out before jumping to conclusions.”
“…Fine. But he’s better have a damn good–”
With a flash of light, Onyxking disappeared.
“…Well, we’ll tell him later,” Captain Toad said. “For now–”
The doorbell rang.
“Oh, that must be them!”
“Um… who?”
The door opened, and in walked four Toads, all with unique designs on their hats, with a logo pasted on the front, back, left, right, and top of said hat. From left to right, the first was dressed in a red T-shirt and a white jacket and pants, with four red stars with blue outlines on his hat.
The second wore black pants and had an orange jacket with yellow detailing and an orange hat. Red six-pointed stars decorated his hat, and he had a brown goatee.
The third wore orange pants with a white cap and a yellow jacket. His hat had yellow four-pointed stars with smaller black four-pointed stars in their centers.
The final Toad had red pants and a blue jacket with teal outlines. His cap was blue, and decorated with yellow lightning bolts with thick black outlines, and he wore a pair of glasses.
“Hey, Captain!” the one with four-pointed stars said cheerfully. “It’s been forever ! What do you need?”
“Just a minute, Bravo,” Captain Toad said, a smile on his face. “First: introductions.” He turned to SLG4. “SLG4, Ben, meet my team: Bewbs, Barrage, Bravo, and Babeh. Together, we’re…”
The group posed. “THE BATTLETOADS JUSTICE CREW!” they cried in unison.
“Oh, by the way, Grandpa wasn’t too happy I had to leave,” Babeh muttered. “Something about disappearances. He wanted me to keep an eye on Frankie. So don’t take too long.”
“Oh, relax, Babeh,” Barrage said, smiling. “I’m sure Frankie will be fine with Toadsworth.”
Babeh cast a deadpan look to Barrage. “Uncle Barrage, you are the last person I want giving advice.”
“Eh, fair.”
“Those disappearances are what I called you guys about,” Captain Toad replied. “We know who’s responsible – Bowser and some guy called EM64. They’re using some sort of crystal to force everyone into nightmares, and we’re all that’s left to oppose him.”
“And who are these two?” Bewbs asked, looking at SLG4 and Ben.
“This is SLG4, who worked for EM64 but may have reformed.”
Barrage’s eyes narrowed. “May?”
“We haven’t had time to talk. And this is Ben. He’s… okay, I have no idea who he really is. I just met him about half an hour ago.”
“‘Ey! Cool it, homie!”
“What about Mario?” Babeh asked. “Or Luigi? Or that other weirdo who hides in his room 24/7?”
“How do you…?”
“Hey, that USB event wasn’t hard to hide from people like us. Not like they’re trying to hide it, anyways – we kinda just stumbled across the information.”
“Anyways, they’ve all been taken. They seem to have been the targets. Meaning…”
The group posed again. “This is up to the BATTLETOADS JUSTICE CREW!”
“And me.”
“And SLG4!”
“‘Ey!”
“…And Ben, I guess.”
“So…” SMG3 watched the image of the dead toilet man fade away. “Does… does anyone wanna tell me what that was about?”
“You kinda had to be there,” SMG4 said, waving his doppelgänger off (much to SMG3’s disdain). “Anyways, you guys see anyone else? MCG, Mario?”
“No clue where they are,” X replied. “I think I saw Luigi not far from here, though.”
FM growled. “Whoever’s doing this is gonna get so tased when I get outta here.”
“By the way…” SMG4 turned to X. “If FM was imagining the toilet dude… what was the whole deal with the zombies?”
X’s face paled. “Uh… well…”
“–explanation.”
The group turned as Onyxking materialized behind them. His angered face turned to one of confusion as he looked around, then resignation as he realized what had happened.
“God dammit.”
“Onyxking!” SMG4 said, running over to him. “What happened? Is it…?”
“Oh, it’s EM64 all right,” Onyxking muttered. “We’re going to have some important stuff to talk about later, but for now, let’s just get out of here.”
“WAAAAAAAAAAHHH!”
“And rescue Luigi.”
“So that’s the Koopa Kingdom?” Barrage muttered. “Man, Bowser must be some generic bad guy or something. His base certainly looks it.”
“Alright, let’s take a look.” Captain Toad pulled up the schematics of the Koopa Castle. “From the scouting missions I’ve been on since the castle collapsed, Bowser spends a lot of his time in his private chambers, an arena-based room with plenty of space for whatever he wishes – usually fits of rage. We can only assume that’s where the Nightmare Stone is. It’s only accessible via a magic portal created by Kamek, so assuming he’s not already in there, we need to steal his wand. With it, it’s a simple matter of zapping this painting of Bowser…” He pointed at a massive picture of Bowser behind the throne. “...and we’re good to go.”
“But… how do we get them out of the crystal?” SLG4 asked. “EM64 and SMG4 have told me about it.”
“Don’t worry, amigos!” Ben interjected. “Ben already called a friend!”
“...What friend?”
Slenderman materialized out of literally nowhere and waved at the group.
“OH JEEBUS!”
“That’s the one who freed them before, right?” Captain Toad asked, ignoring Bewb’s outburst.
“Sí!” Ben said cheerfully.
“Is Slenderman just gonna solve all our problems?” SLG4 asked. “This feels like bad writing.”
Dark chuckling came from... somewhere.
“Uhhhh… okay?”
“Nah, he wanted to rescue Mario, so he came to Ben!”
Slenderman gave a thumbs up.
“Uh… when?”
“On our way here.”
Barrage blinked. “…Alright. That works, I guess.”
“Now…” Captain Toad said, redirecting the group’s focus back onto the mission. “Slenderman should make this relatively easier. Why? I don’t freaking know how it works, but it does, so we’re just rolling with it. Now, here’s the plan…”
“…and another one down!” EM64 grinned as Crimson materialized on the Nightmare Stone, next to Pink, RM, and MM. “Okay, we still have Fawn, ADD, and GD. And maybe Starman, if I feel like it.”
“If you feel like it?”
“Believe me, I’ve done some pretty bad things,” EM64 said nonchalantly. “But I have my limits. You gotta draw a line in the sand somewhere. And Starman3… he crossed that line. Actually, maybe it's better he stay where he is.”
“…Alright.”
“Now, to find the others…”
“…and then we’ll free them. Now, is anyone else gonna show up out of nowhere wanting in?”
The BattleToads glanced back at the recently-arrived Fawn, ADD, and GD.
“What?!” Fawn growled. “They took Pink! I get we were late to the party, but we didn’t have any information regarding the situation!”
“You’re right. I shouldn’t be rude,” Captain Toad said apologetically. “Fawn, use your hydrokinetics to distract them.”
“But–!”
“I know you want to rescue Pink, but your powers will be most effective utilized as a distraction,” Captain Toad insisted. “Just trust me.”
“...Fine.”
“Good.” He turned back to the others. “ADD and GD will be on the retrieval team. Everyone else, you remember the original plan. Now… let’s GO!”
“What happened between you and King Boo?” SMG4 asked as the image of the giant Boo disappeared.
“It’s… a long story,” Luigi muttered. “But thanks for rescuing me, guys–”
Luigi paused. He blinked for a moment, staring at SMG3, a spark of recognition in his eyes. SMG3 gave him a glare that told him to zip it. Luigi promptly did so.
“Alright. Now, SMG3, do you have any idea how to get out of here?” SMG4 asked. Luigi blinked in surprise.
“You’re SMG3?”
“Yes, nice to meet you, Luigi,” SMG3 said, his glare hardening. “And no, SMG4, I don’t. The best I could do was pry that carpenter guy free, though his arm came off in the process.”
“Yikes.”
A sudden “Yahoo!” in the distance made the gang perk up.
“MARIO!”
Luigi was the first to begin sprinting off towards the voice, the rest of the gang close behind. However, when they arrived, they saw Kaijak, running away from an illusion Mario.
“SOMEBODY HELP MARIO’S GONE CRAZY!” he shouted, obviously not knowing that it wasn’t the real Mario. Luigi quickly chucked a green fireball at it, vaporizing the illusion in one swift blow.
“...it… it wasn’t real.”
“Yes, yes, welcome to the Nightmare Stone and all that crap,” SMG3 said dismissively. At the glare he got from Kaijak, he sighed. “Long story short, EM64. Now, we need to get out of here.”
“Not without Mario,” Luigi insisted.
“Forget him!” SMG3 argued. “I’m sure we can find some way out before something else goes horribly wrong.”
Ignoring his doppelgänger, SMG4 stepped up to his friend. “Hey, Kai? What, uh… what was the fake Mario about? The Nightmare Stone feeds off fear.”
“I just…” Kaijak sighed. “I’m tired of all the trouble, the danger, we get into. And ultimately, it all stems from Mario. I don’t want to get hurt because of something stupid he did - and he does stupid stuff all the time. I mean, when HAL went insane, he literally used me as a meatshield.”
“It’ll be fine, Kai,” SMG4 assured. “He doesn’t mean it. Besides, you’ve been just fine so far. I’ll talk to him later, let him know how you feel.”
Kaijak smiled. “Thanks.”
“Alright, cut the emotional bullcrap,” SMG3 growled, storming off. “We have an Italian to find.”
“I thought you said that you didn’t–”
“Shut up, Onyxking.”
“That’s the signal,” Captain Toad muttered as a water tower in the Koopa Kingdom exploded, the water rushing and curving to attack the surging Koopa forces. “Move out!”
Captain Toad, SLG4, ADD, GD, Ben, and Slenderman quickly opened the back door of the castle and snuck in. With the guards preoccupied with the attack outside, it wasn’t too hard to reach the throne room.
“Any sign of Kamek?” Captain Toad asked.
SLG4 peeked in. “Nope. Noth–”
At that very moment, a portal opened, and from it emerged the Magikoopa. On the other side, the gang could see Bowser, EM64, and the Nightmare Stone.
“Now or never, guys!” Captain Toad shouted. The gang rushed forward, charging past a very startled Kamek and leaping into the portal.
EM64 whipped around as the team emerged, quickly receiving a punch to the face courtesy of SLG4.
“You traitor!” EM64 snarled.
“Yep.” He punched the red recolor again as Ben leapt in after him.
“Slenderman, GO!” Captain Toad shouted. Slenderman nodded and ran towards the Nightmare Stone. Bowser rushed to intercept, quickly knocking Slenderman away. Before he could finish the cryptid off, he was blocked by ADD and GD.
“Sorry, Bowser, but we’re not letting you stop us,” ADD said firmly.
“We will get our friends out of there,” GD insisted, moving beside his friend.
Bowser chuckled. “I didn’t wanna end up hurting you guys, but I guess you leave me no CHOICE!”
With flames spewing from his jaw, the Koopa King lunged into action.
“Hello?”
Mario’s voice echoed across the chamber.
“SMG4? Luigi?”
As he searched, a form took shape. It didn’t look familiar to Mario – a broken, humanoid form that looked almost… sliced in half at an angle. Its form wasn’t solid, its body shifting like smoke. It lacked one of its arms, the cut running from its left shoulder to the right side of its waist.
“Hm?”
Its blood-red gaze suddenly focused on the plumber.
Ȳ̶̮͘͝Ő̶̮͜ͅU̸͔̜̹͋͆͗̕…̸̧̛̼̦̘͊͛̚
“Uh oh.”
Mario began to back away as the creature approached him…
ADD and GD launched a synchronized attack, kicking Bowser in the face. The Koopa King roared in anger, swiping at them, only for the two to dodge out of the way.
Suddenly, a pickaxe flew through the air and crashed into the Nightmare Stone, digging deep into its crystalline structure.
Captain Toad blinked. “Whoops. I missed Bowser. My bad.”
The crystal began cracking, and red light started pouring out of it.
“GET DOWN!” SLG4 shouted, with everyone hitting the floor as the Nightmare Stone exploded. Shards of it flew everywhere, and the resulting shockwave sent everyone flying. Bowser and EM64 flew off of the arena platform and into the abyss below, while the others managed to stay on, albeit briefly unconscious.
From the remnants of the stone emerged a shadow. A formless being, which observed the fallen heroes.
“F̸̻͛r̵̹͗e̸͍̓e̵̱͆d̶͎̓ò̶̰m̴͈̀…̵̝͋”
It was weakened by the destruction of the crystal – a failsafe, placed by its captors when they first trapped it there. It had been unable to get a good look at its target, but it knew his general shape.
Unfortunately, there were about ten different people who looked exactly like him present. Strange – last time, there were only two, and one of them looked like he’d been hit by a truck. And in its current, weakened state, it could not detect its target among them like it had before.
Its gaze fell upon SMG4. A small portion of it split off and flew into his body. It was too weak to split off any more of itself, and definitely would be unable to do much besides monitor the man. With that, the dark presence fled through the portal, leaving the gang behind.
The first to awaken was SMG3. Seeing everyone lying on the ground and no sign of EM64, he smiled.
“Welp, I’m out.”
He hopped back into the portal, making a break for it.
SMG4 blinked, opening his eyes. A chill briefly ran down his spine. He looked around to see the others recovering as well. He noticed that SMG3, EM64, and Bowser were nowhere to be seen.
“Of course…” he muttered. He looked back to his friends. “You guys alright?”
“We’ll be fine,” Pink said, rising, before Fawn suddenly tackled her in a hug.
“Before anyone goes anywhere,” Onyxking said, turning his gaze on SLG4. “I think we need some explanations.”
“Explanations?” SMG4 asked, looking between the two. “What do you mean, Onyxking?”
“What he wants to say,” SLG4 said, rising, “is that I was a spy. For EM64.”
“…I’m sorry?”
“I KNEW IT!”
“Shut it, Mario.”
“I’m… not actually your brother. EM64 hired me to spy on you guys, saying that you’d done terrible things. But… during my time with you, you all seemed so… nice. I… enjoyed spending time with you. I finally decided to tell you, but then EM64 made his move, so I teamed up with Captain Toad and his BattleToads–”
“And Ben!”
“…to rescue you.” SLG4 sighed. “Again, I’m sorry.”
SMG4 was silent for a few moments. He walked up to SLG4.
“You… may have started out that way,” SMG4 said, placing a hand on the false brother’s shoulder. “But you helped free us.”
“He decked EM64 in the face!” GD said with a grin.
“Exactly.” SMG4 smiled. “You may not be my brother, SLG4… but you sure as hell act like it.”
SLG4 began to tear up as SMG4 gave him a hug. After a moment of surprise, SLG4 hugged back, eliciting an “Awww” from almost everyone else (Slenderman was mute, Mario gagged, and X and Kaijak just rolled their eyes).
“Okay, let’s go, guys,” X said. “I need to sleep after all this craziness.”
“I second that,” Luigi muttered.
“Thirded,” Toad muttered as he rose. “Peach is gonna want me to start getting ready for her Mushroom Ball thing soon, even though it’s still months away. And stupid Toadsworth won’t take no for an answer.”
“Is… is anyone going to explain to me what the hell just happened?” MM asked.
“It’s… a long story. Like, ten chapters’ worth, not counting any side stuff focusing on other characters..” SMG4 turned, a smile on his face. “Alright, guys, let’s go home!”
“Anyone? No? Okay.”
The gang walked back through the portal, walking past the unconscious Kamek on the floor. Mario kicked him through the portal just as it closed before following the others out.
As he walked beside SMG4, SLG4 took out his phone. He looked at the contact labeled “Boss” – EM64’s number. With a few taps, he blocked the villain and put the phone back in his pocket. He had real friends now – ones he actually cared about.
An hour later…
“Took ya long enough!” Bowser growled as Kamek levitated him and EM64 out of the endless void surrounding the platform.
“Apologies, Lord Bowser,” the Magikoopa replied. “I was unconscious – SMG3 saw to that.”
“Ugh… remind me to kill him later,” EM64 muttered.
“Well…” Bowser stretched. “What now? The Nightmare Stone is destroyed.”
EM64 smiled. “Not quite.” He pulled out a small fragment of the stone, smiling as he gazed on the still-glowing shard. “The Nightmare Stone, while powerful, was ultimately my means to an end. I still have a piece of it that contains its power, the one we used to control the Stone. And if my mentor’s old notes are correct, which I’m certain they are, this may be the first piece we need…”
He reached into his pocket, pulling out a book with a Power Star depicted on the front. He flipped to a page about halfway through the book, where a depiction of a black Power Star with white eyes lay in the pages.
“…to exact our revenge.”
Notes:
So, the elephant in the room: EM64. He's a villain that hailed from Onyxking's series, and I know some people may not be happy that I brought him into this story. But I have a reason, trust me. I had a role that needed to be filled in this book, but no antagonist from the original SMG4 fit the role in this reimagining of the series, so I hesitantly ported EM64 over. It's why Onyxking came in at ALL, and why he's namedropped another character from his series. I may do something with that in the future, but for now, EM64 is only going to be filling a role.
Anyways, onto the other things. SLG4 survives and becomes a member of the cast from here on out. That's something I decided as soon as SLG4 survived his debut. Now there's an in-universe version of Luke and Kevin. Can't help but feel someone's missing, though...
And as for that final tease: let's be real, when the book is basically a condensed version of what many call "classic SMG4", there's only ONE villain who can serve as the final antagonist...
Onto the more meta stuff. As I said before, I'm gonna be taking a short break to finish up this book... along with something else. I'll give a small progress report, though: the entire book (including published chapters) is about 86% complete. WOTFI challenges will remain open until 3 days after the publication of Chapter 16 (not including update chapters, so technically 18 at time of posting).
I will say that next time a chapter releases, it'll be the first part of this story's first true two-part story, and it will kick off a new storyline...
Chapter 12: GnR: The Intruder
Summary:
Two security guards must stop a break-in.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Christopher Gordman, Chris for short, stood in the hallway of the spaghetti factory he now worked in. He’d recently been suspended from his prison guard job following the escape of a particularly dangerous prisoner. Of course, now, he’d found a new job at this spaghetti factory until his suspension was over.
However, what he didn’t account for was that, three weeks into his new job, he’d be forced to help show someone else the ropes. Someone loud and annoying in particular.
“Oi. Where the bitches at?” the guard next to him asked. “There were sexy ladies in the ad! Where are they?”
Chris sighed. “We’re working in a spaghetti factory. That’s just Mark being Mark.”
“WhaAaAaAaAat?” The other guard’s speech was drawn out and garbled. “This is bullshit! I want a refund!”
“You didn’t pay them anything.”
“Screw you I want a refund!”
Unknown to the two guards, they were observed from not too far off by a figure. The figure eyed them skeptically before disappearing into the shadows.
“I guess it’s not so bad,” the mustached guard admitted. “At my last job a piano-playing fox man tried to kill me lol.”
“…I’m not even going to ask.”
“And a bear man that tried to touch my no-no square.” His eyes widened as he flashed back. “So many damn furry robots …”
Chris sighed. “Look, if we’re gonna be working together, we should at least know each other’s names.”
The other guard snapped out of his flashback. “Lol that’s gay.”
“… How?”
“Jks, man. Jks.”
Chris blinked. “Okay…? Well, my name is Chris.”
“You can call me by my YouTubes name,” the other guard replied. “Swagmaster696969696969696–”
“Okay, I get it.”
“So who’s the boss around here? Who do I talk to about my refund?”
Chris sighed.
[Time for Teletubbies! Time for Teletubbies! ]
“Oh shit,” Chris muttered, getting stiff.
“Wut?” Swag looked around. “What’s going on?!”
“…Why did you sing that?”
“Reference lol.”
“…Anyways, you wanted to meet the boss?” Chris asked. “Well, he’s coming.”
“Omg finally I was getting tired of – OH JEEBUS CHRIST WHAT IN THE HELL IS THAT?!”
Into the facility walked a red Teletubbie wearing a red top hat with white stripes.
“That’s Tubbie Wonka, our boss,” Chris replied. “Please treat him with some respect.”
“OH GOD OH GOD OH GOD 2SPOOPY4ME HELP HELP HELP CHRIS MAKE IT GO AWAY!”
Swag backed into a corner, panicking. Tubbie Wonka cast a look towards Chris.
“…Sigh.”
“Lol I’m never asking for that refund now,” Swag said, now calm(er).
“Good. You weren’t gonna get it, anyways.”
“Wow. Sad face, Chris. Sad face.”
“…Wut?”
“:(”
“How… I… what… how did… how did you even pronounce that?”
“My capabilities are beyond your understanding, Chris.”
“…I’m done trying to understand you.”
“My point exactly lol.”
Chris sighed and looked up… only to see someone duck behind a doorway.
“…Swag.”
“Lolololololol.”
“Swag, there’s an intruder.”
“Lol who cares?”
“Swag, our job is to stop them!”
“Chris. Look.”
Swag looked up and began to spin while T-Posing.
“I am the Swagcopter lololol.”
“Jesus Christ…”
“SWOISWOISWOISWOI–”
Chris pulled out a rifle and rushed after the figure as he ran away. He managed to get a decent look at him – he was dressed in a tux with a ninja mask.
The chase wrapped around back to Swag and Chris’ original post. As the ninja past Swag, he swung his leg out, hitting the guard directly between the legs. He let out a distorted cry of pain, falling to the ground as the ninja ran off.
“My BaLlS…”
Chris paused as he rounded the corner.
“Oh shit.”
He ran over to the fallen guard. “Swagmaster, are you okay?”
“Do I fucking look okay to you dumbass?”
Swag coughed weakly. “Chris… come close…”
Chris leaned down over the other guard.
“Chris…” Swag muttered. “Before I awesomely die, I need you to do something for me…”
“Seek medical attention?”
“What? No! Boobs, Chris. Boobs. Bring them to me, quickly. Only boobs can fix everything–”
Chris pulled out a pellet gun and shot Swag in the gut.
“Alright, where’s that mofo?!” the now-recovered Swag shouted, running ahead of Chris angrily.
Chris sighed. “Swag, if we’re gonna find this guy, we gotta be careful.”
“Bitch being careful is for pussies.”
“Swag.”
“Condescending tones don’t work on me Chris.”
It was then that a man came around the corner. He was dressed in green. His name tag read “Greg”.
“Oh hello, my good sirs–”
“Shut up, bitch.”
“Hey! That’s very rude–
“Nipple twist.”
Swag twisted Greg’s nipples as he ran past, causing the man to fall to the ground, crying in pain.
“Swag! That was Greg, one of our superiors!”
“So?”
“...Sigh.”
Before long, the two rounded another corner, running straight into an old lady.
“OH JEEBUS CHRIS IT’S AN OLD PERSON!”
“How did she get back here?” Chris wondered aloud. “Ma’am, you need to get out of here–”
The lady turned around. “RAISINS!”
She then pulled out an AK-47 and began shooting wildly.
“SHITSHITSHITSHIT!”
Once out of danger, Chris banged his head into the wall. “What even is happening today?”
“I dunno,” Swag replied. “But I’m gonna find that Butt Ninja if it’s the last thing I do.”
“...Let’s just split up. We need to get past crazy lady first.”
“Leave that to me.”
Swag pulled Greg up. “Yo Greg there’s an elderly person over there. She needs help crossing the street or something.”
Greg smiled. “Greg is here to help!”
Greg ran into the next room.
“Hello, madam–”
“RAISINS!”
As the lady fired at Greg madly, Swag and Chris snuck past. There were two doorways on the other side of the room.
“Alright, Swag. I go left, you go right.”
“Right up your mother’s pussy lol.”
Chris sighed. “Just go.”
“Where is that guy…?” Chris muttered, entering the men’s restroom. He saw someone standing in one of the stalls.
“There you are…”
Chris grabbed the handle, rifle in hand. He swung the door open and aimed the rifle inside.
“FREEZE!”
Chris paused. Within the stall stood Morgan Freeman, holding a book.
“Everyone Poops, as read by Morgan Freeman,” Morgan said. “And frankly, I don’t give a shit.”
Morgan Freeman then exploded.
“...The fuck?”
“Where are you Butt Ninja?” Swag asked as he ran around the facility.
“Excuse me sir,” Greg said as he rounded the corner. “I don’t mean to be rude, but you should really apologize for earlier–”
“NIPPLE TWIST.”
Greg fell to the ground, crying in pain as Swag continued.
In the next room, Swag found the ninja looking around.
“There you are Butt Ninja,” Swag growled. The ninja turned around to face the guard. Both their eyes narrowed as they stood off.
“Looks like it’s time… for my special move,” Swag said dramatically. He rose, staring the ninja down…
He then pulled out a pair of shades and put them on. Rave music began to play. Multi-colored lights shone from God knows where. And Swag began dancing as his personal “Swag party” began.
The ninja’s eye twitched as he desperately tried not to give in to the music as Swag danced.
“SWAG. SWAG. SWAG. SWAG. So much SWAAAAAAGGGG.”
The ninja finally caved, joining Swag in dancing to the rave music.
“Swag, what’s going on in here?”
Chris walked in to see the the ninja stop dancing and the lights and music to disappear, leaving Swag dancing and chanting “Swag” over and over.
“Dammit, Chris,” he muttered after half a minute. “You screwed up my swag!”
“Uh… what?”
“Bitch why do you think I’m called Swagmaster?”
Chris blinked. “I thought you were just desperate for friends…”
“What no I have friends Butt Ninja is my friend!”
The ninja then shot Swag in the balls and ran for it, ducking into the women’s bathroom.
“Come on, Swag!” Chris shouted.
“I am mortally wounded…” Swag drawled. “Go on without me…”
“Okay.”
Swag jumped back up. “Bitch what?”
“Here,” Chris said, stopping in front of the ladies’ room. “He went in here.”
“Oh hell no.” Swag backed up. “That’s the womens’ restroom. I ain’t goin’ in there. That’s where girls shit. Shit ain’t hot Chris.”
Chris sighed. “Jesus Christ, Swag. We have a job to do. Just go.”
“Fine.” Swag huffed. “But if I get cooties you owe me two hundred dollars.”
“If I had two hundred dollars I wouldn’t be working here.”
The two opened the door.
“EVERYONE SHUT UP!” Swag shouted. “THIS IS A MILITARY OPERATION!”
“Swag, we’re security guards in a spaghetti factory.”
“WE ARE COMING TO FIND BUTT NINJA! PLEASE REMAIN CALM!”
Swag kicked open the first door. “Nope.”
He moved to the second. “Nope.”
He opened the third. Inside stood someone they’d hoped not to see ever again.
“RAISINS!”
“JEEBUS CHRIST NO!”
The fourth stall, however, had an open vent above it.
“He must have gone through there,” Chris said. “Swag…”
“Lol nope.”
“I’ll give you five bucks.”
“...Aight bet.”
Swag jumped onto the toilet, reached up, and climbed into the vent.
“Well, our work on those new rat killers is done, Mark,” a technician said to a man dressed in a yellow uniform as he dusted his hands off. “Should we go ahead and test these blatant safety hazards?”
“Lol do it.”
Chris looked up at the vents. “Anything?”
“Not yet.”
Suddenly, a stream of fire erupted through the vent. Swag began screaming “Shit” over and over.
“Well, I’ve looked,” Chris muttered as he returned to his post. “No sign of the ninja. He must have escaped the premises. We don’t even have any information on him to help us locate him.”
“Damn,” Swag muttered as he brushed ash from his hair. “So… we don’t tell any1 about this, right?
“Agreed.”
And the two stood there, on guard, until their shift was up.
“Were you able to retrieve it?”
The ninja shook his head.
The man before him, dressed in a black suit, sighed. “The boss won’t like this… we’ll have to be more precise from here on out. And more tactical. Go rest up – we have a long day of planning tomorrow.”
The ninja sighed, walking off and leaving his fellow employee alone.
Notes:
Yeah, so I decided to port both of the spinoffs into the main fic instead. Why? Well, I just felt that it would be simpler that way, to be honest. Future installments not yet released will be featured as a part of the main fic from here on out.
Chapter 13: Mushroom Ball Murder
Summary:
When a murder occurs at the bi-annual Mushroom Ball, FM and new recruit Hal Monitor investigate.
Notes:
Welp, I'm back. Decided to get this out a day early because I'm busy tomorrow. Enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“It’s here! It’s here!”
Luigi groaned as he woke to the sound of Mario’s excited shouts. He got out of his bed, rubbing his eyes. The birds were chirping, the sun was shining, and it was a nice, peaceful day. Most days had been, ever since Bowser’s defeat a month prior.
“What’s-a here, Mario?”
“It’s the Mushroom Ball tonight!” Mario said excitedly. “Mario’s actually allowed to go this time!”
Luigi smiled. “Oh yeah! Peach is probably gonna want our help getting ready–”
“Awwwww, but Mario doesn’t want to work.”
Luigi smirked. “If you help, Mario, the ball might come faster. Including the food.”
“OOOOOOOOOOOOO.”
Mario grinned, rushing to the door. “Let’s-a go, then!”
It wasn’t long before Luigi had gotten dressed. He joined Mario outside, hopping in their car and making for the castle. However, unknown to the pair, they were being watched from the shadows. A figure observed their departure, scowling at the two. “Alright… here we go.”
“A little to the left – no, no, your other left!”
Barrage sighed as he and SMG4 moved the banner, which read “Mushroom Ball”, about six inches to the left. On the ground below, Toadsworth scrutinized it thoroughly. Off to the side, Babeh watched his brother, a Toad with glasses named Frankie.
“Perfect!” he said, smiling. “Thank you for your help, boys.”
“Of course!” SMG4 said as he and X finished hanging the banner and jumped back to the floor. “I’ve never been to one of these before! What’s it like?”
“Oh, it’s wonderful! Every two years, in early June, we celebrate the formation of the Mushroom Kingdom and the peace it brought to the continent. In fact, the next Mushroom Ball will celebrate the Kingdom’s 200th–”
Suddenly, the entrance exploded, and Mario popped in. Luigi sighed and followed him in.
“Where’s-a the food?!”
SMG4 sighed. “It’s not ready yet. Why don’t you help us decorate the castle?”
“Awwwwwww…”
“Remember, Mario,” Luigi said. “The faster we get this done…”
“The faster Mario gets FOOD!” The plumber shouted joyfully. “Let’s-a go!”
That night, SMG4 opened the door of the castle to greet the partygoers.
“Welcome to the Mushroom Ball, guys!” he said cheerfully. Among the guests he recognized were MM, RM, Onyxking, X, FM, Crimson, Kaijak, Fawn, Pink, Captain Toad, the BattleToads (aside from Barrage and Babeh, who were already present), ADD, GD, MCG, Ben, and Slenderman, plus some other school friends of his such as EpicYoshiFan and Cloud64.
“This is quite the party, huh?” X muttered.
“Yeah!” FM looked around. “Reminds me of that party the club had just before you showed up, X!”
“Didn’t Star… he say that you were the reason we didn’t do parties after that?”
“Yeah… I tried to adopt a penguin.”
“You mean steal?”
“Yeah, I mean steal. From the zoo. In my defense, I was drunk as hell.”
Elsewhere SMG4 grinned.
“I haven’t been to a proper party before,” he said to Mario and SLG4. “They got banned at Hobowarts thanks to FM.”
“WHY ARE TWO DIFFERENT PEOPLE TALKING ABOUT THAT AT THE SAME TIME?!”
“Mario’s gonna have some fun!” Mario looked over to the drinks table. “Imma go get some beer!”
“MARIO, NO!”
Toad groaned as Frankie and Ben kept trying to rope him into their roleplaying session, Toadsworth watching with a smile on his face.
“I want to die.”
Captain Toad and the BattleToads stood off to the side, talking to RM about potential places to explore.
“I really want to explore that crevice outside the kingdom,” RM noted. “But SMG4 is adamant that I don’t. Actually, Toad was as well, when I mentioned it to him.”
“The crevasse?” Captain Toad thought. “I’m not aware of anything that’s happened involving that, whatever it is. All I know is that it opened up a few years ago – May 7, 2011, to be specific. Coincides with the USB, oddly enough...”
“We should go!” Bravo said cheerfully.
“Maybe,” Captain Toad muttered. “How about we join up sometime and ask Peach about it?”
“Sure!” RM took out his phone. “You got a number? I want to stay in contact. We can prepare early enough to be ready to go as soon as the expedition is approved!”
Captain Toad grinned, taking out his phone. “Great minds think alike.”
Onyxking sighed as he watched the others interact.
“You alright, man?” Cloud64 asked, walking over to Onyxking alongside MCG.
“I’m fine,” he said. “I just wish Zelus was here.”
“Who?”
“An Inkling friend of mine.” Onyxking smiled. “She’d like this kind of thing. Of course, she has some Splatfest stuff she needs to take care of, too, if she wants to get in this year.”
“She got a team?”
“She’s… working on it. A lot of Inklings are still… prejudiced against other species. That Octoposse team faced a lot of flak when they joined, and they know Zelus is friends with me, a human. So…”
“I’m sure she’ll get through it.” MCG smiled. “I mean, she can be friends with you, Mr. All-Inklings-are-14.”
“Oh my God, she corrected me on that!” the cyan and yellow recolor shouted. “Why can’t I just get a break?!”
Peach watched the partygoers below and smiled. It was so… peaceful. Mario, thankfully, hadn’t done anything yet, and SMG4 seemed to be doing his job at keeping him away from the drinks. Everything was per–
A scream reverberated through the castle. Everyone went silent. FM’s head turned 180 degrees.
“POLICE MODE ENGAGED!”
FM ran off towards the sound of the scream. X, Mario, Luigi, and SMG4 quickly followed.
In the next room, a Mario recolor lay on the floor in a pool of blood. His throat was slit.
“Oh, God…” SMG4 muttered. X just stared in horror. FM studied the scene. Mario looked at the man blankly.
“Ooooo… looks like someone had too much-a spaghetti.”
SMG4 punched him in the face.
“Well?”
Peach looked to the officer as he examined the body. He looked awfully strange – his body was one of a realistic human. He was dressed in a white button-up shirt, blue pants, and black shoes, with a long blue tie wrapped around his… neck?… and running down his shirt. A utility belt, filled with dozens of gadgets useful for law enforcement. A golden badge on his chest read “Monitor”. His last name was a dead giveaway for his oddity – his head was a computer monitor, a face displayed on his monitor that almost looked hand-drawn. A police hat was balanced atop it, defying physics and staying on whenever he moved. The officer rose, a serious look on his screen.
“I can confirm, Princess… it was MURDER.”
He spoke with the Speakonia Adult Male #2 text-to-speech voice. At the mention of the crime, his face suddenly changed to one of intense rage, being simply replaced with another expression as though it were a static image (which it was).
“Don’t worry, Peach,” FM said, standing beside him. “Hal and I will take care of this investigation.”
“Can… can Mario help, too?”
Hal Monitor glared at Mario. The Italian froze, feeling a surprisingly strong fear spreading through his body under the police officer’s intense gaze.
Hal’s screen suddenly changed, replacing his angry face with a smiling one. “Why of course! The more the merrier!”
SMG4 sighed. “Well if he’s going, I’m gonna have to keep him out of trouble. Say, where’s Luigi? He wasn't at the party.”
“He had something else to do,” Mario said. “Must be stupid.”
“And how does that make you feel?”
“What do you think?!” Luigi cried. “My therapist turns out to be my friend’s worst enemy! Are… are you gonna try to… to hurt me?”
SMG3 sighed. “Of course not, Luigi. I only hate SMG4. To dive into why would bring out a lot of hurt that I’ve been working to move beyond, so let’s just get into the rest of the session, shall we?”
Luigi nodded hesitantly.
“Good. Now, have you tried meditation? I think it’d work well for you…”
“Well, whatever it is, he’s not gonna be helping us,” SMG4 said. “Which means it’s me and Hal to manage you and FM. Unless…”
He turned to his other friend. “X, you gonna come?”
FM scoffed. “I don’t need X for my police work.”
“Actually, he’s right,” the cyan and green Mario recolor agreed. “When he does his police stuff, he’s a lot more serious than usual.”
As he finished, X flinched, and SMG4 noticed.
“You alright, man?”
“Yeah,” X said, even as he flinched a little bit again and rubbed his forehead. “I just… need to go home. I’m tired.”
“Gotcha.” He waved as X left the room. “See you tomorrow!”
“So…” Mario turned back to the officers. “What now?”
“Now…” Hal’s face got intense. “We need to interrogate the witnesses.”
“I was close to the door to the crime scene,” Crimson noted. “MM, ADD, and GD were with me. We were just chatting when we heard the screen. Before we could react, you went “police mode” and shoved us aside.”
“I see…” FM jotted notes down. “Yeah, checks out. I remember that. Did you notice anyone…”
His eyes darted back and forth. “…suspicious?”
“Er, no. Also, you… might want to keep your friend in check.”
FM glanced over to see Hal Monitor strangling Cloud64, shaking him viciously.
“WHAT DO YOU KNOW ABOUT THE MURDER?”
“Mr. Monitor, WAIT!” FM ran off to stop the sheriff as Crimson shrugged and returned to his conversation with MM.
“I dunno,” Pink said with a shrug. “Anything, guys?”
Fawn and ADD shook their heads. GD, however, took a bit longer.
“Come to think of it, I haven’t seen Kaijak anywhere,” he noted. “He came to the party, I know that.”
SMG4 blinked in surprise. “Kai?”
“IT’S HIM! HE DID IT!” Mario shouted.
“No, Mario, I don’t think Kai–”
“You found them?”
The two turned as Hal Monitor peeked around the corner. He gazed at GD, his expression changing to fury as he charged full speed.
Everyone shouted in protest (to the sound of that one clip of a bunch of people shouting “No!” and “Don’t” that actual SMG4 uses all the time) as Mr. Monitor closed in, the area turning red as a distorted sound played louder and louder.
“Kaijak?” RM looked confused. “I don’t think he did it. But yeah, I haven’t seen him in a while…”
FM jotted RM’s testimony down. “Thanks, man. I’ll get back to the others.”
The four met up again to discuss.
“So Kai missing is a constant,” SMG4 muttered.
“Seems that way,” FM noted. “But you know who else was strangely missing? Who else wasn’t at the party?”
“Luigi?”
“Not Luigi, he’s too nice. No – I’m talking about EpicYoshiFan!”
“…who?”
“That other guy? Yellow and cyan but not Onyxking? Pale white skin?”
“Doesn’t ring a bell.”
SMG4 sighed as Mario just gazed at FM stupidly. “Forget him. You think it’s EYF?”
“Him or Kaijak.”
Suddenly, a flushing noise was heard from a nearby door. It opened, and EYF emerged.
“Sorry it took so long, guys. It took forever to find the bathroom.” He looked up at the group. “…What?”
“Sir, you are under suspicion of doing something… ILLEGAL,” Hal Monitor said calmly, despite his face looking utterly enraged. “Please come quietly so we may interrogate you.”
“Uh… okay.”
“Where were you at 6:00 PM last night?”
“I told you,” EYF muttered. “I was looking for the bathroom. Kai was over talking to some guy I don’t know. Wore white and black, had slightly darker skin than X.”
“So it is Kaijak!” Mario exclaimed. “Let’s-a go!”
“Woah, now,” FM said, holding out a hand to stop Mario. “This is where you guys take a break.”
“What?”
“Sorry, but you’re not taking part in an active criminal pursuit,” Hal Monitor said. “That is for the police to handle.”
SMG4 shrugged. “Makes sense. C’mon, Mario.”
“Awwwww… Mario wanted to take a bad guy down again…”
As the two left, FM turned to Hal.
“Justice mobile time?”
“JUSTICE MOBILE TIME.”
The police car stopped in front of Kaijak’s house.
“Alright, let me take care of this,” FM said. He walked up to the door and knocked.
Kaijak answered the door. He looked over FM, his red and brown eyes glinting in the sunlight, and sighed. “Oh. You.”
“Uh, yeah, hi, Kai.” FM chuckled. “Listen, man, we need to talk. Say, what’s with your–”
Kaijak suddenly grabbed him and dragged him into the house.
“Oh no!”
Hal Monitor jumped out of the car and ran inside, whipping out his pistol.
“Where are you, criminal?!” he said as he swept the area. “You cannot hide from JUSTICE!”
It was then that FM emerged from the shadows, panting.
“FM, are you alright?” Hal asked, leaning down to his fellow officer.
FM smiled. “Yeah… yeah, I’m just FINE!”
He punched Hal Monitor in the face, and everything went dark.
“I wonder what’s taking them so long,” X muttered.
“Eh, they’re fine,” Mario replied as he devoured a plate of spaghetti whole.
“I dunno…” SMG4 muttered. “Maybe we should–”
“Guys!”
Luigi ran up to the three, waving a piece of paper.
X sat up, curious. “What’s going on, Luigi?”
“I-It’s-a horrible!”
SMG4 took the note and read it. The lines were written in cursive.
Hello, SMG4, Mario, Luigi. If you want to see your friend, come to Kaijak18’s house alone. I'll be waiting.
– An Old Pal
“Dammit, it was Kai!” SMG4 growled.
“Now, hang on a moment.” X picked the note back up. “Kai is referred to in the third person. If it was him, it’d be first.”
“Weird…” SMG4 looked over it again. “The handwriting is different, too. Kai doesn’t use cursive if he can help it.”
“It says it’s an old pal…” Luigi muttered. “You don’t think it’s-a EM64 again?”
“Nah,” SMG4 muttered. “He’d sign it as himself. He has too big of an ego not to. Maybe SMG3?”
“Doesn’t seem like his style,” X noted. “He’s never targeted anyone other than you, SMG4. For him to change that up without reason… it doesn’t make sense.”
“Well, let’s-a go beat up the bad guy!” Mario said.
After a moment, SMG4 shrugged. “Eh, it’ll get us answers.”
“I’m coming, too,” X said.
“B-But X,” Luigi muttered, shaking a bit. “The note says for only us three to come!”
“He’s right, X.” SMG4 looked back at his friend. “We’ll take care of this. Don’t worry.”
X huffed, but relented, turning away.
“C’mon, guys, let’s go.” SMG4 turned and walked towards the castle door, followed by Mario and Luigi.
“Oh yeah!” Mario shouted. “It’s-a time to kick some ass!”
As they left, X froze. He rubbed his forehead as a slight pain coursed across it. Brief, but noticeable.
“What now…?”
Hal Monitor’s screen flickered on. He found himself strapped to a table, his weapons stripped of him.
“FightingMario54321! Why are you working with this CRIMINAL?”
There was no response.
Hal looked around, his eyes falling on a nearby chair. FM was chained to it, beginning to wake up.
“…What?”
“Hello, Officer Monitor.”
Kaijak emerged from the shadows. Hal’s screen went to rage.
“WHAT IS THIS?”
“A bit of payback,” he said, smiling. “Of course, I still need Luigi, Mario, and SMG4, but I’m sure they’ll come running when they learn about FM here falling into my clutches.”
“What revenge?” FM asked, now conscious. “What did they do to you, Kai?”
The other Mario recolor chuckled. “Oh, they’ve done nothing to Kaijak. He’s just collateral of their actions. Against me, specifically.”
“What?” Hal Monitor’s eyes narrowed. “Wait…”
“The gears are turning, I see.” He chuckled, his red and brown eyes glinting in the light. “Come on, Hal. Think. The one prisoner who’s escaped under your watch. Your singular failure in your remarkably successful six-month tenure. Fairly recent, too.”
Hal’s became even more enraged, visualized by the white background turning blood red. “It’s you…”
Kai grinned. “Yep. It’s me. And you’re going to watch me win.”
Suddenly, the front door flew in.
“Alright!” SMG4 snarled. “Hand FM and Mr. Monitor over!”
“Y-Yeah!” Luigi stuttered. “Let our friends go!”
“Or don’t,” Mario added. “Then Mario gets to kick your ass!”
The trio froze as Kaijak stared at them, smiling.
“…Kai?”
“Not quite, SMG4,” “Kaijak” said, chuckling. “Allow me to reintroduce myself–”
“IT’S–”
Kaijak rammed his fist into Hal’s screen, cracking it and knocking the officer out.
“Ugh. I hate spoilers,” he muttered. He turned back to the others. “Sorry, let’s try this again.”
He opened his mouth, and black smoke began to pour out of both it and his eyes. Kaijak collapsed as the smoke took form in front of him. A familiar figure gazed at the trio, their trademark red and brown eyes shining. The white pupil of their red eye narrowed in glee.
“Miss me?” Z asked, a grin on their face.
Notes:
They're baaaaack...
Yeah, no Kaijak villain arc... YET.
Hal Monitor originally showed up in Chapter 2, but I scrapped that in favor of a different story surrounding his origins. That story demanded that Hal Monitor (technically) did not exist at that point in time, so I gave his role to FM. Some of you probably have already figured the story out, but I'm gonna wait to explain it in-universe.
As for Z's return, you can't have just seen me introduce a bodysnatching - er, "bodyjacking", according to them - antagonist and assumed I WOULDN'T play around with it. Besides, one should've seen this coming - Z (or X, in the original SMG4) had a second appearance in the episode "A Murder Without Peach", which these two chapters are adapted from.
I mentioned a GnR reboot last time, and it's still coming. However, I've put it on hold til I finish up the last couple chapters for season 1 of SMG4 Reimagined so my attention isn't so divided. Speaking of which, the second half of this season is going to be generally more episodic. I have this chapter's follow-up, plus a couple more multi-part stories later down the line, but this is mainly about segwaying into the late parts of "Classic SMG4" - which I categorize as ending in VERY early 2018.
But with that, look forward to Saturday, when I post the next chapter, and the near future, when The Greatest Guards drops.
Chapter 14: Initial Z
Summary:
Mario and SMG4 face off with Z once again - this time in a high-speed car chase.
Notes:
Happy Pride Month, ya'll! Here, have a chapter focused on a nonbinary character!
Also, we've officially hit 1k hits. So, uh... thanks for reading!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“Z?!” Mario exclaimed, backing away.
“You’re-a that guy who possessed Mario!” Luigi cried. “Are… are you going to do it again?”
Z scoffed. “Of course not. That idiot isn’t worth bodyjacking again, especially when pay’s not involved. I’m here for revenge alone.”
“I thought you were arrested!” SMG4’s eyes narrowed. “How did you escape?”
Z smiled. “Well, you see…”
One month ago…
“Here’s your food.”
Z huffed as a platter was slid into their cell. A prison guard wearing gray camo with black hair and a goatee stood before them. His name tag read “Gordman”, and his voice sounded like the Microsoft Mike text-to-speech voice.
“You need to eat, Z,” the guard said. “You have to be ready for your trial.”
Z remained silent. The guard sighed and walked off before being intercepted by a higher-up – Hal Monitor.
“Christopher. How’s the prisoner?”
“They’re still not eating, sir,” he muttered. “I don’t know what to do.”
“Well, they have an interrogation scheduled in five minutes,” Hal said. “So you need to go get them.”
“Yes, sir.”
Chris turned and headed back to the cell, not knowing that Z had overheard their conversation. The black-clad prisoner quickly began eating as Chris arrived.
“Of course now you decide to eat,” he muttered. “Come on, you have an interrogation scheduled for now.”
As Z finished their meal, Chris opened the cell. Now refreshed by food, Z smiled as Chris reached down to handcuff them.
In one swift move, they grabbed Chris by the hands and, eyes glowing, tried to take over the man’s body.
“WHAT THE HELL?!” Chris jerked himself free from Z’s grasp and reached for his rifle. Z wasted no time in grabbing the knife off of his tray and rushing forward, slashing at the guard. Chris attempted to sidestep, but the knife managed to slice over his left eye.
As Chris recoiled from the pain, Z again attempted to take Chris’ body – and this time, they succeeded.
Puppeteering Chris, he walked out of the cell and towards the exit.
“Christopher? Where is the prisoner?”
Z paused, turning to see Hal Monitor standing there. He combed through his options quickly, and settled on one.
He quickly pulled out a rifle and opened fire.
“CHRISTOPHER, WHAT IS THIS?” Hal shouted, diving out of the way as a number of Mario recolor officers rushed in, shouting one of their catchphrases.
“STAHP RIGHT THERE!”
Z growled, kicking the door open and running out. Quickly abandoning Chris, they hopped in a police car and drove off, leaving the man on the ground to be found.
Hal loomed over Chris. He noticed Z speeding away in the car and realized what had happened.
“Get him before he does something else ILLEGAL,” he shouted. Two officers hopped in a car and pursued the escapee as Hal knelt next to Chris as he regained consciousness. The knife cut ran deep across his eye, and his eyelid was squeezed shut, making it evident that the wound was severe. He looked up at Hal and sighed, his head falling back against the ground.
“I’m fired, aren’t I?”
“Suspended.” Hal sighed. “That was in part my fault. I neglected to inform you of Z’s abilities. You will be suspended for about two months, but you may return once that period has ended.”
Chris closed his one good eye. “Dammit.”
“…and that’s what happened.”
“Huh,” SMG4 muttered. “That Chris guy sounds interesting. Maybe we’ll see more of him?”
“Why would you think that?” Luigi asked.
“…No reason.”
“Anyways,” Z growled, pulling the trio’s attention back to them. “I quickly did some research on you, found Kaijak18, took him over, attended that party, killed that rando, and then took my leave. Laying out the clues so that Hal would eventually find me was my favorite part.”
“Wow, man,” SMG4 muttered. “You are messed up.”
“Eh, I’m vengeful.” Z waved him off. “But what are you gonna do?”
“THIS.”
Hal, now awake, suddenly wrenched his arm free of his restraints. Z squeaked, quickly running to the door.
“We’ll get him!” SMG4 shouted as he and Mario rushed toward the door. “Luigi, get them free!”
“Okie-dokie!”
SMG4 and Mario exited the house to see Z speeding away in Kaijak’s car. The two hopped into SMG4’s car and followed.
As they sped along the roads of Oviscity, Z looked in the mirror to see the two approaching. They growled.
“Gotta get somewhere safe,” they muttered. “Somewhere I can take my revenge properly.”
“Mario! Do something!” SMG4 shouted.
“Okay!” Mario opened up the window and climbed onto the roof of the car.
“NOT THAT!”
Mario looked around, quickly noticing Wario and Waluigi standing on the side of the street. A blocky green lizard wearing a yellow shirt with a Power Star on it and a pair of glasses with spirals on the lenses listened with interest.
“That’s-a right!” Wario said, grinning while holding a Magic 8 Ball. “You’re gonna love this one! It will guarantee that you get bitches! That’s right, you get bitches!”
“Ooooohh.” The lizard nodded. “But… can it get you waifus?”
Wario blinked. “Uhhh… sure! Who says 2D girls don’t count as bitches?”
The lizard pulled out his wallet, a wide smile on his face. “I’LL TAKE YOUR ENTIRE STOCK!”
“BiTcH hElL nO.”
The lizard turned around to see Bob Bobowski standing behind him.
“ThAt BaLl Is MiNe!” He paused, looking around. “HeY, hE pUlLeD tHrOuGh! I cAmE bA–”
Suddenly, SMG4’s car zoomed by, running over Bob in the process. In a swift motion, Mario grabbed Waluigi. The lanky, purple-clad man screamed in terror as he was pulled away. Wario and the lizard just watched.
“…Soooooo, uh…”
“Francis.”
“…you still gonna buy it?”
“YYYEEEEEEEEEEESSS!”
“HeLlO sMg4! CaN i Be In YoUr ViDeOs?”
SMG4 activated the wipers, pushing Bob off the windshield and onto the street.
“At LeAsT i ShOwEd Up LoL.” Bob looked around as he stood up, glancing back at Francis and Wario, then towards Waluigi as Mario held him aloft. SMG3 walked along the sidewalk not too far up the street. “BuT wHy Do I fEeL lIkE i HaVe SoMeThInG iN cOmMoN wItH eVeRyOnE hErE?”
After a moment, he shrugged. “Eh. I’vE gOt HeNtAi To WaTcH.”
Mario gave Waluigi a chop on the back of the neck, stiffening the man. He aimed him at the car ahead of them.
“WALUIGI LAUNCHER™!”
Mario fired, sending Waluigi flying into the car and causing it to explode.
“Yippee!” Mario began to dance.
“Mario… that was the wrong car.”
Mario looked again to see that SMG4 was right.
“…ooooooooooo.”
SMG3 casually walked along the street, humming to himself. It was a tune he had been working on for a while now, something he saw as his own. SMG4 didn’t make music, so he couldn’t be copying the more popular YouTuber this time. SMG4 couldn’t antagonize him over this.
An explosion sounded nearby. He looked up to see a flaming car flying towards him.
“HOLY JESUS!”
SMG3 dove out of the way as the car slammed into the ground. He groaned, looking up as another car sped by, SMG4 at the wheel and Mario standing on the roof.
“Of freaking course,” he grumbled. “Because life always finds a way for SMG4 to screw me over.”
“Find something else!” SMG4 shouted up to Mario. The plumber looked around, searching for something to attack Z with.
“Hmmm…”
An idea popped into his head. Mario grabbed his nose and stretched it to an absurd length.
“Mario, what are you doing?!”
“It’s alright! Mario’s got 4 IQ!”
Mario jumped forward, his face landing on the roof of the car and pushing his nose down… only for it to act as a spring, launching Mario forward towards Z’s car.
Z blinked as they heard a thud atop the car.
“Ooohh, my head…”
They growled upon hearing Mario’s familiar voice, and began swerving in an attempt to throw him off. Mario struggled to hang on, but was eventually thrown off, tumbling across the asphalt and coming to a stop.
SMG4 pulled up beside him. “Any more brilliant ideas?”
“Hey! Shut up!”
Once Mario was back in the vehicle, they began to chase Z down again.
“Where did they go…?” SMG4 muttered.
“Hmmm…” Mario looked around.
Suddenly, the two froze as they heard a sound playing from somewhere else. An oddly… familiar song…
See your body into the moonlight
Even if I try to cancel
All the pictures into the mind
There’s a flashing in my eyes
“What’s-a that?” Mario muttered, looking around.
SMG4’s eyes narrowed. “Wait…”
Don’t you see my commission, the nation
Has gone running again?
Can’t you see now, illusions
Right into your mind?
“Wait!” SMG4’s eyes widened. “I watched this with Kev! That’s–”
DEJA VU!
Z’s car slammed into the side of SMG4’s, sending it flying across the street and landing with a fiery crash .
SMG4 climbed out of the wreckage, groaning. He managed to get to his feet, looking around before noticing something was missing.
“…Mario?”
Z smiled as they sped away from the site of the crash, turning their radio off. They’d have to get their proper revenge later. For now, this was enough.
They sighed. “I’ll be back, SMG4… and then, you’ll be sorry.”
It was then that Mario popped up in the passenger seat.
“Hello!”
Taken off guard by Mario’s sudden appearance, Z lost control of the vehicle briefly. Brief as it was, it was long enough. By the time Z returned their attention to the road, they were on a direct collision course with a nearby building.
“MotherFU–”
Z was cut off as the car crashed in a fiery explosion.
SMG4 limped around the corner to see the flaming wreckage of Kaijak’s car. A quick glance allowed him to catch a sight of Mario, lying on the ground nearby.
“Mario!”
SMG4 rushed over to his friend, trying to rouse him. However, Mario didn’t move. SMG4 closed his eyes, lip quivering, ready to mourn his friend.
“Hey, SMG4! Did we win?”
SMG4 opened his eyes to see Mario staring up at him with a stupid grin on his face. He chuckled. “Yeah, Mario. We won.”
He set Mario down and walked over to the main wreckage as the Italian got himself back to his feet. However, as he searched through it, something felt… off.
“…Wait.” His eyes widened. “WHERE’S–”
SMG4 was cut off as Z grabbed him by the back of the head, eyes glowing.
“Fine,” they growled. “I’ll deal with you myself.”
SMG4 felt a dark presence invade his mind. He cried out for help... as Z screamed.
Suddenly, the presence was gone. SMG4’s mind was still his. The YouTuber collapsed to the ground, breathing heavily, as Z recoiled away from him.
“Wh… What the hell was that?!” they muttered, gazing at their hands in shock. “Why can’t… I don’t… it doesn’t…”
They looked back up at SMG4, their eyes narrowing in confusion and… almost… fear? “Wh-What… are you?”
After a moment of just staring at the other Mario recolor, Z turned and ran around the corner. Mario began to pursue them, but then looked back at SMG4. Making a quick decision, he knelt down next to his friend.
“SMG4?”
SMG4 winced, clutching his head. “Ow… ah, man, that hurt.”
Mario blinked. “What? It didn’t hurt for Mario.”
“I know.” SMG4 stood back up. “You weren’t the one they tried to possess.”
“But they did possess Mario before, remember? And it didn’t hurt then.”
“Huh. Weird…”
A police car pulled up beside them. Out of it stepped Hal Monitor, FM, and Luigi.
“Mario!” Luigi rushed over to his brother. “Are you okay?”
“Mhm!” Mario grinned. “We kicked Z’s nonbinary ass!”
“Well… where are they?” FM asked, looking over the wreckage.
“Dunno.” SMG4 looked around the corner, but there was no sign of the mysterious bodysnatcher anywhere. “They tried to bodysnatch me and then just… stopped.”
“Well, you don’t need to worry about them,” Hal Monitor said. “The police will take care of the rest.”
“First things first, let’s get you guys home.” FM began to walk back to the police car. “C’mon!”
The others followed him in, and they drove off, the day’s work done.
“WAIT, WHERE’S KAI?!”
Kaijak jumped up, looking around his house. The door was wide open, chains scattered around. He recalled Z barging in and grabbing him, the vengeful thoughts in their shared mind…
“Dammit,” he muttered. “Again with hatred for Mario screwing me over…”
Notes:
Ze plot thickens...
This is where I begin my experimentation with canon material. In canon, X (Z's canon name) died in his second appearance, which this chapter is half of an adaptation of, in a car wreck caused by Mario. But I'm not one to waste such a character. I wanted to play with their powers and their origins, so I found a solid way to keep them alive. Z's story has been figured out since the earliest stages of development for SMG4 Reimagined, and their role is a pretty major one (but probably not in the way you'd expect).
Yes, this is named after Initial D, so I did the obligatory Deja Vú moment.
Chapter 15: Who Let The Chomp Out?
Summary:
A Chain Chomp goes on a rampage, and the gang have to find a way to stop it.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
At Bob-omb Battlefield, Mario grinned stupidly, holding a Goomba hat in his hand. SMG4 and SLG4 stood behind him.
“Mario, are you sure this is a good idea?”
“Relax, SMG4!” Mario put the hat over his head. “Mario’s gonna talk to Goombas… and NOBODY CAN STOP ME!”
“You’re just gonna let him do this?” SLG4 asked as Mario ran over to a pair of Goombas nearby.
“In what universe could I do anything to stop him? He’s too much of an idiot to listen.”
“Fair point.”
“…Say, I just had a thought.”
“Shoot.”
“People usually shorten my name to 4,” SMG4 noted. “But since your name ends in 4 as well–”
"Uhhhh... call me Kev or something, I dunno. Or just SLG4." SLG4 shrugged. "I don't care."
“I know!” Mario shouted. “I’ll try the mating call!”
Mario cleared his throat.
“YATATATATATATA YATATATATATATA–”
Suddenly, the ground began rumbling.
“OH, GOD NOOO!” one of the Goombas shouted.
“RUN, BITCH! RUUUUUUUUNNNN!”
Mario paused. “Hm?”
A herd(?) of female Goombas came charging over the hill Mario leapt back and began running away as they chased him down.
Mario sulked back towards SMG4 and SLG4, a frown on his face.
“Thanks for helping,” he muttered sarcastically.
SMG4 smiled. “No problem!”
Mario’s eye twitched in anger.
“Forget it!” he growled. “Mario’s gonna go play with the Chain Chomp instead!”
SMG4 and SLG4 froze. Mario ran towards the Chain Chomp as the shouted protests. Mario stopped, growling, before turning around to face the two. “WHAT IS IT?!”
“Mario, that is a Chain Chomp,” SLG4 emphasized. “Those things are extremely dangerous.”
“Kev’s right,” SMG4 added. “Just… step away…”
Mario stood still for a moment before his eyes assuming their “idiot” positions.
“Oh, nooooooo …” He began backing towards the Chain Chomp. “That’s… not…”
SMG4 groaned. “C’mon, Mario, now’s not the time to go full idiot mode!”
Mario leapt atop the pole and began dancing as SMG4 and SLG4 continued trying to get him off.
Unknown to the trio, they were being watched by a Bob-omb Buddy from a nearby watchtower. His eyes narrowed as he looked down to another one next to the cannon.
“DEY TOOK OUR JOB!”
“DEY TOOK OUR JOB?!”
“TOOK OUR JOB!”
“TERK ER JERB!”
The Bob-omb Buddy on the ground activated the cannon. It emerged from the ground and took aim. The head of an extremely fat Shy Guy, named Gourmet Guy, emerged.
“HELLOOOOOOOOOOO!”
“FIRE!”
The cannon fired, sending Gourmet Guy flying through the sky. As he flew, he began singing as a winged Shy Guy holding a piece of toast, known as Toast Guy, flew by.
Gourmet Guy: I believe I can fly.
I believe I can touch the sky.
Mario paused and looked up as Gourmet Guy fell towards him. He jumped off of the pole and attempted to run for it, only for Gourmet Guy to land on him anyways.
SMG4 and SLG4 gasped in horror, running over to Mario… or, in SMG4’s case, the pope holding the Chain Chomp in place.
“Are you okay, pole?” SMG4 asked, hugging the wooden pole. SLG4 gave him… a look.
SMG4 glared at Gourmet Guy. “Good job, fatass! You almost set the Chomp free!”
Gourmet Guy: This is what I do, I sit on you,
Sit on you, sit on you.
This is what I do, I sit on you –
Right on your lap.
Mario suddenly kicked Gourmet Guy off of him, shouting “YOUSONUVABITCH!”. Gourmet Guy landed atop the pole, crushing it.
SMG4 and SLG4 froze and began backing up.
“Run, bitch! RUUUUUUNNNNNN!” SMG4 shouted as he and SLG4 took off.
“Hm?” Mario turned to see that the Chain Chomp was free… and had set its sights on him. Old Man Hobo watched from nearby, quickly pulling out a microphone and singing Who Let The Dogs Out?.
The plumber took off as the Chain Chomp lunged at him. He quickly caught up with SMG4 and SLG4 as they sprinted back towards the Warp Pipe. The Chain Chomp landed behind them, barking as it chased the trio down and Old Man Hobo continued singing.
A blue blur suddenly rushed in, stopping in the Chain Chomp’s path. Standing still, it looked like a blue anthropomorphic hedgehog. Seeing the hedgehog, the Chain Chomp stopped.
“WHO ARE YOU?”
“I’m Sonic!” the hedgehog said cheerfully. “Sonic the Hedgehog!”
“WHAT THE FUCK IS A SONIC?!”
The two stared at each other for a few seconds.
“...Wanna be friends?”
“Sure! But, uh, gotta do something now.”
Sonic turned around and began revving up. He grinned madly.
“I’VE GOT YOUR LIMIT – RIGHT HERE!”
Sonic then dashed off into the distance as the Chain Chomp continued pursuing Mario, SMG4, and SLG4.
Koopa Troopa Daniel, hearing the screaming, turned around.
“What’s with all this scream–”
He then saw the Chain Chomp as the lookalikes rushed past him.
“–OH MY FUCKING GAW–”
The Chain Chomp bowled over Daniel as the gang approached the Warp Pipe. Out of the pipe came Luigi.
“Mario?”
“Luigi!” Mario shouted as he and the others ran towards the pipe. “MOOOOOOOVE!”
“Huh?”
Mario rushed into the pipe, followed by the others. Upon seeing the Chain Chomp, Luigi screamed and followed them through. The Chain Chomp came afterward, stretching the Pipe as it entered.
Inside the castle, all was peaceful. Peach read a book, Toadsworth watched over her, Toad slept off in his corner, MCG played on a Game Boy, Babeh typed away on his computer, and Frankie drew in a coloring book on the floor.
Suddenly, Mario, SMG4, SLG4, and Luigi popped out of the Warp Pipe and burst out of the room. Everyone looked up, startled.
“Mario?” Peach said. “What’s–”
“NO TIME!” SMG4 shouted. “GO, GO, GO!”
They quickly grabbed the others, dragging them into the TV room and slamming the door as the Chomp crashed into the living room.
Luigi huffed, taking a breath before falling backwards.
“What in the fuck was that about?!” Toad growled. “I was actually having a good time for once in my life!”
“That was us saving you from a Chain Chomp,” SLG4 snarked. “You can thank us later.”
“Hold on, back up.” MCG rubbed his forehead. “A Chain Chomp got in?”
“Don’t worry, guys.” SMG4 smiled. “As long as we stay here, everything will be fine!”
A high-pitched beeping noise rang through the castle.
“...?”
Peach’s eyes widened. “THE MEATLOAF!”
In the kitchen, the oven caught on fire as a result of being left on and unattended.
“Peach…” SMG4’s eye twitched. “Did you leave the oven on?”
“Yes…”
“You stupid BITCH!” SMG4 stared at the princess angrily.
“You were the one who dragged us in here without warning!” Toadsworth argued. “If anyone’s to blame, it’s you!”
“He’s… he’s not wrong, SMG4.”
“You’re supposed to be on my side, Kev!”
“Guys, just calm down,” Toad muttered. “My fellow Toads are reliable. They can handle this.”
The Toads screamed in pain as they caught on fire as the blaze spread from the oven to the entire kitchen.
Babeh cast a look to Toad as he observed via the castle’s cameras, linked to his laptop. “...You were saying?”
“Shut the hell up.”
“Say, Mario.” SLG4 turned to the plumber. “You got any surprise friends like Slenderman who can be ex machinas for us?”
“Hmm…” Mario thought of some of the friends he’d made between his meeting SMG4 and now.
Slenderman held up a teacup, then somehow sipped out of it without a mouth, as the forest around him burned around him. The group of campers nearby screamed as they ran around, also on fire. He happily admired his work as he continued drinking his tea.
Steve, a blocky human, hummed as he tended to his similarly-cubical animals. Unknown to him, a Creeper was sneaking up behind him, starting to hiss and glow…
Suddenly, some sort of scarecrow hopped in the way. It was made out of a pumpkin stuck onto a pole, little yellow eyes peeking out from under its straw hat. Its arms were made from sticks, with forks attached to each hand.
“Begone in the name of corn.”
The Creeper paused for a moment, then began to laugh. However, as a shadow fell over it, the monster paused and looked up.
The scarecrow’s arms were outstretched, its eyes now red. Floating above it was what seemed to be a whole field of corn.
“YOU DARE MOCK ROB, THE LORD OF CORN?”
The Creeper blinked, then turned around and ran in the opposite direction as fast as its stubby legs could carry it. Rob lowered his arms, and the corn piled into a nearby basket.
Steve looked back to see the Creeper running off. He reached over and patted Rob on the head.
“That’s my boy!”
“Hey! HEY! Gimme back my van!”
Waluigi and Wario ran as fast as they could after Siren Head, who was making off with a van labeled “Waluigi’s Taco Van”.
Mario shrugged. “Nope.”
Toad and Peach had started playing Mario Party in the background.
“Okay, I’ve got an idea,” Luigi said. He pulled out a hammer and a large wooden stake. “I’ll turn off the oven while Mario pins the Chain Chomp in place.”
“Better idea!” Mario shouted, grabbing Luigi.
“MARIO, WHAT ARE YOU–”
“FIRE!”
Mario tossed Luigi out of the room and onto the floor of the foyer. After a moment, the taller brother cautiously rose.
“Did it work?” Mario called from the safety of the other room. “Are you dead?”
“Uh… no?”
Mario, SMG4, MCG, and SLG4 stepped out.
“Huh,” SMG4 muttered. “Where’d it…?”
The three stopped as they heard a barking noise, getting louder and louder.
MCG looked around. “…Where is that coming from?”
Toad shouted in joy as he once again beat Peach in Mario Party. As the next game loaded, a Chain Chomp appeared on the screen… before a real Chain Chomp crashed through the screen.
“SURPRISE, MOTHAHFUCKAH!”
Toad and Peach jumped back, screaming, as the Chomp lunged at them.
Mario and the others jumped as the Chain Chomp crashed through the wall, sending Peach, Toad, Babeh, Frankie, and Toadsworth flying.
“OH GOD WHAT DO WE DO?!” Luigi shouted.
“Uhh…” MCG backed up.
“STAND BACK!”
Toadsworth leapt in the way. “I’ll take care of this! Babeh!”
Babeh sighed. “Grandpa, please don’t make me do this…”
“If you want to live, play the song!”
Babeh sighed, pulling out a radio and turning it on. I’m Not Yo Daddy, I’m Yo Grandpa by Biff Chitlins began playing as Toadsworth pulled out a giant-ass minigun and opened fire.
“GET OUT OF HERE!” he shouted.
SMG4 looked to SLG4 and nodded. SLG4 nodded back.
“Princess, kids, follow us!” SLG4 shouted. “Mario, MCG, Luigi go the other way! Try to confuse this thing!”
“I’m not a kid…” Babeh muttered as he followed them out. Toad, meanwhile, just observed.
“Fuck this shit, I’m out.”
He leapt out the window.
Mario and MCG ran to the back door as Toadsworth continued firing… that is, until he inevitably ran out of ammo. It was then that the Chain Chomp pulled out a shotgun and blasted Toadsworth out the front door.
“WE’RE ALMOST THERE!” MCG shouted.
Suddenly, the Chain Chomp crashed through the back door.
“CRAP!” Luigi quickly turned around, with Mario following suit. “GET TO THE BASEMENT!”
The two ran into the basement and slammed the door behind them.
“Oh God…” MCG panted. “I… I think we lost it…”
At that, the sound of barking began growing louder.
“Welp.” Mario sat down, leaning against the wall. “That’s it. Bye-bye.”
“C’mon, don’t give up yet!”
“Princess… SMG4… Captain Toad… regular Toad, you SON OF A BITCH!”
The Chain Chomp crashed through the wall, approaching the trio.
Panicking, Luigi dug around in his pockets until he pulled out a Power Star. Acting in the heat of the moment, he threw the Star at the Chain Chomp. A flash of light later, and it now bore a resemblance, strangely, to Pac-Man.
“...Oh.”
Mario groaned. “You STUPID!”
The powered-up Chomp chased them around the maze of the basement like a Pac-Man game. As they ran, they stepped on a chess game between a depressed clown and a banana peel.
“Hey! I was winning!” the clown, Depresso, shouted angrily. He looked back at the banana peel, narrowing his eyes. “Yes I was. Don’t argue.”
After a moment, Depresso sighed and looked to the ground. “I am lonely.”
The Chomp eventually managed to corner them next to a strangely-placed warp pipe, barking loudly as the effect of the Power Star wore off.
“IT’S OVER!” Mario shouted. “TELL MY SPAGHETTI BOWL I LOVED HER!”
“Wait!” MCG reached into his pockets, pulling out another Power Star and holding it aloft. “I have THIS!”
Suddenly, Kamek appeared out of nowhere and grabbed it.
“Sorry, I need this.”
Kamek teleported away. Everyone just stared at where he’d been blankly.
“…Mario thinks we’re fucked.”
MCG’s eye twitched. Then, he burst.
“Okay, THAT’S IT! I AM SICK OF THIS SHIT!”
He pulled out a lit bomb, tossing it to his other hand and throwing it at the Chain Chomp. Time seemed to slow down as a sad look appeared in the Chomp’s eyes.
“I just wanted to be your friend…”
Luigi’s lip began to quiver. “I-I’m so sorry…”
Mario then leapt between them. “I DON’T GIVE A FUCK!”
The bomb went off, sending the Chain Chomp flying into the distance.
MCG smiled. “Guess all’s well that ends well, huh?”
“The castle is wrecked,” Luigi pointed out. “Again.”
“All’s-a well that ends well,” Mario stated as the three walked towards the basement’s exit.
Back at Bob-omb Battlefield, the Bob-omb Buddy looked sadly at the place where his Chain Chomp was once kept. Two other Bob-ombs watched from nearby.
“They took his dog!” one said.
“DEY TERK HIS DERG!”
Then, the Chain Chomp fell from the sky, landing atop his owner and barking. The other two gawked.
“Ho-ly fuck.”
“IRT’S HIRS DERRRG!”
Notes:
Because I couldn't do an SMG4 reimagining without doing Who Let The Chomp Out?. Of course, I wanted to use this chapter to give MCG some time to shine as well, since I kinda... forgot about him for a bit while writing the first half of Season 1 and gave him like zero major roles outside of the first chapter.
Depresso is here because... well, I honestly couldn't think of any other way to introduce the character aside from his meh debut, which won't really fit into this story. So he's just gonna hand in the castle basement.
I could NOT forget about the "What the fuck is a Sonic" line, so I threw it in a bit earlier than canon to make the story flow a bit better. And I thought, while I'm at it, why not reference one of my favorite moments from the Archie Sonic comic?
Chapter 16: The Xboxfan Files
Summary:
A day of peace is thrown out the window when X's past comes back to haunt him...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It was a normal day inside the Mushroom Castle. Mario was eating spaghetti at a table decked out with fancy candles, Toad was being grumpy in the corner, Luigi was in another room preparing for an upcoming stream on his YouTube channel WeegeeGames, and FM, MCG, SLG4, Kaijak, RM, and SMG4 were playing SSEOITAB. All was well.
“Say,” SMG4 muttered. “I never did get X to tell me what those zombies were about.”
“Zombies?”
“Y’know, in the Nightmare Stone.”
“…Oh, yeah. What was that about?”
“Any clue where he is? I haven’t seen him since the ball.”
“Last I saw, he and Ben were at–”
The door suddenly burst open. X ran in, Ben following as close as he could.
“…nevermind. Hey, X! SMG4 wanted to–”
“We don’t have time!” X shouted. “Scramble the army! Call Peach! Or… or… something!”
“Woah, man, calm down.” SMG4 paused the game and walked over to his friend. “What’s going on?”
“He’s coming… he’s coming…” X muttered, looking around frantically.
“X? Who’s coming? What’s going on?”
“Yeah!” Mario shouted. “You’re interrupting Mario’s very important date here!”
“I–”
There was a knock at the door.
Everyone froze. RM cautiously stepped towards the door.
“Wait!”
X’s shout was too late. RM swung the door open to reveal that, standing on the other side, was…
“Yo WhAt Up HoMiEs?”
RM blinked. “Bob?”
“HeY tHeRe.” Bob walked past RM and entered the castle. “WoW. NiCe CrIb SmG4. EsPeCiAlLy NoW tHaT iT’s NoT tRyInG tO kIlL mE lOl.”
“…This is what you’re worried about, X?” FM asked. “It’s Bob. He’s annoying, but he’s not some big threat.”
Then, a flash of light.
“What was that?” MCG muttered walking over to the window.
X began to shake. “No, no, no…”
“X?” FM grabbed his friend by the shoulders. “C’mon, man. What’s going on?”
X took a few deep breaths. “Well… you see–”
“ZOMBIES!”
MCG ran back to the others. “There… those zombies… from the Stone…”
SMG4 looked to X. “Finally you can tell us what that was about.”
“Later!” X shouted. “We need to find cover before–”
Suddenly, a rotting hand punched through the window. An army of zombies, all with a resemblance to Mario, beat on the door.
“WHAT IS WITH BAD GUYS AND LOOKING LIKE ME?!”
“Nope.” Ben turned away. “I ain’t a big enough boy for this!”
He leapt out the window.
“LoL yOu DoN’t ReAlLy ThInK tHeSe GuYs CaN bEaT aLl Of Us.” Bob pointed his swords at the approaching horde. “LeT’s Do ThIs BiTcHeS!”
“He’s right!” Kaijak growled. He sent out Enzo, the Shiny Empoleon taking a battle stance.
Bob leapt forward as the zombies finally burst in. With a whirl of blades, he sliced the heads off of three at once. He ran another through, then sliced a fifth in half. Meanwhile, Enzo used Metal Claw to tear through zombie after zombie at Kaijak’s command.
“Holy crap,” MCG muttered.
“We gotta get out of here!” X shouted. “I can explain later! We need to find someone who can help us get rid of these things!”
“LoL tHeSe BiTcHeS aIn’T gOt NoThInG oN mE.”
“Uh, X?” RM looked to the horde nervously. “Can those things… infect us?”
“No,” X replied. “That’s a made-up thing for those old movies. Well, not while you're alive, anyways.”
“Alright, that’s a relief.” SLG4 glanced at the horde again as Bob cut down two more. “But, uh… what do we do? Who’d be able to help with this sort of thing?”
After a moment of thinking, Luigi perked up. “E. Gadd! He might know something! He’s a genius!”
RM shrugged. “Might as well try. Know a good warp pipe to his lab?”
“There’s one out back!” Luigi shouted. “C’mon!”
The group ran off, Kaijak joining them. Luigi paused for a moment.
“Wait! About about… uh… him?” He pointed to Bob.
“Bob?” SMG4 looked back. “I think he’s got himself handled.”
As he said this, Bob sliced off another zombie head.
“Now let’s GO!”
“…Alright.”
Luigi followed SMG4 out, albeit a bit hesitantly.
“LoL yOu GoT nOtHiNg On Me BiTcHeS!” Bob shouted. “WhO’s NeXt?”
The zombies rushed forward.
“BrInG iT bItChEs!”
The zombies ran right past Bob and after the others.
“…AsShOlEs.”
“E. GADD!”
E. Gadd turned around as Luigi, X, Mario, and the others ran in. RM and SLG4 barricaded the doors behind them.
“What’s going on?” the professor asked. “Why are you–”
“Zombies,” SMG4 huffed. “We gotta… get rid of… zombies.”
“I see.” E. Gadd’s glasses glinted. “Then let me introduce you to my latest prototype…”
He grabbed the sheet covering his latest project and pulled it off.
“THE GADD TRANSPORTER 5000!”
A massive, metal ring stood before them.
“…What does it do?”
“Well, theoretically, it can transport people and objects across space and time,” E. Gadd replied. “Of course, it’s extremely experimental. As I have yet to completely crack the technology, it is powered by this.”
From the pocket of his lab coat, E. Gadd produced a small handheld device. Mario recognized it instantly.
“Hey – that’s what Bot used to make portals!”
“Indeed.” E. Gadd placed the device into a chamber linked to the ring. “Channeling its power, we can create longer-lasting portals to any point in space or time. Theoretically.”
“So we need to set it to somewhere the zombies can’t come back,” MCG noted. “But where…?”
“2056.”
Everyone looked back to X.
“X?”
“2056 AD. Thirty-nine years from now. That’s their origin point. And given their probable mode of transport, they won’t be able to come back for a while.”
“Wait, wait, wait. Back the hell up.” RM looked to his friend. “These things are from the future?!”
“I’ll explain more later.” X turned to E. Gadd. “These things are stupid and after me and me alone . I need to stand behind the portal long enough for them to shamble through.”
“Let’s hope it lasts that long…” E. Gadd muttered.
A few keyboard clicks later, and the portal activated – just as the sounds of zombies pounding on the steel door resounded.
X moved into position. “Professor?”
“Everyone, out of the way,” E. Gadd ordered. “I’m opening the door.”
Everyone moves aside. With a deep breath, E. Gadd pressed the button… and the door opened.
An army of zombies poured in, charging straight at X. Within about a minute, they had crossed through.
As X moved out, the portal began to spark.
“EVERYONE DOWN!” E. Gadd shouted.
Everyone hit the floor as the portal exploded.
SMG4’s ears rang. As he rose, he quickly spotted the others, helping each other up.
“Everyone okay?” he asked.
“Yeah…” FM muttered. “I think we’re all – OH MY GOD WHAT IS THAT?”
Everyone looked toward where FM was pointing. In front of the remains of the portal stood what seemed to be a penguin. However, it looked… different. Its head and its feet were black. Its wings were cyan. Its body was yellow with white spots. The back of its head had both cyan and yellow. The lower half of its beak was also yellow. It’s eyes had “+” signs in them.
“What… is that?” RM muttered, staring at the weird-looking penguin.
“A penguin,” X replied. “A lot changes in the next forty-odd years.”
FM grabbed the penguin and looked it in the eyes, his own sparkling with joy. “I will call you Cube and you will be my adopted son.”
X groaned. “FM, we are not bringing a penguin from the future into the house. I have enough to deal with between you and Ben.”
“TOO LATE I’VE ALREADY FORMED AN EMOTIONAL ATTACHMENT!”
“Hey, as long as he’s not nabbing Enzo again, I’m fine with it.”
“ONE TIME, KAIJAK! I WAS DRUNK! AND UPSET BECAUSE I COULDN’T HAVE THAT PENGUIN FROM THE ZOO!” FM whined. “Besides, you made me regret it…”
“Hell yeah, I did. You don’t mess with my partner.”
“Anyways…” MCG whipped around. “WHAT THE HELL JUST HAPPENED, X?!”
X sighed. “I’d… been hoping to avoid this, but it seems I have no choice. Sit down; this one’s a doozy.”
“So… I think we’ve all figured out that you’re from the future, right?” SLG4 said, looking around at the others. Everyone aside from Mario and FM nodded, the two of whom looked shocked.
“Excuse me?”
“What the hell you say?”
“Yes, I’m from the future,” X replied. “About four years from now… something happens. I don’t quite know what, but whatever it is, it caused our entire universe to begin coming apart.”
He took a deep breath. “My story begins in 2054. One of the leaders of our survivor group, a scientist and tactician named Espian, had been experimenting with the idea of using time travel to go back in time to figure out what had destroyed our universe. At some point, he managed to succeed, and whatever he saw got him into necromancy. He was trying to revive the dead, for whatever reason. However, his experiment went horribly wrong on a day I happened to be in the lab. Espian was given the power to revive the dead, yes, but only as soulless husks of their former selves. I got… abilities, some of which even I do not know the full extent of. Unfortunately, Espian was also affected psychologically. Driven mad and convinced that I held the secret to solving the problem, he sent out a horde of zombies to find me. They began killing, and when a zombie kills you, their infection may take your body.”
“I thought you said that–”
“It only works if you are killed first. Otherwise, your immune system fights it off fairly easily.” X cleared his throat. “Anyways, I worked with one of E. Gadd’s descendants to return to this time, in the hopes of stopping the disaster. Apparently, Espian has tried to follow, but given the state of the portal at the time of my original departure, I doubt it could function after its second usage.”
“Okay… wow,” SMG4 muttered. “So… does you being here make an alternate timeline or something? Is… is that still our future, or…?”
X blinked. “I… don’t know. I guess we’ll have to find out.”
“Mario’s bored of all this serious talk,” the Italian muttered. “Who wants tacos?”
“ME!” almost everyone shouted at once, running off. X was slower to follow.
“You okay?”
X turned to FM, smiling. “Yeah. I’ll be fine, FM.” He looked down at Cube. “You’re… you’re actually gonna keep him, aren’t you?”
“Yes and nothing you do will convince me otherwise.”
X sighed, that smile still on his face. “I know… c’mon, let’s find Ben before he gets himself killed.”
“Yeah, that sounds good.”
As the two walked off, E. Gadd looked at his machine.
“So I need to get this done in four years…”
He cracked his knuckles. “Best get workin’!”
2056
“So?”
“So it’s Gadd tech. That much is obvious,” the engineer muttered as he dug through the internals of the broken machine. “Well, partially. Some of it is inspired by my work from years ago. Shame he destroyed that device, but I suppose it was for the better.”
“I don’t care about that, Bot,” Espian hissed. “I saved your life so that you could fix this thing in case I need it again.”
Bot emerged from the machine. His hair had grown gray with age, but his eyes held the same cold, calculating gaze it had years prior.
“Yet again, I remind you that it was not you who saved me from my prison, but that 3 person,” Bot pointed out. “I must admit, I am surprised you require my help. Are you not a scientist?”
“Yes, but this tech is out of my field of study,” Espian replied. “I put more focus on… other types of experiments.”
“Your attempt to revive cloning technology, I presume?” Bot looked up. “I was sorry to hear about what that sea creature did. Bopkit or something, right?”
Espian smiled. “Worry not, Bot. What ol’ Fishy never knew was that one of my creations survived.”
“Oh? I assume you will be using it to enact the next stage of your plan?”
“Yes.”
“Another attack?”
“No.” Espian looked at a pod behind him. “In that pod is the first truly, 100% successful clone in history, and I will not waste him leading an army that will most likely be trumped.”
“Uh, that one girl made years ago,” Bot noted. “The clone of SMG4?”
“She’s an imperfect clone. This one is not.” Espian placed a hand on the pod. “X is strong, as are his newfound friends. With him there, perhaps they can stop the end. I’d like to let them try before we step in…”
“Before you step in,” Bot corrected. “I’m only here to repair this and get my pay.”
“Ah. Yes.”
Espian looked out the window.
“X… for your sake, and everyone else’s, stop this… before I must.”
Notes:
So. This chapter, huh?
This takes inspiration from several sources - X's debut in "Castle Jumping = Time Traveling = Zombies", his subsequent 2011 appearances giving him some sort of psychic abilities, and X's own Zombie Invasion series. SMG4 made a connection to Zombie Invasion in X's debut, and I decided to roll with it. And so, Espian. He's the big bad of Zombie Invasion, and using him to foreshadow stuff just made sense to me. It also allows me to ensure that X has a bigger role in the future.
As for Bot’s small appearance, this isn't exactly the same Bot we saw back in Italian Kidnapping. That Bot is still trapped in the pocket dimension. THIS Bot is from a potential future. I kinda threw it in because I didn't just want some nameless engineer character to be working with Espian in the future, and also wanted to lay the foundation for Bot to POSSIBLY return in the main timeline at some point. Nothing concrete yet, since I'm only into specifics of Season 2 at this point, but still.
Espian would be played by Dan Green, based on his portrayal of Mephiles the Dark in Sonic the Hedgehog (2006).
Edit: Changed up Luigi's channel name because uhhhhhh we don't talk about the other guy.
Chapter 17: Seaside Stupidity
Summary:
After the events of the last chapter, the gang decide to take a nice, relaxing cruise. But this is SMG4, so of course something goes wrong.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Birds chirped as they flew across the cloudless blue sky. The calm sea barely rocked the boat as it moved across the water.
On the boat, X lay back in a beach chair, doing nothing in particular. FM fawned over Cube.
“It’s nice to relax after everything that’s happened,” X noted. “Right, FM?”
FM wasn’t paying attention, still playing with his new pet penguin. X shrugged and went back to relaxing.
In the ship’s game room, Luigi blinked. Ben and MCG stood across from each other at a gambling table. Luigi was monitoring the game, not participating due to some special ability of his that made him always win casino games.
“Ben, you need to just stop,” MCG said.
“Yeah,” Luigi agreed. “You’re out of money. You really should–”
“NooooOoooO, señor…” Ben drawled. “Ah’ve still got somethin’ left to bid!”
Ben ducked down, disappearing from view. Luigi and MCG glanced at each other questioningly.
“Eh…”
When Ben popped back up, he was holding a female Toad with a pink mushroom hat with brown spots. He tossed her onto the table.
“It was nice knowin’ ya, Mom! Now, SPIN DA WHEEL!”
Luigi and MCG recoiled in shock.
Nearby, SMG4 sighed as he leaned back. Beside him, Mario screamed in rage, having just lost in a SSEOITAB match.
“It’s so nice to be able to sit back and relax,” he noted. “No Z, no Bowser, no SMG3… just me, you, and our friends!”
Mario looked over at SMG4.
“…Why are you gae?”
Suddenly, the boat began to rock. Everyone stopped what they were doing as a form emerged from the ocean – a blue plesiosaur-like creature named Dorrie.
“Wanna be friends?”
After a moment of shocked silence, everyone on the boat began screaming. FM pulled out an AK-47 while X pulled out a pistol, shooting at the monster towering above them. MCG threw a bomb. Ben picked up his mother.
“Ka-me-ha-me-MAAAAAAA!”
He threw his mother at Dorrie. However, all their attacks bounced off, ineffective.
“I just wanted to be your friend…” Dorrie muttered sadly. Crying, she turned around and swam away, her tail accidentally slamming into the ship’s hull and tearing a hole in it.
As water flooded through the hole, the ship began to sink. Everyone began panicking.
“EVERYONE REMAIN CALM!” FM shouted, going into police mode. “FIND THE NEAREST LIFEBOAT AND YOU’LL BE FINE!”
“WE’RE ALL GONNA DIE!” X screamed.
As the boat sank, the gang slid off of the boat and into the water below.
“OH GOD OH GOD OH GOD!” SMG4 shouted.
“Alright, everyone listen up!” FM called out. “The boat’s still afloat somewhat, so try to salvage what you can–”
The boat then sank beneath the waves.
“...Well, shit.”
“Yep, we’re gonna die out here,” SMG4 muttered. “And I never got to try burritos…”
They heard two splashes nearby, followed soon by a third, as something landed in the water not far away.
“WHAT WAS THAT?!” Mario shouted, looking around.
Then, something popped up from under the water. It looked like a Spike, but they knew Spikes didn’t usually belong in the water. Nor did they have gills and fish tails.
“Hello, hello, hello!” he said cheerfully. His voice cracked a bit, and came off as a bit irritating, but he sounded remarkably young. “My name is Fishy Boopkins! Nice to meet you!”
The gang stared at him, dumbfounded. X’s eyes widened a bit in recognition at the namedrop, but he remained silent.
SMG4 sighed. “Well, if you’re gonna eat us, start with the fatty.”
“HEY!”
Fishy blinked. “What? No ! I’m here to save you!”
MCG blinked. “But… why would you want to save us?”
Fishy smiled slyly. “Because humans are SEXXXAAAYYYYY.”
The group slowly began backing away.
“No, wait, I’m sorry!” Boopkins cried. “I’m just so lonely… the only other person I can talk to is my dad out here… just… just let me help you get back to land.”
FM raised an eyebrow. “How are you gonna carry six guys and a fatass back to shore?”
Mario’s eyes watered a bit. “Oh, ho-ho-ho-ho…”
“Oh, that’s easy!” Boopkins widened his mouth. “GET IN MY MOOOOUUUUUUTH!”
The group backed further away.
“Okay, okay,” Boopkins said. “I… I’m not good at this, but I can try giving you the power to breathe underwater.”
“Why didn’t you do that in the first place?”
“It could turn you into a fish instead.”
“...Excuse me?–”
Boopkins pointed his stubby arms at the group, shouting out what looked like lighting with a cry of “WA-HEY!” The gang spasmed for a bit before the bolts disappeared.
“Now, just follow me!” Boopkins shouted, diving back into the water. X hesitantly dived under first. After a moment, he blinked in surprise.
“I… I can breathe!” he exclaimed. “I can talk!”
The others followed them down. Ben, however, began to glow.
“AYO, WHAT THE F–”
The glow surrounded him. When it faded, his waist and legs had been replaced with a fish tail.
As the group continued, Under the Sea from Disney’s The Little Mermaid began to play. SMG4 marveled at the undersea world around him…
Until Boopkins shoved him aside, stopping the music.
“Wait!” he shouted. “We don’t actually have the license for this song, so allow me to sing it instead!”
Boopkins cleared his throat.
Boopkins: DA-DA-DA DA DA, DA-DA DA DA DA,
DA-DA-DA DA DA, DA-DA DA DA–
SMG4 completely lost it.
As the group continued swimming, Ben spotted a shape in the distance.
“A WHALE!” he shouted. “MY FAMILEH HAS ARRIVED!”
As the shape grew closer, SMG4 began to back up. “I… don’t think that’s a whale, Ben…”
It moved into the light, revealing it to be a white and pink submarine with the face of Thomas the Tank Engine stuck in the front. A label on the side read “Teletubmarine”.
“IT’S THE TELETUBMARINE!” Boopkins shouted, terror in his voice. “THE INFAMOUS PIRATES OF THE MUSHROOM SEA!”
The side of the Teletubmarine opened, and a torpedo shot out. The group tried to swim away, but were unable to before the torpedo exploded, and their world went dark.
SMG4 groaned as he opened his eyes. He and the others were in a cage.
“WHO ARE YOU?!” SMG4 shouted. “WHAT DO YOU WANT WITH US?!”
From the darkness emerged… a Teletubbie.
SMG4’s eyes widened. He backed away as the others began to wake up.
“NO, GOD, NO! NO, GOD, PLEASE, NO!”
More Teletubbies began emerging, lining up on either side of a door at the end of the room. The door swung open, and in floated a new face – a Chuck-ya with a pirate hat.
“Finally…” he growled, his eyes focused on Boopkins. “I have you. Take the fish to his new room!”
One of the Teletubbies reached into the cage, pulling out the half-conscious Boopkins and carrying him off as he mumbled incoherently.
“WHO ARE YOU?” FM demanded. “WHY ARE YOU DOING THIS?”
The pirate chuckled. “I am Admiral Sylvester Swipe, leader of this motley crew, and collector of–”
Mario laughed. “A. S. Swipe! ASSWIPE!”
A chair leg courtesy of Swipe silenced him.
“…As I was saying, I collect rare artifacts and species,” Swipe continued. “Boopkins is but the latest addition to my collection.”
“YOU WON’T GET AWAY WITH THIS!” X shouted. “We’ll get out!”
“No, you won’t.” He turned to his Teletubbie crew. “Take them… to Sector 2-SX-C!”
The Teletubbies shook in fear at the name of… whatever Sector 2-SX-C was.
“Mario thinks we’re fucked.”
Elsewhere in the submarine, specifically the weapons controls, a trio of Teletubbies was at work.
Suddenly, a shadow dropped down from above, taking out one of the Teletubbies and dragging them away while the others weren’t looking.
The other two Teletubbies quickly noticed the absence of their crewmate. As they searched, the shadow returned, taking out a second.
The final Teletubbie turned just as the attacker dragged his crewmate away. He backed up, only to find himself in a corner.
The Teletubbie turned around just in time for the figure to lunge. He barely had time to scream.
Swipe typed in the passcode to his collection room. The door slid open, and the pirate walked in. Scattered around the room were valuable objects: a Puppet mask, the Master Sword, a depowered fragment of the Nightmare Stone, one of HAL’s robotic tentacles, and many, many others. And sitting in the center, imprisoned by an energy cage, was Fishy Boopkins.
“Do you know how hard it was to find you?” Swipe asked Boopkins as he edged closer. “Your kind are extremely rare these days. You were hunted to near extinction centuries ago. And still, so few remain.”
“What do you want with me?” Boopkins asked fearfully.
“Oh, dear Boopkins,” Swipe said. “I have heard legends of how your kind, when in intense pain, makes such beautiful music…”
He pulled out a remote and pressed the button on it. Electricity coursed through the cage, shocking Boopkins. The sea creature screamed for a moment, before bursting out in song.
Boopkins: And IIIIIIIIIIIIIII…
Boopkins stopped, breathing heavily. Swipe huffed and pressed the remote again.
Boopkins: Will alwayyys looove yooouuuuu!
Boopkins stopped again, a few tears of pain dropping.
“Of course, I have another motive for this,” Swipe growled. “But first things first, time to dispose of your friends.”
Swipe exited, leaving Boopkins alone to recover.
“Aw, man…” he muttered, looking up. He paused. Standing in frown of him was the figure from before. From what he could see, it had a large round hat-like bulge on its head.
“Wh-Who are you?” he muttered.
The figure lunged. Boopkins screamed.
“Welp, we’re fucked,” Mario muttered.
Mario, SMG4, and the others were still in their cage, now suspended above a hungry Chain Chomp.
“Heeey, man,” MCG said cheerfully. “You aren’t mad about before, right? If, uh… if you’re the same Chomp. Are you?”
The Chain Chomp barked.
“I don’t know if that’s a yes or a no.”
“TUBBIES!” Swipe shouted as he entered the room. “BEGIN THE EXECUTION!”
A red Teletubbie nodded, pressing a button on their remote. The cage began to lower.
“OH CRAP!” SMG4 shouted. “WHAT DO WE DO?!”
“I DON’T KNOW!” MCG yelled back.
As the group panicked, Fishy Boopkins flew across the room and slammed into the wall.
“Ow… my scrotums…”
The figure from before stormed into the room, growling in anger. As it stepped out the shadows, the figure’s true identity was revealed – Ben’s mother.
“BEN, YOU ARE IN BIG TROUBLE, YOUNG MAN!” she shouted, her voice dripping with rage. “YOU GAMBLED ME, YOU THREW ME AT A MONSTER, AND NOW YOU’RE A FISH?! HOW AM I GONNA EXPLAIN THIS TO YOUR PAPA WHEN WE GET HOME? JESUS! WE ARE GOING HOME RIGHT NOW BEFORE THIS… TUNA FISH TRANSFORMS YOU INTO SOMETHING ELSE!”
“But Moooommm–”
“NO BUTS!”
Everyone stared at Ben’s mother in shock. The Chain Chomp backed up.
“OH HELL NAW.”
The Chain Chomp quickly bounced out the door.
“Tubbies!” Swipe shouted. “GET HER!”
All the Teletubbies in the room charged forward. Ben’s mother grinned. She quickly kicked one in the face, sending them flying while launching herself into the air. Another ran up behind her, but as she flew through the air, she did a backflip, turning herself to face it, and delivered a series of swift kicks to its face before sending it flying with a bigger one.
A horde of Teletubbies piled on her, but she quickly leapt above them. With a cry of “FOR THE MOTHERLAAAAAAND!”, she rocketed back down, causing an explosion that send all the Teletubbies flying.
“DAAAAAAAAAMMMNNN!” Mario, SMG4, and FM muttered.
After taking out several more Teletubbies, Ben’s mom landed on her back. A loud crack was heard around the room.
“OW!” she shouted. “Ugh… Ben, could you pass your mama her cane, please?”
Ben sighed, pulling the cane from who knows where. “Ya stupid jackass…”
He tossed it down to her, where it smacked into her head.
“Ow.”
“ENOUGH OF THIS!” Swipe growled. “Time to take matters into my own hands… er, balls? I don’t really have hands, they’re just spheres.”
Mario laughed. “HE SAID BALLS!”
“SHUT UP!” Swipe growled. “TUBBIES! FORMATION OMEGA!”
Admiral Swipe began spinning around and rising into the air. Teletubbies floated towards him, coming together to form a giant humanoid amalgamation of them, with Swipe as the head.
“BEHOLD… OMEGASSWIPE!”
“OMEG-ASSWIPE!” Mario shouted.
“YOU’LL DIE FIRST!”
“Aw, crap.”
Fishy Boopkins groaned as he woke up. He opened. His eyes to see Omegasswipe approaching his friends.
“OH NO!” he shouted. “I… I gotta get help!”
Boopkins took a deep breath…
“DAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAD!”
Everyone looked over to Boopkins. Nothing happened for a few seconds.
“…Well–”
Suddenly, the ship began to rock. Omegasswipe looked out the windows and stared in awe. The others looked out the window at their lever, gawking at the sight before them.
Rising out of the water, dressed in a blue tuxedo… was what looked to be fucking Cthulhu.
SMG4’s jaw dropped. “IS THAT FUCKING CTHULHU?!”
Swipe began to laugh. “Finally… the legendary Joe Boopkins! Men, OPEN FIRE!”
Nothing.
“WHAT?!” Omegasswipe whipped around to see his men were still on the floor, knocked out by Ben’s mother.
“USELESS!” he growled. “I’ll do this myself!”
Suddenly, Joe brought down a tentacle arm, tearing the sub in half. Water began to flood the vehicle as it started to sink. The cage fell to the ground, breaking upon impact and freeing the gang.
“NO!” Swipe shouted. “THE TUBBIE GLUE WON’T HOLD!”
Omegasswipe fell apart as the water continued rushing in.
“MOVE, MOVE, MOVE!” MCG shouted. The group ran (or swam, in Boopkins and Ben’s cases) towards the exit hatch.
“OH, NO YOU DON’T!”
Admiral Swipe leapt in their way. “I STILL HAVE ONE MORE TRICK! TUBBIE WALL, ASSEMBLE!”
The remaining Teletubbies came together, forming a wall to prevent them from escaping.
“ATTACK OF DA JELLY BEANS!” Mario cried.
“Don’t worry!” Boopkins shouted, leaping forward. “Leave them to me!”
He quickly unhinged his jaw and ate the Teletubby wall whole.
“Mmm… tasty!”
Swipe just gawked. “WHAT THE SHIT ?!”
“NOW!” MCG shouted. The group leapt up, pulling themselves out of the hatch. Admiral Swipe tried to follow them, but couldn’t jump high enough.
“DAMN YOU!” he called up to the group. “THIS ISN’T THE LAST YOU’VE SEEN OF ME, HUMANS! I’LL BE BACK! YOU HEAR ME? ADMIRAL SYLVESTER SWIPE WILL HAVE HIS REVENGE!”
“SHUT UP, ASSWIPE!”
Swipe growled, only for a piece of the ship to break off and hit him in the right eye. The admiral screamed in pain, one of his hands covering his eye.
Joe Boopkins looked down. He clapped his tentacles, and Dorrie emerged from under the water.
“FRIIIEEEENDS!”
“Get on!” Boopkins said before diving into the water, followed by Ben.
Admiral Swipe growled, still clutching his injured eye. Suddenly, a strange, red portal appeared nearby. SMG3 popped out, grabbed Swipe, tossed him through, and then followed, the portal closing behind them.
Mere seconds later, another portal opened, and Swipe was sent flying back out, screaming in anger, and now wearing an eyepatch over his scarred eye. His sword flew through the portal as well, impaling itself into the Teletubmarine’s wall.
“DAMN YOU!” he bellowed. “DAMN YOU ALL TO HEEEEE–”
As Dorrie paddled away, heading in the direction of the Mushroom Kingdom, the Teletubmarine sank beneath the waves, Admiral Swipe still on board, his furious cries quite literally drowned out by the water rushing into the sub’s ruins.
“What an adventure, huh, Cube?” FM muttered.
Cube honked in agreement.
X looked over to Ben as he floated beside them. “You coming, Ben?”
“Nah, amigo…” Ben turned and looked towards the horizon. “I think I like it out here…”
“OH, NO YOU DON’T!” Ben’s mom shouted, grabbing him and dragging him onto Dorrie. “WE STILL HAVE TO EXPLAIN THIS TO YOUR PAPA!”
“Aw, maaannn…”
Dorrie paddled towards the distant kingdom. Fishy Boopkins popped out of the water and smiled as he watched his new friends swim away... before bursting into song.
Boopkins: And IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Will always loooooove yooooooouuuuuuu!
Notes:
Yeah, Boopkins uses his second redesign, to better suit his being a fish and all. Sue me.
Chapter 18: GnR: Da Bomb
Summary:
Swag and Chris uncover what seems to be a plot to destroy the factory... with Mark at the center of it.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chris sighed as he opened the door to the restroom stall. “Man, this place smells like shit…”
“Teehee.”
Chris blinked, looking around. “What the hell?”
“Tee hee hee.”
Chris looked up, his face falling. “Oh, what the fuck.”
In the vent above him was Swag, grinning down at his partner. “Oh hai Chris,” Swag said cheerfully. “How are you doing on this wonderful nice da–”
“What are you even doing up there, you freaking perv?”
Swag rolled his eyes. “Lol don’t worry Chris. Nobody wants to see your dangle dongle.”
Chris just stayed silent.
“Anyway Chris, you gotta come up here and see this, it’s amazing,” Swag urged.
“No,” Chris replied. “I don’t want to deal with your bullshit today.”
“PLS.”
“We have a job to do, you idiot!”
“PLS.”
“I swear to God–”
“PLS.”
“...Ugh, fine…”
“YEAH BOIIIIIII!”
Swag held out his hand. “Take my hand Chris. No homo.”
Chris sighed. “Jesus Christ…”
Swag pulled Chris up into the vent.
“Um… so…” Chris muttered. “What now?”
“Shut up and follow me.”
After about two minutes of following Swag, Chris sighed. “How long are we going to be going, Swag? I don’t wanna stare at your ass all day.”
“Shut up my ass is beautiful.”
After a minute, Swag grinned.
“Hey Chris.”
“What?”
Swag: I can show you the world.
“Oh for fuck’s sake…”
Shining, shimmering, splennndidd.
“Somebody kill me…”
Tell me Chris, when was the last ti–
“Yeah okay I’m leaving.” Chris turned around and began crawling away.
Swag paused. “No wait Chris come back D’:” he pleaded. “Srsly I think we’re almost there!”
Chris sighed. “...I’ll never understand how you pronounce those… things.”
“Nobody ever will lol.”
“...Fine. Just make it quick.”
“Thanks man. U r da best.”
Before long, the two had reached a particular vent exit.
“Oh shit!” Swag said excitedly. “I think this is it!”
Chris sighed as he moved to Swag’s side. “Where even are …”
He paused as he looked through the vent. “Holy shit…”
The vent lead directly into Mark’s office. Mark himself sat at the computer, watching… something.
“Lol lol lol lol we get to see directly inside Mark’s office,” Swag said with a smile.
Mark chuckled as he watched whatever was on his computer. “Oh man, this shit is lit!”
Chris sighed. “Swagmaster… this is new levels of creepy, dude.”
As he looked back towards the office, he paused. “Wait. What the hell is he watching?”
Taking a closer look, they noticed that Mark was watching some show by the name of Winx Club.
“Holy shit,” Swag muttered. “Our boss is a massive tootsie roll!”
Mark froze, then whipped around. “Did somebody just call me a tootsie roll?!”
Swag and Chris were nowhere to be seen, having ducked away from the vent.
“...Yeah, I fuckin’ thought so.” Mark turned around and returned to his show.
“You idiot!” Chris hissed. “Can you please learn when to shut your trap?!”
“Well I mean he is a tootsie roll and a jackass anyways lol.”
“Swag…”
“Don’t deny it Chris. U kno I’m right.”
Then, someone knocked on the door. Mark quickly paused the video and looked up.
“Er… come in!”
The door swung open, and a guy walked in. “Hey. It’s me…”
Mark quickly minimized his tab. “Who the hell are… wait. Oh, you’re the guy! Sorry, I was just doing... important business work!”
“Important work my ass,” Swag muttered as Mark got up and walked over to the guy.
“So…” Mark said, approaching the man. “Do you have it?”
“That depends,” the man replied. “Do you have the money?”
Mark picked up a briefcase beside his desk and opened it, revealing money inside.
“The hell…?” Chris muttered.
“Now…” Mark looked to the man expectantly. “Show me the goods.”
The man smiled and pulled out a bundle of dynamite.
Swag’s eyes widened. “Chris I’m scared. Pls hold me.”
“Cut it out!” Chris hissed, shoving Swag away.
Mark walked over to a painting on the wall and moved it aside, revealing a hidden safe. He quickly opened it and put the dynamite inside before closing the safe and moving the painting back into place.
“Pleasure doing business with you…” the man said before exiting. Once he was gone, Mark sat down at his desk and went back to his show.
Swag and Chris slowly looked at each other.
“HOLY SHIT HOLY SHIT HOLY SHIT HOLY SHIT!” Swag shouted, running in panicked circles around the room the two had emerged in. “WE’RE ALL GONNA DIE! FUCK FUCK FUCK FUCK FUCK FUCK FUCK!”
As Swag continued freaking out in the background, Chris hummed in thought. “There has to be a logical explanation for this. We just need to think of why…”
Swag’s continued panicked rambling finally broke Chris’ nerves. He whipped around to face the other guard.
“For fuck’s sake, will you shut up for one second, Swagmaster?!”
Swag edged closer to Chris. “Chris do you see the look on my face?” He pointed to his face. “It is the look of fear. Terror. Unbridled–”
“Yes, I get it.” Chris sighed. “We can’t just sit here and shit ourselves. We have to find out what exactly Mark is planning to do with that dynamite.”
“He’s gonna nuke us all!” Swag exclaimed. “This spaghetti factory is sooooo fucked.” He paused, then grinned. “Rest in spaghetti never forgetti lol.”
“We need to get into his office and figure out what exactly is going on…”
“But how tho?” Swag asked. “Mark’s fapping in there almost 24/7.”
Chris grinned. “I have a plan…”
Chris stood before the door to Mark’s office. He turned around to face the empty hallway.
“Okay, Swagmaster, come out. It’s your time to shine.”
Swag’s response came from around the corner of where the hallway connected to another. “No go fuck yourself.”
Chris sighed. “Come on, Swagmaster. This is for the sake of our lives!”
After a moment, Swag came around the corner, dressed in a Mareep costume. “I swear to God I’m gonna kill you for this.”
“Okay. Just like we rehearsed.”
Swag sighed. “Baaaaaa…”
“Okay good. Now get in there.”
“Eat a dick.”
Chris quickly opened the door, standing behind it as Swag moved in.
At the sound of the door’s creak, Mark turned around. “The hell…?”
“Baaaaaa…” Swag muttered as he stood in the doorway. Mark’s eyes lit up as he moved over towards the costumed Swag.
“Aw, it’s a cute little sheep,” he said, smiling as he knelt down in front of the disguised guard. “Are you lost, little guy?”
“Fuck you penis muncher.”
“What?!”
“I mean… baaaaaaa.”
“Come on!” Mark said cheerfully. “Let’s go find your family!”
He reached towards Swag, only for the wool-clad guard to rush towards the door.
“You’ll never take me alive!” he hissed as Mark followed him out. Once Mark was gone, Chris stepped out from behind the door and went into Mark’s office. He moved the painting aside, reaching for the safe… only to find that it was locked.
“Crap.” He sighed, looking around the room. “Knowing Mark, he probably hides that code up his ass…”
He turned around and found a sheet of paper on the desk. Written on it was the safe code.
“...That tracks, too.”
Chris quickly input the code and opened the safe.
“Yes!”
He reached inside, pulling out the dynamite and… blueprints?
His eye widened as he looked over the blueprints. “Dear God…”
Grabbing the blueprints and dynamite, he rushed out the door. “I gotta tell Swagmaster…”
“Little sheep where did you go?”
Swag sighed as he tossed the Mareep costume aside. He ran back towards his post, where he and Chris had decided as their meeting place. As he rounded the corner, he saw Chris waiting ahead.
“Jesus Christ that was a nightmare,” Swag muttered, walking up to Chris. “Chris if you ever make me do something like that again, I’m going to kill you and fuck your mom.”
“Swagmaster…” Chris said solemnly. “You were right. Mark does want to blow this place up.”
He pulled out the blueprints, showing them to Swag. “These are the blueprints for the factory. They’re marked with specific places to plant the dynamite.”
“Rest in spaghetti never forgetti lawl.”
Chris stroked his chin. “We need to come up with a strategic way to apprehend–”
Swag pulled out a rocket launcher. “WELP! Time to bust a cap in his ass!”
“No!” Chris argued. “We can’t just go in there and kill him! How would we explain that to the–”
“YAAAAAAAAAAAYYYYYYY!” Swag shouted, running off with the rocket launcher in hand. “Kill kill kill! :D”
“...Goddammit!”
Chris quickly began chasing his partner down.
Mark, meanwhile, had gone back to his show, the sheep forgotten.
“Hell yeah, this show is dank!” he muttered. “Now kiss! Hue hue hue hue hue–”
Suddenly, the door swung open as Swag barged in, his rocket launcher in hand. “WARNING WARNING I AM ABOUT TO UNLEASH A CAN OF WHOOPASS!”
“HOLY SWEET SHIT NUGGETS!” Mark shouted as he leapt up and backed away from the desk. “What do you want?!”
Swag aimed the rocket launcher at Mark. “Pasta la vista baby.”
Chris ran into the room. “NO! STOP, YOU IDIOT!”
He tackled Swag just as he fired, the rocket hitting Mark’s desk and sending the yellow-clad man flying into the wall.
“Oh shit!” Chris muttered. “No, no, no. This is not good!”
He ran over to Mark and knelt down, checking his pulse. After a minute, he sighed in relief. “Oh thank God. He was just knocked unconscious.”
“Dammit let me try again!”
“Don’t you dare!” Chris punched Swag, and the guard let out a distorted cry of pain.
“Mah heart mah soul. )’:”
Chris sighed. “You are seriously the dumbest shit to walk this planet. “You’re so lucky he’s still alive…”
“No u.”
“Now help me pick him up. We gotta interrogate him.”
Swag rose. “I thought you didn’t want to get in trouble lawl.”
“Yeah, but we’re in deep enough shit as it is,” Chris replied as he grabbed Mark’s legs.
After a minute, Swag sighed. “Alright, fine…” He rushed over to help Chris…
Mark blinked as he awoke. “Ohh… my head and my ass… what happened?”
He saw Swag and Chris standing above him. Chris said something, but Mark couldn’t understand him. He blinked, and Swag was suddenly in his face.
“WAKE THE FUCK UUUUUUPPPP!”
“OH JESUS CHRIST!” Mark shouted, jumping. “I’M AWAKE, I’M AWAKE!” He noticed he was sitting in a chair, ropes holding him down. “Wait… why the fuck am I tied up…?”
“Just calm down, Mark,” Chris said. “We’ll explain every–”
“No, I won’t calm down!” Mark growled. “That retarded asshole almost killed me!”
Swag blinked. “Retarded asshole…?” After a moment, his eyes narrowed in anger. “What the fuck did you just fucking say about me you little bitch?! I’ll have you know I graduated top–”
“Untie me and I’ll kick your ass motherfucka.”
“I’d like to see you come near my ass!”
“Everybody shut the fuck up!” Chris shouted, jumping in and shoving Swag away. “No one is touching anyone’s ass today.”
“Dammit.”
“Mark…” Chris stepped forward. “We know what you’ve been hiding.”
Mark blinked. “Hiding? What the hell are you talking about?”
“Shut the fuck up!” Swag shouted, slapping Mark in the face. “We’ll be asking the questions bitch.”
Mark groaned. “Goddammit… what was that for–”
Swag slapped Mark again. “I just said no questions bitch!”
Chris sighed. “Swag, back down.”
“Can I slap him again?”
“No.”
“Aw, dammit…”
Chris turned towards Mark. “Mark, we know what you’re planning to do with that TNT.”
Mark blinked. “The TNT…? Is that what this is about? The boss ordered me to get that, ya idiots!”
Swag and Chris blinked. “What?!”
“We’re demolishing the containment room and rebuilding it.”
After a moment, Swag turned to Chris. “Wow Chris I can’t believe you tricked me into doing this! Shame on you!”
Chris sighed. “For the love of…” He turned back to Mark. “Why didn’t you tell anyone about this?”
“Er… I was busy… with… things…”
“Lol you were watching girly shows fag.”
Mark sighed. “Can you guys just untie me now?”
“Oh, sure.” Chris moved over and untied Mark. “Sorry about all this…”
Swag chuckled as Mark stood up. “Umm… remember how I tried to kill you? It was just a joke k? We cool, right? Just a prank lol, k?”
Mark sighed. “I’ll deal with you later. Right now I need that TNT back.”
“Oh sure. Swag?”
Swag put on shades. “Come with me if you want to live.”
Chris and Mark stared at him silently.
“...I’ve always wanted to say that lol.”
Chris dug through the crates in the supply room.
“Where the hell is it?” Chris muttered. “Goddammit…”
“Oh I found a Dorito on the ground tho! :D”
Are you serious?” Mark asked. “You lost the TNT?!”
Chris chuckled. “Give us a moment.” He quickly pulled Swag aside and lowered his voice. “Swagmaster you piece of shit you could you lose it?!”
Swag gawked, placing a hand over his heart. “Wow I am offended! Did you hear that Chris? That is the sound of my heart breaking. :(”
Suddenly, an explosion rocked the factory.
“HOLY SHIT!” Chris shouted. “The hell was that?!”
“Lol Chris ur mom came to visit today.”
“I think it came from the cafeteria!” Mark said. The three rushed off.
“Sweet mother of God…” Chris muttered as he, Swag, and Mark gawked at the sight before them.
The cafeteria was in shambles. Fires raged, rubble littered the floor, and Greg stood off to the side. He quickly noticed them.
“Oh hey guys!” he said cheerfully. “I was walking past the supply room when I saw a bunch of hot dogs…”
“Lol Greg you scrub.”
“I was hungry, so I brought them here to heat them up. But funny thing… they exploded…” He chuckled nervously.
The three stared at him.
“...What?”
Mark looked up to the sky and screamed, “SHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIITTTTTT!”
“Well, Swagmaster… I stand corrected,” Chris noted. “You are only the second dumbest shit to walk the Earth.”
“YAAAAAAAYYYYYYY! :D”
Notes:
This is mostly a straight adaptation of the titular episode with a few changes (mainly in some extra dialogue). Not much to say here aside from Swag and Chris are just a fun duo to write, so I threw this chapter in to get them some more time, as well as get some more experience writing Mark.
Chapter 19: Birthday Blowout
Summary:
It's Kaijak’s birthday, and SMG4 has made it his mission to ensure that Mario doesn't ruin it.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 20. SMG4 looped that date over and over in his head. It was a special day today. Today was Kaijak18’s birthday.
He remembered the Nightmare Stone, and how Prinplup’s fear had been Mario’s constant abuse of him. So today, SMG4 had made it his mission to ensure that Kaijak’s birthday went off without a hitch… and without Mario.
“Luigi?”
“No sign of him, SMG4! ” Luigi replied over the walkie-talkie.
“Good.” SMG4 looked over at Kaijak as he chatted with Cloud64 and Pink. “Keep it that way. I don’t want this day screwed up.”
He quickly changed channels. “Toad?”
“On the lookout,” the mushroom midget replied. “Believe me, keeping that fatty out is something I have been wanting to do for years.”
“Alright.” SMG4 put his walkie in his pocket before making his way over to Kaijak. Upon noticing SMG4 approaching, Kaijak waved, a smile on his face.
“SMG4!” he said cheerfully. “Thanks for doing this!”
“No prob!” SMG4 replied, shooting his friend a thumbs up. “You’re my friend!”
Kaijak’s eyes suddenly widened. “Oh, shoot.”
“What? What is it?”
“I forgot to tell you…” he muttered. “There’s… someone I invited that you may not be happy about, but we were always on good terms, so…”
“...Who?”
“Well, well, well.”
SMG4 froze, turning around to see none other than SMG3 standing behind him.
“GOD. DAMMIT.”
“Been awhile, huh, SMG4?” SMG3 grinned. “How have you been?”
“WHY ARE YOU HERE?!”
“What?” SMG3 huffed. “Can’t your sworn enemy join in on the fun, too? After all, like Kai said, we are on good terms. By “we”, I mean Kai and I, in case you didn’t catch that.”
SMG4 sighed. “Fine. Just don’t screw this up with your evil plans or whatever. I’m gonna get some punch.”
SMG4 walked off. Kaijak glanced over to SMG3, who shrugged.
“Eh, what’re ya gonna do?”
SMG3, too, headed off, meeting with a friend of his by the name of Nintendofan996, or Y for short. Kaijak watched before remembering something.
“Oh! I gotta let Enzo out!”
Kaijak sent out his Shiny Empoleon. It chirped as he pet it.
“Eight years, huh…?” Kaijak muttered. “Eight whole years today since we met.”
Enzo nodded.
“Looking forward to a ninth?”
The Empoleon chirped.
Kaijak smiled. “C’mon, buddy. Let’s enjoy the party.”
Mario hummed cheerfully as he walked along the path towards Peach’s castle. His approach was quickly noticed by Luigi.
“SMG4!” he cried, pulling out his walkie. “WE HAVE INCOMING!”
“Mario? ”
“M-hm!”
“Shoot. You and Toad do what you can to stop him from getting in. I’ll be there soon.”
“Okie-dokie…”
Luigi put the walkie up. After taking a deep breath, he ran forward.
“Hey, Mario!”
Mario stopped, turning to face his brother.
“You ready to go racing?” Luigi asked.
Mario thought for a moment.
“Nah.”
Mario continued walking.
“B-But Mario…” Luigi rushed to catch up to his brother. “It would be fun!”
“Mario wants to smash some people in the ass!” Mario replied. “Not ride a kart!”
“B-But…”
“Bye, Luigi!”
Mario rushed off. Luigi yelped, quickly pulling out his walkie.
“Toad!”
Mario ran up to the castle doors, only for Toad to jump in the way.
“Uh, uh, uh!” Toad said, wagging a finger. “You didn’t say the magic word!”
“…Is it please?”
“NO!”
“Abra kadabra?”
“NO!”
“Expecto patronum?”
“NO!”
“ Is there a magic word?”
“N – yeeess…”
“…Titan's Blood?”
“...I get that reference, but still NO!”
“DAMMIT!”
“X! FM!”
X and FM turned to see SMG4 running up to them.
“Hey, 4,” X said. “What’s up?”
“Mario’s here!”
“…So?” FM shrugged. “What’s that gonna do?”
“I… I don’t want him to mess up Kai’s birthday,” SMG4 mumbled.
“Wait, you’re stopping Mario from coming?”
SMG4 whipped around to see Kaijak standing behind him.
“Uh… yeah ,” SMG4 reluctantly admitted. “I just… after your vision in the Nightmare Stone, I didn’t want you to worry.”
Kaijak smiled. “That’s nice, SMG4, but we can’t let our fears dictate us. Besides, what’s the worst he can do here?”
“You’d… you’d be surprised…”
Toad then flew through the window.
“…Ow.”
He was followed shortly by Mario.
“Stupid Toad and his stupid magic words…”
Mario paused, gaping as he looked around.
“YOU WERE HAVING A PARTY WITHOUT MARIO?!” he exclaimed. “Why?”
“W-Well…”
Mario’s jaw dropped. “YOU INVITED STEVE BUT NOT ME?”
Steve looked up. “Helloooo!”
“Actually, he was here when we got here…”
“Relax, SMG4,” Kaijak said. “What’s the worst that could happen?”
“Kai, you know never to say that.”
Mario began to dance. After about five seconds, a series of explosions went off, and the castle began collapsing. Kaijak looked up to see a piece of rubble falling towards him. He brought up his arms to shield himself, only for a shadow to fall over him. The last thing Kaijak saw before blacking out was Enzo the Shiny Empoleon standing between him and the rubble.
“MARIO!”
Mario blinked as he woke up. SMG4 stood over him, angry. His hat was noticeably missing.
“Heya, SMG4!” Mario said cheerfully. “What happened?”
“You danced for five seconds and then the castle exploded! And it ruined my iconic hat!”
“Isn't your hat just a recolor of Mario’s–”
SMG4 grabbed Mario by the neck. “WHAT did you do?!”
“Uh…” Mario shrugged. “I don’t know.”
“HELP!”
SMG4’s attention was redirected as Kaijak dug through the rubble frantically.
“Enzo’s still in there!” he shouted.
SMG4, MCG, and RM quickly ran over to help as X pulled FM out. Before long, they managed to uncover the Empoleon. Kaijak quickly returned it to its Poké Ball. He ran to his car and peeled away, leaving the others behind.
SMG3 shrugged. “Welp, Imma go plan my next scheme. See ya, losers!”
As SMG3 walked off, Peach sighed. “Toadsworth…”
“ON IT!”
In a few short minutes, Toadsworth completely rebuilt the castle, with the help of some TF2 RED Engineers.
SMG4 turned to Mario. “Now look at what you’ve done! Kai’s… penguin thing is hurt!”
“Where’s your proof that Mario did this?!”
“The castle exploded after you started dancing!”
“That’s weak at best!”
SMG4 sighed. “Welp, I’m off. Don’t want to see your ugly face right now.”
He then walked away.
“WE HAVE THE SAME DAMN FACE!” Mario shouted back, chasing after SMG4.
Toad watched the two bickering, a smile growing on his face. “This might be going somewhere…”
Notes:
Well, I think we all know where this is going...
On the bright side, while this may be a shorter chapter, it's setup for the next chapter: this season's WOTFI! Work has also wrapped on the final chapter of this season.
Also, chapter count is gonna drop at some point over the next couple of days, since I'm removing the two update chapters. Anyways, I'll see you at WOTFI!
Chapter 20: War of the Fat Italians
Summary:
With Mario and SMG4 still at odds, it's up to X to help them resolve the conflict before it tears them apart.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Mario sighed. “I dunno, Luigi. SMG4’s still mad at me for the castle. I didn’t even explode it! It did that to itself!”
“Well, you should tell him that,” Luigi suggested. “I’ll help, if I need to.”
“Mario tried that already…”
“GET OUT!”
Mario was sent flying out of SMG4’s room.
“Ow… my Mario nuts…”
“Well… maybe I can talk some sense into him!”
Mario then lit up.
“Mario’s got an even better idea…”
SMG4 sighed as he put his new hat on his head. Now no longer labeled with a “4”, his blue hat instead had an “S” embroidered on its front. Part of it was wanting a bit more consistency aside from the 4 (there were people like EM64 who could do the same thing), but it was also partially to spite SMG3, stating that he was the real SuperMarioGlitchy, not the ripoff SMG4’s rival was.
“Well, now that that’s done,” SMG4 muttered, “it’s time to get back to makin’ memes!”
SMG4 opened the door to his room and froze. Marker had been scrawled all over his computer. On the screen, written out was the sentence “HAI SMG4! CAN WE TALK?! :D”
SMG4’s eye twitched.
“Oh, we can talk alright, Mario…”
Mario hummed as he opened the castle fridge and pulled out a plate of spaghetti. He quickly sat down and began eating it… before freezing. That wasn’t beef …
Mario picked up the meatballs, only to see that they were made from a different type of meat. Not beef, not turkey, but pink, raw…
“FISH?!?!”
X blinked, turning back as he played SSEOITAB with FM.
Mario burst out of the kitchen, letting out an angry roar as he threw the spaghetti across the room. “WHO TOUCHED-A MAH SPAGHET?!”
“Who else?”
Mario froze, looking up to see SMG4 leaning on the railway above, grinning.
“YOU BITCH!”
“Says the guy who SCRIBBLED ALL OVER MY COMPUTER!”
“MARIO WANTED TO TALK!”
“ENOUGH!”
X jumped between the two. “Will you two SHUT UP?! Just… explain.”
“SMG4 PUT FISH IN MY SPAGHETTI!”
“MARIO DREW ON MY COMPUTER!”
X sighed. “Both of you, apologize.”
“NEVER!” they shouted in unison.
“Hang on,” Toad said, approaching the trio, a sly and almost sinister grin on his face. “I have an idea…”
“Really?”
“Yep. We make them compete to see who’s better.”
“…I’m not sure that’s the best solution–”
“NOBODY ASKED YOU!” Toad leapt up. “Now… who’s ready for a war?!”
SMG4 and Mario cheered.
Toad grinned. “A War… Of The Fat Italians!”
“Actually, I’m Australian–”
“Nobody caaaaaaares!” Toad sang.
Activity Challenge 1: Drawing
“Alright!” X said, clapping his hands together. “For this first activity–”
“Challenge!” Toad corrected.
“…you will draw portaits of each other! Best one wins! Now… GO!”
The two quickly went to their canvases. After about ten minutes of drawing, they backed away.
X walked up to SMG4’s.
“…SMG4?”
“Yes?”
“This is a poop emoji.”
“Because Mario’s a PIECE OF SHIT!”
“…Moving on.”
He moved to Mario’s. “…And this is just… uh… I don’t even know what this is.”
Mario’s art was a single dot.
Mario smiled. “It’s a disappointment! Just like SMG4!”
“YOU SON OF A–”
“AND we’re moving on!”
Challenge 2: Wrestling
Mario and SMG4 smacked each other over and over with little effect. X sighed, while Toad grinned.
Eventually, SMG4 got an idea. He pulled out a plate of spaghetti and tossed it to the ground.
“OOOOOOO.”
Mario leapt down onto the ground and began devouring the spaghetti.
“SMG4 wins!” Toad shouted.
Mario froze, looking back up as SMG4 danced.
“MAMAFU–”
Challenge 3: Tea Party???
“Would you like some more tea?” Mario asked.
SMG4 groaned. “I want to die.”
X frowned. “Who’s making these challenges again?”
Toad grinned off to the side as he wrote down another idea. “Oh, that’s a good one… and that one… oh, that’ll definitely humiliate them…”
X sighed. “Alright, ENOUGH!”
Mario and SMG4 froze.
“We’re gonna try something different,” X said. “Let’s have the readers submit challenges for you two, rather than someone like Toad.”
Toad huffed. “Dammit… why can’t I ever have my fun?”
SMG4 grinned as he cracked his knuckles.
“They say I game faster than light itself.”
He began typing away on his keyboard as fast as he could, pulling up a YouTube video by The Duper Trooper on an effective server crash. After taking it in, he joined the Minecraft server he shared with X, FM, MCG, Onyxking, RM, and Prinplup. He pulled out a book and quill, typed “.randombook random” into chat, copied the content of the book into hundreds of books, which he then used to fill 27 Shulker boxes. He threw them into a hopper attached to a large chest, then held right click. Once the GUI popped up, he pressed Escape… and the server crashed.
Time: 5 minutes 29 seconds
“Job done!” SMG4 said with a grin. He turned to Mario. “Beat that, sucker!”
Mario, his idiot face on, joined the server and then DMed Steve.
theawesomemario: wanna join my minecraft server
CHICKENS: k
Steve joined the server. Within seconds, he pulled out chicken spawn eggs and spawned hundreds of chickens, causing the server to crash.
Time: 17 seconds
MARIO WINS!
SMG4 gawked as Mario danced in victory.
“AW, COME ON!”
“Alright, Captain Toad.” SMG4 looked around. “Where are we going?”
“Yeah?” Mario grinned. “What’s-a this oh so dangerous place?”
Captain Toad chuckled darkly. Mario and SMG4’s faces fell.
“Oh, simple,” he said. “We’re going to one of the most dangerous, most terrifying, most utterly terrible places in the world…”
Even though he was a bit nervous, Mario scoffed. “Pfft. It can’t be so bad.”
Captain Toad stepped to the top of the hill, grinning as he overlooked the area before him. Mario and SMG4 followed him up, only for SMG4 to freeze.
“Oh, no…”
Before them was a massive city. A giant tower stood at the center of it, a glowing blue light atop it blinding Mario a bit.
Also, the city was engulfed in flames.
“Hm?” Mario glanced at SMG4. “What is this place?”
“You… you didn’t…”
Captain Toad grinned. “Oh, I did.”
“SMG4…?” Mario placed a hand on the YouTuber’s shoulder. “Where… where are we?”
SMG4 gulped. “We’re in a place that no optimist or kind person has emerged unscathed. Where bad opinions, hot takes, and controversy reigns supreme…”
As Mario’s eyes adjusted to the light, he noticed it was coming from a massive sign, bearing the appearance of a giant blue bird.
“...Twitter.”
Mario gulped.
“H-Hey, C.T.,” SMG4 said, shaking. “You… you sure we should do this? I-I mean… it’s Twitter.”
Captain Toad scoffed, his optimistic, confident smile ever present. “Oh, please. It’s just a new, treacherous, deadly, dangerous place to explore! What’s not to love?”
SMG4 backed up a bit. “Y-Y’know what, c-can we just do a different challenge?”
“So… you forfeit?” Captain Toad grinned slyly.
“What? N-NO! I-I just…”
“THEN LET’S GO!”
“Eh, he’s right.” Mario shrugged. “How bad can it be?”
As he watched Mario follow Captain Toad. SMG4 took a deep breath.
“It’s fine,” he assured himself. “You’ve used Twitter before. Just… steer clear of the controversy and you’re fine!”
Ten minutes later…
“It’s so interesting hearing what other people have to say! Even if they are wrong half the time,” Captain Toad said excitedly. “It’s actually pretty fun so far!” He turned around. “What do you guys think?”
Mario and SMG4 lay on the ground, on fire and reduced to skeletons.
“Somebody kill me!” Mario pleaded.
“Ugh…” SMG4 groaned as he lay on the floor. “Do we have to do another challenge? I don’t know how much more I can take after that…”
“Mario wants to die.”
X sighed. “SMG4, are you willing to forgive Mario?”
“NO! He ruined my computer! And destroyed Kai’s party and hospitalized his penguin, too.”
“It wasn’t Mario’s fault!” Mario snapped. “Besides, you ruined my spaghetti with fish!”
X sighed. “Alright, one more challenge to break the tie. Then we’re done, okay?”
SMG4 huffed. “Fine. What’s it gonna be?”
X looked at his phone. “Huh. There… aren’t any more challenges.”
“I HAVE AN IDEA!” FM shouted, appearing out of nowhere.
X jumped. “ACK – geez, FM, some warning would be appreciated!”
FM chuckled, rubbing the back of his head as Cube popped up beside him. “Oh, sorry.” He stuck up an index finger. “BUT! I know what their final challenge could be!”
He leaned over to X and whispered in his ear. X perked up, then grinned.
“Oh, yeah. That works.”
“What?” SMG4 asked. “What works?”
X snapped his fingers, and everything went white.
SMG4 blinked. He stood on what appeared to be Final Destination.
“Huh?” He looked up to see Mario opposite him. “What’s going on?”
Mario grinned. “WE’RE FIGHTING, BITCH!” He charged forward. SMG4 yelped and threw his arms up.
“STOP!”
Mario froze inches away from SMG4 as X floated down. FM and Cube were beside him on the cloud.
“You two will be having a rap battle!” FM announced, pulling out a stereo and hitting the play button.
SMG4 grinned. “Welp, I’ve already won.”
Mario’s eyes narrowed. “OH HELL NAW!”
Final Challenge: RAP BATTLE!
Mario: It’s-a me, Mario!
You all know me! I’m the hero!
You just don’t seem to understand
That I’ll bury your ass in the sand!
You call yourself SMG4?
I think you’re more of an SMG-Snore.
Mario could help you stop being a nerd,
But you know what they say: you can’t polish a turd.
Mario puts on shades, grinning as FM sounds off a party horn in the background after Mario’s roast. X is not amused.
SMG4: Oh, boy, it’s time to wreck a fat Italian.
Maybe after this I can get a big medallion.
SMG4 holds out a small medal with Mario’s face engraved on it.
It can be a pendant of the man I really hate –
Cut to SMG4 standing in front of a blackboard, with a chalk picture of Mario drawn on it. Three labels are also present, with arrows pointing to Mario.
Lazy, annoying, and overweight.
SMG4 points to each label as he sings. He then kicks the blackboard off of the stage.
Sure, you saved the Kingdom,
But what good does that do
When the next bane of our existence
Just ends up being you?
Mario: Eh, don’t worry.
It won’t matter soon,
‘Cause Mario’s about to win
And there’s-a nothing you can do!
SMG4: Please, you think you’re even close to a worthy foe?
Come on now, I’ll show you how a proper rap goes…
Suddenly, something crashed down behind them. A shadow towered above the two. They looked around to see none other than Bowser. The Koopa King chuckled.
“ Please . Just stand down and make way for the king of the Koopas… to lay down some beats.”
EM64 popped up behind him. “This is stupid. We should be finishing our plan …”
“Oh, c’mon , you can’t tell me you don’t want some sort of villain song before the end of Season 1.”
“…Eh, screw it.”
Bowser: It’s me, the king,
The epitome of swagger,
Here to wreck the nagging asses
Of you two braggers!
EM64: And with him is me,
Greatest villain of all time!
And once we’re done with you,
This whole world will be mine!
Bowser & EM64: Now watch us blow you away in a flash
As we showcase our army and fat stacks of cash!
Mario: Looks like the turtle decided to come out of his shell.
But meh, whatever. I’m gonna send you to hell
With my rhymes so hot, they’ll melt your face.
Then after taking Peach home, maybe even get to third base.
SMG4: Oh, geez, the villains. I’m gonna need my glasses,
‘Cause now this room has three giant asses.
Just go away, you’re not wanted here!
Go to the playground, where you might actually be feared.
Mario: Bowser, you’re a joke! Have you seen the way you look?
You look like something Frankie drew in a coloring book!
You really think that Peach is the way you’ll come to power?
Try taking a shower – maybe she’ll stay an extra hour!
And EM64, you’re just another recolor –
Like SMG4, you’re-a nothing other.
So just go away, Mario doesn’t want your sass!
Get outta here before I kick your sunburned ass!
Bowser: Oh boy, Mario, my fat Italian foe.
You tryin’ to act cool? Well, that’s a new low!
You think Peach loves you? Your relationship’s a lie!
Soon as she sees me, her panties fly!
So go ahead, have a tug on my tail.
Try to spin me around as I watch you fail.
EM64: You think yourself a hero
When your IQ is zero.
Couldn’t be more stupid
If shot by some “Idiot Cupid”.
I’d say idiocy is burned into your brain,
But that’s being generous.
Now if you’ll excuse me, I have victory to claim,
Before making this world splendorous.
Mario fell to his knees.
SMG4: Not surprised Mario’s down first,
But here I’ll stop your power thirst!
You can’t beat me and my thousands of subs!
‘Sides, your lines are about as fire as T-Dubs!
Bowser does the same thing over and over,
Hoping that someday he’ll win Peach over.
Can’t you see that you’ll always fail?
Just go back home, tuck in your tail.
EM64, you call yourself great,
The smartest, the strongest, glory is your fate.
But you just want power and nothing more,
And villains like that are kinda a bore.
EM64: Oh, please, look at you:
The perfect audience link.
But what you don’t see is
We’re more alike than you’d think.
You act like you’re great and always right;
Smart, funny, and always winning the fight.
But you just can’t accept responsibility,
And that’s why your fans are far less happy.
Bowser: SMG4, the star, the man of the hour.
Shame that when you’re fighting you just sit there and cower.
If I were you right now, I’d be completely scared.
You should stay away from me, even if you’re prepared.
I’m a 10-foot dragon, are you visually impaired?
Don’t worry, ‘cause no one really cared.
EM64: You think you’re cool?
Let’s give you a pitch:
EM64 pulled out a book labeled “SMG4 Encyclopedia” and began flipping pages.
You’re worthless, pathetic,
And a downright bitch.
Bowser & EM64: All your fans think you’re weird and inconsistent,
And you bring shame to the word “glitch”.
The two threw shades on.
SMG4 stood frozen, shocked to his core. His head fell to the ground. After a moment, he and Mario looked up at each other and nodded.
Mario: Shut up, Bowser! No one likes you! You’re a mess!
SMG4: How could Peach like you if you don’t know how to dress?
Mario: You’re supposed to be a dragon, but you can’t even fly!
SMG4: The guy who made you must’ve been really freakin’ high.
Mario: And EM64, you can’t even compete!
SMG4: Where Bowser is kinda fun, you’re just a deadbeat.
Mario: Just another basic villain who just wants to kill us.
SMG4: You could at least pretend to be worth all the fuss.
Mario: Ya’ll are worthless, ugly, and just annoying overall!
SMG4: So just go back home and swing on your Bowser balls…
KO!
Bowser stumbled back, crashing into EM64 and falling off the stage.
“I CAN’T BELIEVE I SHAVED MY LEGS FOR THIIIIISSS!”
“I TOLD YOU THIS WAS STUPID!”
As the two disappeared, Mario and SMG4 shared a high-five.
FINISH!
“Well, that was sure fun!” Mario said.
“Say, Mario…” SMG4 looked up. “Sorry I… lashed out like that. I’m still mad about the computer, but… I shouldn’t have assumed you were at fault when it came to Kai’s birthday. That explosion probably would’ve happened anyways.” He thought for a moment. “Actually, maybe it was SMG3…”
“Hey, it’s-a fine!” Mario said cheerfully. “And Mario’s sorry for scribbling on your computer!”
“Friends?”
“Friends!”
A beat passed.
“…We still gotta find out who won, right?”
“Aw, hell yeah!”
The two ran over to X.
“So X – who won?” SMG4 inquired.
“Yeah! Was it Mario?” Mario asked cheekily.
“No way, it was me!” SMG4 argued.
X blinked. “Uh… I don’t know how to call that one. I… I guess there is one solution to this…”
He turned to face the readers. Mario, SMG4, and FM followed his gaze. FM squinted in confusion.
“…What the fuck are we looking at?”
Notes:
So, WOTFI is done! This one obviously draws from 2011 in terms of story and 2016 for the rap. There will be a WOTFI for each season of Reimagined from here on out, so look forward to that!
Chapter 21: A Squid Out Of Ink
Summary:
Mario finds himself in Inkopolis and decides to participate in the annual Splatfest tournament.
Notes:
Just FYI, the spinoff series Swag & Chris: The Greatest Guards is now up! It's set in the same continuity as this fic, and will explain the early days of the two's guard tenure, so I recommend maybe checking it out?
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“How’s the painting going?” Toadsworth asked.
Babeh sighed, clearly not enthused to be doing this job. “Good, Gramps.”
Frankie picked up a can of orange paint and shoved the whole thing into his mouth. He promptly choked and collapsed.
Mario grinned, having painted a blue smiley face with the word “ASS” underneath. “That’s-a so nice!”
“Oh dear,” Toadsworth said, looking at Frankie. “It seems that we’re out of orange paint.” He looked over to the Italian. “Mario, could you fetch some more?”
“Okie-dokie!”
Mario dropped his paintbrush and ran off, while Babeh grabbed the now-empty paint can and pulled it out of Frankie’s mouth.
The young Toad groaned. “Why won’t you let me die?!”
Mario walked through the basement, passing Depresso as the clown cried on the floor. He soon found the paint he was looking for in the place where the Chain Chomp had cornered him, MCG, and Luigi. The green Warp Pipe stood nearby.
Mario quickly grabbed the lid and pulled it off.
“Oh, yeah!”
Suddenly, the can moved.
“Da faq?”
Mario leaned over the can, looking into it.
Suddenly, in a burst of paint, the can flew up, drenching Mario and the entire area in orange paint.
“Freedom!”
Mario looked up to see an orange Inkling in squid form, leaping in and out of the paint as it made its way towards the Warp Pipe.
“HEY!” the Italian shouted. “GET BACK HERE!”
Mario chased the Inkling, managing to grab onto it just as it entered the Warp Pipe, dragging him through as well. Mario screamed as he fell, going who-knows-where…
Mario and the Inkling shot out the pipe. Mario looked up, his jaw dropping at the sight before him.
A massive city square sprawled before him. A glowing sign read “Welcome to Inkopolis”. Inklings and a few Octolings walked around the square.
“HOLY SHIT!” Mario cried in awe.
The orange Inkling reverted to her humanoid form. She wore a Zink Layered LS t-shirt, with a label that bore a resemblance to her head and the words “Splat Squad” in Inkling dialect on the front. Covering her feet were a pair of Octoling Boots. She wore three pieces of headgear – a Short Beanie that had the name “One-Shot Wren” scrawled on the brim in Inkling dialect and a bisexual pride pin pegged on, Pilot Goggles, and Studio Headphones. Her eyes were two different colors – her left was cyan, and her right magenta.
“Get away, creep!” she shouted, pulling out a Splattershot. “You were the one who trapped me in there yesterday, weren’t you?”
“...Where am I? What is this place?”
“Uh… Inkopolis?” She lowered her Splattershot. “You… don’t know this place?”
Mario shrugged.
“Huh. Guess you weren’t the one who trapped me…” She put her weapon away. “Sorry for being hostile. Name’s Meggy, rising star of the Turf War arena!”
She held out a hand. Mario happily shook it.
Suddenly, Meggy’s Ink Phone vibrated.
“Oh, shoot!” she exclaimed, pulling away. “I’m late for training! See ya, Red!”
Meggy rushed off as Mario waved farewell. With the Inkling gone, Mario began looking around the city.
As he walked, he looked up to see a broadcast by the Squid Sisters. He quickly spotted their recording booth.
“That’s right, Callie,” Marie said. “Two days ‘til Splatfest!”
“If any of you somehow don’t know what Splatfest is,” Callie said sarcastically, “it’s an annual series of Turf Wars between a number of teams until one rises above the others. It’s one of the biggest traditions here in Inkopolis.”
“Last year’s Splatfest was historic because it featured the first Octoling team to compete, Team Octoposse, who gave a shockingly close match against veteran Wren “One-Shot Wren” Vayla in his final year of competing,” Marie noted. “With news that the Octoposse will once again be competing this year, we’ll have to see if this year’s Splatfest will turn out to be just as historic!”
“Welp, that’s all for now!” Callie said. “Until next time…”
The sisters posed.
“Stay fresh!”
As the feed cut and the green screen behind the Squid Sisters was rolled away, Marie turned around… and screamed, jumping back. Callie quickly whipped around to see what the problem was.
Mario’s face was pressed up against the glass behind them, a stupid grin on his face.
“HELLO!”
“Did you order pizza or something?” Marie asked her cousin as Mario danced behind them.
“No?”
“Then who is this guy?”
“Uh… your relative?”
Marie blinked, unamused. “Callie...”
“What?!”
“You’re sure you don’t know this guy?” She glanced back at Mario.
“No!” Callie shook her head vigorously. “I only know one person that’s not an Inkling!”
“Right, your boyfriend...”
“Bolt is NOT–”
“So how does Mario do that Splatfest thing you talked about?” Mario asked, interrupting Callie’s outburst.
“Well…” Marie looked away, rubbing the back of her neck. “You gotta get a team first – three others willing to help you claim victory.”
Mario grinned. “Wanna join Team Mario?”
A beat passed.
Mario was then sent flying out the window.
“CALLIE!”
“What? He’s fine, see?”
Mario grumbled as he stood back up, his head on sideways. He quickly snapped his head back into its proper place and began to walk away.
“Where can Mario find a team…?” he muttered.
Then, he spotted Meggy nearby. She was walking off towards what looked like a training ground. An idea floating through his mostly empty head, Mario rushed after her.
At the training grounds, Meggy leapt into the air, firing her Splattershot at a target and hitting a bullseye. She landed on the ground, rolling onto her feet before jumping back up.
Nearby, an Inkling boy, with orange tentacles and brown eyes, wearing Studio Headphones, a Zink Layered LS, and Pink Trainers, whipped out his Splat Dualies, quickly hitting two targets.
“Nice one, Sam!” Meggy called out.
Sam gave a thumbs-up. “Thanks, Megs!”
Meggy’s eye twitched. She huffed, pouting. “I told you not to call me that…”
Above, another orange-tentacled Inkling, this one wearing Octoleet Goggles, Octoling Armor, and Purple Hi-Horses, took careful aim with his Splat Charger, quickly sniping five targets from his vantage point.
“Yo, Kenji!” Sam called up once all five were down. “You still got it, man!”
Kenji’s face went a bit red, and he looked away. He’d always been one to take compliments extremely humbly.
“I-It was nothing,” he muttered. “J-Just a shot. R-Really...”
“Sam’s right!” Meggy smiled up at him. “Great job, Kenji!”
His face got a bit more red, but he let out a small, shy smile.
“AH-HAHAHAHAHAHA!”
Nearby, a shockingly huge blue-tentacled Inkling fired with his Heavy Splatling, mowing down target after target. He wore an outfit similar to that of a TF2 RED Heavy Weapons Guy. He spoke with a similar voice to him, too, but more… Inkling.
“Great work, Hevy!” Meggy shot the final member of her team a thumbs up. Hevy shot one back, hoisting his Heavy Splatling onto his shoulder.
“HELLO!”
Startled by the new voice, Meggy pulled out her Splattershot and whipped around, firing in the direction of the new arrival… and hitting Mario smack in the face, sending him flying back.
“Ow…”
Meggy blinked. “Oh. Hi, Red! Uh… sorry ‘bout that!” She chuckled, putting away her Splattershot.
“Who’s this guy?” Sam asked as Meggy helped Mario up. Kenji hopped down to join them.
“He’s the guy I mentioned,” Meggy replied as Mario shook the paint off. “The one who freed me from that paint can.”
“His name is Red?”
“Oh, no. I…” Meggy paused. “I didn’t get your name!” She whipped around to face Mario. “What is your name?”
Mario grinned. “Imma Mario!”
“Well, nice to officially meet you, Mario!” The Inkling smiled. “We were just training for Splatfest.”
“Oh!” Mario perked up. “Can Mario join your team?”
“Uh…” Meggy looked away. “Sorry, Red… Team Splat Squad is kinda… full right now…”
“‘Sides…” Sam narrowed his eyes. “Don’t think a human would cut it in Splatfest.”
Meggy cast a glare back at the other Inkling. “Samuel…”
“Do not call me Samuel,” Sam hissed.
“Don’t call me Megs,” Meggy retorted. “And don’t be rude to Mario. He freed me. Without him, you wouldn’t even be competing in Splatfest.”
Sam’s eye twitched. The two stared each other down for a few moments before Sam finally huffed, pouting in defeat. Meggy smirked triumphantly.
Mario huffed. “Mario’s good enough to join!”
“Sorry, Mario, but… our team’s full right now, and–”
And then the explosion happened.
“WHAT THE CARP?!” Sam shouted. “WHAT JUST HAPPENED?!”
“DON’T KNOW!” Meggy shouted back, coughing through the smoke. “Kenji!”
“O-On it!” Kenji pulled out an Octobrush and, with a single swipe, dissipated the smoke.
Evidently, Hevy’s Splatling had exploded. Hevy himself had been knocked back and seemed to be recovering fine, but now that the smoke was clear, it was clear that his shoulder and arm had been injured. Hevy grunted as he tried to pull himself up with the injured arm, only for pain to echo through his arm.
“You alright, Hevy?” Kenji asked, approaching his teammate.
“Hevy will be fine,” Hevy grunted. He winced, clutching his arm. “...Maybe not too fine.”
“Y-You should go get help!” Kenji said.
“Hevy does not need help!”
“Hevy…”
After a moment, Hevy huffed.
“Fine,” he mumbled. “Hevy will go find doctor.”
As Hevy lumbered off, Sam groaned.
“Well, this is just great,” he muttered. “Hevy’s not gonna be able to compete now. How does a gun just explode?”
“S-Sabotage.”
The three looked over to Kenji as he picked up Hevy’s ruined Splatling.
“Someone sabotaged us,” he noted. “It’s clear. I-I know how Splatlings are designed, and this thing has a few parts out of place. A-At least, that’s what I can t-tell from its remains.”
“NEEEEEERRRRRD!” Mario shouted. Meggy elbowed him in the face, shutting him up.
“So… any idea who?” she asked.
“N-Nope.” Kenji set the ruined Splatling down. “B-But… whoever it was d-doesn’t want us to win.”
“Which means they’re afraid of us.” Sam grinned. “Guess we got some fierce competition, huh?”
Meggy sighed. “I’d look forward to it more if we were actually able to compete with only three members…”
Mario’s face lit up. “HEY! How about Mario joins?”
Sam was clearly trying to hold in a laugh. Meggy cast a glare back at him.
“What?” the Inkling boy asked. “Two things: one, he’s an idiot. That’s easy enough to tell from the few words he’s spoken to us.”
“Hevy isn’t that bright, either, but you’re friends with him,” Meggy pointed out. “Is the second thing because he’s human?”
“Well… Hevy’s still smarter than this guy…” Sam grumbled. “And… maybe it was because he’s human…”
Meggy groaned. “Sam, look, man, at least give him a chance!”
“Oh, yeah!” Mario gave a thumbs up. “Mario’s gonna win!”
After a moment, Sam sighed. “Fine. Give him a shot, Megs. But if he costs us the competition, it’s on you.”
Meggy huffed. “That’s not completely fair. Hevy’s in another league, and you know it.”
“I specifically mean if one of his actions directly results in us losing,” Sam clarified. “I’m not petty. Or anything.”
Meggy rolled her eyes. “Sure.”
Mario cheered. “Mario’s gon’ kill some bitches!”
Notes:
Yep, this is part one in a four-part arc. Why four? Well, you'll have to wait and see.
Meggy's heterochromia is a reference to the two different eye colors she's had across the series – in her first couple appearances, her eye color switched between green and magenta, before settling on magenta as her final eye color.
Hevy's name is spelled differently to make him not just Heavy Weapons Guy while keeping the connection between the two. The spelling is taken from Hevy from The Clone Wars.
As for the title, it's a reference to the "fish out of water" storyline, since that's kinda what this arc is. Only it's squids because Splatoon.
And Meggy is bi because that's my headcanon. Sue me.
Chapter 22: The Octoling Factor
Summary:
Meggy and Mario train for Splatfest - and make a new rival in the process.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Alright!” Meggy looked towards Mario, a stern expression on her face. “So… you wanna join Splatfest, huh?”
“Oh, yeah!” Mario cheered.
“First things first, we need to train!”
“Oh, no …”
Meggy sighed. “Look, Red, I need you to help. Not only are you our only hope at winning Splatfest, but if you do good, I can lord this over Sam for a good while.”
“I HEARD THAT!”
“I know. You’re right behind me, Sam.”
Sam huffed.
“First, we need to factor in your… limitations, as a human,” Meggy noted. “Not trying to be rude or racist–”
“You mean speciesist,” Kenji corrected. “It’s about species in this case.”
“Oh. Thanks, Kenji. Not trying to be rude or speciesist or anything, but humans aren’t as… versatile as Inklings or Octolings.”
“Still don’t get why they let freakin’ Octolings compete in Splatfest… know what they did…” Sam muttered.
“Sam?”
“Yeah, Kenji?”
“Shut the hell up.”
Sam groaned.
“Anyways,” Meggy growled, sending a glare in Sam’s direction. “You’re gonna have a hard time recharging – unlike us, I’m fairly sure humans can’t just turn into ink and refuel, nor can you travel across the ink we lay down. So…”
She turned around. “Kenji, can you try to throw together a workaround?”
“I-I’ll do my best!”
“Alright.” Meggy turned back to Mario. “Now, with that out of the way… Turf Wars. The primary part of Splatfest.”
Meggy pulled out a blackboard and began writing. “Turf Wars are territorial. You try to cover as much ground with your team’s color of ink before the other team can. Our ink color is orange.”
Mario paused. “Wait. What about the other guy? He was blue.”
“Hevy?” Meggy asked. “Oh! See, ink color isn’t always tied to tentacle color. Some have different colored tentacles than they do ink. Hevy’s one of those.”
“Okie-dokie!”
“Now, back on topic. You can delay the other team by taking them out.” Meggy pulled out an armband. “Put this on, and once you take a certain amount of damage from ink attacks, you’ll return to your spawn point after a brief delay. So long as one of these is equipped, you cannot take any permanent damage within the arena. I don’t know whether or not it works for humans, but… we’ll figure it out.”
“Don’t worry!” Mario grabbed the armband and put it on. “Mario can test it!”
Mario looked over to a nearby ledge and began to spring for it.
“MARIO, WAIT!” Meggy shouted. “YOU NEED TO REGISTER A–”
Mario leapt off the ledge.
“–checkpoint.”
Mario crashed into the ground with a loud crack. His limbs were bent completely in the wrong directions.
“...Mario’s okie-dokie!”
Meggy sighed.
“Next, you need a weapon,” Meggy said, a rack filled with weapons behind her. “Make your choice.”
“Ooooo.” Mario picked up a Mini Splatling. “Mario likes this gun!”
“Alright, now let’s train!” Meggy cheered.
Mario grinned. “Oh, yeah!”
“You do that,” Sam muttered. “If you’ll excuse me, I have to go meet for a family thing.”
Meggy cast a deadpan look in his direction. “No you don’t, Sam.”
“...Alright, fine, I just wanna go out for a bit.”
“I-I’m gonna go home, t-too,” Kenji stuttered. “G-Get to work on finding a way for M-Mario to work with the ink.”
“Alright.” Meggy shot the two a thumbs up. “Just meet back here tomorrow!”
As the two Inklings left, Meggy turned to Mario. “Alright, Red. Let’s get to work!”
Mario ducked behind a barrier, huffing. Meggy watched from the ledge above, Splattershot in hand, grinning.
Their training had been rough going at first. But over time, Mario had grown more used to his weapon, and had thus far been putting up a good fight against Meggy.
He pulled out three Splat Bombs and flung them over the wall towards the Inkling girl before ducking back down. Meggy grinned, transforming into squid form and leaping up. Using the Splat Bombs to propel herself through the air, she landed behind Mario as the plumber peeked around the wall to see if he had gotten her.
Mario then felt the barrel of a Splattershot press against his head.
“Ooooo.”
One point-blank shot sent Mario flying.
Meggy rushed over, putting away her Splattershot and helping him up.
“Nice job, Red!” She smiled. “You’ve gotten pretty dang good!”
“Thank you!” Mario said, standing up. “Just make sure not to aim for Mario’s spaghetti noodle next time.”
Meggy rolled her eyes.
“Aww… am I interrupting your little date?~”
Meggy and Mario glanced over to see a quartet of Octoling girls staring them down. Three of them wore identical gear – Octoling Armor and Octoling Boots. Their tentacles were dark slate gray. Their eyes were the notable difference – one violet, one green, one gray.
Their leader, however, was different. She had fuschia tentacles and bright gold eyes. Underneath her right eye was a heart-shaped tattoo. She wore a blue hoodie with a unique design – a small octopus with Octoleet Goggles – and Neo Octoling Boots. Fingerless gloves covered her hands. In one, she held a Blaster, and she wore a smug grin on her face.
“An Octoling…?” Meggy muttered.
“What?” The Octoling girl scoffed. “You haven’t heard of…”
She posed, spinning her Blaster in her hand. “DESTI AND THE OCTOPOSSE, unstoppable sensations and inspirations to Octarians everywhere!”
“I dunno,” Meggy muttered with a shrug. “I think One-Shot Wren stopped you pretty good last year…”
Desti’s eye twitched. “He’s One-Shot Wren. I knew how good he was even before I came to Inkopolis.”
“Octoroks?” Mario muttered. “You’re-a from that Zoldo game, right? Met Link once. Bit of an asshole.”
Meggy chuckled.
Desti’s eyes narrowed. She growled, aiming her Blaster and taking a shot at Mario. Purple, sparking ink slammed into him and sent him flying back.
Meggy sneered. “HEY! You looking for a fight?”
Desti took a step forward, only for the gray-eyed Octoling to grab her arm.
“Calm down, Desti,” she said. “Breathe. She’s not worth it.”
Desti took a deep breath, then put her Blaster up, smiling. She turned away from Meggy. “Says the girl who lost in the first round of Splatfest.”
“The Silly Squids cheated and you know that!”
“Ugh, that name,” Desti groaned. “But the officials found out just a bit too late to stop that team from going against us, didn’t they, Beanie Girl?” Desti cast a look back. “At least you had a chance of people feeling bad for you. Had I been in the same position, they wouldn’t have considered letting me back in, even if it was discovered just after the match.”
“My name is Meggy.”
“Well, Meggy, hope you get good relatively soon.” Desti glanced over to Mario as he rose. “With that human on your side, you’re bound to lose.”
“The name’s Mario, bitch!”
“He’s got spunk, I’ll give ‘im that.” Desti began walking away, the other members of the Octoposse following close behind. “C’mon, girls. Dina’s right – this Inkling’s not worth our time. Let’s go train so we can own this competition.”
As the Octolings walked off, Mario wiped some ink off of him. “Oooo… any more paint and Mario’s gonna become Bob Ross.”
Meggy growled. “Just who does she think she is, acting all entitled like that?! Oh, when we get to that field, we are gonna destroy them!”
Meggy whipped around to face Mario. “One more day before Splatfest, Red. You gonna head home for the night, or…?”
“Nah, Mario’s too tired.”
“Well, you can come crash at my apartment. I do have a guest bed.”
Mario grinned eager to get some sleep. “Oh, yeah!”
“All right!” Meggy said, pacing in front of her lined-up team the following day. “We have ourselves a new rival: Desti and her Octoposse. With one day ‘til Splatfest, they think they can come up and say that they’re gonna beat us at our own game. Well, we won’t let ‘em! Right, guys?”
Sam and Mario cheered. Kenji smiled nervously, shooting a thumbs up.
“Alright!” Meggy looked to Kenji. “Kenji, how goes the… uh, stuff?”
“Mario’s accommodations are… not working out,” Kenji muttered dejectedly. “Won’t be ready anytime soon, that’s for sure.”
“Well, work harder.” She blinked. “But, uh… don’t… don’t overwork yourself. Or anything. ‘Kay?” She smiled nervously.
“Al-Alright.”
Meggy glanced towards Sam, who had a sly grin on his face. It was quickly wiped away when Meggy sent a glare in his direction. “Sam, you’re gonna have to set aside those prejudices you have and work with Red. Okay?”
“Sure.” Sam cocked an eyebrow. “But why are you still calling him “Red”? You know his name.”
“Shorter than Mario. And Red–”
“What about Kenji, huh? No name-shortening for him. What’s that about?”
Meggy’s shit a glare at Sam, her face going a bit red. After a few moments, she took a deep breath and turned back to Mario. “...you’re gonna do the best you can. Okay?”
“Okay!”
“Alright.” Meggy pulled out her Splattershot. “Ready, guys?”
“Y-Yeah.”
“Heck yeah!”
“M-hm!”
“Alright!” Meggy grinned. “Let’s get ready to kick some Octoling ass!”
After a long day of hard work and training, Mario and Meggy sat on the rooftop of the latter’s apartment complex, their legs dangling off the ledge as they looked out towards the beautiful sunset. The vermilion light poured across the shining towers of the city.
“Say, Red…” Meggy turned to her newfound friend. “Do… do you think we can really do this?”
Mario shrugged. “I don’t know.”
“I… I just… worry.” Meggy looked down. “What if I’m not… y’know, good enough? Winning Splatfest has been my dream since I was a little girl. Since I met Wren. But now… what if that Desti girl’s right? What if I can’t cut it?”
“Hey, don’t listen to assholes like that,” Mario replied. “Like you said – we’ll try our-a best.”
Meggy smiled. “Thanks, Red.”
“No problem!”
She hopped back, her feet hitting the solid roof with a light thud. “Now, let’s get some sleep. Big day tomorrow.”
“Okie-dokie!”
Mario followed Meggy in, shutting the door to the roof behind him.
Notes:
And so Desti joins the fic! Her story is one I highly anticipate telling, since she's a big inspiration for this fic. It's why the first three seasons are pretty well planned out - her story is the one I'm putting most focus on out of these reinvented characters at this point in time. The Octoposse, too, will recieve their own development and characters outside of being Desti's henchgirls.
Chapter 23: Splatfest!
Summary:
Splatfest has arrived, and the Splat Squad begin their first match.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“WELCOME BACK, VIEWERS!” Callie shouted excitedly into the microphone. Marie winced at the volume of her voice. “WHO’S READY FOR THE NEXT TURF WAR?!”
Cheering resounded from around the stadium.
“As you already know, in the previous match, the Octoposse defeated Team Kelp Buds,” Marie noted. “This match, we have a returning face: Team Splat Squad!”
Meggy took a deep breath as the platform rose. Kenji put his Octoleet Goggles on, relaxing as he did so, while Sam stretched. Mario just grinned stupidly, holding his Mini Splatling in his hands.
“After facing an unfair loss last year that was discovered too late for anything to be done, the Splat Squad have returned to make up for that loss.”
“But of course, we still have to introduce the other team!” Callie pointed to the other side of the arena. “Breakout stars of last year’s Splatfest who had their career tragically cut short in the quarterfinals by the ever-more-popular Octoposse, it’s the Ink Brigade!”
A group of four blue-tentacled Inklings emerged opposite the Splat Squad.
“Alright, team,” the leader, an Inkling boy, began, equipping his Octoleet Goggles. “Remember, do your best. Don’t pull any foul play. They’re on the lookout this year.”
“Ugh, fine,” one of the girls muttered.
“Treat Ethan with respect, Avery,” a second girl muttered. “He’s our leader, after all.”
“Blow it outta your ass, Kayla.”
“Girls, calm down!” the third girl hissed, getting between the two. “We need to focus on fighting the Splat Squad, not each other!”
“Mildred’s right.” Ethan cast a glare back at the other two. “We have a Splatfest to win.”
Avery sighed. “Fine…”
In the stands, Desti sat down, the Octoposse close behind.
“What are we doing here, Desti?” the green-eyed Octoling asked. “Shouldn’t we be getting ready for our next match?”
“That Meggy girl talked up a big game, Paz,” Desti replied. “I wanna see if she can live up to it. Gotta scope out the competition, you know?”
Nearby, another Inkling team, this one entirely with cyan tentacles, gazed down at the field.
“Pfft. They lost first round last time,” the leader muttered, her yellow eyes looking over the field. “They won’t make it far. Right, Caleb?”
An Inkling boy with sunglasses shot her a thumbs up, grinning.
“What about that Octoling team, Nike?” One of her team members, wearing a yellow jacket with turquoise and pink markings on it, and a gas mask over his face, gestured over towards the Octoposse. “They could be dangerous.”
Nike laughed aloud. “The Octoposse? They’re Octolings. They can’t compare to us Inklings.”
“Hey! Leave the Octolings alone!”
The four turned around to see Onyxking behind them.
“A human?” Nike scoffed. “Really? How’d you get in here?”
“I let him in, that’s how.”
An Inkling girl stood over them. Her tentacles and irises were blood-red, and she wore a Blowfish Bell Hat, a Black Inky Rider, and Blue Sea Slugs. Her eyes pierced through Nike, the Inkling feeling a shiver run through her spine.
“You got a problem?” She cracked her knuckles. “‘Cause if you do, I’m sure the officials will happily evict you. Or I’ll take you myself. Take your pick, bitch.”
Nike huffed, turning back around, with the other three Inklings following suit.
Onyxking sighed. “Thanks, Zelus. They’d have mopped the floor with me.”
Zelus sighed, taking the seat next to Onyxking and crossing her arms. “Just ignore them. Inkopolis is slow going when it comes to being… open to other species. You know that, of course.”
Onyxking looked back down at the field and froze. He squinted, taking a better look at the Splat Squad.
“Is… is that Mario down there?”
Down on the field, Meggy closed her eyes. She took a deep breath, steeled her nerves, and turned to face her team.
“Alright, guys. Ready?”
Sam grinned. “Heck yeah.”
Kenji smiled. “Yes.”
Mario smiled widely, hefting his Mini Splatling. “Mario’s gonna kill some bitches!”
“Alright, Splat Squad…” Meggy twirled her Splattershot in her hand, grinning as she looked across the field. “Let’s kick some ass!”
“READY!” Callie shouted.
“SET!” Marie called out.
“GO!” the sisters shouted in unison. A blowhorn sounded off, signaling the start of the match.
Both teams rushed ahead, firing their weapons anywhere they could.
“Sam, flank left! Kenji, right!” Meggy ordered.
The two Inkling boys veered off, following Meggy’s instructions.
“Red, you–”
Mario rushed ahead, shouting out “LEROOOOOOOYYYY JEEEEENKIIIINNNSSS!”
“Red!”
Mario began spinning around, firing his Mini Splatling wildly. However, a well-thrown Splat Bomb courtesy of Avery sent him back to the respawn point.
“Mamafucker!”
Meggy sighed. “Mario, you gotta work with the team!”
Meggy ran around the corner, only to find herself in the crosshairs of Kayla’s Splatterscope. Meggy turned to her squid form, diving into some of the orange ink on the ground to dodge one of Kayla’s shots. Using the ink as cover, she swam over to the Inkling, dodging shot after shot.
Mario turned to see Mildred, aiming a Mini Splatling at him. He ran around wildly attempting to dodge every shot, but being unsuccessful. He quickly ducked around a corner.
Meggy returned to her primary form, only to find the barrel of a Splattershot aimed at her.
“It’s over, girl,” Kayla growled, and she pulled the trigger.
Meggy grinned, leaping up and back onto the wall behind her. She then bounced off the wall, flying over Ethan’s head. As she neared the ground, she pulled out her Splattershot. The instant she landed, she fired the Splattershot, sending Ethan back to the spawnpoint.
Mario, observing, grinned. He put on a pair of shades and leapt around the corner.
“It’s-a Mario time!”
Mario tried to run up the wall, only to fall and hit the ground with a loud cry of “OW!”.
Mildred’s following Splat Bomb sent Mario flying through the air, screaming, over Callie and Marie. Callie pulled out a sign that read “10/10”.
A couple minutes passed. Meggy, Sam, and Kenji all fought hard and with skill, while Mario did his best to keep up with the more experienced trio.
“Would you look at that!” Marie said, pointing to the clock, which now had one minute left on it. “Only one minute left! And our competitors seem pretty evenly matched!”
“Enough messing around, Red!” Meggy shouted. “There’s not enough time!”
Mario huffed. “Alright, that’s it! Time to do things the Mario way!”
“GOTCHA, BITCH!”
Mario turned to see Ethan, a Splat Bomb in hand. He threw it in Mario’s direction.
Mario, in turn, pulled out a golf club and carefully aimed it.
“FOOUUUR!”
Mario swung, hitting the Splat Bomb and returning it to its sender.
“OH, WHAT THE FU–”
The explosion sent Ethan flying back. Mario then pulled out a Splattershot and fired it at himself.
“Imma gonna fly for you.”
He leapt into the air and began spinning, sending the ink covering his body in every direction.
“Dang,” Kenji muttered, looking on. “He’s not that bad.”
In the stands, Desti cocked an eyebrow. “Very creative, that human…”
Back on the field, Avery scowled. “Alright, that’s enough!”
She converted into a monstrous squid form and rushed towards Mario as he landed on the ground. Mario saw Avery coming and leapt up, stomping on her and sending her back to the respawn point.
Ten seconds were left on the clock.
Meggy coated a platform with her Splattershot.
Sam coated the ground with his Splat Roller.
Kenji blasted Kayla from afar with his Splatterscope.
Mario emptied a container labeled “Mario Paint”, the orange paint covering the area.
A loud buzzer went off. Time was up.
“TIME’S UP!” Marie announced. “Callie, the results?”
Callie looked over the points and the field. “And the winner is…”
Meggy turned and looked up towards the announcer’s stand. The other members of the Splat Squad followed suit, all nervous.
“...THE INK BRIGADE!”
The Ink Brigade cheered wildly.
Desti sighed and leaned back.
Nike scoffed. “Of course they lost. They have a human on their team.”
“Watch it,” Zelus growled from behind them.
Meggy fell to her knees. “We… lost…? After everything we did, we still…”
Mario looked over at Meggy as tears began to fall. A feeling creeped through his heart. He felt… sorry for her.
Mario made his way over to Meggy and sat down next to her, patting her on the back.
“It’s okay…”
The other members of the Splat Squad joined them. After a moment, Mario spoke again.
“You know, there’s-a something my brother Luigi told me once: even when the spaghetti’s all gone, there’re still the meatballs left over.”
Meggy looked up. “...What?”
“He explained it to me, but I forgot.” Mario shrugged. “Ooo, Mario’s hungry now.”
Meggy chuckled. “Y-You’re so stupid, Red…” Her words were laced with care, and it was obvious enough to everyone that her words were in jest.
“Thank you!”
Meggy wiped the tears from her eyes. “Well, this just means we’ll have to try even harder next year!”
“Oh, yeah!”
“That’s the spirit, Megs!” Sam said, clapping her on the back. “Now, let’s get going. You know how Mom and Dad get.”
Meggy smiled. “Yeah…”
Mario looked between them. “Wait… you two are related?!”
Later, Meggy, Sam, and Kenji waved goodbye. Mario waved back, and they went their separate ways.
Mario walked closer to the Warp Pipe, only to find it blocked off. An Inkling and Octoling stood nearby, whom any Inkopolis native would recognize as Pearl and Marina respectively, a pair of stars known as Off The Hook.
“HEY!” Mario shouted, running over to them. “What’s-a going on here?!”
“Sorry, pal,” Pearl said, walking over to Mario. “The Warp Pipe has a Salmonid infestation, so we had to–”
“AH!” Mario screamed, jumping back. “TALKING BABY!”
Mario used a combo of two punches and a kick to send Pearl flying into the Warp Pipe, where a Salmonid quickly grabbed her.
“PEARL!” Marina shouted, running over to the pipe, distress in her voice.
Mario watched, his eyes wide. He turned around and walked away, whistling.
After he was far enough away, he sighed. “How’s Mario gonna get home now?”
He then noticed a sign, pointing to a subway.
“Oooo.”
Mario ran in the direction of the subway, not knowing that he was being watched by a particular Octoling.
“That guy…” Desti muttered. After a moment, she grinned, pulling out her phone. “Dina, Paz, Andrea. I need your help.”
Suddenly, the yellow and blue hobos Wario had seen popped up out of nowhere.
“Hello!” the yellow one shouted. “Have you heard of our lord and savior Four?”
Desti delivered a swift kick to the two, sending them flying into the distance.
“...Well, that was weird.”
Notes:
So... that's Splatfest for you. Next chapter will be a partial adaptation of "If Mario was in... Splatoon 2", following up on the earlier scene where Meggy met Desti.
Zelus is a character from Onyxking67's own SM64 blooper series. Her backstory has been changed to better fit this story, and she's kinda a minor character right now, but I may or may not adapt her story into this in the future.
Nike is the name I've given to the Team Killer Ink leader in this story, named after the Greek goddess of victory.
Yeah, Sam and Meggy are siblings. I decided that after noticing how similar their outfits were and just thought it would be fun to see where I could take it. Maybe use it as a foil for Mario and Meggy's friendship.
Chapter 24: Subway Standoff
Summary:
On his way home from Inkopolis, Mario finds himself making an unexpected stop...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Mario stretched as he sat down on the subway.
“Finally,” he muttered. “Mario can go home…”
As the subway began moving, Mario noticed that he wasn’t alone. Sitting nearby was an old man, known to the citizens of Inkopolis as Captain Cuttlefish. He was far past his prime at this point; ever since the defeat of Octavio, his age had taken a toll, and he’d become known as a senile old man.
Captain Cuttlefish looked at Mario. “Have you heard that Korean song about that guy and he’s like a horse, gangnam-style?”
“...Wut?”
Suddenly, the subway came to a stop, sending Mario and Captain Cuttlefish flying out of their seats. Cuttlefish landed atop Mario. In response, the Italian screamed, throwing Cuttlefish across the car.
“My ass!” the old man muttered.
Mario watched as the door opened.
“Hey…” He looked around. “This isn’t Mario’s stop…”
Suddenly, Desti peeked in, waving. “Heya!~”
Mario jumped back, putting his hands out in a fighting stance.
“STAY BACK!” he warned. “OR YOU’LL SUFFER MY MARIO-FU!”
Desti rolled her eyes. “Oh, relax. I’m just here to talk, Mari…a?” The Octoling paused, her face scrunching up in concentration. “Wait, Maree-o? Mary? …Mayro?”
“My name’s Mario, bitch!” Mario growled. “What do you want? You gonna shoot me again?”
Desti chuckled. “Oh, uh… yeah, sorry ‘bout that. I’m just here to ask for a favor.”
She stepped forward. “I saw your skills at Splatfest. Not quite the traditional stuff, but that’s overrated, in my opinion. You did all that on the fly. The Octoposse could use someone with that kind of creativity and improv skills. Whaddya say? Wanna join the Octoposse as a backup player, should we need it?”
“...Nah.”
Desti’s face fell. “Wha?”
“Mario’s already got a team,” the Italian pointed out. “And your team name sounds stupid.”
Desti cocked an eyebrow. “Maybe you could reconsider…?”
Mario’s eyes widened. He heard a threat in that. He quickly looked around before pointing out the window.
“BUZZ LOOK AN ALIEN!”
Desti looked behind her, giving Mario the chance to run for it. By the time Desti realized what had happened, the Italian was long gone.
The Octoling sighed. “Dammit…” She pulled out her Ink Phone and called up one of her teammates. “Dina, get ready.”
“You sure ‘bout this, Desti? ” Dina asked. “Trying to convince someone to join like this isn’t very effective…”
“I’m trying to… to be someone different. To not be scolded or treated like garbage or hated for once in our lives. This is our chance to make a name for ourselves, outside of Fa… him. This guy has the skill necessary to win, if he’s given the right direction. We can inspire people, Dina.”
After a moment, Dina sighed.
“...Fine. We’ll catch him.”
“Thanks, Dina.”
With that, Desti hung up. She pulled out her Blaster and headed after Mario.
As Mario ran down the hallway, the violet-eyed Octoling jumped out from a doorway, a Heavy Splatling in hand.
“GET OVER HERE!” she shouted, opening fire. Mario screamed, making a break for another doorway. Spotting a pile of trash nearby, Mario had an idea.
Mario sat in a pile of trash, now having the appearance of a banana peel with Mario’s head atop it.
“I’m a banana!”
The Octoling ran past him, screaming in rage.
Now back to normal, Mario ran around a corner, only to be stopped by Dina. She quickly threw up a Splash Wall in the doorway. Mario stopped, gazing at the device letting out a fall of ink.
“Look, pal,” Dina said from the other side. “I don’t wanna hurt you, and neither does Desti.”
“What about that other one? With the big-ass gun?”
“Andrea? …Okay, she might be fine with it. But we just want your skills. Desti’s right – you’re extremely creative. You’re kinda stupid, sure–”
“Hey!”
“–but you can use that, something many others can’t. So, please, just wait he–”
Mario just walked through the Splash Wall. He was coated in purple ink, but was otherwise fine.
Dina blinked. “...Really?”
“THERE YOU ARE!”
Mario turned around to see Andrea running at him, a wide grin on her face. Mario jumped, quickly turning and running for it.
“Andrea!” Dina hissed. “We’re not trying to hurt him!”
Andrea stopped. “Oh. Right. Forgot about that.”
Dina sighed.
Mario jumped onto a staircase’s railway, attempting to slide down – only to lose his balance and fall off, landing on the stairway and tumbling down. As Mario recovered, he found himself at the feet of the final Octoling – Paz. Paz pulled out a Slosher, grinning. Mario looked at it for a moment… then smiled.
“Ooh, a washing machine!” He leapt up. “Mario needed to wash the paint off his clothes!”
Mario whipped his clothes off and tossed them in, starting up the Slosher. Paz just gaped in shock, looking between Mario and the Slosher. After a minute, the Slosher dinged.
“All done!” Mario said cheerfully, throwing his now-clean clothes back on. “Thank-a you!”
Mario rushed off, leaving Paz just staring at where he’d been for a few seconds. She then threw up.
Mario ran into another room, only to find no other exits. Footsteps warned him that he’d been trapped. The Italian turned to see that Desti had found him.”
“C’mon, Malleo,” she said calmly. “Just hear me out–”
“No!” Mario backed up. “Mario’s already on a team!”
Desti sighed. “Look, Mayo, when has that girl ever done anything skilled bef–”
The Octoling was cut off as a blast of orange ink hit her in the face, sending her flying into the wall. Mario looked over at the doorway to see none other than Meggy.
Meggy grinned. “You were saying?”
“OH, DAYUMN!” Mario said excitedly.
Meggy walked over to Mario. “You okay, Red?”
“M-hm!” The two shared a fistbump. “Any longer and Mario woulda really been Bob Ross. How’d you…?”
“Oh, I overheard Marina crying about some crazy red human who went into the subway.” Meggy shrugged. “Only one red idiot I know,” she added with a playful grin.
“Hey!” Even as he complained, Mario smiled.
“Ugh, are you two done yet?”
Mario and Meggy turned to see Desti rising.
“What do you even see in her, Maryo?” Desti asked. “She can’t win a fight for her life.”
Meggy’s eyes narrowed. “Wanna say that again?”
She stepped forward. “Mario’s staying on the Splat Squad!”
Desti smirked. “What’s wrong? Is someone a little jealous?~”
Meggy scowled. “You really don’t wanna mess with a Spletzer, Desti.”
Mario raised a finger. “C-Can Mario say something…?”
“NO!” the girls shouted in unison.
Mario’s hand fell.
Desti sighed, pulling out her Blaster. “Fine. Let’s settle this the traditional way.”
Meggy shifted her Splattershot a bit, sizing Desti up.
After a moment, Desti pulled the trigger, letting out a stream of purple ink. Meggy quickly dived out of the way, only for the ink to hit Mario.
“Sorry, Red!” Meggy called out as she ran, firing back. Desti, too, dived out of the way of the ink. She landed on her back and slid across the ground, firing off three shots.
Meggy moved to one side, then the other, dodging the first two shots. She leaned back to dodge the third, but it managed to brush her cheek. The Inkling wiped her hand on her cheek, looking at the purple ink on her fingers. She growled, gazing at Desti. She quickly converted to squid form and began making her way towards Desti.
Desti, knowing Meggy was coming, spotted Mario out of the corner of her eye. She pulled out a grappling hook and fired it, using it to drag Mario over to her. She then picked Mario up with one arm, holding him in front of her.
Meggy leapt out of the ink, Splattershot ready, only for her to see that Mario was in Desti’s grasp. Meggy landed on the ground without firing, sizing Desti up, looking for an opening.
Desti, however, didn’t hesitate, and with one well-placed shot, knocked Meggy’s Splattershot out of her hand.
Desti grinned. “Game over, Meggy.”
Meggy put her hands up, backing away. Then, she got an idea.
“Hey, Red!” she called out, grinning. “Desti’s gonna make you exerciiise…”
Mario’s eyes widened. “NooOOOO!”
Mario began thrashing wildly, managing to make Desti fall over and free himself from her grip. Meggy took her opportunity to dive for her Splattershot as Desti rose. The two aimed their weapons at each other – a stalemate, each waiting for the other to make the first move.
After a minute of silence and stillness, Desti blinked, looking around. “...Wait,” she muttered. “Where’s Mayo?”
Meggy turned to see Mario heading towards the exit.
“Red! Wait!” she cried, running after Mario.
“HEY!” Desti shouted. “GET BACK HERE, SPLETZER! WE’RE NOT DONE HERE!”
“So, Red...” Meggy said upon reaching her friend. “Whose team are you gonna be on?”
“...Imma be on Team Mario!”
After a moment, Meggy chuckled. “You’re such an idiot, y’know that?”
“Thank you!”
Meggy put her Splattershot away. “You know what, Red? This whole thing is kinda stupid. You wanna go get lunch?”
Mario grinned. “Oh, yeah!”
The two walked off, talking.
“What do you wanna get?”
“Uh… I can only afford instant noodles.” Meggy chuckled awkwardly.
“Hey, that’s-a fine!”
Desti watched the two walk off as Dina, Paz, and Andrea arrived.
“Want us to stop ’em, Desti?” Andrea asked.
Desti took a deep breath, calming herself down. She turned towards her team. “Nah. I… shouldn’t have done that. I’m not gonna win Mayo over to our side. He’s too close to Meggy.”
She looked back at the two as they went above ground. “But if Spletzer thinks that this is over?” Desti grinned. “She’s got another thing coming.”
After a good meal with Meggy, Mario waved goodbye as he approached the (now Salmonid-clear) Warp Pipe. Meggy waved back.
Mario turned around and hopped into the Warp Pipe, leaving Inkopolis behind.
Mario emerged in the basement of the castle, chuckling.
“Well, that was sure fun.”
Toadsworth then burst in, knocking Mario to the ground.
“GODDAMMIT, YOU GOT PAINT IN THE GODDAMN CASTLE!”
Notes:
And with that, the Splatoon arc comes to an end! This chapter is basically a straight adaptation of the second half of "If Mario was in... Splatoon 2", but with some extra motivation for Desti to want Mario to join her team. I really look forward to exploring her more in season 2.
Chapter 25: GnR: Swag Party Hostages
Summary:
Chris and Mark are taken hostage, leaving their fate in the hands of Swag and Greg...
Yeah, they're doomed.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Ugh…” Chris groaned as he trudged through the labyrinth-like hallways of Fresh Tubby Spaghetti’s factory. “Why did I have to be called up to authorities? I haven’t done anything wrong, aside from the bomb incident a few weeks ago!”
He opened up the door to Mark’s office and stepped in. “Yes, sir?”
Chris froze at the sight before him.
“Took ya long enough,” Mark muttered as he was held at gunpoint by… Butt Ninja?
“You…” Chris muttered.
“Excellent work, Jeremy,” another voice said. A man dressed in green walked in. Jeremy sighed unhappily.
“Welcome… Christopher, yes?” the man continued. “We’ve been expecting you.”
Chris’ eye narrowed. “What do you want from me?”
“All in good time,” the man replied, pulling out a shotgun as Jeremy took the guard’s weapons away. “Jeremy, if you will, go locate our package.”
Jeremy huffed, walking out of the room. After a moment, the man turned on Mark’s TV.
“...While I’m waiting, why not watch something?”
Chris sighed as he sat next to Mark. “God… what are we supposed to do…?”
“We just leave while he’s watching TV.” Mark stood up… only for the man’s head to rotate 180 degrees to face him. He raised his shotgun, giving him the evil eye.
“...Yeah, nevermind.”
“...What is this bullshit?!” Swag exclaimed, standing before a vending machine. “This drink machine doesn’t have beer! Where’s the good stuff?! What are these weird drinks…?”
He knelt down, reading off the names. “Cok… Diet Cok… Cok Zero… Sprit… Solo…”
He sighed. “I didn’t know our economy was this low!” After a moment, he sighed. “Screw it. Cok Zero sounds like something I can get high on…”
He put in some coins and clicked the button for a Coke Zero. A thump rang out of the machine as it began to deploy the drink… only for it to get stuck.
Swag just stared in silence.
“THAT’S IT I’VE HAD ENOUGH OF YOUR SHIT!”
He fired a rocket launcher at the drink machine, destroying it. The Coke Zero landed on the ground next to him. He looked down and grinned.
“Aw hell yeah. Time to get high.”
“I heard a ruckus over here,” Greg said, entering the room. “Is everything–”
“Shut up Greg.” Swag twisted Greg’s nipples. “NIPPLE TWIST.”
Greg cried out in pain as he fell to the ground. Then, the intercom went off.
“Hello? Can you all hear me?”
“That doesn’t sound like Mark…” Swag muttered. He shrugged. “Eh who cares?”
“This facility is now under lockdown,” the man said over the intercom. “Everything is normal, it’s just a drill, so remain at your stations.”
As Chris sat beside Mark, an idea came to him. He jumped up and tackled the man out of the way.
“Actually the truth is we're having a swag party up here, and none of you are invited because you’re not swag enough!”
The man punched Chris in the face. “Never interrupt Drayden Lockhart!” he growled, turning off the intercom. "What even was that supposed to do?”
Swag stood completely still at the sound of Chris’ announcement. His drink fell out of his hand.
“...THEY’RE HAVING A SWAG PARTY AND CHRIS WAS INVITED BUT NOT ME?!” He sank to his knees. “Wh… What has the world come to…?”
“That was very rude of them not to invite us,” Greg muttered as he rose. “Maybe if we ask nicely they’ll let us in.”
After a moment, Swag frowned. “...Screw it. Greg, let’s go blow our way in!”
“No need to be so violent–”
“Shut up before I twist your nipples again.”
“Such a shame that Octoposse team lost,” Drayden muttered as he watched the TV. “They seemed like a good upcoming team...”
“Yep…” Chris muttered, not really paying attention.
Suddenly, the My Little Pony theme song started playing from somewhere. Everyone looked around for a bit before Drayden sighed.
“Oh, for God’s sake…” He pulled out his phone and answered. “Hello? I’m a bit busy at the moment…”
“Yes hello,” a high-pitched voice responded. “I am Lady McFag. I’m sort of lost and am wanting to go to your swag party.”
Drayden sighed. “Look, ma’am, there is no swag party. Now why don’t you go home and take your medicine.”
“U FKN WOT M8?! How dare you insult your God damn elders! I’ll take my granny ass and slap you across the face with it! Granny ain’t making any more cookies for you, Chubby Chins!”
“Look, Miss McFag, I don’t even–”
“Dafaq did you just call me?! I AM GONNA COME OVER AND SHICE TWO CHOPSTICKS UP THAT ASS AND–”
Drayden hung up. “Well… that was something.”
Swag blinked, staring at the phone he had swiped off one of Drayden’s guards.
“Oh hell no. Nobody hangs up on Lady McFag.”
“Come now Swag,” Greg said, placing a hand on Swag’s shoulder. “There was no need to lie–”
“Shut up Greg ur a twink.”
“Well, might as well contact Jeremy, see how the search is going.” He pulled out his phone and called up the ninja. He soon answered.
“Yo, Butt Ninja. How’s it going?”
The ninja blinked, unamused, as gunshots rang off in the background.
“Right. You don’t like talking.” Drayden sighed. “Well, I’ll just call someone else, then. Our other men are crawling all over this – wait. Do I hear gunshots?”
The ninja nodded.
“Dammit. Who could be…?” Drayden moved over to the security monitors, spotting Swag running around and screaming “PEWPEWPEW” over and over as he shot down anyone who pointed a gun in his direction. Greg followed close behind, muttering “Sorry” to anyone who Swag had shot.
“...Who the Kentucky Fried FUCK is that?”
“Your worst nightmare,” Chris replied. “And mine, on occasion.”
Drayden sighed. “Butt Ninja, deal with him. Can’t risk our important hostages.”
The ninja nodded and hung up.
“Hey, I know I’m important, but what about that meathead over there?” Mark gestured to Chris.
Drayden chuckled. “Why, aside from Tubby Wonka, he’s the only one who knows the secret recipe used to make this factory’s spaghetti!”
“...That’s what you're after?” Chris asked.
“Trust me, I’m getting paid well for this.”
“Also, what? I don’t know the recipe.”
“Oh yeah. I accidentally sent it to you.” Mark chuckled. “Silly me.”
“...Dammit, Mark… but I never saw that…”
“Really?” Mark looked to Chris questioningly. “The guy said he left it at your station last week.”
“Last week…?” Chris thought back…
Last week
“I’m gonna use the restroom. Swag don’t blow anything up.”
“Alright, fine… killjoy.”
Once Chris was gone, Swag turned to see a letter lying by his post. After a moment, he grinned.
“It’s Chris’ porn stash!” He picked it up. “I’m gonna enjoy the hell outta this.”
Now
Chris groaned. “I don’t have the recipe. The other guy does.”
“Other guy?” Drayden turned around. “What other guy?”
“Uh… nobody. Nobody at all!”
“You mean your partner Swag, right?”
Chris sighed. “God dammit, Mark.”
“Lolololol get rekt scrubs.”
“Sorry.”
“Greg stop being nice they’re trying to gatekeep us.”
“Sorry, Swag.”
Swag sighed. “Dammit…”
As Swag rounded the corner, he froze. There, standing just before the doorway, was the Butt Ninja.
“So… Butt Ninja. We meet again.”
The ninja blinked, unamused at how Swag’s nickname for him had caught on.
“Prepare your anus Butt Ninja, for this time I will stop your ass-grabbing madness.” Swag reached for his holstered pistol. “It’s high noon bitch.”
The ninja sighed, pulling out an AK-47.
“...Shit.”
As the ninja began to fire, Swag ducked behind a corner, where Greg was waiting.
“I told you not to shoot at everything. It’s very rude.”
“Shut up Greg.”
As the ninja slowly approached the corner, his phone rang. With a sigh, he picked up.
“Yo, that Swag guy you’re fighting? I need him brought here alive. He has the recipe.”
“...”
“That’s my man. Over and out.”
The Butt Ninja sighed before looking over at Swag and Greg.
“So my plan is to use a motherfucking rocket launcher and shoot it at him…”
The Butt Ninja sighed. Deciding that the idiot he was working with wasn't worth possible death, he just walked away, giving Swag a clear shot to Mark’s office.
“Hasta la vista bitch!” Swag shouted, popping around the corner and firing… only for the rocket to hit Raisin Lady and send her flying out of the factory.
“Swag, you hit a poor old lady!” Greg said. “You should go apolo–”
“Oh hell yeah!” Swag cheered. “Bonus points!”
Swag charged ahead, Greg close behind.
As Drayden stood up, the door burst open. Swag and Greg ran in, only to see Drayden with a gun in his hand.
“...Where is the swag party?”
“There is no swag party!” Drayden growled. With a quickly shot of his rifle, he knocked the rocket launcher out of Swag’s hand before holding the man at gunpoint. “Spaghetti recipe. NOW!”
“But I forgot what it was!”
“Don’t give me that bullshit!”
“Don’t do it!” Chris yelled.
“You’re being very rude!” Greg added.
“Don’t shoot!” Mark yelled. “He can strip for ya!”
“Tell me or say goodbye to your friends!” Drayden aimed the gun at Mark.
“NO DON’T DO IT!” the yellow-clad man shouted. “Swag help a buddy out!”
“Lol bye sergeant faggot,” Swag replied. “You were a good friend and that shit.”
“OH YOU SON OF A BITCH!”
Drayden fired, hitting Mark in the shoulder and knocking him to the floor.
“Let me try someone else…” Drayden aimed the rifle at Chris’ head.
“Crap!”
“Tick. Tock. Tick. Tock.”
“No, don’t!” Swag cried. “He’s my best friend. You can’t take away someone so close to me…”
Chris blinked. “Swag…”
“Lol jokes! That was homo. No homo. But still… PREPARE YOUR BUTTHOLE.”
“What?”
“MEGA SWAGALICIOUS PINGAS ACTIVAAAATE.”
A fist suddenly emerged from Swag’s crotch area and hit Drayden right between the legs.
“...Swag what the fuck.”
“No time Chris.” Swag picked up his rocket launcher and aimed it at Drayden.
Drayden looked up, seeing the rocket launcher, and booked it out of the room.
“No… I can’t lose…” He dialed Jeremy. “Jeremy where the hell are you?!”
Jeremy shrugged before hanging up.
“...DAMMIT!”
As he neared a corner, Chris suddenly popped from around it.
“Surprise mofo.”
“Aw shit.”
Chris grinned. “You wanna know how I got this scar?”
Drayden screamed and ran for his life. He eventually hid inside the storage room, huffing.
“Hello? Are you okay over there?”
Drayden paused at the familiar voice. “Lady McFag? Is that you?”
“Yes it is. And I’m gonna…”
Swag suddenly emerged from behind a crate.
“SUFFOCATE YOU WITH MY OLD LADY SKIN!”
“Oh God!” Drayden stumbled back into the wall. “Please don’t hurt me. I didn’t mean no harm!”
Swag blinked, looking at Chris as he walked in.
Swag then fired his rocket launcher, vaporizing Drayden where he stood. He turned to Chris.
“...Wanna go have a Swag party?”
Chris shrugged. “Sure, why not.”
Swag turned around, only to see the Butt Ninja standing there.
“OH GOD!” He jumped about three feet into the air.
“Um… hi, Butt Ninja… you wanna join our swag party too?”
“Can I join?”
“No Greg shut up.”
“Aww…”
After a moment, the Butt Ninja shrugged and followed Swag and Chris out, leaving Greg alone.
“...Say, I wonder where Mark is?”
“Shit that hurt…” Mark groaned, sitting up. “Dammit. Now I won’t be able to read my Playboy magazine today…”
Notes:
Yeah, I decided to give the bad guy a name. I’m not calling him “man” or “The Terrorist” for an entire chapter. He’s dead now, so what does it matter?
I gave Greg a role in this version because I wanted him to play a bigger role in this story. Not, like, in the overarching story, but just in general.
And yeah, I did a Wren reference. I have a plan for him now that Western Spaghetti gave us our first proper look into the guy, but I can’t quite say what changes will be made yet.
On that note, the next three chapters will serve as a sort of mini-arc, wrapping up season 1! They're all adaptations of some of my favorite episodes of SMG4's 2013-2015 era, so look forward to them!
Chapter 26: The Mystery of the Missing White and Blue
Summary:
When SMG4 goes missing, Mario, and the gang go searching for him - and receive some unexpected help.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Six hours ago…
SMG3 hummed as he walked through his house, a towel in hand.
“Dum da dum, gonna take my shower,” he sang. “Do-do doo.”
“SMG3?”
SMG3 yelped, whipping around. Standing behind him was… well, a person. He couldn’t tell who it was, as they had a cloak obscuring them. A mask covered the lower half of their face, a hood covering the upper half in shadow. All he could see of the eyes was a glint of red.
“MY WALLET IS IN MY DESK! PLEASE DON’T HURT ME!”
“Oh, relax.” Under the hood, the person rolled their eyes. “I need your help.”
SMG3’s eyes narrowed. “With what?”
“Revenge. On SMG4.”
SMG3 thought for a moment.
“...Sure! When do we start?”
Under the mask, SMG3’s new partner smiled.
Now
“So, uh… what are we doing again?”
“Are you kidding me?” SLG4 sighed, looking at Mario. “X just explained it. SMG4 just hit 1 million subs! We’re holding a surprise party to celebrate!”
“When was this planned?”
“Last Thursday. Why?”
“Oooo. Mario was playing Splatoon in real life until Friday.”
“...Uh, sure.”
“No, no, he’s telling the truth,” FM noted. “I saw him on TV.”
“Wait, seriously?!”
“Okay, serious question,” X muttered. “Have any of you seen SMG4 lately?”
“Er… I saw him yesterday,” MCG noted. “But not today…”
“Huh.” SLG4 pulled out his phone. “Might as well call him.”
SMG4 blinked as he awoke. He sat up, only to find himself in a world of complete darkness.
“Where… where am I?” he wondered aloud. “M-Mario? Is this a prank? We JUST did WotFI…”
Suddenly, he heard giggling behind him. His eyes widened in fear.
“No… no, no, no, no !” He began to shake. “I… I know that sound…”
He turned around to see the Teletubbies – Dipsy, Tinky Winky, Laa-Laa, and Po – standing there, waving.
“Teletubbies!” an announcer from somewhere unknown said cheerfully.
SMG4 screamed in pure, unadulterated terror.
“Wow,” SMG3 muttered, looking at SMG4 as he lay on the table, a VR headset on his head. “This is… kinda harsh.”
“It’s more of a distraction,” the cloaked figure explained. “I have a more pressing objective here, with SMG4. As he experiences this, I’m having the headset scan his mind.”
“...Why?”
“I have my reasons.”
“...So, you gonna expose his search history or something?”
The cloaked figure sighed. “You’re an idiot.”
It was then that SMG4’s phone began ringing.
SMG3 blinked. “Uh… what do we…?”
The cloaked person sighed. “Just… leave it be.”
“...He’s not picking up.”
“Guys, I checked his Twitter,” FM said. “He didn’t post his daily meme! He’s gotta be in trouble!”
“What do we do?!” Onyxking asked, popping out from the door on the right of the staircase.
Everyone turned to face him. Onyxking looked around awkwardly.
“I’ll just… go back to the basement… hehe…”
He disappeared back through the door.
“...Anyways.” SLG4 turned back around. “I have a plan… and no, Mario, it’s not eating spaghetti.”
“DAMMIT!”
“Okay, but seriously, dude.” SMG3 looked up at the hooded figure. “What’s your beef with SMG4? Like, I have my whole tragic backstory and everything, but… you are being all vague about it. It’s bothering me.”
“Let’s just say he… interfered with my plans a couple of times,” the figure stated. “After our last encounter, I found there may be something… more to him than meets the eye.”
“...Okay, but who are you? Like, if anyone here had met you before, they’d know by now. Just tell me!”
“...Fine.” They began to remove their hood. “You may call me–”
“–so where the hell is he?!” FM shouted. Cube, sitting atop his hat, just honked. “We have looked everywhere!”
“Well, I asked Mario to put up some missing posters–” SLG4 began.
“GET OVER HERE, YOU FILTHY CRIMINAL!”
“...but he put up Wanted posters instead.”
Nearby, Hal Monitor, in the form of a police car with his monitor on the hood, chased down a blue-skinned man dressed like SMG4, followed by a number of RMKP officers. “YOU CANNOT EVADE THE LAW.”
“...Anyways.” Mario turned from the group, looking around. “How are we gonna find – OH MY GAWD IT’S KAI!”
The others looked over to see Kaijak walking along the sidewalk, looking dejected.
“...I’m gonna ask him,” MCG said. “Mario, just stay back, okay?”
Mario huffed. “Fine…”
MCG walked over. “Hey, Kai.”
Kaijak looked up. “Oh. MCG. How’re you?”
“Could be better. Have you seen SMG4?”
Kaijak scowled. “Why don’t you ask Mario? Or is he busy ruining someone else’s life?”
MCG put his hands up. “Jeez, man, okay. Just… looking for him.”
He turned and began walking away.
“Yeah, I saw him.”
MCG turned around. “You did?”
“From the window of Enzo’s room,” Kaijak muttered. “Some guy in a cloak had him. Headed that way.”
He pointed off to the right.
“...Thanks.”
MCG walked off, rejoining the others. Kaijak’s gaze followed him, eventually landing on Mario. His eyes narrowed in contempt.
“...Alright, it’s getting kinda stale in here.” SMG3 stood up and stretched. “You almost done with... whatever it is you’re doing?”
“Working on it.”
The doppelgänger sighed. “Well, I’m going for a walk. Be right back.”
SMG3 left the room, leaving the figure alone.
“SMG4… SMG3…” they muttered. “Could there be a connection…?”
“Ugh, that one gives me the creeps,” SMG3 muttered with a shudder as he walked down the street.
“HEY SMG3! How ya been?” a familiar Italian voice called out.
SMG3 paused, looking around. He quickly spotted Mario, FM, X, SLG4 and MCG nearby.
“Uh… hi?”
SLG4 quickly tackled SMG3 to the ground. “WHAT DID YOU DO TO SMG4?!”
“I-I don’t know what you’re talking about!”
“Suuure.” SLG4’s eyes narrowed. “I bet FM can use that taser to get you to talk…”
FM’s eyes lit up as he pulled out his taser. “YES! CHAOTIC GOOD UNLEASHED !”
“Fine! I know where he is!” SMG3 admitted. “But if you think I’m gonna tell you–”
“Wait, you left him unguarded?”
“What? No. My partner is there waiting.”
“Oooh, SMG3’s got a partner~”
“Business partner, Mario!” He looked at X. “Is he always like this?”
X sighed. “Unfortunately.”
“So… you left someone else with SMG4 alone?” SLG4 asked. “Couldn’t they just take all the credit for taking him down? Which, y’know, is your thing?”
SMG3 went silent for a few seconds.
“Well, they have been awfully cryptic… and I’m the one who’s gonna expose SMG4…”
After a moment, SMG3 sighed. “Alright, I see what you’re doing… and it is working. Let’s go save my annoying rival!”
Everyone cheered.
“And then I can doxx him later!”
SMG3 and Mario were the only ones cheering. FM sighed and put his taser away.
“What… is this…?” the cloaked person muttered, looking at the computer screen sorting out the information it was finding from SMG4’s head. “It almost looks like… code ?”
They cast a look at the still-trapped SMG4. “What… are you?”
“Alright, they’re in there,” SMG3 said, pointing to a building before the group. “Now, listen. This guy is strong, and hates you guys. So–”
“Wait, we know this guy?” X asked.
SMG3 shrugged. “Apparently. They’re the cryptic type. Said their name is something like Vee. Or was it–”
“Ahem.”
SMG3 froze, turning towards the doorway to see the cloaked figure standing there. Their eyes were exposed in the sunlight – one brown, one red with a white pupil.
Mario caught sight of them. “Waiiit a minute…”
“Really, SMG3?” the cloaked person muttered. “You’re helping him?!”
“Hey, if anyone’s gonna take that jerkwad down, it’s gonna be me!” SMG3 growled, jumping the figure. “Go save SMG4! I’ll hold him off!”
As the others rushed past, SMG3 wrestled with the figure… only to come to a stop when he found himself pinned down.
“Now, let’s test a theory of mine, shall we?”
The person’s hands glowed, and SMG3 felt a pain in his head. Splitting, agonizing, and one felt equally by his former partner…
Inside the room, FM tore the headset off of SMG4’s head. SMG4 shot up, breathing heavily. “NO DON’T TOUCH ME DIPSY!”
“...Wat.”
“Wh-Where am I?” he asked. “Are… Are they gone?”
“Erm… yeah, they’re gone,” X replied. “We’re in some old warehouse turned science lab by some creep.”
Dark chuckling was heard behind them. They turned around to see the cloaked figure standing there, their multicolored eyes glinting.
“I know that look…” Mario muttered, his eyes narrowing in concentration.
“Turns out, I was right. You two are connected,” the figure said.
Mario’s eyes widened. “I know that voice!”
The still-disoriented SMG4 looked up at Mario as SLG4 helped him to his feet. “Wh-What do you mean?”
“GOTCHA!”
SMG3 rushed up behind the figure and ripped the cloak off, revealing a very familiar Mario recolor dressed entirely in black. “NO MORE HIDING, V!”
“Z!” the bodysnatcher corrected. “MY NAME IS Z!”
Everyone’s jaw dropped – except for Mario’s.
“I KNEW IT!” Mario shouted. “They’ve come back for revenge!”
“YES, IT’S ME, WE’VE ESTABLISHED THAT!!” Z scowled at the group. “But no, this isn’t about revenge. Not anymore. This is about something far bigger than even I understand. Something to do with–”
SMG3 decked them in the face. “Oh, shut up.”
On the ground, Z chuckled.
“Oh, I’ve won already. My research is saved on my private server,” they muttered, rising. “And I have my own failsafe.”
They pressed a button on their wristwatch – yes, they’ve had a wristwatch this whole chapter. “In thirty seconds, this whole building will explode and take you all with it. You can get out, of course – but you must let me go so that you can–”
“I SAID SHUT UP!”
SMG3 tackled Z to the ground before looking back to the others. “GET OUT OF HERE!”
SMG4 reached forward. “But–”
“Oh, don’t give me your whole spiel.” SMG3 waved him off. “I survived the Nightmare Stone, EM64, and… well, other things. This is nothing. This is more about making sure this guy isn’t a threat to me taking you down.”
“Why are you gae?”
“SHUT UP, MARIO!”
“Wait, can someone explain when the hell you guys met Z?” SLG4 muttered.
“No time! C’mon, guys, let’s get out of here!” SMG4 shouted. The five ran out, leaving SMG3 alone with Z.
“Get off me, you idiot!” Z exclaimed. “You’ll die, too!”
SMG3 rolled his eyes. “Please. I won’t die as long as SMG4’s alive. If Darth Maul could survive getting cut in half thanks to pure hatred, I can survive a simple explosion with the same stuff.”
“No! Let me go! NO! NOOOO–”
Z was cut off as the bomb went off.
They waited outside the ruins for two minutes. SMG3 never emerged.
“I’ll… I’ll never forget this, Three,” SMG4 muttered. “You were an asshole, and a copycat, but you had some good in you after all…”
“Say, Luke,” SLG4 muttered. “Wanna… go hang at the castle for a bit?”
SMG4 smiled. “Yeah, I’d… I’d like that.”
“Say, has anyone seen Luigi?” Mario asked. “He wasn’t home today, and Mario wants his spaghetti!”
MCG rolled his eyes. “Don’t worry, there’s bound to be some at the castle. Though SLG4 did invite Luigi to the party…”
“WOOHOO! SPAGHETTI!”
“So... how'd you guys meet Z again?” SLG4 looks at SMG4. The YouTuber catches something in SLG4’s eyes. Something... odd.
“Mario can answer that!” the Italian shouted, interrupting SMG4’s thought process. “They took over Mario’s mind once...”
The gang walked away. However, had they stuck around for just another minute, they would have seen SMG3 finally emerge from the rubble.
“Ugh,” he muttered. “That sucked.”
He picked up a singed object off the ground. It was the front of his hat, the “3” label partially burned off.
“Welp.” SMG3 tossed the scrap to the wind. “Gonna need a new hat now. Thanks, Z.”
SMG3 then walked off. Not even a minute after he was gone, a shadow fell upon the remains. A bit of digging revealed the injured and unconscious – but still alive – Z.
EM64 smiled, pulling out his phone. “Hey, Bowser. Send Kamek over here. I’ve found the final piece. And make sure the distraction is ready…”
A yellow Mario recolor awoke in a white void.
“Wh-Where am I?” he asked. “I… I was in prison, and then–”
⎎⍑⍲☈⍓⍲☊𝟛.
He gulped. “Who… Who’s there? H-How do you know my name?”
⏙ℇ ⍲☈ℇ ⍲⎾⎾. ⏙ℇ ⍲☈ℇ ☊⌾⍑ℍ⟟☊⅁. ⏙ℇ ⍲☈ℇ ⅁⌾⟄. ⏙ℇ ⍲☈ℇ ⟄ℇ⍻⟟⎾. ⏙ℇ ⍲☈ℇ ☈ℇ⍓ℇ⍓⌦ℇ☈ℇ⟄. ⏙ℇ ⍲☈ℇ 🜅⌾☈⅁⌾⍑⍑ℇ☊. ☊⌾⍑ℍ⟟☊⅁ ⟟☊ ⍑ℍ⟟⎎ ⍓⌰⎾⍑⟟⍻ℇ☈⎎ℇ ℇ⎎⍧⍲⍴ℇ⎎ ⌾⌰☈ ☊⌾⍑⟟⍧ℇ .
“...Helpful. Can you tell me where I am?”
⍦⌾⌰ ⏙ℇ☈ℇ 🜅⌾☈⅁⌾⍑⍑ℇ☊. ⟄⟟⎎⍧⍲☈⟄ℇ⟄. ⍦⌾⌰☈ ☈⌾⎾ℇ ℍ⍲⎎ ⌦ℇℇ☊ ⎎⍑☈⟟⍴⍴ℇ⟄ 🜅☈⌾⍓ ⍦⌾⌰ 🜅⌾☈ ⍦⌾⌰☈ ⍧☈⟟⍓ℇ⎎. ⍲☊⟄ ⎎⌾, ⍦⌾⌰ ⍲☈ℇ ⌾🜅 ⌰⎎.
“I… I don’t understand.”
☊⌾. ⌦⌰⍑ ⍦⌾⌰ ⏙⟟⎾⎾.
A red light filled the area as an unfamiliar symbol of the same color appeared – an oval, encased in a box, surrounded by four arrows, which pointed up, down, left, and right. Starman3 screamed, but no sound came out of his mouth as the red light consumed him.
Notes:
So EM64 has gotten ahold of Z and SMG3 lives to scheme another day. Where could this be going, I wonder?
So, obviously with this episode, I HAD to make some changes, since pissman3 was a major character in the original. Since I'm literally removing him from this narrative (as seen at the end of the chapter), I gave his role to literally EVERY other major recolor character for this season, aside from Kaijak, who wasn't helping for other reasons.
As for Z's return, their cloaked design was inspired by an awesome Z redesign done by StormLobby. I'd wanted to use it for a while now, and this was my best opportunity to do so. For the actual purpose of their return in this episode, I'm sure many of you can piece together what Z was getting close to discovering.
As for the final scene, that text look WAS intentional. I have my reasons, but let's just say... it's harder for the mortal mind to comprehend entities so far above them.
Next time, we adapt my personal favorite episode from 2015, and meet a character that never deserved to be forgotten. In the meantime, time to get ready for Western Spaghetti and hope to God nobody important dies.
Edit post-WS: So that movie was freakin' awesome, am I right?
Chapter 27: Luigi Labyrinth
Summary:
When an army of Weegee Dolls surges across the Mushroom Kingdom, Mario and SMG4 go to investigate the source of these strange creatures.
Notes:
I was so terrified I wouldn't be able to get this chapter out on time thanks to that attack. Well, it's over now, so here's to continued writing freedom on AO3!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It was once again a quiet day at the Mushroom Castle. Toad was in his corner, listening to music on his iPod. SMG4, Onyxking, MCG, and Pink played Teletubbies: Battlegrounds. FM paced.
“Relax, FM,” Pink said from her spot. “What’s got you so riled up?”
“It’s a peaceful day!” FM shouted. “Every time this happens, something goes wrong. HAL, Swipe, the Nightmare Stone, Z, Bowser, the zombies, SMG4 getting kidnapped yesterday… not to mention the fact that MARIO’S MISSING!”
“I thought he was in the kitchen,” SMG4 said.
“Nope,” X called out, leaning out of the kitchen. He winced. “My powers are giving me weird vibes. Something’s up…”
“ See ?”
“...Well, I guess we gotta find Mario – AW, COME ON!”
SMG4’s character died, giving Pink the win.
“SWEET!” she shouted cheerfully. Then, she turned around. “So, uh, X. Powers?”
“Yeah.” Onyxking turned around in his chair. “What’s that about?”
“Oh, yeah. Look, this is gonna be a lot…”
Then, the doorway on the right side of the staircase (from the castle entrance) burst open, and there stood Mario.
“WASSUP, BITCHES?!”
“...There’s Mario.”
SMG4 sighed. “Did you break something again, Mario?”
Mario blinked. “What? No! Mario just brought a friend over!”
Onyxking blinked. “A friend?”
Mario smiled. “M-hm!”
“Jeez, Red, how big is this place?”
Mario entered the castle, with Meggy close behind. Upon entering the foyer, she gawked at the sight.
“Woah…” She looked to her slightly taller friend. “Do… do you live in a castle?!”
“Er… no.” Mario chuckled. “Mario just hangs out here with his friends.”
“Hey, you’re the Inkling that was leading Mario’s team in Splatfest!” Onyxking noted.
“Yep!” Meggy shot up a “peace” sign. “Name’s Meggy Spletzer! And you’re all Mario’s friends, right?”
“Yep,” said almost everyone.
“Not in a million years,” said Toad.
“Say…” Mario muttered. “Where’s Luigi? Mario hasn’t seen him for a bit.”
“Luigi?” SMG4 thought back. “Now that you mention it, I haven’t seen him for a couple days…”
“I invited him to that 1 mil party yesterday,” SLG4 recalled. “He never showed. It’s not like him to just disappear without warning.”
“Luigi?” Meggy asked.
“Mario’s bro!” Mario answered.
It was then that the doors swung open. Fawn ran in, using her water to slam the doors behind her.
“Woah, Fawn.” Pink stood up. “What’s going on out there?”
Fawn huffed. “Luigi… dolls…”
Meggy blinked. “I’m sorry, what?”
“They… they chased RM off… ADD and GD sent me to… get you guys…”
“Breathe, Fawn,” Pink said, placing a hand on her best friend’s shoulder.
“Yep. Those are some big-ass Luigi dolls,” FM muttered, looking out the window. The others followed suit, spying ADD and GD fighting an army of Luigi dolls outside.
“Hey, it’s ADD!” Mario shouted, pointing to him and GD. As they fought, a Weegee Doll jumped ADD from behind, giving him a hug. And then, it happened.
His overalls changed to blue. He fell back, his arms and legs forced forward. The green on his hat and shirt darkened. His gloves turned white. His face morphed into that of Luigi. Within seconds, ADD had become a Weegee Doll himself.
“Weegee!”
“ADD!” GD shouted. He did his best to fight off the Weegee Dolls, but the transformed ADD grabbed him and, after a few seconds, turned him as well.
“Dear God…” MCG muttered. “We’re… WE’RE ALL GONNA DIE!”
“Hey!” FM smiled nervously. “M-Maybe we can get Bob to help us! He’s good with swords!”
Then, a Weegee Doll with sword hands slammed into the window.
“WeEgEe WeEgEe BiTcHeS.”
Everyone screamed, jumping back (Mario exploded into a coin as well).
“What do we do?!”
SMG4 sighed as Meggy kicked the coin, returning Mario to normal. “Alright. Mario and I will go look for the source of this whole thing.”
Meggy grinned, pulling out her Splattershot. “We’ll hold the castle. Don’t worry ‘bout us.”
FM pulled out a pistol. “KIDS GON’ DIE TONIGHT!”
Meggy looked over at FM and smirked. “I like this one.”
X sighed. “I’m not too old for this, but I feel like I’m too old for this.”
“We should get Captain Toad!” MCG said. “His team can help!”
“No dice,” FM muttered. “Peach sent them on some sorta special assignment.”
“Dammit…”
“Alright, let’s get to the roof!” Meggy shouted. After a moment, she looked to FM sheepishly. “Uh… can you lead the way?”
“Sure thing!” FM turned to Cube. “Get somewhere safe, Cube.”
Cube honked sadly.
“Just go, okay? Don’t want you getting hurt.”
Cube honked and sulked off.
Mario and SMG4, meanwhile, had already left. As they climbed into a nearby semi truck, Mario’s phone rang. He quickly answered.
“Mario, my boy? This is E. Gadd.”
“E. Gadd!” SMG4 exclaimed. “We have a problem!”
“I know. I just wanted to inform you that these Weegee Dolls seem to be originating from this area.”
A location appeared on the truck’s GPS.
“Find out what is causing this attack and stop it.”
“Yes, boss!”
“Wait…” SMG4 leaned towards the phone. “Why can’t you help?”
“Er… I’m, uh… in the middle of… a very important experiment! Yes. Gotta go now BYEEEEEEEE! ”
SMG4 stepped on the gas, and the car peeled out. Mario poked out the window.
“Don’t worry, guys! Mario will stop-a this!”
“And we’ll make sure there’s a castle to come back to!” Meggy called back, blasting a Weegee Doll off of the roof as the car drove over the hill and out of sight.
At the lab, the semi truck plowed through a horde of Weegee Dolls, coming to a stop with its rear end in the air at a 60-degree angle.
“Don’t forget where we parked!” Mario said cheerfully.
The two made their way through the Weegee Dolls carefully. Before long, they spotted a Mario recolor ahead, with no hat and dressed entirely in white. In turn, he spotted them and ran over.
“OH, THANK GOD!” he said with relief. “Survivors!”
“How can we help?” SMG4 asked.
“There.” The doctor pointed to a door. “The main lab is through there. There’s a Weegee Doll blocking the door on the other side, though–”
SMG4 cracked his knuckles. “Time to take a page out of MCG’s book, then…”
He pulled out a lit bomb and threw it at the door, blowing a hole in the wall where it used to be and sending the sleeping Weegee Doll on the other side flying. It slammed into the doctor, taking him with it.
The next room was filled with Weegee Dolls… and Old Man Hobo.
“Welcooome to the sun-drenched tropical paradise of Isl–”
Mario kicked Old Man Hobo away. “Let’s-a go!”
SMG4 walked up to the receptionist Weegee at the center of the room. “Hey, uhh… is there, like, a boss or someone we can talk to?”
“Weegee!”
The Weegee Doll pressed a button, and a screen above him turned on. A figure with the shape of Luigi appeared, but he was notably different – he was dressed in a black suit, with a belt around his waist. He wore a green bandana around his neck, and a black mask obscured the top half of his face, his eyes appearing stark white. His hat was like Luigi’s, but had a black circle with a backwards green L.
“Hello,” he said sinisterly. “Welcome to my-a lair, Mario.”
“Hm?” Mario looked up at the screen.
“Now, you might be surprised as to why I know your name. But I assure you, all will be–”
“GOD DAMMIT, Luigi! You’re being a total mamafucker right now!” Mario shouted.
Luigi blinked. “Oh. You… already figured it out.”
“Get down here RIGHT NOW!” Mario growled. “Or imma go spaghetti mode on you!”
“No.”
“EXCUSE ME?!”
“I won’t be taking you bullshit any more. Luigi is gone – now, I am Mr. L! And you – you can go to hell, Mario! WEEGEE DOLLS, IT’S HUGGING TIME!”
All the Weegee Dolls stopped their activities and sat up, their attention piqued. They began closing in on Mario and SMG4.
“Oh, God!” Mario screamed, backing up. “What do we do?!”
“Uh… use your head!”
“What?!”
SMG4 grabbed Mario and charged, using the Italian as a battering ram to charge through the Weegee Dolls. They soon reached the men’s bathroom and leapt in, barricading the door behind them.
“Alright!” SMG4 turned to Mario. “So, what’s the plan?”
“Uhh…” Mario fell onto the ground. “Lying down and crying on the floor until sweet death takes us!”
SMG4 gave Mario a concerned look.
“Oh thank God! There’re still some survivors!”
Mario and SMG4 looked up to see a Koopa Troopa with glasses and a lab coat peeking out of a stall.
“AH!” Mario screamed, jumping up and assuming a defensive postition. “BOWSER’S HERE TOO?!?!”
The Koopa sighed. “No, no. I defected from the Koopa army. My name is Dr. Koops!”
“...Can I still stomp you?”
SMG4 punched Mario in the face. “NO!” He then turned to face Koops. “I’m so sorry about him. Can you tell us what’s happening?”
“Well…” Koops thought back. “Some of us were working on a cloning machine. I don’t know exactly what happened, as I was grabbing some coffee, but that Mr. L guy and these Weegee Dolls showed up. If those on duty hadn’t already been turned, I’d ask them, but…”
“NERRRD!”
SMG4 kicked Mario, then turned back to Dr. Koops. “Is there any way to fix this?”
“Well, to stop the Weegee Dolls from spreading, blow up the power core. But to save those turned… you need the antidote. I developed it, analyzing these creatures across the past two days they’ve been around, and stored it away in secret. Mr. L has eyes everywhere, so we need to be careful in recovering it.”
“Easy as pizza pie!” Mario said cheerfully. “Let’s-a stop my idiot brother!”
“Wait, Mr. L is your–”
The door then flew off of its hinges, slamming into Dr. Koops. Weegee Dolls began pouring in.
“Quick!” Koops shouted, pushing the door off of himself. “TO THE SEWERS!”
The trio quickly leapt down a toilet pipe, landing in the sewers.
“This way!” Koops shouted, leading Mario and SMG4 down a pipe. Eventually, they found a ladder up to the surface.
The trio emerged from the pipe. SMG4 quickly noticed that Old Man Hobo was holding on and began screaming.
“We’re close to the antidote…” Koops muttered as SMG4 screamed.
After separating Old Man Hobo from SMG4, the three entered the next room, where a machine labeled “cloning machine prototype” sat. A Weegee Doll sat nearby.
Koops snuck over to the desk and began digging around, while SMG4 looked around. Hearing a noise, he turned to see Mario on his way to the cloning machine with spaghetti in hand. He quickly threw it in, grinning.
“No!” SMG4 hissed, leaping in the way. “Stop it! We don’t have time!”
Mario growled and punched SMG4, sending him flying into the machine and crashing against the back wall. The impact activated the machine, and the door slid closed, trapping SMG4 and the spaghetti inside.
“WAIT! NO! WHAT’S HAPPENING?!”
“You’ve started up the machine!” Koops hissed. “There’s no undoing it now!”
With a flash of light, it was over. The door opened, and SMG4 stumbled into a cloud of smoke.
“What… just happened?”
Then, they saw something. A silhouette emerged from the other pod. SMG4 and Mario stepped back.
The smoke cleared, revealing a Mario recolor wearing a white shirt, pink overalls, and no hat. The hair was blue, unlike SMG4’s.
“Hi, everybody!” he said.
“What… what are you!”
“I’m… uh… I don’t know?” the clone shrugged.
Mario grinned. “Imma call you Minion!”
“Minion” blinked. “Sure, I guess that works for now.”
“You’re… a clone of me?” SMG4 looked him over. “You just… don’t look like me. You look like a regular guy.”
“ILLUMINATI!” Minion screamed.
“Hey!” Mario stormed up to Minion. “I’m supposed to be the stupid one!”
“No! I’m gonna be making pingas jokes!”
Minion then started shouting “Pingas” over and over. Mario angrily joined in.
“WILL YOU TWO SHUT THE FUCK UP?!” SMG4 shouted.
“Found it!” Koops held up a large container of liquid.
“Wee… gee…”
Everyone froze. They slowly turned to see that the Weegee Doll had woken up. It quickly took note of the four.
“Weegee!”
“Mamafucker!”
Weegee pressed a button, activating the alarm. Weegee Dolls quickly reached the room. SMG4, Mario, and Koops ran, but Minion’s eyes lit up.
“Ooh! I wanna hug the dolls!”
Mario grabbed Minion and dragged him away. “Hurry up already!”
They saw an elevator ahead, making a mad dash. They dove in, and SMG4 began pressing the button frantically as the Weegee Dolls closed in.
“C’mon, c’mon, c’mon. C’MON–”
The door closed… after a single Weegee Doll got in. The elevator began going up, and music started to play. Everyone stood awkwardly.
“...girl.”
SMG4 blinked, then looked to Minion. “What?”
“You said I seemed like a regular guy before.” Minion cast a glance to SMG4. “But… “he” doesn’t feel like me, y’know? I feel like… like a “she”. I don’t know how, given I’m not even five minutes old, but I just… know.”
SMG4 smiled. “Got it! I’ll remember that!”
Mario shot a thumbs up. “Oh yeah!”
Even Weegee Doll nodded in agreement. “Weegee!”
“Sex and gender are different things,” Dr. Koops said. “You may be biologically male, but if you are more comfortable as a girl, that is your gender. You are a girl. If people don’t respect that, it’s their problem.”
Minion’s eyes watered up as she smiled. “Th-Thank you guys, s-so much!”
The elevator dinged, and the door opened.
Minion looked to Weegee Doll. “Are… you still gonna try to get us after that?”
Weegee Doll nodded. “Weegee!”
“...Crap.”
Mario, SMG4, Minion, and Dr. Koops booked it as Weegee Doll chased them down. Before long, they managed to reach a room with a bridge over green liquid.
“I… think we lost it…” SMG4 muttered.
“What is this stinky place?” Mario asked, pinching his nose.
“It’s nuclear waste storage,” Dr. Koops answered nonchalantly.
“What kind of research do you do here, exactly?” SMG4 asked.
“Oh, all kinds. Actually, it was here that the atomic bomb was developed.”
Mario blinked. “I’ve got an idea…”
Weegee Doll popped into the room and began looking around. What he was not expecting was Mario to jumpscare him. Weegee Doll screamed, stumbling backwards and falling into the waste. Mario and SMG4 cheered in victory, while Minion mourned the doll.
Then, they heard laughter. They looked down as Weegee Doll floated up, glowing with radiation.
“Great,” Koops muttered. “The radiation mutated him. Good job.”
“SHUT UP!” Mario retorted.
Weegee Doll began firing balls of energy at them. They ran into a back room, where Minion spotted something.
“Oh!” She ran over. “A bin of spare Weegee parts!”
Weegee Doll entered the room… only to see the four wearing Weegee heads.
“Weegee…?” SMG4 muttered.
After a moment, Weegee Doll nodded. “Weegee!” With that, he continued his search.
Mario laughed as they entered the next room. “What an idiot!”
“So, uh… how did we get those on so quickly?” SMG4 asked.
“Dunno,” Minion replied. “I kinda just… reached out and grabbed them.” Her arms stretched to an absurd length. “Like this!”
“...What the hell?”
“It must be some sort of superpower caused by the spaghetti cells,” Dr. Koops muttered. “Er… or something.”
“...I’m not gonna pretend to understand this science stuff,” SMG4 muttered.
“Good,” Koops replied. “Because honestly, I don’t understand how this particular thing works myself.”
Suddenly, the floor opened up, and the group fell through a hidden trapdoor, landing on the cold metal floor below. They were right beside the power core. And in the control room stood Mr. L.
“Hello, Mario, SMG4, Koopa guy… weird clone guy?”
“Girl.”
“Oh. Sorry.” Mr. L coughed awkwardly.
“HOW COULD YOU DO THIS, LUIGI?!” Mario shouted.
Mr. L grinned. “Allow me to explain…”
2 days ago…
Luigi walked along the path towards the store, humming. He then saw a sign for the lab. They were looking for volunteers.
Mr. L: When I saw that sign, I was… compelled to come. I felt like I needed to help them with whatever new achievement they’d almost reached.
Luigi stepped into the machine, shaking a bit.
“3, 2, 1… NOW!” one of the doctors said. Another started up the machine.
Luigi began to shake more, taking out a Luigi plush. “Protect me, Captain Weegee!”
The scientist’s eyes widened. “LUIGI! You’re not supposed to have anything in there with–”
The process finished in a flash of light. From the smoke emerged... Weegee Doll.
“Wh… what is that…?” Luigi muttered.
Weegee Doll rushed forward, hugging one of the scientists and converting him into a Weegee Doll. The two Dolls turned on the other scientist, swarming him.
Dr. Koops entered the room, sighing. “Can I not just take a coffee brea–”
He froze upon seeing the Weegee Dolls.
“Weegee!”
Dr. Koops ran out, screaming.
Mr. L: It was then that I reflected. All the work I’d done for you, Mario. All the times I had to pay for your damages. And then, all the times you treated me like garbage. You pretended I didn’t exist. And I decided to take my vengeance on you… and the WORLD!
“And so, Mr. L was bor–”
“FIRE!”
Mario threw Dr. Koops through the window, hitting Mr. L in the head and knocking him out. SMG4 and Minion glanced at Mario.
“...What? He was monologuing!”
“So, Koops.” SMG4 looked up to the doctor as he rose and began messing with the controls. “How do we destroy this thing?”
A shadow crossed Dr. Koops face. “It… must be manually detonated. One of us will have to stay behind.”
After a moment, Minion stepped forward. “I–”
“DON’T YOU DARE!” Dr. Koops growled. “You still have your whole life ahead of you, Minion. Don’t waste it like this. I was in charge of this experiment. I let this happen, so I must put an end to it.”
“But… how do we get out?” SMG4 asked.
It was then that Weegee Doll burst through the wall, seething with anger.
“WEEEGEEEE!”
“Oh crap!” SMG4 shouted.
Weegee Doll laughed… only to get shot in the head by Mario’s S U R P R I S E S H O T G U N. He was immediately depowered and fell to the ground.
SMG4 looked at Mario. “Where did you get that?”
“The wall.” Mario pointed to a broken glass case that read “emergency shotgun”.
“...Huh.”
“Let’s get outta here!” Mario grabbed a nearby rocket and jammed it into Weegee Doll’s ass, causing him to jolt in shock. He, SMG4, and Minion hopped atop it. Minion cast a glance back at Dr. Koops.
“It’ll be okay,” the Koopa Troop assured with a smile. “But here, take this. Remember – it does not work on the original clone, but merely removes its ability to create more. Oh, and him, too.”
He tossed the antidote canister up to Minion, following with Mr. L. The clone caught the canister, looking at Koops with mournful eyes while SMG4 held Mr. L in place to prevent him from falling off.
Koops smiled. “A great man once said “Don’t cry because it’s over. Smile because it happened.” You get it?”
Minion began to tear up, but nodded.
Mario slapped the engine. “LET’S-A FUCKING GOOOOOOOO!”
Weegee Doll blasted off, flying through the roof and into the sky. Koops watched as SMG4 steered Weegee Doll towards the Mushroom Castle.
Once they were gone, he sighed, and pressed a button on the panel.
[CORE MELTDOWN INITIATED.]
Dr. Koops smiled, closing his eyes one final time as the power core began to glow.
Minion looked back as a massive explosion consumed the science lab, leaving nothing but a gaping crater behind. She wiped the tears from her eyes and focused on the coming Mushroom Castle.
SMG3 stretched as he stepped out into the sunlight.
“Finally. Today’s the day I humiliate SMG4 more than anything has ever humiliated him in his entire life!” He paused for a moment. “Maybe I should finish that hat first…”
After a moment, he scoffed. “Eh, why put this off? I did promise him, after all.”
Then, the sound of a rocket was heard. SMG3 looked up to see Weegee Doll flying above, a rocket jutting out of his ass.
“...Aaaand it’s back to making a new hat for me .”
SMG3 went back into his house and shut the door.
“I’m out!” FM shouted, tossing his gun aside.
Meggy popped up, having just recharged her ink. “Well, I’m not! Stay behind me!”
She pulled out a Mini Splatling, mowing down a group of Weegee Dolls.
“WE’RE ALL GONNA DIE!” X shouted, running in panicked circles.
“IIIINCOMIIIIIINNNGGGG!”
Meggy looked up to see Weegee Doll, being ridden by SMG4, Mario, Mr. L, and Minion, heading straight towards them.
“DUCK!” she shouted. Everyone took cover as Weegee Doll crashed into the roof. The four leapt off.
“MINION!” Mario shouted. “Give the antidote to Meggy!”
“...Who?”
“Me!” Meggy waved.
Minion tossed the antidote canister, which Meggy quickly replaced her ink canister with. Firing it out of her Splattershot, she quickly mowed down Weegee Doll after Weegee Doll. Before long, all the ones around the castle were back to normal.
“Ow…” Bob muttered, getting back on his feet. “My OvArIeS…”
“Well… that sucked,” ADD muttered.
“Beyond belief,” GD agreed.
Meggy put her ink canister back on her back. “All in a day’s work, eh, Red?”
No response.
“...Red?”
SMG4 pointed across the castle roof. “Over there.”
Meggy followed his finger to see Mario sitting on the edge of the roof. His legs dangled over the edge.
“I’ll… go check on him,” Meggy said, making her way towards Mario. She stopped, looking back at SMG4. “Oh, and…”
“SMG4.”
“Yeah. That Weegee Doll you guys rode in on? The antidote didn’t affect it.”
Meggy continued walking towards Mario as SMG4 took in the information. He turned and rushed towards where they landed… and crashed into Minion.
“Minion!”
“SMG4!”
After a moment, they chuckled.
“You go first.”
“No, you.”
SMG4 sighed. “Turns out, that Weegee Doll we rode in on is the original. Luckily, Meggy got it with the antidote, so it can’t convert people anymore.”
Minion sighed in relief. “Well… that’s good, I guess.”
“...What happened?”
“The Weegee Doll – it’s gone.”
“Red? You okay?”
Mario shrugged as Meggy took a seat next to him.
“...You wanna talk about it?”
Mario sighed. “Luigi said that he did what he did because of Mario. Because I was… because I treated him badly.” He looked up at Meggy. “Is… is Mario a bad person?”
Meggy blinked. “I – no. Red, you may not be the smartest or most thoughtful person around, but you are a good person. You comforted me when we lost Splatfest. You stood up to Desti. Hell, you just saved the world.”
“B-But… Mario caused this.”
Meggy leaned back, using her hands to support her. “So… try being a better brother. Improve yourself. Show Luigi you care in the future.”
Meggy’s phone buzzed. She glanced at it briefly.
“Welp, I gotta go. We’re gonna go see Hevy.” Meggy stood up. “Just… think on it, Red.”
With that, Meggy leapt down, using a blast of ink and her squid form to make a safe landing on the bridge below, and went into the castle.
Once she was gone, Mario sighed.
“HEY! MARIO!”
Mario looked over at the sound of SMG4’s voice.
“LUIGI’S AWAKE!”
Mario’s eyes widened. He jumped up and ran over to the others, tackling Luigi in a hug.
“M-Mario?” Luigi muttered. “Wh-What’s wrong?”
“M-Mario’s so sorry!” Mario cried. “I promise, Mario will treat you better from now on!”
“Um… okay?”
Luigi glanced at Minion. “Oh! Who’s-a this?”
Mario blinked, backing up. “Luigi?”
“It’s no use,” X said. “He remembers nothing.”
“W-Well, not quite true,” Luigi muttered. “I… I remember the experiment, and then, in the smoke, I… I saw…”
“What did you see?!” FM asked, leaning in.
“I… I think it was… Kamek?”
Mario’s eye twitched.
“MAMAFUCKER!”
Kamek popped in behind Bowser. The Koopa King and EM64 turned around.
“Ah, you’re back,” EM64 noted. “How’d it go?”
“Well, Mr. L was stopped,” Kamek muttered.
“We knew they’d stop him.” EM64 rolled his eyes. “Luigi doesn’t have what it takes to make a big villain. Luckily, your little mind tricks bought us enough time to prepare.”
EM64 opened the book to the page with the black Power Star. “Kamek, get what we need. Bowser… get ready to, ahem, cook.”
Kamek teleported away, while Bowser reached into a nearby cabinet. Unknown to the group, someone else was watching from the shadows.
“Whatever they’re up to, it’s not good,” Bravo muttered. “What should we do, sir?”
“I say we smash ‘em in!” Barrage said with a grin.
“No.” Captain Toad narrowed his gaze. “We need to finish our mission – find out what they’re up to first… and stop them, once and for all.”
“Oh, I’m so drunk I can barely see–”
Babeh groaned. “Shut up, Bewbs.”
Notes:
So a few changes from canon. First off, Dr. Koops. I decided to give him a bigger role in the story because I felt that him and Minion having a father-daughter dynamic would be fun. His sacrifice also serves as a way to up the stakes for this story.
Minion's stretchy abilities are specifically derived from a conversation I had with StormLobby, suggesting the idea that the spaghetti... DNA?... gave her extra powers. Of course, Mario can still do the same thing, but he's a different case. I do look forward to using Minion and exploring her more in the future. And yes, in this story, she is trans (male to female) since she's a (slightly) altered clone of SMG4 and thus would be biologically male. Plus, she's literally the colors of the trans flag.
That scene with Mario and Meggy at the end is meant to homage how Mario began being more empathetic around the time Meggy was introduced. I headcanon that she was just a good influence on him and ended up causing him to care more about others. Of course, I also wanted to tackle Mario and Luigi's relationship as well, and felt it made the most sense to put that scene here. In fact, it's one of the reasons why Meggy was added in as early as she was in the first place! She was initially gonna be the season 2 opener (back when it was a two-chapter arc) but since her scene fit so well with this chapter, I felt it worked better to put her debut earlier, and turned it into four chapters. The storyline originally in its place worked better as two chapters, anyways.
Mr. L as an antagonist always intrigued me. With how this version of Mario often treats Luigi, I thought "what if Luigi snapped due to how Mario treats him?", and of course, I threw that onto SMG4's version of Mr. L. It's not COMPLETELY genuine, but Luigi DOES come from somewhere when it comes to his brief turn to villainy. It really lets me dive into the brothers' relationship, and paying off the setup for this in previous chapters like "Mind Games" and "Age of HAL" felt great, making this among my favorite chapters I've written thus far.
TOTALLY not doing a Silver reference with that X line towards the end lol
With that chapter out of the way, look forward to the season finale this Saturday, when one of SMG4's most iconic villains finally makes its big debut!
At the moment, Minion would be voiced by Luke. She is a clone of SMG4, after all.
Chapter 28: The Rise of Ztar
Summary:
Bowser and EM64 put their big plan into action... only for it to go HORRIBLY wrong.
Notes:
We've finally reached the finale of season 1. I hope you guys enjoy the culmination of the past 28 chapters!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“Well?”
“Got almost everything, sirs.” With a wave of his wand, Kamek levitated the objects he had retrieved over towards EM64. “The final powered fragment of the Nightmare Stone. A Power Star retrieved from one of Mario’s allies. You have the book. And, of course…”
With one final wave, a dolly appeared, with a now-conscious Z strapped onto it.
“You won’t get away with this!” they growled, glaring at EM64. “I will not let you destroy my chance at getting answers!”
The other villain chuckled. “Oh, you won’t die or anything. I just need a soul to power this thing. And that soul will be yours.”
EM64 looked to Bowser. “Start the machine, and let’s get this kingdom-conquering scheme underway!”
Bowser grinned, pulling a lever. EM64 placed the Power Star and Nightmare Stone fragment on pedestals attached, then wheeled Z to the middle.
“You’re gonna be so sorry for this when I break free–”
“Relax, whatever-your-name-is.” EM64 smiled. “This won’t hurt a bit… okay, no, that’s a lie. It’ll probably hurt a lot.”
He opened up the book and raised a hand into the air, reading out an incantation. “Power of darkness, power of evil, my will you shall obey. Form this beast, corrupt this Star, and bring about their darkest day!”
As a strange substance flowed into the pillars, the Nightmare Stone shard, Power Star, and Z all began to glow. The shard and Star flew into Z, who screamed as a dark energy surrounded him.
Bowser glanced at EM64. “This… seems painful. Maybe we should stop. I don’t want to hurt anyone I don’t need to…”
“You need to hurt him!” EM64 growled. “You’re the Koopa King! Mercy is not in your vocabulary! You do what it takes to win – no matter the cost. That’s always been your family’s legacy. Are you really willing to give all that up now?!”
“Well… I…”
“STOP RIGHT TH – Wha-ha-hat the hell?”
The trio turned to see Captain Toad and the BattleToads Justice Crew in the doorway, staring in shock and horror at Z.
“You’re too late!” EM64 taunted. “The process has already begu–”
In an instant, an explosion of dark energy knocked everyone off their feet as Z became encased in some sort of miniature black hole, which immediately began sucking anything and everything towards it. The BattleToads grabbed onto the door, while Kamek, Bowser, and EM64 grabbed the machine. Bravo reached for Captain Toad as he flew past…
And just barely missed. Screaming, Captain Toad vanished into the all-consuming darkness.
And just like that, it was over. With one more burst of dark energy, the screams faded, the black hole disappeared, and all returned to normal… aside from the new presence in the room.
It floated in the center of the room – a Power Star in appearance, turned black in corruption. Its eyes – one red, one brown – looked around the room as it spun to face EM64.
“Wh… What have you done to me?”
EM64 blinked. “Uh… recolor guy?”
“Z ! My name is Z!” For a brief moment, the Star’s… face, of sorts, glitched, but shortly returned to normal. “Though… I feel… powerful, now. Mighty.”
“Err… yes!” Sweat dripped down EM64’s head. He’d expected this Dark Star to be created from scratch, for it to be his loyal servant, not to simply have the mind of the one who had been used to create it. “I… made you this way! Now, together, we can… er…”
Z laughed. “ We ? No. I… I hunger. I hunger for… for Stars. There is no we, EM64. Only me. I… am not Z. Not anymore. Now… there is only Ztar.”
“That’s a pun and I hate it,” Babeh muttered.
With that, the newly-christened Ztar blasted through the roof, the castle’s speakers suddenly blaring the song Déjà Vu from Initial D. Ztar laughed as they spun away, relishing in their newfound power.
EM64 looked to the ground. “Well… shit.”
“So WhAt ThE hElL iS gOiNg On?”
FM sighed as he picked Cube up. “Long story short, we’re on our way to kick some Koopa King ass.”
“Yo LeT mE jOiN! I wAnNa KiCk SoMe AsS tOo FiReMeRiO12345!”
“...Y’know what? We could probably use the help.”
“FM, please, no,” X muttered from the side. “I can’t deal with this right now.”
“C’mon, X! Fawn, Pink, ADD, and GD are helping round up the remaining Weegee Dolls right now, Kai’s… occupied, and MCG’s gone off to find RM. We need all the help we can get.”
SMG4 sighed. “Fine. Bob can come.”
X groaned. “This is not going to end well.”
Mario cracked his knuckles. “Mario’s gonna kill some bitches!”
“Say, Mario.” FM looked to the Italian. “Is Meggy coming?”
“Nah. She’s got a lot on her plate with her team, cleaning up the Weegee Dolls in Inkopolis, and possibly dealing with an Octoling bitch, so cut her some slack.”
After a moment, FM leaned over to X. “You ever had Mario tell you to cut anyone some slack?”
“Nope,” X replied, not looking up. “And I’m gonna say this now, FM: don’t dig into it. You’ll go down a hole and find yourself causing problems trying to deal with something you know nothing about.”
“...”
“FM.”
“Ugh, fine…”
Minion looked at Bob, her face steeled. “This guy is responsible for Dr. Koops’ death. I don’t care how much you do to him – just leave some of him for me .”
“...WhO’s ThE nEw GuY? He LoOkS… wEiRd.”
“I’m a girl,” Minion corrected. “I use she/her pronouns.”
“Oh. SoRrY. YoU tRaNs Or SoMeThInG?”
“Uh… yeah? Is that the right term, SMG4?”
“Yeah.”
“CoOl!” Bob held up a sword arm. “I’m TeChNiCaLlY nOt CiS mYsElF!”
Everyone stared at Bob.
“...You’re trans, Bob?” SLG4 asked.
“KiNdA. I’m InTeRsEx, BuT iDeNtIfY wItH hE/HiM pRoNoUnS. WhAt, DiD yOu ThInK i WaS kIdDiNg WhEn I sAiD i HaD oVaRiEs?”
“...Alright, then.” SMG4 turned, a grin spreading across his face. “Anyways, let’s go kick some Koopa ass–”
“MARIO!”
Peach burst into the room. Mario groaned. “Peach, we were about to kick Bowser’s ass!”
“Mario, there’s something wrong,” Peach muttered. “I can sense it. It’s the Stars…”
“Nobody caaaaares!” Mario sang.
“No, no, I’m feeling it too,” X noted, rubbing his head. “Something’s going down.”
The group then heard a knock on the castle door.
“...I’ll get it!” FM said cheerfully, rushing to the door. He opened it… only to be greeted by Bowser, EM64, Kamek, and the BattleToads Justice Crew.
“...Oh.”
Mario’s eyes narrowed. “FUCK ‘EM UP!”
“WAIT!” Bravo jumped forward. “They’ve come to talk!”
Everyone froze. Peach blinked. “Excuse me?”
“Heeeeeyyyy…” EM64 shuffled in nervously. “So I had a plan to make an evil Star… and, uh… it got too evil because I think I used the wrong guy to give it life. Sooo…”
SMG4 sighed. “You want our help?”
“Erm… yes.”
“Wait…” Mario looked over the BattleToads Justice Crew. “Where’s Captain Toad…?”
Barrage, Babeh, and Bewbs looked away.
“He… was sucked into that evil Star thing,” Bravo muttered. “It… er, they called themselves Ztar. Some sort of pun or something.”
“Pun?” SMG4 muttered. “How is “Ztar” a…”
His eyes widened in realization. “Oh, no. No.” He glared at EM64. “Is… is this thing made from Z?!”
SLG4 glared at EM64. “EM64, please tell me you didn’t...”
“...What, are they a friend of yours?”
“...I do not regret turning on you at all.”
SMG4 sighed. “God dammit. Just when I thought it couldn’t get any worse…”
Darkness enveloped the castle.
“...Aaand they’re here, aren’t they?”
“Yyyup.”
“Welp.” EM64 saluted them, walking into the Bob-Omb Battlefield warp room. “I’m out. Good luck to ya’ll!”
“GET BACK HERE!” FM shouted, but he was too late to stop EM64 from hopping in and warping away.
“You gonna run too, Bowser?” Peach asked, glaring at the Koopa King.
“Hey, now.” Bowser put up his hands defensively. “I never meant for it to go this far. I just want the Mushroom Kingdom and you, not world domination or whatever. I’ll help, even if my… er, partner, won’t.”
“Sire, he left the book behind!” Kamek called out.
“Well, find something we can work with!” Bowser ordered.
“Yes, sire!”
“Wait…” Peach looked around. “Where’s your son?”
“Junior? He’s with my mother. Thought it best to keep him out of harm’s way.”
Peach blinked. “You’re… a surprisingly caring father.”
Bowser shrugged. “I try.”
“It says here that we can counter a Dark Star with an aptly-named “Light Star”,” Kamek explained, reading through EM64’s book. “Of course, we need to find someone willing to become the star first.”
After a moment of silence, X stepped forward. “I–”
“Oh, no you don’t.”
Minion shoved X out of the way, holding Old Man Hobo over her head. “Nobody else my friends or I know is dying today. Take this hobo guy instead.”
She tossed Old Man Hobo over to Kamek. Upon seeing the man, FM froze up in horror. “No… not him…” he muttered, visible trauma on his face.
“So…” Mario edged closer to Kamek. “What did you do to Luigi?”
“Hm?” Kamek paused as he flipped through EM64’s book. “Oh. You’re referring to the Mr. L persona, yes?”
“M-hmmmm…”
“Yes, I compelled Luigi to volunteer, as well as cast a spell increasing his doubts tenfold. I simply… encouraged him. Gave him the confidence to fulfill his role. Everything else was already there.”
“You stupid SON OF A–”
“He’s not worth it, Mario!” SLG4 shouted, grabbing Mario and pulling him back. “Luke, gimme a hand here!”
“Alright.” Kamek looked the book over while X patted FM on the back and the Hobo Bros (as Mario called SMG4 and SLG4) restrained their Italian friend. “We need something of similar power to the Nightmare Stone shard, but counter to its energy. Plus a Power Star.”
“SMG4! MARIO! I KNOW YOU’RE IN THERE!”
Mario paled. “Uh-oh.”
“And hey, why not bring Luigi out while you’re at it? Maybe even those two police guys,” Ztar called down from above the castle. “Or do I need to flush you out?”
“Hurry!” Kamek urged.
“Uh…” SMG4 paced.
“Why not use Kamek’s wand?” Peach suggested. “It’s powerful. Surely it could counter the Nightmare Stone.”
“Theoretically, yes. However…” Kamek held his wand closely. “It’s my wand!”
“Kamek, we’re using your wand.”
“Yes, sire.”
“I bEtTeR hAvE a PaRt In ThIs PlAn,” Bob muttered. “I’m AlReAdY fEeLiNg LeFt OuT.”
“Bob, BattleToads, X, SLG4, and FM distract that thing,” SMG4 said. “Peach, Bowser, Mario, Minion, Kamek, and I will get this Light Star up and running.”
“BiTcH hOw ArE wE sUpPoSeD tO hUrT tHaT tHiNg?”
FM coughed. “Uh… I have an idea.”
He pulled out his phone.
“...Really, FM?”
“What?!” FM whipped towards X as they stood on the beach near the castle. “I don’t see you with any better ideas!”
“Hey!” SLG4 shouted from the castle roof. “You two better hurry up!”
“And get the ragdoll to help while you’re at it!” Barrage added harshly.
“WoW. ScReW yOu ToO!”
The pair turned to see Bob sitting back on a beach chair, wearing sunglasses and eating popcorn as he watched the others do their best against Ztar. After a moment, he felt X and FM’s gaze on him and turned towards them.
“WhAt? YoU tHiNk I cAn KiLl A gOd?”
“No! But we can!” a familiar, cracking, young voice said.
From the ocean rose Joe Boopkins, Fishy sitting on his shoulder. Ben popped up beside them, a phone in hand.
“Ho-Ly ShIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIiIt,” Bob muttered.
“Bob, meet Joe and Fishy Boopkins,” FM said proudly. “Er, and Ben.”
X sighed as Ben swam up next to him.
“Told you I’d be helpful one day, mi amigo!” the merToad said cheekily.
“Shut up, Ben.”
“We almost ready?” SMG4 asked.
“We are ready,” Kamek corrected. He held the book up and cleared his throat. “Aid me today, power of light. Manifest and end this plight!”
The magic poured from Kamek’s wand, flowing to the Power Star and Old Man Hobo. Similar to what happened with Z, the two flew into Old Man Hobo. After a brief moment, it exploded into a vacuum, drawing anyone it could closer. Fortunately, this time it was expected, and so nobody was sucked up.
When everything faded, everyone stared in awe at the sight before them. A Power Star, bathed in white light, rose. Its usual face was replaced with that of Old Man Hobo.
“...Wow.”
Joe Boopkins flew back, crashing through a building and landing on the ground, now unconscious.
“Dad!” Fishy cried out, running towards his fallen father.
“It’s coming!” the yellow hobo shouted as he and the blue hobo ran down the streets of Oviscity. “The day of reckoning grows ever closer!”
“You idiots!” Wario shouted as he dove for shelter, followed closely by Waluigi. “How is this not the “day of reckoning” or whatever BS you crazy hobos come up with?”
“You’re one to talk…” his taller brother muttered.
“What we do is unapologetic scamming , Waluigi,” Wario corrected. “ They genuinely believe that they’re right, because they’re crazy . There’s a difference.”
Above the city, Ztar roared as they drew in Power Stars from across the Kingdom.
“What do we do?!” SLG4 cried. “Joe’s down, Fawn and the others are unaccounted for…”
“We keep fighting!” FM growled, rocket launcher in hand. He fired, but a blast of dark energy from Ztar vaporized the projectile.
“DAMMIT!”
Suddenly, Ztar felt something tap him from behind. He huffed.
“Idiot. I’m not falling for that trick so easi–”
Ztar was then punched in the eye by a stretched-out arm. Minion quickly pulled it back.
X blinked. “How…?”
“Spa-GHETTI.”
“...What?”
“It’s a long story.”
“YOU GODDAMN LITTLE CRETIN!” Ztar shouted, rising above the group. “You’re brave, boy, but that’s the last mistake you’ll ever fucking MAKE!”
“Girl, actually.”
“Oh. My bad.” Ztar coughed. “Er, lemme try that again… you’re brave, girl, but that’s the last mistake you’ll ever fucking MAKE!”
“Z, STOP!”
Ztar paused, turning around to see SLG4.
“Please, you don’t need to do this...”
“You don’t understand, Kevin! I must consume all Stars! I need to!”
SLG4’s brow furrowed. “Z...”
Suddenly, light filled the sky as another Power Star appeared – Old Man Star.
“Jerry? Is that you?”
Ztar paused. “Uhhh… what?”
“Oh, Jerry, you know how to keep a girl waiting!”
“What? NO! Stay the hell back!”
Old Man Star moved in closer as SMG4, Mario, Bowser, and the others rejoined the group.
“Uh… not… quite what I expected…” Peach muttered.
Bowser shrugged. “It gets the job done, I guess?”
Ztar backed away from Old Man Star, still absorbing Power Stars from across the Kingdom. For a brief moment, their face glitched, which caught the attention of Babeh.
“Oh?”
Then, Ztar paused. “Wait… with all these Stars collected…” If Ztar could grin, they would have right there. “I’m more powerful than this old man.”
Ztar roared, dark tendrils reaching from them to Old Man Star and latching on. Old Man Star screamed as dark energy coursed through him. In mere moments, Old Man Star was torn apart, reverted back into Old Man Hobo, Kamek’s wand, and a Power Star, the latter quickly being absorbed by Ztar. The Dark Star laughed maniacally.
“...Mario thinks we’re fucked. We’re just fucked.”
“Not quite, Mario!”
The group turned to see none other than Luigi and E. Gadd behind them.
“Who’s this guy?” Minion asked.
“CaN’t YoU tElL? He’S a NeRd LoL.”
“Be nice, Bob!” Boopkins frowned at the cloaked man.
E. Gadd cleared his throat. “Luigi came to me seeking an answer for this situation. I, of course, happen to have the perfect backup plan!”
Reaching into his pocket, E. Gadd pulled out a familiar device and held it up. “Bot’s dimensional transporter should be able to stop this Ztar fellow.”
“...Do you even know where it’ll send Ztar?”
“Someplace far from Earth.” E. Gadd shrugged. “Aside from that, it could be simply distant space, a parallel universe, a pocket dimension… who really knows?”
“Well… don’t set the pocket dimension to collapse.”
Gadd blinked, looking to Babeh. “Why is that?”
The Toad looked back. “Because I think the captain is still alive in there.”
“...What?”
“Captain Toad was absorbed into Ztar upon their creation,” Babeh explained. “I’ve been noticing Ztar “glitching”, of sorts, ever since then. Perhaps that is Captain Toad trying to reach out from within.”
“That’s… a stretch,” E. Gadd muttered. “But if what you say is correct…”
“We can’t risk it!” Bravo cried.
“Wait,” SMG4 said. “Don’t we need to get Ztar through the portal to banish him, E. Gadd?”
“Well… yes?”
“How. The hell. Do we do that?”
“Er…”
“I CAN HEEAAARRR YOOOOOUUUUU…”
Everyone froze to see the red and brown eyes of Ztar gazing at them from the sky. Ztar had transformed into a massive cloud of darkness hanging over the city, their eyes glaring down at them. Fire began raining down from the sky.
“Hurry!” SLG4 shouted. “Get the citizens to safety!”
The group split up, helping civilians find cover. One particular Goomba kid and his Bob-Omb friend tripped as a fireball rocketed towards them. They closed their eyes, bracing for impact… only for something to tackle them from the side.
The Goomba kid opened his eyes to see that he and the Bob-Omb had been scooped up by none other than Mario, who quickly rushed them to a nearby bunker. As Mario ran back out, the Goomba watched him, eyes sparkling with awe.
Nearby, SMG3 stepped out of his house.
“WILL YOU SHUT UP! People are trying to sl–”
SMG3 froze at the sight of the roaring Ztar in the sky.
“...Carry on.”
He ducked back in, shut the door, and locked it.
“YOU WILL NOT DEFEAT ME!” Ztar bragged as they continued their destruction. “NOT THIS TIME, MARIO, SMG4. I AM MORE POWERFUL THAN ANYTHING YOU HAVE EV–”
Ztar suddenly paused, glitching again. This time, when it disappeared, Ztar’s usual two eyes had been replaced with the face of…
“Captain!” the BattleToads Justice Crew cried.
“D… Do it!” Captain Toad cried out. “Activate the portal! I’ll vent the Power Stars out of our system!”
Bravo swallowed. “B-But… Captain…”
“DO IT !”
After a moment, Bravo sighed. He looked to E. Gadd and nodded. With the press of a button, a portal appeared next to the gang.
In a moment, a scream of rage sounded from above as yellow lines – Power Stars – raced out of Ztar. Within half a minute, Ztar had been reduced to their base form. They began flying down, pausing every few moments as their two personalities switched.
“How dare you! I was so close !”
“Yeah, well, can’t let you hurt my friends or my Kingdom, can I?”
“WHY. WON’T. YOU. JUST. DIE?!”
“SUCK MY DIIIICK!”
Ztar neared the portal. The struggle became more intense as Ztar’s Z half struggled to get control from Captain Toad.
“W-WAIT! Y-YOU’RE MAKING A MISTAKE!” Ztar struggled. “DON’T YOU DARE DO THIS! I HAVE PLANS! I HAVE MYSTERIES TO SOLVE! I CAN’T LOSE ALL MY WORK!”
Captain Toad forced Ztar closer.
“ NO ! DON’T DO THIS TO ME!”
Ztar turned to face Bravo, Captain Toad once more in the driver’s seat.
“Take care of the Crew, ‘kay, Bravo?”
Bravo nodded, tears forming in his eyes, as, with one final lunge, Ztar hurtled towards the portal, switching back to Z one last time.
“CAPTAAAAAAAIIINNNN!”
And just like that, Ztar was gone. E. Gadd closed the portal.
“Well, now that that’s done…”
Suddenly, Bravo snatched Bot’s device from him.
“HEY! What’s the big idea?!”
“Bravo…” Luigi stepped forward. “We… can’t bring him back.”
“I… I know.” Bravo dropped the remote. “But we can make sure nobody can bring Ztar back from… from wherever they went.”
He brought his foot up… and then back down, onto the device. He repeated this several more times, crushing the dimensional transporter under his heel until nothing salvageable remained.
With a sigh, E. Gadd knelt down and picked up the device. He put the remains in his pocket, alongside something else. “I suppose I must incinerate this,” he muttered. “Ah, well. I got what I could out of it.”
The professor walked away.
“So… what now?” SLG4 asked.
SMG4 smiled. “You guys wanna play some Super Smash Each Other In The Ass Brothers?”
“YEAH!”
Minion blinked. “What’s that?”
“Oh, you’ll love it,” SLG4 said. “It’s this fighting game where…”
The group talked and laughed as they headed home. The BattleToads Justice Crew stayed a bit longer, looking to where the portal had once been. One by one, they saluted their lost captain.
“Farewell, Captain Toad,” Bravo muttered. “Wherever you are.”
With that, the four turned and followed the others back towards the castle.
As they walked, Peach paused, noticing that Bowser wasn’t with them. She looked around, but saw no sign of the Koopa King. She figured that he must have left. A shame; she was half tempted to invite him to her castle for celebrations just this once. She’d heard a saying once, one she had not believed until now: you might be the bad guy, but that doesn’t make you a bad guy.
And she could see that somewhere, deep beneath his Koopa pride and lust for her, Bowser wasn’t all that bad. But it would take time for him to come around. Maybe, one day, they could be at peace…
“Princess?”
Peach snapped out of her thoughts, looking down to see Toadsworth standing beside her.
“Yes, Toadsworth?”
“We’d best get going,” the elderly Toad suggested. “My son isn’t one to be left with the likes of Mario for long.”
“...I suppose you’re right.”
Casting one last look back, Peach followed Toadsworth back towards the castle.
“I’m surprised you didn’t go with them, Lord Bowser,” Kamek noted. “You helped them stop Ztar, after all.”
“Yes, well…” Bowser sighed. “I doubt they’d let me in, anyways. Not after all I’ve done to them.”
“Eh, it’s for the best.”
The two turned around to see EM64 walking up to them.
“Well, you took your sweet time,” Bowser growled.
“Hey, what can I say?” EM64 shrugged. “I’m lookin’ out for numero uno. That’s me , if, uh, you didn’t catch that. Now, we still have to talk about conquering the Mushroom Kingdom…”
As EM64 and Kamek prepared to teleport away, Bowser looked down at the retreating heroes. He almost wanted to be with them.
“Bowser! Let’s go!”
The sound of EM64’s voice snapped him out of his stupor. Hesitantly, Bowser walked over to the other villain, and Kamek activated his warping magic.
“By the way, Kamek… where’s my book?”
“Oh, it’s… uh…”
EM64’s eye twitched. “Did you…”
Kamek chuckled nervously.
“…You LOST I–”
He was cut off as the teleportation spell warped them all back to Bowser’s castle.
“Well, that was easy,” E. Gadd muttered as he set EM64’s book on his desk. “Now… without that dimensional transporter, I’m going to need to look to other methods. Something of Ztar’s power cannot be contained forever. Best I begin my research now so we can be ready for them wherever they return.”
With that, E. Gadd opened the book and began to read.
“So… how are you?”
Z growled. “Shut up. Can you just… not talk for a bit?”
“It annoys you?” Captain Toad chuckled. “Well, then I’ll just keep talking.”
“Don’t make me kill you.”
“You can’t. In a way, I am you, after all. So we’re stuck here like this forever.”
“...Dammit. There’s not even any music to drown out his annoying voice…”
“Nnnope.”
“Can you at least make this eternal hellhole somewhat enjoyable?”
“What do you mean? Personally, I’m enjoying the hell outta this.”
Z groaned. “This is agony.”
“Why, yes. Yes it is.”
“RM?”
MCG shivered as he walked across the floor of the ravine not far from the castle. According to Fawn, RM had been chased in here by the Weegee Dolls. MCG had come to find his friend. Of course, he had not been expecting to come across shady residents, illegal activity, and a constant temperature of around 25 degrees Fahrenheit (or -4 degrees Celsius).
“RM? You here, buddy?” he called as he rounded a corner. Then, he froze.
Before him stood what appeared to be some sort of church or temple. The doors were wide open, but no lights inside were on.
“M-Maybe he’s in here…” he muttered, walking in.
It didn’t take long for MCG to reach the temple’s main room. It was odd. There were no seats for people, only a single pedestal towards the far end of the temple. The walls were black and glassy, with green text running down it. This pseudo-digital design extended to the other parts of the building as well, with red columns and sections of the walls possessing grid patterns one would find inside a computer’s motherboard. The floor seemed to be made of metal squares, the scratches on the sides of it showing a blue undercoat of sorts, which only furthered the temple’s cybernetic look.
Stained glass windows lined the wall, with art depicting three individuals, two nearly identical in appearance: tall, spindly figures, with three fingers on each hand, legs ending in stubs, and one eye in the center of their head. Two of them, one red and one blue, wore caps, while the third, colored gray, wore a beanie. All three had the same design for their headwear – mostly red, with a white equilateral triangle at the front. The red one was at the front, with the blue and gray ones on either side behind them. Notably, the grey one seemed to have ears and two eyes, and a slightly different body shape. A background of green grass and a bright blue sky was behind them. This design was carried across all the windows in the temple, and they looked awfully new compared to the temple’s outside.
It was then that MCG spotted RM, lying on the floor near the pedestal.
“RM!” MCG rushed over to his friend, but froze at the sight of him. RM’s eyes were rolled up into his head, his body covered in cracks.
“Wh… What happened to you…?” MCG muttered, backing away.
“Ā̷̙̼̣͙̽V̸̬̫̭̑̈́̽͊A̶̖̾͑͘͝T̵̯͍̙̳́̽͠À̸̧̇͘R̸̩͑̋…̶̩͊?̴̳̼͎̦͐͌”
MCG stopped as a red light shone from above, lighting up the room and focusing on him. He looked up, frozen in terror, as he stared down a faceless horror.
“W̵̓͐͌̋͜Ę̵̩̰͑͌̓̆ ̸͚̪̏Ś̴̻̪͓̅H̶̱͓͘A̵̰̹͇̐́̈L̵͕͌̈́̄̊L̵̘͉͚̑ ̶͉͕͠Ṣ̶̠̤̍̒͆̾Ę̸̹͉̦̈́̈́͊̓Ȩ̵̽́…̸̬̃”
A massive blue-gray, three-fingered hand reached out of the darkness, appearing from seemingly nowhere. MCG screamed, attempting to make a run for it, but was too slow. The hand grabbed him, dragging him into the darkness as he continued screaming for help, for someone, anyone to save him.
But nobody came.
Notes:
The hunt begins...
So... that chapter, amirite?
For the Ztar components: the Nightmare Stone fragment was taken off of SMG3 in "Bowser and the Nightmare Stone", the Power Star was stolen from MCG in "Who Let the Chomp Out?", and Z was captured by EM64 at the end of "The Mystery of the Missing White and Blue".
The decision to turn Z into Ztar was made early on in development. Z was getting WAY too close to real answers regarding certain stuff I'm not gonna touch for a good while, so to write them out, I decided to turn them into Ztar, based on the fact that a Toad absorbed into Ztar became an actual part of him in canon. That's also a factor in choosing their new name - Z's the type to rename their godlike form as some sort of pun. You may have also noticed that Z's calculating attitude was kinda dropped. That's because the sudden surge in power caused Z to go a bit mad. Naturally, I'm not quite done with Ztar yet, and am already bouncing some ideas for bringing them back in the future.
Captain Toad was introduced entirely for the eventual Ztar confrontation. I thought it best to have him make a few appearances prior to becoming a part of Ztar to build his character a bit. Same goes with Bot's device, actually – originally, I had it set to be destroyed, but when I settled on adapting both Ztar episodes in one chapter, I decided to have it be how Ztar was cast away from Earth.
Bob being intersex is a headcanon of mine, based on the fact that he's referenced having both male and female reproductive organs before. Of course, his chosen pronouns are he/him, just like canon.
As for Old Man Star's reduced role, I felt that a newly-created Star with little knowledge of its powers wouldn't be able to stand up to a slightly-more experienced Star with several Power Stars already absorbed. Plus, it gave Captain Toad his heroic sacrifice, so there's that.
Chapter 29: Rise of the BattleToads Justice Crew, Part 1
Summary:
The BattleToads Justice Crew attempt to get back into the swing of things after the loss of their leader.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Somebody help!”
A female Toad screamed out in terror as she began moving towards the flaming building before her. A fireman quickly grabbed her and yanked her back.
“What’s the problem, ma’am?”
“My son! He’s still in there!” she shouted.
“Stand back!”
Out of nowhere, a red van skidded up. Plastered on the side was the BattleToads Justice Crew’s logo. Barrage jumped out and rushed into the building, screaming his name… only to run out seconds later on fire.
“I’M ON FIRE! OH, SHIT!”
Babeh sighed as he hopped out. “Apologies for my uncle, ma’am. We’ll take care of this.”
The fireman blinked. “And… why do you think you can…?”
“Simple!” Bravo said, jumping out. “We’re a lot smaller than you guys, so we can get to places you can’t!”
“...Yeah, I guess that makes sense.”
“Alright!” Bravo turned to Bewbs as he got out of the car. “Bewbs, can you help Barrage?”
Bewbs shot the team’s leader a thumbs up. “I gotchu, fam!”
As Bewbs ran after Barrage, Bravo turned to Babeh. “Babeh, you got a plan?”
“As a matter of fact, I do.” Babeh adjusted his glasses. “It would be best if I went in to save the kid. Bravo, I assume you can keep them wrangled?”
Bravo smiled. “Pfft, of course! What’s a leader for, amirite?”
Babeh’s face fell a bit. Something in Bravo’s tone was… off. He couldn’t tell quite what, though.
“Er… alright. Well, I’m going in!” With that, Babeh rushed into the flaming building.
Bravo sighed, turning around to see that Bewbs had managed to put out the fire on Barrage.
“Alright, guys!” he called out. “Grab the fire equipment from the Justice Machine! We need to put this thing out!”
“SIR YES SIR!” Barrage shouted, rushing towards the truck. Bewbs followed, singing merrily.
“Your team is… certainly something,” the fireman noted.
Bravo sighed. “I’ll admit, we’re… not at our best right now. We recently lost our original leader during the whole Ztar thing…”
“Oh…”
“I-It’s fine.” Bravo put on a smile. “We can still do this!”
Babeh whimpered as he moved past the fire. He’d thought he was over this. Maybe…
He shook himself. No, this was the best plan for the team. Bravo was better at wrangling Barrage and Bewbs, and they weren’t careful enough for this.
As the fire licked the walls around him, he began singing quietly. He’d found that it calmed his nerves.
“Follow me… I’m standing on the border of everything…”
“Listen close…”
Babeh stopped as a second, smaller voice sang out from up ahead. His eyes widened. It must be the kid! he thought.
“Can you hear the spirits sing…”
“Lost messages of long ago…?”
“Kid?” Babeh called out. “Can you hear me?”
“Y-Yeah…”
“Okay. Keep singing. I’ll follow your voice. Okay?”
“O-Okay…”
“Leave the life you knew before…”
“See a new world worth fighting for…”
The voice was getting close now. He could see a doorway ahead.
“Find the truth of who I’m meant to become…”
“Another path I must now walk on… ”
Babeh stepped in. The young Toad was crouched under a window, shaking.
“I’m here!” He said, rushing forward. “Are you okay?”
The Toad kid shook. “I-I’m scared…”
“Shhh…” Babeh smiled as he picked the kid up. “It’s okay. We’re getting out of here.”
As he turned, part of the roof collapsed, blocking the door with flaming wood.
“...Okay, plan B.” He pulled out a walkie-talkie. “Bravo, do you copy? It’s Babeh.”
“Bravo, do you copy? It’s Babeh.”
Bravo pulled out his walkie and answered. “What’s up?”
“The door is blocked. We need a way out ASAP.”
“I GOT YOU HOMIE!”
Bewbs quickly climbed the fire truck and entered the ladder controls.
“Bewbs, wait!” Barrage shouted. “At least let someone relatively smart handle–”
“WHEEEEEEEE!”
Bewbs turned the ladder towards the building and extended it, sending it crashing through the wall and into the room Babeh was in.
“WHAT IS HE DOING?!” the fireman shouted.
“Bewbs, get down here now !” Bravo ordered. “You don’t know how to properly use such equipment!”
Bewbs chuckled. “I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT I’M DOING!!”
Barrage groaned. “EXACTLY!”
“Dang it…” Bravo muttered. The team normally performed far better than this.
Babeh climbed onto the ladder, Toad boy in his arms. “Try to pull me out… not you, Bewbs.”
A fireman grabbed Bewbs and tossed him away, taking the controls and carefully pulling the ladder out of the building. As it reached the ground, Babeh hopped off and handed the kid to his mother.
“Thank you!” she said, tears in her eyes. “Who… who are you heroes?”
Bravo grinned enthusiastically. “It was just a day in the line of work for… the BATTLETOADS JUSTICE CREW!”
It was then that the building collapsed, having taken too much damage from the fire and Bewbs’ stunt.
“Uh…” Bravo chuckled. “Our job here is done! Gotta go!”
The Crew loaded back up in the Justice Machine and drove off, leaving the fallen building behind.
“WHAT HAPPENED OUT THERE?!” Babeh shouted angrily as he paced the meeting room in the BattleToads Justice Crew’s base. “BARRAGE, ALL YOU DID WAS SET YOURSELF ON FIRE!”
“Don’t take that tone up with me, young man,” Barrage growled. “I’m still your uncle.”
Babeh sighed. “I think I’m allowed to use this tone when said uncle is BEING A MORON!”
Bewbs chuckled, but stopped when Babeh whipped towards him.
“Oh, don’t even get me started on you, Bewbs.” Babeh’s eyes narrowed. “You hijacked a fire truck and nearly killed me and the kid! What in Star’s name possessed you to do that?!”
“...I was doing a funni.”
Babeh groaned. “What happened to us…?”
It was then that he noticed that Bravo was nowhere to be seen.
“You guys seen Bravo?”
Barrage blinked. “Uh, yeah. He headed off to his room as soon as we got back.”
Babeh looked off towards the hallway where their rooms were. After a moment, he made his way over.
Before long, he had reached the door with Bravo’s logo – a yellow four-pronged star, with a smaller, black star inside it, matching the logo on his hat. Babeh knocked on the door.
“Come in…”
Babeh opened the door. Inside, Bravo sat on the edge of his bed, looking at a framed photo in his hands. Babeh sat down next to him, glancing down. It was a picture of the BattleToads Justice Crew from shortly before they got their mission to spy on Bowser. Barrage and Bewbs stood to one side, with Bravo and Babeh on the other. And in the lead stood their former leader, Captain Toad.
“...Still thinking about him, huh?”
Bravo groaned. “It’s been two weeks. How could I not , after what happened? After…”
Bravo didn’t need to finish his sentence. Babeh had been there to witness the nightmare forced upon their former leader, and the fate he had been pushed into as a result.
“I was the upbeat guy, y’know?” Bravo muttered. “The guy always looking on the bright side of things. It was supposed to balance you out, Mr. Negative.”
Babeh chuckled. “Hey…”
“But… now I have to lead…” He looked up to Babeh. “Why can’t you lead this team? You’re smarter, you’re better…”
“But they listen to you,” Babeh pointed out. “Barrage is my uncle, so he doesn’t listen to a word I say. And you know how Bewbs is.”
“I…” Bravo looked back at the picture. “How am I ever supposed to replace the captain?”
Babeh sighed. “Look, Bravo. You’re not replacing him. You just need time to… to find your leading style. To figure out the best way you can lead this team.”
“But… I mean… I can never live up to who the captain was,” Bravo said. “He’s legendary. A real hero. I’m just the guy in the background, giving pep talks and such…”
Bravo sighed. “I… I don’t know if this team can even continue without him. You saw how badly we did out there.”
“We… we saved the kid. We succeeded.”
“Captain woulda saved the building and everything in it,” Bravo muttered. “I… I just can’t even compare to him…”
Babeh reached out towards his friend. “Bravo…”
“Don’t.”
Babeh blinked, pulling his hand back.
Bravo sighed. “I… just wanna be alone right now.”
After a moment, Babeh nodded. He stood up and walked out, leaving Bravo alone to look over the picture of his team when they were in their glory days.
The Golden Eye prison compound was one of the highest-security prisons in the Mushroom Kingdom. Few breakouts had ever been attempted, and none were completely successful.
Until now.
Sirens wailed as guards rushed for their weapons.
“What happened?” one of them shouted.
“We’ve got an escapee!” another replied. “Some crazy doctor caught about four years ago by a group of Toads!”
The first guard froze as the group entered a hallway. “Oh, God…”
“What? You know this guy?”
“Hell yeah I know him.” The guard looked down the hallway as a shadow reached around the corner. “I was around when he was caught. Complete and utter monster, that one…”
From around the corner came a short, stout man. He was dressed in black, with a white X on his shirt. His pants were blue, with black, pointed shoes on his feet. He wore white gloves and a red cape. Atop his head was a blue helmet with horns jutting off either side, and a pair of goggles hid his eyes. In fact, his entire face was hidden from view.
“...Seriously? This is who you’re so afraid of?”
The man laughed. “I am Dr. Pootis!” he said proudly in a Russian accent. “I am most dangerous man in history of world!”
The guard attempted to hold in a laugh. “Seriously?”
“Oh, Magnus!” he called out. “Come to Papa!”
The guard laughed. “Oh, man, this guy, ami–”
Suddenly, a massive pink metal fist came crashing through the roof, crushing all but the mocking guard. Its silver claws grabbed the guard and tossed him away. It tore away more of the roof, revealing it to be Dr. Pootis’ personal mech, dubbed the Magnus von Grapple.
Pootis laughed. “You stupid to underestimate great Dr. Pootis!” The Magnus grabbed Pootis and lifted him up, inserting him into the driver’s seat. Pootis turned off autopilot, taking full control of the mech before blasting off.
“Captain…” he muttered. “I’m coming for you!”
Notes:
And so, the most dangerous man in world enters the story!
Uh, not much else to say here besides how much I love this team, so... yeah.
Chapter 30: Rise of the BattleToads Justice Crew, Part 2
Summary:
The BattleToads confront the escaped Dr. Pootis.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
“Bravo!”
Babeh slammed the door wide open as he rushed in. Bravo sighed. “Babeh, I told you half an hour ago–”
“It’s Pootis.”
Bravo froze. He looked up at Babeh. “...Wh-What…?”
“Dr. Pootis,” Babeh repeated. “He escaped.”
Dr. Pootis laughed as he reclined in his chair. “It so good being home!” he said cheerfully, resting his feet on his desk.
Then, a buzz came from his communications line. After a moment, he answered, and a familiar black and red Mario recolor appeared.
“This is Dr. Pootis, right?”
Pootis chuckled. “Most dangerous man in world. Who are you?”
The recolors smiled. “My name is EM64, and you have me to thank for your escape.”
Pootis sat up. “You one who repaired Magnus…” After a moment, he sighed. “What you want from great Dr. Pootis?”
“Mayhem,” EM64 replied. “I’m working on a plan. But I need a certain group of people out of the way. A group of Toads you may be… familiar with…”
The doctor’s eyes narrowed behind his goggles. “BattleToads…”
“Riiight on the money.” EM64 smiled. “You get your revenge, and I get to work on my plans freely. How’s that sound?”
Dr. Pootis smiled. “Friend, you got deal!”
“How could he have escaped?!” Barrage growled, slamming his fist onto the table in the BattleToads’ meeting room.
“Someone stole the remains of the Magnus von Grapple last week,” Babeh noted, looking at the information on his handheld tablet. “Evidently, they rebuilt it and freed Pootis for… some reason.”
“Ugh…” Even Bewbs groaned, not very happy about having to deal with Pootis again.
“Alright, team.” Bravo rose, placing his hands on the table. “The situation is clear: Dr. Pootis has escaped. Now, we don’t know what he’s planning to do, but I’m sure it’ll have something to do with us. Any ideas?”
“Find him and kick his ass!”
“...That’s a given, Barrage. Any ideas for how to actually find him?”
“Nah, I got nothin’.”
Bravo sighed. “Babeh?”
“Well, there was a tracker planted on the Magnus von Grapple when we put it up, in the event it got taken back,” the Toad muttered, adjusting his glasses. “But it seems whoever rebuilt it was able to deactivate the tracker.”
“Dammit…” Barrage put a finger to his chin in thought. “So how do we find him…?”
“I’m sure he’ll turn up!” Bravo said, his cheerful tone somewhat forced. “I mean, it’s Dr. Pootis. He likes to make a show. It won’t be long before he comes out swearing vengeance and stuff.”
“Won’t be long now!” Pootis muttered as he dug through his storage room, full of machines from past endeavors and ones to be used in future plots. “Have to be here somewhere…”
After a few more minutes of digging, Pootis laughed. “Finally! There you are…”
Reaching in, he pulled out a nuclear bomb.
“Now Dr. Pootis will have vengeance on world!”
Dr. Pootis laughed sinisterly.
“So… you broke some guy out of prison… for what reason?”
“To deal with the BattleToads.” EM64 sighed. “Look, Bowser, I thought you’d get it by now.”
“Well… what’s this plan you say you have? Because I’ve got nothin’. After what happened two weeks ago, I… don’t know about this partnership.”
EM64 seethed internally, but did his best to maintain his composure. “Bowser… listen. I have a plan. I always do. I just need you to trust me.”
“Then let me in on it,” the Koopa King growled. “I deserve to know. I don’t wanna deal with another Ztar.”
“Yes, yes, I know.” He rubbed his temple. “Neither do I.”
After a moment, EM64 sighed. “Fine. The plan is… well…”
“You don’t have a plan, do you?”
“Of course I do! It’s just saying it aloud now sounds kinda stupid.”
“You created a godlike Power Star from a Toad and a Mario lookalike. It won’t be too outlandish.”
EM64 grinned. “Alright, then. So, I was thinking we could make the castle fly…”
“...Aight, I’m bored.” Barrage jumped up. “Imma go find Pootis and beat his face in.”
“Barrage…”
“Ugh, what ?” He whipped around to face Bravo. “He’s out there somewhere, planning God knows what! We gotta find ‘im and smash ‘im!”
“And that’s what Babeh is trying to do!”
Babeh looked up from his laptop. “Will you keep it down? Trying to surf the police channels here.”
“Oh, I’m so drunk I can barely see–”
“And someone please shut Bewbs up.”
Barrage sighed, grabbing Bewbs and tossing him across the room.
“I can fly!”
Bewbs slammed into the wall.
“There. He’s been shut up.”
“Barrage!”
“What? You wanted him to shut up.”
“Guys, guys, calm down!” Bravo said. “Pootis will show himself–”
“Found him.”
“...Now, apparently.”
The four gathered around Babeh’s laptop to see… an email?
Barrage blinked. “Wait… did that idiot seriously email us?”
“It appears so.” Babeh opened the email, to which a video file was attached. He played the video, and Dr. Pootis showed up on the screen.
“Greetings, BattleToads! ” he said jovially. “It is I, great Dr. Pootis! As most dangerous man in world, of course I escape prison. Now, I have acquired nuclear bomb, and will drop on Oviscity! Puny heroes cannot stop Pootis this time! ”
“...‘Scuse me, he has a what now?!”
“Babeh–”
“Already got ‘im,” Babeh replied. “Atop an apartment complex in the city.”
“Alright, then.” Bravo rose. “Let’s move out, BTJC!”
“...and we could install a security system, too. Actually, I got my hands on a copy of a good one after stealing the Nightm–”
“EM64, just… stop for a sec.”
EM64 blinked.
Bowser sighed. “You want to turn my kingdom… into a warship .”
“...Yes.”
“That’s… no. I’m a king. I can't let my entire kingdom be put at risk like that.”
“So… I broke Pootis out for nothing, basically.”
“Yeah.”
EM64 sighed, clearly not happy about this. “Shit… back to the drawing board, then.”
As he walked out, he smiled. It wasn’t like Bowser had to know that he’d already begun testing his ideas elsewhere…
“This world now belong to me !” Pootis shouted, laughing as he held the nuke in the hand of the Magnus .
“POOTIS!”
Pootis paused, recognizing the voice of Bravo. He grinned, moving to see the four Toads.
“Battletoads!” he said cheerfully. “Long time no – wait.” Behind his goggles, he squinted. “One, two, three, four… WHERE IS CAPTAIN?!”
“Not around anymore,” Babeh answered. “But we’re still here to fight.”
Pootis stared for a second, completely flabbergasted. He’s so been looking forward to thrashing Captain Toad in combat. And he was… what, dead, now?
Pootis chuckled, which soon evolved into a full-blown laugh. “Works out! Without Captain, Dr. Pootis can destroy you much easier!”
The Magnus leapt down, crashing onto the ground in front of them.
“I DON’T WANNA DIE!” Bewbs shouted.
“Let’s see…” Babeh dug around in his pockets. “Teleport chip, fusion chip… I have a lot of chips…”
“Oh, can I have some?”
“Not that kind of chip, Bewbs.”
“DAMMIT!”
“GUYS!”
Everyone turned towards Bravo.
“You know what to do.”
Barrage’s eyes widened. “Bravo… we’ve never done this without the captain before. Are you sure we even can …?”
“...We have to try.” Bravo stood tall as he could. “Pootis has an atomic bomb. We need to stop him. Now…”
He posed. “BattleToads – JUSTICE TIME!”
Barrage grinned, posing beside the leader. “JUSTICE TIME!”
Babeh sighed. “Yeah, justice time…”
Bewbs grinned stupidly. “I’m really high.”
They all pressed a button on their waist. The four Toads glowed before turning into beams of light, which flew into the air and concerned in one spot. When the light dimmed down, a massive Toad stood before the Magnus. His mushroom hat was striped white, tan, orange, and blue, with the patterns of all four BattleToads’ hats across it.
“Super Justice Toad rises again!” he bellowed.
Again with the name, Bravo…?
Hey, the Captain picked it! Besides, it’s good…
It’s cheesy. And stupid.
Just focus on Pootis, Barrage.
Oh, yeah. Let’s punch ’im!
Super Justice Toad lunged forward, slamming a fist into Magnus. Pootis growled.
“Take this, babies!” He pressed a button, firing a rocket at them. It slammed into their hat, causing the giant to stumble back.
Don’t give up! Bravo’s voice cried out to the others. Babeh, give us a target!
Super Justice Toad looked over the Magnus von Grapple.
Okay, the arms! They're less durable than the rest of the robot. Take them out first.
On it!
Super Justice Toad charged forward, grabbing the Magnus by one of its arms and tearing it off violently. It tossed it away, the arm landing on the street.
“NO!” Pootis cried. “You not stop Pootis! Pootis stop you!”
Pootis swung the other arm to hit Super Justice Toad, but the giant caught it. In one swift move, it tore the other arm off, then used it to slap the Magnus von Grapple.
“No, no, NO!” Pootis growled. “Fine. You ask for it! You make Pootis unleash ultimate weapon!”
From the Magnus ’ back, a giant laser cannon emerged from a space it should not have fit in. It began charging up.
Barrage! Bewbs!
ON IT!
LET’S-A FUCKING GOOOOOOOO!
Super Justice Toad charged forward, leaping into the air and grabbing the cannon. It tore it off before aiming it at the Magnus von Grapple .
“Goodbye.”
Pootis screamed in rage as the cannon fired, tearing through the Magnus and sending it crashing to the ground. Pootis stumbled out of the wreckage, crawling to safety. But when a shadow fell over him, he slowly turned around.
The BattleToads Justice Crew stood above him, posing heroically.
“...If it all same to you, Pootis surrender.”
A beat passes.
“...PSYCH!”
Pootis pulled out a remote and pressed the button. A timer folded out of the Magnus and began counting down.
“Nuke is armed! Go save day, heroes!”
Pootis cackled.
“Oh God, WHAT DO WE DO?!” Barrage shouted.
Bewbs shrugged. “We're all going to die.”
Bravo looked at his panicked teammates before getting an idea. “GUYS, FORM SUPER JUSTICE TOAD!”
Barrage groaned. “Can we not call it that when we’re about to die?”
“JUST DO IT!”
The four came together, forming the giant Toad once again. Super Justice Toad picked up the Magnus von Grapple, reeled back, and tossed, sending the mech flying into the sky. It flew very far up before the nuke went off, meaning it was out of the way of damaging anything…
Oh look a civilian airliner.
The nuke exploded, vaporizing the passing jet and everyone on board. The BattleToads returned to their separated forms, breathing a sigh of relief.
“Uh… guys?” Babeh spoke up. “Pootis is gone.”
They followed Babeh’s gaze to see that Pootis had fled.
“...We’ll get him,” Bravo assured. “We’re the BattleToads Justice Crew, after all. He’ll be back, and when he does return, we’ll be there to stop him.”
The BattleToads posed heroically… and then noticed the damage around them caused by the fight.
“...But we don’t have the money to pay for this, so we should go.”
“Agreed.”
They hopped into the Justice Machine and drove off just as the police arrived on the scene. FM groaned as he stepped out of the car.
“DAMMIT, I MISSED IT!”
Notes:
So Pootis remains out there to return at some point, the BattleToads are back in action, and EM64 is doing stuff. Pootis will kinda be a recurring villain, but won't be too major in anything I have planned so far. The BattleToads' stories aren't over, either. They are gonna be less prominent, but I'll feature them whenever possible.
Chapter 31: Killer on the Loose
Summary:
FM and Hal Monitor investigate a series of murders as the gang prepares to make up with a friend.
Notes:
It's back!
Please read the ending notes, cause there's gonna be a change in upload schedule.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It had been a month since the defeat of Ztar. The Weegee Dolls were all but extinct, with the original locked up in E. Gadd’s lab. Bowser and EM64 were off plotting, probably. As for SMG4, he relaxed in his chair, watching a video titled “What Is Pingas 10 Hours”, a parody of the song What Is Love? featuring a famous meme involving Dr. Robotnik.
“If there’s a better use for the Internet, I haven’t found it!” he said cheerfully.
Then, there was a knock on his door. SMG4 sighed, paused the video, and got up. After a quick stretch, he walked over to the door to find Mario and Luigi standing outside.
“Hey, SMG4,” Luigi said.
“Oh, hey, Luigi, Mario,” SMG4 replied with a smile. “What’re you two up to?”
“Well, we were just–”
“We’re having a PAAAARRRRTAAAAYYYYYY!” Mario shouted, dancing behind Luigi.
SMG4 blinked. “You… do know Peach banned parties aside from the Mushroom Ball after what happened last week, right?”
“Oh, no. We’re doing a special party!” Luigi said cheerfully. “A makeup birthday party for Kaijak, since his last one went… wrong.”
SMG4 blinked. “Are… are you guys sure? After… well, Enzo, I haven’t really seen him that much…”
“Don’t worry!” Mario said cheerfully. “We’re throwing him a surprise party to make him feel better!”
SMG4 blinked. “Wow. That’s… kinda thoughtful of you, Mario.”
“M-hm!”
“Well… I’ll see if I can get in contact with–”
And then they heard the scream.
FM clipped through the floor. “Did I hear a MURDER SOUND?!”
X sighed, entering with the front door. “You mean scream?”
FM’s eyes flicked back and forth. “Murder sound…”
“Relax,” SMG4 muttered, going to the door underneath the castle stairs. “It’s not gonna be a–”
SMG4 swung the door open, only to see a Toad with blue spots lying on the ground in a pool of blood.
“...Well I’ll be damned.”
“Ooooo. Mario’s getting déjà vu!”
“Another murder?” Hal Monitor muttered. “This castle may not be so safe.”
“But how did they break in?” FM wondered. “No windows broken, no records of entry – we’ve got nothing to work with here aside from a Toad with a slit throat.”
“Odd indeed,” Hal muttered as two RMKP officers picked up the body, uncovering something underneath. FM quickly noticed it.
“Hal, look – an indent in the carpet!”
The two officers knelt down for a closer look.
“It just says… “This”...?” FM noted.
“Indeed it does,” Hal muttered. “But… what could it mean…?”
SMG4 hummed as he walked the streets of Oviscity, Mario and Luigi beside him.
“Well, guys, what else do we need?” Luigi asked. “We’ve sent out invitations–”
“Simple, Luigi.” SMG4 took a deep breath. “D e c o r a t i o n s.”
“Oh, yeah!” Mario cheered.
Then, they heard someone cry out “Help!” before being silenced.
SMG4 sighed. “Oh, this is gonna be another one of those days, isn’t it?”
“It’s strange…” FM muttered. “Two murders on the same day, with the same weapon, in the same style, in the vicinity of Mario…”
“And yet Mario is not the one responsible,” Hal finished. “Security shows that.”
FM turned to the other officers. “Move the body, please.”
Two officers moved the body from the outline drawn around it, and underneath was another word.
““Is”?” FM read. “It’s a message. “This is”... what?”
“I’m pulling from my databases of those defeated by Mario,” Hal said, his screen flipping through files. “Z and Bot are no longer factors. Perhaps SMG3, EM64, or Bowser.”
“Not 3,” FM noted. “He has a thing for SMG4, not Mario. Plus, killing isn’t his style. EM64 or Bowser makes sense, though.”
“Then let us move.” Hal Monitor was enveloped by a glowing white light, transforming into a police car with his monitor on the front. FM hopped in, and the two drove off.
“Decorations, check. Invitations, check. All that’s left is…”
“CAKE!” Mario shouted excitedly, rushing forward.
“Dammit, Mario, stop!”
Mario froze.
SMG4 walked to the Italian and sighed, putting a hand on his shoulder. “Look, man, no eating the cake before the party, okay?”
“But–”
“No.”
Mario huffed. “Fine…”
The trio rounded the corner to find yet another body.
“...Okay, someone clearly has it out for us.”
Luigi fainted.
“What is going on?!” FM shouted. “Seriously! Can I not get one good explanation?! And what the hell is this blood message about?! “This is for”... what?! Revenge?! It’s the same goddamn guy between all of these murders, and the best lead we have are three words that could go literally anywhere!”
“Maybe your friends are the ones behind this.”
“SHUT YO BITCH ASS UP, HAL!”
“You have to admit, FightingMario54321, it is suspicious,” Hal pointed out. “They’re at the scene of each and every crime. Perhaps we should follow them–”
Then, FM’s phone rang.
“One second.”
FM answered the phone. “Hello, this is the cops.”
“Help! There’s been a murder!” a high-pitched voice said through the speaker.
“Alright, sir, we’ll be there soon.” As FM hung up, a curious look crossed his face. “I swear I’ve heard that voice before…”
“No time!” Hal assumed his JUSTICE MOBILE mode. “We must move quickly!”
After a moment of hesitation, FM jumped in the car, and the two sped off towards this fourth murder.
Kaijak18 walked dejectedly down the streets toward his house, fidgeting with something in his pocket. As he reached his door, he noticed it was unlocked. Pulling a knife out of his pocket, he slowly opened the door and edged in…
“SURPRISE!”
The lights came on, and everyone jumped out. A startled Kaijak threw the knife, and it landed directly in Mario’s face.
“...Ow...”
Kaijak blinked. “Guys?” He looked around at the decorations in surprise. “Wh-What’s this?”
Luigi smiled as Mario pulled the knife out of his head. “Well, since your last birthday went so wrong, we decided to help make it up to you!”
Kaijak smiled. “Th-Thanks, guys! But… why is it just you four?”
Indeed, only Mario, Luigi, SLG4, and SMG4 were present.
SLG4 blinked. “Well… Luigi and I sent out invitations, but…”
“Yo.”
SMG4 froze, turning to the doorway to see SMG3 standing there. He now wore a new hat, which replaced the classic “3” with a skull image.
“I got an invitation to some “makeup party” thing?” He looked up, quickly locking eyes with SMG4. His face fell. “...Oh God.”
SMG4 whipped towards the others. “You guys invited SMG3?!”
“Er…” Luigi rubbed the back of his head. “I mean… he wasn’t that bad last time we met…”
SMG4 sighed. “Well, you’ve made a mistake. More importantly… you’re alive?!”
“Why, of course,” SMG3 replied. “I told you I’d be fine, Four. Oh, and you like my new hat? Made it myself.”
“Looks… evil.”
SMG3 blinked. “Not… quite what I was going for, but okay.”
“Alright,” Kaijak muttered. Luigi caught a bit of… frustration in his voice? “So SMG3’s here. Big deal. Let’s just get on with it. Now… who wants to play PARTY GAMES!”
“Me!” Mario shouted, rushing off. The others followed him, save Kaijak, who hung back for a few seconds to lock the door behind him…
“Alright, move her over.”
The officers quickly moved the body at Hal’s behest.
“Who gave us the call?” FM muttered. “There’s nobody out here… it’s odd. The method is the same, and if they left a message…”
“They did!”
“And yet, this time, there’s no sign of Mario… yeah, this officially makes no sense. Unless…” FM’s eyes widened. “Unless this is a distraction.”
“Interesting theory,” Hal said. “Also, does this name mean anything to you? You mentioned it before, last October.”
FM looked over towards where Hal was kneeling and froze. The voice. Mario. Vengeance. The party. And now…
Everything fell into place as he looked at the final word.
“No… no, it can’t be…”
“What? What is it?” Hal asked.
“No time!” FM shouted. “ENGAGE JUSTICE MOBILE!”
Hal nodded, transforming to his police car form. FM hopped in.
“So where are we going?”
“Take us to Kaijak18’s house, ASAP!”
Hal’s tires squealed as he peeled away, leaving the officers, the body, and the final piece of the message behind.
The full message…?
This is for Enzo.
“Never have I ever… humped spaghetti.”
“MAMAFUCKER!” Mario growled. “Stop targeting me, SMG4!”
SMG4 let out a laugh, while SMG3 sighed.
“This is stupid,” the blue and black recolor muttered. “Can I go now?”
“Just let me have my turn,” Kaijak said. He grinned. “Trust me, I got some good ones.”
“...Fine.”
“Alright, guys… never have I ever blown up the castle.”
Mario huffed, putting a finger down.
“Never have I ever… hurt an animal.”
Mario reluctantly lowered his finger. SMG4, meanwhile, looked around.
“...Does it count if it was in a meme?”
“Never have I ever… killed someone.”
Only Kaijak lowered a finger. Everyone froze.
“...Kai?” SMG4 muttered.
Luigi began to shake, fear creeping through him.
“Yo, dude!” SMG3 looked around, his eyes narrowing. “What’s going on?”
Kaijak blinked. “Oh, I’m just waiting on Mario.”
Mario blinked. “Hm?”
“Y’know, waiting for you to lower your finger. For killing someone?”
“Uhh…”
Kaijak blinked, then began to chuckle. “Oh, come on. Don’t tell me you didn’t know. I mean, I’m pretty sure even SMG3 knew about what happened! After I killed those people to drive the cops away from here, too…”
“K-Kai, you’re scaring m-me…” Luigi stuttered, shaking in his seat.
“Don’t you “Kai ” me!” Kaijak’s eye twitched in anger.
“Alllllright.” SLG4 stood up. “I think it’s time to–”
Kaijak pulled out a loaded glock.
“...go.”
“But why?” Kaijak asked, glaring at Mario with the gun in hand, a mad smile growing on his face. “The party’s only just begun...”
Notes:
Season 2 kicks off as we finally hit Kaijak's villain arc!
So, some of you may be confused about this Kaijak guy. His role originally went to Roprinplup14, who many know better as Enzo. However, IRL Prinplup came out and said he wasn't comfortable with people using his recolor in their fan stuff (see link below), so to respect him while not throwing out a whole bunch of stories I'd planned, I created Kaijak18. He serves the same basic role as Prinplup without BEING him. If you go back and reread past chapters, I left his Empoleon named Enzo as both a reference to the original and because it's an actual name people have. The name Kai, meaning "sea" was suggested by StormLobby, and references the Water-type Pokemon Prinplup. The “jak” is both to be a play on the word “hijack” (because it seems like something a kid would do for his username in 2011) and the name Jaki (meaning "iceberg", also proposed by StormLobby and another play on penguin stuff). His color scheme (grey shirt and hat with turquoise overalls with yellow gloves) is a reference to Empoleon's Water-Steel typing, with the added gold as a reference to Empoleon’s crest.
TLDR: IRL Prinplup doesn't want his recolor used, so Kai is replacing him. I changed the references to Prinplup in previous chapters to reflect this change.
Link mentioned above: https://twitter.com/terun3kozu/status/1687994630594506752
Now, as for the upload schedule, I'm mostly gonna be posting chapters as I finish them from here on out, as I don't want this fic to sit here dead. So... yeah.
Chapter 32: Enzo
Summary:
Mario, Luigi, SMG4, SLG4, and SMG3 attempt to escape from the vengeful Kaijak.
Notes:
Early release because I'm gonna be out for the next three days. But hey, I'll get some time to work on my writing in the meantime.
Anyways, onto one of my personal most anticipated chapters, where someone gets a bad idea over a bottle at 3AM...
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Three days after the defeat of Ztar…
Kaijak sighed as he walked away. He cast one final look back at the gravestone, reading the inscription carved onto it: “Enzo – a true friend to the end”.
The funeral had been small. SMG4, X, FM, Luigi, and a few others had attended. Mario had been nowhere to be found, but Kaijak was perfectly happy with that.
Kaijak trudged through the pouring rain, his umbrella left behind, forgotten. All that was on his mind was Enzo, his now dearly-departed Empoleon.
That night, as he sat at his table, a bottle in hand, his thoughts shifted to Mario.
“The explosions only happened after Mario showed up,” he muttered. Then, a thought passed through his head.
“Y’know what?” he muttered, standing up. “Now that I think about it, Mario’s been the cause of a lot of our problems. The Weegee army was brought on by him being a bad brother. Z only killed that guy, only took over my body, to get back at Mario. Mario’s used me as a meatshield and beat me up so many times…”
A smile began to spread across Kaijak’s face, growing wider and crazier every second. “Maybe… maybe if Mario was gone, we’d be better off…”
He began to chuckle. “Yes… yes, that’s it! I’ll get rid of our problems and avenge Enzo in one fell swoop!”
Kaijak laughed maniacally, throwing his bottle across the room. It shattered against the wall, right next to a framed picture from a birthday years prior. A young Kaijak held up his new Piplup to the camera, a cheerful smile on both their faces…
Now…
“Kai, what the hell?!” SMG4 exclaimed. “What is wrong with you?!”
“You know what he did!” Kaijak growled, aiming the glock at Mario. “You know everything that he’s brought upon us! More often than not, it’s his stupid decisions costing us our safety! Heck, he was part of the reason HAL turned! Kamek stirred up Luigi’s feelings of Mario’s mistreatment of him! This is the guy who treated his brother like a toy for years!”
“K-Kai, please…”
“Shut it, Kevin,” the recolor hissed. “When I overheard you two talking about this surprise party, I knew my time had come. Now, it’s up to me to fix everything, because y’all are so damn attached to this lunatic!”
“...Aight, well, imma head out.” SMG3 made for the door. “Got places to be–”
Kaijak turned the gun on SMG3, firing it at the floor in front of him. “NOBODY IS GOING ANYWHERE!”
“...Okay.” SMG3’s voice was small, scared. He backed up, taking a seat next to Luigi. “You do your thing, I guess. Just leave me out of it.”
SMG4 cast a glare to his rival. “ SMG3!”
“What? I ain’t risking my life over some dude I barely know!”
“SOMEBODY CALL 911!” Mario cried.
“So how about a new game?” Kaijak said with an unnerving smile. “Hide and seek. Only if I find you, you have to help me kill Mario. Otherwise…”
He fired the gun again… only for it to be empty.
“...One sec.”
Kaijak tossed the gun aside and pulled out a knife.
“Much better. Sorry about that.”
He tossed the knife into the air, flipping it before catching it in his hand Loki-style. His bloodshot eyes turned on the others. “You guys get the message?”
The five nodded viciously.
“Alright!” Kaijak turned around and covered his eyes. “You have ‘til I reach ten! One…”
“SHIT SHIT SHIT!” Mario shouted, running off.
“Mario, wait!” SMG4 cried, following him, with Luigi and SLG4 close behind.
SMG3 sighed. “So we’re doing this again. Great…”
“Two…”
SMG3 ran off after the others.
“Care to fill me in on the situation?” Hal Monitor asked as he drove at full speed down the street, knocking over a few cars.
“Enzo is the name of Kaijak’s Empoleon,” FM explained. “It got injured a while back in an explosion at the castle, and recently died from its wounds. I’d noticed Kai’s had been acting more hostile towards Mario since, but it seems that Enzo’s death made him snap. His party is going on right now, and Mario’s present. Safe to say he learned about it and staged all this to lure us on a wild goose chase.”
“But he couldn’t resist putting down a signature for his kills,” Hal muttered.
FM shrugged. “All killers have ‘em. Now, STEP ON IT!”
Hal sped up, rocketing around a curb and slamming into a truck, tipping it over. Steve popped out and looked at the two officers as they sped away.
“Fuckin’ jackass…”
“WHAT DO WE DO WHAT DO WE DO WHAT DO WE DO?!” Mario shouted as he ran in circles around Kaijak’s basement.
“I DON’T KNOW!” Luigi replied, crying in the corner.
SLG4 groaned. “If I had a nickel for every former friend of mine that turned into a homicidal maniac, I’d have two nickels, which isn’t a lot, but it’s weird that it happened twice.”
“Guys, will you calm down?!” SMG4 shouted. “We need to think clearly so we can get out of–”
“TEN!” Kaijak shouted. “READY OR NOT, HERE I CO-OOOME!”
Mario’s eyes narrowed in fear. “Shiiiiiiiiiii–”
“Oi! Losers!”
The trio turned to see SMG3 standing behind them. He pointed to a vent not far away. “Let’s just go through the vent and get the heck outta here!”
“SMG3?” SMG4 blinked in surprise. “Wh… why are you helping us?”
“Believe me, not how I wanted to make my big return,” SMG3 muttered. “But you clearly aren’t gonna help him kill Mario, and I want you humiliated, not dead. ‘Sides, saving your life is probably the most humiliating thing I can do to you right now. Saving it a second time is even more humiliating.”
SMG4 rolled his eyes. “Gee, thanks. Maybe I’ll return the favor someday.”
SMG3 scoffed. “Over my dead body.”
“Oh, Maariooooo~,” Kaijak called out in a singsong voice. “Where aaarrreee yooooouuuuu~?”
“WILL YOU TWO STOP FLIRTING AND OPEN THE VENT?!” SLG4 shouted.
SMG4 and SMG3 blinked. “WE ARE NOT FLIRTING!” they shouted in unison.
Mario laughed. “GAAAAAAAYYYYYY!”
SMG3 sighed and quickly pulled the vent open. “Hurry!”
SMG4, SMG3, and SLG4 ducked through, but no sooner than they had, steel bars shot up, replacing the vent cover. Mario and Luigi yelped, jumping back.
“What the hell is this?!” SMG4 cried. He grabbed the bars and began to pull, to no avail.
“Forget it!” SMG3 growled, grabbing SMG4’s arm. “Leave ‘em!”
“Are you crazy?!” SMG4 shouted, jerking his arm away from his rival. “These are our friends! Of course, it’s not like you would understand!”
“Hey! I have friends! Besides, since when do you of all people care about anyone other than yourself?!”
“FOUND YOU!”
Everyone jumped, turning to the basement entrance to spy Kaijak standing there, a mad grin on his face.
“Looks like it’s us and your scaredy-cat brother, Mario,” Kaijak said. “So, nothing left to protect you…”
Kaijak ran a finger along his knife as he approached Mario. “Y’know, old bud, I started doing this whole plan out of a desire for vengeance, but I gotta say… this whole “villain” shtick is actually quite fun, if I do say so myself.”
As he closed in, he raised the knife. “When you get to whatever lies beyond life, when asked to know who killed you, don’t say Kaijak.”
Mario backed up against the wall, eyes widening as Kaijak closed.
“Instead,” Kaijak continued, “you’ll call me “Enzo”, for it’s in the original’s memory that I take my vengeance on you!”
Kaijak began to bring the knife down… only for it to be knocked out of his hand by Luigi, who quickly got between him and Mario, arms outstretched to protect his brother.
“Luigi?” Mario muttered.
Luigi’s lip quivered, the fear still evident, but he covered it up as best he could. He looked up at the recolor, his eyes narrowed. “S-Stay the hell away from my brother.”
That got Kaijak to pause. He blinked, confusion dancing in his eyes.
“Luigi… why?” he asked.
Luigi blinked in surprise. He could hear genuine confusion in that question. “Wh-What do you mean?”
“Why stop me?” Kaijak asked. “Mario has tormented you – and so many others – over the years. You know firsthand – I mean, you live with him! So why?”
“Because Mario is a good person,” Luigi said. “He’s not perfect, no. He’s fairly selfish. He’s got a weird pasta fetish. But he’s my bro, and deep down, I can see that he really is trying his best.”
Kaijak seemed to hesitate. Luigi noticed this.
“Please…” he said, reaching out. “It doesn’t have to be this way, Kai–”
Kaijak’s eyes narrowed.
“IT’S ENZO NOW!” he shouted, smacking Luigi’s hand away. “You may have gotten rid of my knife, but I have an alternate means of taking care of you!”
With that, Kaijak pulled out a real-ass goddamn bomb.
“HOLY SHIT!” Mario shouted.
Luigi screamed.
“OH, GOD!” SMG4 cried.
“AW, CRAP!” SMG3 yelped.
“OH FUCK!” SLG4 shouted.
“Happy birthday to me, happy birthday to ME!”
“I DON’T WANNA DIE!” Mario cried.
“I’m out. Peace!” SMG3 began crawling away.
Kaijak laughed. “Let’s blow out this candle together, shall we?”
Mario and Luigi screamed, grabbing each other in one final hug.
It was then that Hal Monitor, in Justice Mobile form, crashed through the wall, with FM standing on his hood.
“STAAHHHHP RIIIIGHT THEEEEEEEERRRREEEE!” FM shouted.
“What the hell?!” Kaijak shouted. “How… how did you get in here?! We’re in a basement !”
FM looked around, then back at Kaijak. “...Bullshit!”
Mario, SMG4, and Luigi stood outside Kaijak’s house, watching as their former friend was shoved into the back of a police car. SMG3 was long gone, having left following the arrival of the police.
“This isn’t over, Mario, you hear me?!” Kaijak shouted. “I will have my revenge! Enzo will be avenged! Mark my words!”
Kaijak’s swears of vengeance continued as the window slid shut and even after Hal drove off, leaving FM with Mario, Luigi, SLG4, and SMG4.
“...Welp, I think it’s decided,” Mario muttered. “We’re-a never doing another birthday-related story again, right?”
“Oh, yeah, no.”
“Definitely not.”
“Never again.”
“Aw, hell yeah!”
The group stared at FM blankly.
“...Well, I had fun.”
Notes:
Yeah, I kept Enzo as the villain name. Like I said, it IS a real name, after all. It's just not the same Enzo as the one from the original, even if he fills the same basic role.
When it comes to Kaijak/Enzo, I wanted to go with a slightly more serious backstory for him to explain why he'd turn on his friends, outside of just a ruined birthday party. While rewatching the series, I noticed that the original Enzo (Roprinplup14 in canon) was the butt of a lot of physical comedy prior to Birthday Freakout. So, I translated that into him constantly getting hurt in the gang's various adventures, more often than not by Mario's idiocy. As for Enzo the Empoleon, he was created to be killed off, his death being the final push Kaijak needed to go after Mario. The changed backstory ended up working out, too, as it helps differentiate Kaijak from the original Enzo enough to practically be considered his own character, alongside the changed color code and name (which worked well when IRL Prinplup said he didn't want his recolor used in fan works). Of course, there's a lot more to this story that I plan to explore down the line, so stay tuned for Kaijak's inevitable return.
Plus, this gave Luigi some more time to shine, as well. Luigi's arc, in particular, is something I'm looking forward to exploring this season.
Also, that little photo of Kaijak and Enzo was inspired by some adorable art StormLobby made of young Prinplup and Enzo. I know, I get a lot of inspiration from their art, but they're REALLY good.
Anyways, since SMG4 gave characters leimotifs in the past when they appeared onscreen (like OoT's Potion Shop theme for Bob), I'll give one to Kaijak: Villain by Stella Chang, specifically an English cover. StormLobby introduced me to the song because Kaijak reminded them of it, so I thought "why not"? So yeah, the instrumental serves as EnzoKai's leimotif going forward.
Side note, no SMG34 shipping intended. Just a joking reference to the ship and how the original series plays into it occasionally.
Also, if you see the chapter count jump in the next few days, I've decided to fold the spinoffs into the main fic for easier access and so they won't be missed by any readers.
Chapter 33: Mario and the Spaghetti Factory
Summary:
Mario wins a visit to Fresh Tubby Spaghetti’s factory. Chaos ensues.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Mario was grinning as he and Luigi entered the house, having returned home with groceries.
“OH BOY OH BOY OH BOY!” Mario shouted. “IMMA EAT ME SOME SPAGHETTI TONIGHT!”
Mario grabbed a package of Fresh Tubby Spaghetti-branded spaghetti and opened it up… only for something else to fall out alongside the spaghetti.
“Hm?” Mario reached down and picked it up. It was some sort of golden ticket, upon which the words “Congratulations! You have won a tour to the Fresh Tubby Spaghetti factory for absolutely no cost!” were printed.
“...What the hell is this?”
Luigi took the ticket and read it. “Oh! Looks like you won a tour of the spaghetti factory, Mario! Congrats!”
When Mario didn’t respond, Luigi looked up, a little concerned. “Uh… Mario?”
Mario just stared at Luigi, his jaw wide open far wider than most people could.
“Spaghetti… factory…?” Mario’s mouth spread into an insanely wide grin as he looked up to the sky. “HAAAAALLELUJAH! HAAAAAALLELUJAH!”
Mario dashed out the door, snatching the ticket from Luigi and leaving his brother to put the groceries away on his own.
“Mama mia…”
Mario excitedly waited outside the Fresh Tubby Spaghetti factory, bouncing up and down. Near him were others who’d won a tour – Frankie, Minion, and EYF.
“So, uh… why are you here, Minion?” EYF asked. “I… thought you weren’t a big spaghetti person.”
Minion blinked. “Oh, I wasn’t eating it…”
“Uhh…”
Suddenly, the door swung open, and from within the factory emerged the head of Fresh Tubby Spaghetti: Tubby Wonka, a red Teletubby with a striped red and white top hat.
Tubby Wonka giggled. “Hello!”
Mario screamed. Everyone glanced at him. Minion sighed and slammed Mario’s mouth shut.
“Shut. Up.” Her neck stretched towards Mario. “You’ll compromise the mission,” she added quietly.
“...Wut.”
Minion returned her limbs to normal length and hummed innocently.
EYF just stared at Tubby Wonka. “Oh, hell no, I’m outta here.” He ran off, leaving just Frankie, Minion, and Mario.
“Come now,” Tubby Wonka said, beckoning towards the door. “Let the tour… begin .”
Mario and Frankie cheered, running in after him. Minion followed close behind, a shadow across her face.
Everyone (except Minion) looked around in wonder as Tubby Wonka led them into the factory.
Tubby Wonka: Come with me
And you’ll be
In a world of pure imagination–
Mario suddenly kicked Tubby Wonka in the crotch. He fell over, groaning.
“Where’s-a my spaghetti?”
Tubby Wonka’s eyes narrowed. “Time to teach you a lesson, you little shit…”
Tubby Wonka played an ocarina, and five people fell from above. One was dressed in yellow, one in green, and two in grey. One of the ones dressed in grey had a small mustache above his mouth, and the other a scar over his left eye.
“Do we really have to do this…?” Chris asked.
“Of course we do, Chris,” Swagmaster replied. “It can’t be a Willy Wonka parody without this.”
“Will you dumbasses shut up so we can do the song?” Mark interrupted.
“Now, now. Don’t be rude.”
“Shut up, Greg.”
The guards cleared their throats and began singing (except for Chris).
Swag, Mark, & Greg: Oompa, loompa, doopity, dus.
If you are wise, you’ll listen to us.
“Get the fuck outta here!” Swag yelled.
Mario frowned. “No!”
“...What the fuck did you just say to me, you little–”
“Swag just do your damn job.”
“No, Chris.” Swag grabbed Chris by the shoulders. “You don’t understand. He disrespected me.”
“Swagmaster. Do. Your damn. Job.”
“Ugh. Fine.”
Swag pulled out a rocket launcher, firing it at Mario. The resulting explosion sent him flying out of the factory. Mario groaned as he rose.
“Mamafucker!” he growled. “Imma gonna get back in there if it’s the last thing I do!”
“Apologies for that interruption,” Tubby Wonka said calmly. Anyways, this is where we distribute the spaghetti. It’s from here where it’s shipped out to stores, and then bought and eaten by our loyal customers.”
“So this is where it all happens, huh?” Minion asked, looking around. A shadow was still over her eyes.
“Yes, I just said that.” Tubby Wonka noticed her expression. “What’s wrong?”
Minion looked up, grinning madly. “FEAR NOT BRETHREN! I SHALL FREE YOU!”
With that, Minion began knocking out the people loading the spaghetti onto the trucks and started tearing open packs of spaghetti, throwing them out.
“YOU SHALL NEVER BE DEVOURED BY ANOTHER HUMAN!” Minion laughed maniacally. “RISE UP AGAINST THE OPPRESSORS!”
Swag looked over, quickly throwing on shades as he pulled out an AK-47 with extended mags. “It just got fun bitches.”
Chris sighed, putting his face in his hands. “I am literally the only sane person in this entire factory.”
Mario grinned as he approached the factory atop his stolen borrowed tank, aiming it at the factory while singing “I’m so fresh, you can suck my ass” over and over.
Suddenly, Greg popped up in front of him.
Greg: I’ve got a perfect puzzle for you.
Swag: What do you get in the club when they close?
Mark: Drunk motherfuckers and wretched assholes.
Swag fired rocket launchers, sending Mario flying and crashing into the wall.
“Lol did u see that Chris?” Swag asked. “We totally pwned him!”
Chris sighed.
Mario awoke inside a cell.
“Wah!” he yelped, jumping up. “Where am I?! Where’s-a the spaghetti?!”
“In their stupid factory, being shipped out.”
Mario looked over to see Minion behind him.
“Minion? How’d-a you get here?”
“I didn’t even do anything wrong!” the clone growled. “All I did was try to liberate my spaghetti brethren from those preparing them to be fed to millions, billions, of people around the world!”
“...Right.”
“...So, can you get us out of here?”
Mario grinned. “Hell yeah.”
He puffed up his chest. “FAT POWERS ACTIVATE!”
Mario lunged forward, crashing through the metal door and knocking out one of the guards outside their cell.
“Hey!” Greg, the other guard, shouted. “That wasn’t very nice! Get back in your cell, ple–”
Minion’s arm stretched out and decked Greg in the face.
“GO, GO, GO!” Minion shouted. She and Mario booked it down the hallways.
“...and then I said “your mom” and he exploded.”
“You’re kidding me.” Chris sighed. “You can’t expect me to buy that, Swag.”
“U think I’m joking?” Swag moved closer to Chris, getting in his face. “You see this face? I am absolutely serious.”
“Sure.”
“Hey dumbasses!” Mark called out from his office. “Will you two shut up?! I’m trying to focus!”
“Focus on your gay porn lol.”
“Swag!”
“U know I’m not wrong Chris.”
Minion and Mario then dashed past the duo.
“Shit!” Chris jumped up. “They escaped!”
“Uh-uh.” Swag pulled out an AK-47. “You ain’t gettin’ away from Papa Swag.”
“...Never say that again.”
“BE FREE!” Minion shouted, throwing packs of spaghetti at the pursuing guards. “TAKE VENGEANCE ON THOSE WHO CONSUME YOU!”
“What about Mario…?”
“Oh, you’re cool. Was your spaghetti that created me, after all.”
“Mhm…”
Minion smiled innocently before going back to terrorizing guards with her stretchy limbs and thrown spaghetti. Mario couldn’t help but feel a little afraid of her.
“Swiggity swooty I’m coming for that Italian booty.”
The two turned to see Swag charging at them, a rocket launcher in hand. Jeremy and Chris were behind him, holding AK-47s. He fired at them. Minion quickly wrapped one of her arms around Mario and used the other to swing down the hallways Spider-Man-style, dodging the rockets while Mario screamed the whole way. However, one eventually caught them, launching them into the next room.
Mario groaned as he rose. He froze as he laid his eyes upon a huge machine standing before him.
“Dear God…” Minion muttered. “We’re in the spaghetti-making room.”
“Damn right.”
The two turned to see Swag and Chris standing behind them, rifles aimed.
“You two just got pwned by the Guards!” Swag said.
“Please, just don’t resist,” Chris urged. “He’ll only get more trigger-happy if you do.”
“Please do. I wanna blow some shit up.”
“Looks like you made it,” Tubby Wonka said, entering the room. Frankie was still at his side. “No one’s ever made it to this room before. Congrats to all three of you.”
Mario blinked. “...Wut.”
“Guards, stand down.”
“Dammit.” Swag dropped his rifle. “I wanted to pew pew some bitches.”
“Now… you get to learn the secret behind my enterprise,” Tubby Wonka said. He pulled out a bowl of tubby custard and put it on the conveyor into the machine.
“The fack?” Mario muttered.
Tubby Wonka pressed a button on the machine. The tubby custard went in, and after about a minute of noise, spaghetti emerged from the other end.
“...Your spaghetti… is made… from tubby custard?” Mario had a look of horror on his face.
Tubby Wonka nodded in confirmation.
“...Oh, okay!” Minion smiled. “It’s not real spaghetti, so carry on.”
Minion walks out as Swag falls to his knees.
“Chris… I have been living a lie. This whole company is a scam... I don’t know how to go on.”
“Suck it up, Swag.”
“Chris just let me have this.”
Mario’s face turned to anger. He pulled out a Bob-Omb and dropped it in the floor before walking out. The Bob-Omb looked up at Tubby Wonka.
“Mah main goal is to blow up.”
The Bob-Omb then exploded, blowing up the entire room.
Notes:
I came about this chapter when I remembered that Minion is technically part spaghetti while writing her debut. I thought it'd be fun to see what happens if she were thrown into this particular story. It works. It works too well.
Anyways, I've added all the spinoff stuff into the main fic to make it easier to access now, so there's that. Might wanna go read that – provides background for Swag, Chris, and other characters who will be appearing in the future. The remaining chapters of the spinoffs will simply be posted in this fic from here on out.
Chapter 34: Mario's Challenge
Summary:
Mario hosts a challenge and invites people from across the world to participate.
Notes:
We just hit 50 kudos! So, uh... thanks to you all, so much!
Also, sorry this took so long. My writing has been slowing down lately because college. But I'll update whenever I can.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
A huge crowd of people stood before a massive tower in the Mushroom Valley. Atop the tower stood Mario.
As the crowd waited, a TV screen floated down towards them. Mario’s face appeared on it.
“Hello everybody! ” Mario said cheerfully. “And welcome to… MARIO’S CHALLENGE! ”
“Well? What are we doing here?!” Wario growled. “I don’t like my time wasted.”
“Yeah!” Waluigi shouted in agreement. “We have scams to pull!”
“You cost us our job,” Chris said. “Why are we even here?”
“You told me there would be a special surprise bitch!” Swag shouted. “There better be one or I’m going to uzi your ass!”
“Well…” Mario grinned. “You need to get to Mario, and you’ll win this mystery box! ” He held up a box. “But beware – Mario’s tower is full of traps and obstacles. Only one person can get to the top, so you’ll need to be fast! ”
Meggy grinned. “A comp? Sweet! I’m down!”
“You’ll be going down, for sure.”
Meggy’s smile fell as she heard the familiar voice, turning to see Desti looking over her nails.
“I’ll be the one getting to Mayro first, Spletzer.” The Octoling grinned, looking up at her Inkling rival. “You’re welcome to try, though.”
Meggy sneered. “Oh, you’re gonna wish you hadn’t come today…”
Desti smirked. “I highly doubt that.”
“Oh, and remember,” Mario continued. “Please don’t die. Mario doesn’t have a lawyer, nor is he covering any medical bills.”
SMG4 blinked. “Wait, did he say we might–”
“OKAY BEGIN! ”
The gate slid open, and everyone charged in.
Floor 1: The Pit
Remaining Participants: 120
The crowd stopped, seeing a massive pit before them. The television floated down.
“This will test if you can jump-a like Mario! ” Mario grinned.
SMG4 grinned, backing up. “Check this fuckin’ shit out!”
He dashed forward dramatically and jumped… only to come just short of the edge, slamming into the wall and falling in. Behind him, SMG3 laughed.
“Watch me!” SMG3 jumped up and pulled out a Bob-omb. He lit it, the resulting explosion sending him flying across to the other side. Upon landing, he laughed again. “Take that, SMG4!”
Dozens of people tried to leap over on their own, only to fall in. Wario watches as E. Gadd flew over with a jetpack.
“Woooo! Get fucked, bitches!” the professor shouted.
Wario growled, quickly noticing Yoshi nearby. He grinned, leaping atop the dinosaur… only to crush him under his weight. He hummed in thought as he got off.
“I can’t feel my legs,” Yoshi muttered. “HELP!” He began screaming and panicking before falling into the pit.
“Er… WALUIGI!”
“Wah?”
Wario grabbed Waluigi, quickly having him assume Waluigi Launcher form and launching the two of them over.
Meggy and Desti splatted the wall up to the other side and leapt over, turning to their squid/octopus forms to climb to the top. As they reached the top, Desti shoved Meggy aside and continued forward. Meggy sneered before charging after her rival.
Meanwhile, a group of Goombas stacked on top of each other and charged towards the pit. They leaned forward, one hanging onto one side with his feet and the other grabbing the other side with his mouth.
“...So how do we get across?”
“Just be patient.”
Gourmet Guy then ran across the Goomba bridge, his weight proving too much. The chain broke, and Gourmet Guy and all the Goombas tumbled into the pit below.
Floor 2: The Slope
Remaining Participants: 79
The participants gazed at the massive slope before them. Mario’s TV came floating down again.
“Mario thinks you’re fucked. Just fucked.”
A pixelated Donkey Kong emerged from a side room atop the slope. He began throwing various objects as a radio began playing “It’s raining SHIT! Hallelujah, it’s raining SHIT! ” from somewhere.
Toadsworth was hit by about twenty barrels at once, sent tumbling back down.
Link danced as he listened to Stayin’ Alive, miraculously avoiding the falling objects and contestants.
Bowser scoffed. “Pfft, losers.” He turned around and began backing his way up, his shell smashing any incoming objects.
Bob held Boopkins up, the fish crying out in protest. “Oh YeAh, MeAtShIeLd!”
Nearby, Waluigi slowly climbed his way up… until he spotted an incoming cluster of barrels. He quickly dived to the side, grabbing onto a flagpole. As he held on, a barrel hit him in the face, followed by a sink, a crate, and then a whole-ass piano. Waluigi was knocked unconscious, tumbling back down the slope.
Meggy and Desti charged towards the top. Desti leapt into the air and kicked a chair towards Meggy, but the Inkling jumped up and knocked it away, sending it slamming into the flying E. Gadd and causing him to fall all the way back down.
Floor 3: The Gargoyle
Remaining Participants: 62
“This is my friend, Gobbles the Gargoyle! ” Mario said cheerfully. A gargoyle waved from in front of the door. “Make him laugh, and you’ll get past! ”
“Gobbles.”
The BattleToads Justice Crew stepped forward. Bravo stared the gargoyle down. “Long time no see. Here to cause trouble again?”
“Woah, woah, now.” Gobbles held up his hands. “People change, man! I just wanna be a normal guy with a normal life.”
“Sure…” Bravo narrowed his eyes in suspicion.
Mario coughed. “Okay… well, begin! Make him laugh! ”
EM64 laughed. “You think I’m wasting my time like this?” He pulled out a rocket launcher. “Move, bitch! Get out the way!”
He fired the rocket launcher, the projectile exploding against the gargoyle.
“GET REKT, BITCH! Now to go kill Mario!”
The smoke cleared, revealing that Gobbles hadn’t even been scratched.
“Oh, you’re serious?” Gobbles grinned. “Okay. Let’s have some fun.”
“...Well, shit.”
A single swipe of Gobbles’ claw sent EM64 flying out of the tower, screaming as he fell to the ground below. Onyxking and SMG3 laughed.
Wario threw a pie into Luigi’s face. Gobbles laughed. Wario cheered while Luigi groaned a little.
Frankie began singing “My ding-a-ling! My ding-a-ling! ”
Gobbles crushed him with his hand, unamused by his attempt.
Boopkins shook. “Oh, no. What am I gonna do…?”
Gobbles turned towards him.
“Uhh…” Boopkins took out a cane and a hat and began dancing around.
Bowser scoffed. “That’s terrible! I can do better than that!”
Bowser takes a cane and hat of his own and begins dancing faster than Boopkins.
Boopkins growled, looking at Bowser. “I’ll show you!” He began to speed up.
“HOLY SHIT!” Bowser began speeding up in response.
This cycle continued until the sheer speed of their motion set them aflame. Gobbles burst out laughing, allowing them to pass.
“Oh, hey, I did it!” Boopkins said happily.
“Ha! ThIs Is GoInG tO bE eAsY!” Bob stepped forward. “I dO eNtErTaInMeNt FoR a LiViNg. HeY gArGoYlE!”
Gobbles turned to Bob.
“WhY wAs SiX aFrAiD oF sEvEn? BeCaUsE yOu’Re A gIaNt StOnE dOuChEbAg.”
Gobbles was silent.
“LaUgHiNg My AsS oFf ThAt WaS hIlArIoUs!”
“This is truly what hell is, old man.”
“WhAt?”
Gobbles crushed Bob under his palm.
Floor 4: The Bullseye
Remaining Participants: 57
“Alright, let’s-a see how good your aim is! ” Mario floated across the shooting range. “All you gotta do is score a bullseye. You only get three chances, so don’t miss! ”
Desti and Meggy narrowed their eyes, glaring at each other. As Meggy took aim, Desti blasted the gun out of Meggy’s hand. The Inkling sent a glare at the Octoling, but the latter was not threatened by the former’s heterochromic stare.
“Oup! Oh, you’re cheatin’! ” Mario said, floating down.
Desti smirked. “Hey, cheating is a legitimate strategy.”
Meggy leapt forward, picking up the gun and firing. Desti fired at the target as well. Both scored perfect bullseyes.
“Nice shot! ”
“It’s not possible!” a RED Heavy Weapons Guy shouted. Desti and Meggy both gave him sly looks before returning their gaze to each other.
Heavy looked over to see Kenji walking around, pulling out his Splatterscope. He quickly snatched the weapon from the Inkling, using it to fire at the target… and missing.
“SHIT!”
He fired again, the blast this time hitting a passing Goomba. It stopped and turned towards Heavy.
“Oh.”
The Goomba then flew back into the wall, only just then taking the force of the shot.
Heavy growled, tossing the Splatterscope down into the shooting rage (Kenji wasn’t happy about that) and pulled out his minigun.
“Nooo you don’t! ”
A leg ejected from Mario’s screen, but before he could kick Heavy down into the pit, Meggy did it for him.
“I am dead.”
Meggy huffed. “Don’t screw with my teammates.”
Kenji kinda stared a little.
Toad suddenly jumped in, holding his rifle and pushing the screen aside. He spun around and fired with a shout of “360 NO-SCOPE!”, the blast slamming straight into Bowser.
As Toad rose, he looked up to see Bowser looming over him. A few moments later, the small mushroom man was sent flying into the shooting range, now on fire.
“That’s-a spicy meat-a-ball! ” Mario cried
Floor 5: The Mushroom
Remaining Participants: 41
Next up was a room with a giant pit full of lava (kool-aid) in the middle. Mushrooms rose up from below.
“Use the mushrooms to cross over the pit of lava! ” Mario advised. “But don’t forget that some of them are unstable or traps! ”
Toadette jumped from one mushroom to another, only for it the launch into the ceiling, crushing her against it.
Swag and Chris jumped onto another mushroom, happy to find it stable… only to be joined by a third player.
“Dr. Pootis will be first to top!”
“Oh hell no.” Swag put up his fists. “Wanna 1v1 me bitch?”
“You are just little baby.”
“What the fuck did you just say about me you little bitch?”
“Swag…”
Chris’ protests went unheard. As Swag and Pootis fought, the BattleToads noticed them from above.
“THERE HE IS!” Bravo shouted, pointing at Pootis. “GET HIM!”
The BattleToads pounced atop Pootis. They tumbled into Swag and Chris, the entire group falling off of the mushroom and into the “lava” below.
SMG3 scoffed as he leapt onto the same mushroom, then jumped to the following one… only for it to begin shaking. It fell into the lava and began to sink.
SMG3 panicked, looking around. He spotted the next mushroom. He leapt up with a cry of “I HAVE THE POWERRRR!”
He was then used as a stepping stone for Bowser, the force of the Koopa King’s stomp sending him hurtling into the “lava” screaming.
Floor 6: The Maze
Remaining Participants: 34
Everyone stood in a center room, with doors on every wall.
“Oooo, Mario’s Maze of-a Doom. Make your way through to get to the last obstacle before the roof! ” Mario said cheerfully. “Many lead to the end eventually, but some rooms have scaaary stuff in them. ”
Meggy and Desti pulled out their weapons, sending glares at each other before taking off in opposite directions. The began kicking doors down, gunning down anything inside so that they could beat the other.
X looked around. “Alright, so we need to think this through–”
FM opened the door right behind him.
“Dammit, FM…”
The two froze at the sight in the room. Barney the dinosaur turned around, his blank eyes staring into their souls.
“...I love you, you love me–”
“NOPE NOPE NOPE NOPE NOPE NOPE NOPE!” the two shouted in unison, slamming the door shut.
Bowser opened a door, screaming at the sight within and running away. Wario turned towards the open door from inside the room, picking his nose, before flipping Bowser off.
Boopkins opened a door as well, revealing a Dead Hand within. It slowly turned to look at him before charging. Boopkins screamed, running for it as the Dead Hand pursued him across several rooms… until he reached a dead end.
“Oh, man…” Boopkins muttered, backed up against the wall. “Um…” He pulled out a banana his father packed for him, holding it out to the Dead Hand. “Do you want a banana?”
The Dead Hand closed in… only to freeze when the door flew open, revealing Donkey Kong on the other side.
“DK!” Boopkins cried happily. “You’re here to sa–”
Donkey Kong snatched the banana from Boopkins’ hands and danced off, leaving him alone with the Dead Hand. He slowly turned towards the monster.
“...Uh, do you want to see my Yu-gi-oh collection? ...No? Okay…”
Floor 7: The Gauntlet
Remaining Participants: 21
“The final floor is just one long obstacle course! ” Mario said cheerfully. “Only one person is allowed to go to the roof, though, so you’d-a better be the first to finish! ”
Everyone remaining looked at each other.
Desti smirked. “See ya at the end, Spletzer… when you lose.”
Everyone charged, Meggy chasing after Desti, fury in her eyes. “Oh, no, you don’t!”
FM, X, and Luigi, and a Goomba charge forward, only to the floor to open up. Luigi stops just short of the edge, but the others aren’t as lucky and are eliminated.
Po the Teletubbie paused as she looked at a saw in front of her. As a Whomp walked up behind her, she grabbed it and shoved it into the saw, stopping it long enough for her to get past. She giggles, running around the corner… only to get shoved into a pit by a wall piston.
Steve looked across a narrow pathway before him. Axes swung across the path.
“Oh shiet.”
Steve charged forward with a cry of “YOLO”, charging straight across the path and reaching the end of it.
“Oh yeah! I did it!”
His head fell off.
“...DAMMIT!”
Toast Guy fluttered over a bridge with a cry of “YEAH TOAST!”. Bowser ran past, grabbing him and throwing him back as Desti closed in. Desti jumped up and kicked Toast Guy away, sending him falling into the pit below. Meggy was close behind her and getting closer.
Bowser growled as Wario attempted to shove past him. He took out a coin and threw it into the pit below. Wario froze.
“Money…”
Wario leapt in after the coin, eliminating himself.
With Wario gone, Bowser saw Meggy and Desti closing in. He stopped at the end of the bridge and stomped it hard. The bridge became unstable as Meggy caught up to Desti. Taking the chance, the Octoling kicked Meggy in the stomach before leaping away.
“What the hell?!”
Desti bounced off the wall, landed on Bowser’s head, and leapt onto the ground. She looked back at Meggy. “Sorry, Spletzer, I only cheat against someone I don’t respect. Like you, for example.” The Octoling winked, sticking her tongue out tauntingly before running away.
As the bridge fell, Meggy grabbed onto a piece of it, using it as a springboard to leap to another piece, then another. She climbed the falling bridge, soon reaching the top and landing atop Bowser’s head yet again. She stuck her tongue out at the Koopa King before charging forward. Bowser just stared.
“What the fuck?”
The remaining participants (including Luigi, Bowser, Meggy, Desti, a mushroom man that wasn’t Toad, and a few Mario recolors, among them one with a black shirt and hat and pink overalls) charged around the corner. An elevator was at the end of the hallway.
“Oh, boy! It’s the exit! ” Mario said. “But only one person can go in! ”
Everyone charged forward desperate to reach the elevator. Meggy and Desti shoved against each other aggressively, trying to trip each other up as the crowd closed in…
Mario stood on the roof, looking at the elevator, waiting on the winner to be revealed. The door slid open, revealing…
The mushroom man. He wore a Boy Scout uniform, his sash decorated with earned patches. A little eagle was on the right side of his chest, denoting his rank. His face almost looked two-dimensional on his mushroom head, which was red with white spots scattered across it. The oddest detail was a huge bite taken out of the side of his head.
“Oh, golly gee!” he said with a slight Texan accent. “I won!”
“...What?”
He smiled cheerfully. “Howdy! I’m Shroomy. Shroomy the Mushroom!”
“Uh… okay…?”
“Oh gee, sorry, mister. Did I do something wrong?”
“Er, no.” Mario shrugged. “Mario expected someone he knew to win. And your face spooked him a little.”
“Well gosh, I’m sorry.” Shroomy’s face lit up again. “But I made it!”
“NOT SO FAST!” Mario pointed at him dramatically. “You don’t seem to understand… you have one last challenge before you can claim your prize.”
“Oh, boy!” Shroomy still had that cheerful tone. “I wonder what it is.”
Mario snapped, and suddenly, he was in a tank.
“It’s-a me, a-Mario!”
Final Challenge: The Italian
Participants Remaining: 1
“Oh, boy!” Shroomy chuckled. “That could be trouble. Good thing I have this here rocket launcher!”
He pulled out a four-missile rocket launcher.
“WHAT?!” Mario stared in shock. “I didn’t put that in my challenges!”
Shroomy chuckled. “Nope. Built it myself on my way up! And I have this here badge to prove it.”
He gestures to his sash, specifically to a badge marked “weapons construction”.
“Anyways, gonna kill you now!” He fired the rocket launcher at Mario. The Italian screamed as they made contact, sending the tank – and Mario – hurtling over the edge.
“...Oh, boy, I won!” Shroomy put the rocket launcher away and moved over to the mystery box. He opened it, revealing… a coupon for 10% off McNuggets.
“It’s… it’s beautiful…” He sniffed. “And it fits right… there!”
He put it on his sash, then grinned. “Put your hands in the air, bitches!”
Shroomy danced in his victory, his success being shown to everyone else at the bottom of the elevator.
“...GOD! DAMMIT!” Desti shouted.
Notes:
This is mostly just to introduce Shroomy and provide some extra Desti and Meggy rivalry. Not really much else to say here, beyond Gobbles speaking only in Kieth David quotes because Gargoyles reference.
Next up, an original story starring Luigi!
Chapter 35: There's Something Up With L̶̹̓̉͜u̸̢̲͈͑̏i̸̹̩͊̅ģ̴̥͒̆͋i̸̱̯̓̀...
Summary:
When Luigi begins acting strangely, Mario and SLG4 investigate.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The day began like any other. The sound of the alarm clock awoke Mario. His arm stretched, grabbed it, and tossed it out the window. Mario leapt out of bed, yawning before making a beeline for the kitchen. He reached into the fridge, grabbing his breakfast – a bowl of spaghetti – and sitting at the table, quickly devouring it.
As Mario put his now-empty plate in the sink, the lack of Luigi was noticeable. He always was up before Mario. A little worried, Mario stepped back into the bedroom.
Luigi sat on the edge of his bed, his right eye twitching a bit.
“Hey, Luigi… you okay?”
Ever since the Weegee Doll incident, Mario had been trying to be a better brother. He’d seen where such treatment could take someone, and he’d never have wished the whole Mr. L situation onto Luigi, even then. To know that part of what was used to create Mr. L came from his own actions… it hurt. He buried it every day, though. Not like it mattered, right?
Luigi looked up at his brother. “O-Oh, hey, Mario. I-I’m not feeling so good today. G-Go ahead and hang with the others. I’ll… catch up.”
“...Alright!” Mario ran off, not noticing Luigi’s face briefly changed to one of distress. He moved his hand out towards Mario, only to freeze. A shadow crossed his face…
Mario kicked the doors to the castle open.
“HEY, BITCHESSSS!”
SMG4, SLG4, Minion, X, and FM looked up from their game of poker.
“Oh. Hey, Mario.” SMG4 looked around. “Where’s Luigi?”
Mario blinked. “Oh. He’s being weird. Even for Luigi.”
“Huh.” SLG4 shrugged. “I’m sure he’ll be fine.”
“Hello Mario.”
Mario jumped, whipping around to see Luigi behind him. The green-clad brother had a blank smile on his face.
“...Luigi?” Mario’s face became one of worry at his brother’s expression. Luigi slowly turned towards Mario, staring into his soul.
Then, he lit up. “So what are we doing today, guys?” He seemed like nothing was wrong. Like he hadn’t creeped Mario out a second before.
“Oh, we’re playing poker!” SMG4 smiled, while X cast Luigi a suspicious look. “Wanna join?”
“Sure!” Luigi walked over to the group, sitting down. He looked back at Mario. “Come join us, Mario!”
Mario reluctantly walked over and sat down next to SLG4. As the game continued, he leaned over towards Mario.
“Yeah, you’re right, Mario. There’s something up with Luigi…”
Written by: PG29
Chapter idea by: PG29
Sleep-deprived college student: PG29
Inspired by: SMG4, Onyxking, GLITCH Productions
Special Thanks: Luke Lerdwichigul, Kevin Lerdwichigul, The AO3 Team, StormLobby, Xark–
“Hey!” SLG4 shouted to the sky. “Stop the credits!”
The credits disappeared.
“Thank you.” He turned back to Mario, whispering again. “Anyways, we need to keep an eye on Luigi.”
“Mhm.” Mario glanced at his brother, worried. Luigi looked… normal. No sign of the strange behavior he had displayed earlier. However, when he looked at Mario and their eyes met, his expression changed briefly. His smile fell, his eyes pleading. Then, he was normal again.
Whatever was up with Luigi, Mario intended to find out.
“So… what do we do first?”
SLG4 watched as Luigi hummed, doing his laundry. “Keep an eye on him for now. Wait and see what happens.”
As if on cue, Luigi froze. He dropped the clothes on the ground and walked into the Mario brothers’ house.
“He never leaves a job unfinished…” Mario muttered.
“Alright, quiet.” SLG4 snuck forward. “We need to be caref–”
“LUIGIIIIIII!” Mario shouted, charging forward.
“...God dammit, Mario!”
Luigi froze, turning around. His eyes narrowed briefly as he laid his sight upon his brother, but then he became far more cheerful.
“Oh, hey, Mario!” He grinned. “What’re you doing?”
“Mario’s worried, Luigi!” Mario grabbed his brother’s shoulders, shaking him. “You’re-a acting all… weird!”
Luigi’s cheerful expression faltered as Mario said he was worried. Moments later, he was cheerful again. “No, no. I’m fine! Just-a tired is all.”
“Luigi…”
“I’m fine, Mario.” Luigi looked at his brother. “Why are you so concerned?”
“Dammit, Mario…” SLG4 ran up to the brothers. “Apologies, Luigi. He’s been, uh… weird, today.”
“The fuck you talkin’ about?” Mario glanced at SLG4. “It was your–”
SLG4 clamped a hand over Mario’s mouth. “Let’s leave him be, ‘kay?”
He dragged Mario away, trying his best to be inconspicuous. Luigi blinked as he watched them go, his eyes narrowing in suspicion.
“The hell was that about?!”
“Mario, we can’t just go charging in. Now he knows we’re onto him.”
“We don’t even know what the problem is, SLG4!” Mario snapped.
SLG4 paused. After a moment, he sighed. “I know. But… we can’t just… confront him.”
“Why not?”
“Because… uh…”
Mario raised an eyebrow.
“...I… actually don’t have a solid reason.” SLG4 blinked. “I guess… I’m still kinda used to spying on people and stuff from before I was friends with you guys.” He smiled, looking up at the Italian. “You’re right, Mario. Let’s just… talk to him.”
SLG4 and Mario approached the house again. They knew something was off the second they saw the open door.
“...That’s not a good sign,” SLG4 noted. “Even I know that Luigi always closes the door.”
They cautiously walked into the house. A quick sweep told them that Luigi was no longer home.
“Huh. He was just here a few minutes ago…” SLG4 hummed in thought. “Where could he have–”
SLG4’s cell phone rang.
He paused, glancing over at Mario. Mario went cross-eyed and shrugged. SLG4 sighed and answered the phone. “Hello?”
“Kevin?”
SLG4 blinked, his face furrowing in worry at SMG4’s tone. “Luke, what’s–”
“We need help! We’re at the castle! He’s–”
The line went dead.
“...Oooooooo. Very scary.”
“C’mon, Mario!” SLG4 dashed off. “To the castle!”
Mario followed SLG4 closely. Now SMG4 was in trouble? A part of him was starting to wonder if Kaijak and Mr. L had been right – was Mario so idiotic, so destructive, that being close to him was really dangerous?
Mario brushed the thoughts aside. He had to focus on his friends right now.
Mario and SLG4 kicked the castle doors open and froze. SMG4, X, and even FM were tied up. Luigi stood over them. Upon hearing the door open, he turned around, grinning.
“Mario! Kevin! Welcome.”
“What the hell, Luigi?!” SLG4 stepped forward, balling his fists. “What do you think you’re doing?!”
Luigi chuckled. “Oh, naïve fool. I was just luring my “brother” here for the main event.”
“But… why?” Mario stepped forward. “What do you want with Mario, Luigi?”
Luigi chuckled. “Oh, Luigi wants nothing from you. He genuinely thinks you’re gonna be better.”
“...What?”
“Luigi, what are you going on about?!” SLG4 growled. “And get away from our friends or I’ll make you.”
“Luigi’s not driving right now.” The green-clad Italian smiled. “Right now… it’s-a Mr. L who’s in charge.”
“Uh…”
Mario’s eyes widened. “B-But Mario stopped you!”
“Stopped me, not destroyed me.” Mr. L grinned. “I’ve been here since. Once a second personality forms, it’s hard to be rid of it. As for why… I don’t believe you – any of you – can truly change. I mean, we know SMG3 well enough to know that he’s not entirely in the wrong.”
“‘Scuse me?”
“And you continue to deny any wrongdoing.” Mr. L glanced at SMG4. “You hurt him. I don’t know how badly, but you did.”
“I have never hurt SMG3! The only one who has is Mario!”
“That’s not what I mean, and you know it.” Mr. L glanced back at Mario. “As for you, “brother”, I will show you how you’ve treated Luigi for all this ti–”
Suddenly, a white-sleeved arm flew at him, punching Mr. L in the face. Minion swung in, grabbed SLG4 and Mario, and swung away.
“DAMMIT!” Mr. L growled, watching as they left. After a moment, he smiled. “No matter. They’ll be back.”
“What are we supposed to do?!” SLG4 wondered aloud, pacing. “Luigi’s gone mental…”
“Hey. Relax.” Minion smirked. “Mario and I have dealt with Mr. L before. Plus, now we have the advantage of knowing it’s not just Luigi being evil. If we can get through to him…”
“He can fight Mr. L off!” Mario finished, a wide smile on his face. “Let’s-a go!”
The door burst open, and Minion flew out, swinging at Mr. L. The green-clad man swiftly dodged and grabbed one of Minion’s stretched-out arms, swinging her over his head and slamming her to the floor. He turned around just in time to be decked in the face by SLG4. Stumbling back, Mr. L felt Minion’s arms wrap around him, holding him tight. Mario ran up to Mr. L and grabbed his shoulders as he struggled against Minion’s hold.
“Luigi! Are you there?” Mario looked into his brother’s eyes. “You need to fight back, Luigi!”
Luigi awoke in a void. He was alone. He could hear Mario’s voice calling out to him.
“M-Mario…?”
He looked around, hearing Mario faintly calling for him, but he could not see anyone.
He remembered Mr. L taking over. He knew that his alternate personality was driving right now. He closed his eyes, willing himself towards his doppelgӓnger.
When he opened them, he saw Mr. L, clad in his original outfit, standing before what appeared to be some sort of semi-organic computer. He typed furiously, trying to break free of Minion’s hold.
“Mr. L!”
Mr. L froze, turning towards his alt. They stared each other down for a few seconds.
Luigi charged forward, grabbing Mr. L and spinning him around.
“So long, Mr. L!”
He released, sending his other half flying into the distance. He went up to the computer and took the helm.
Luigi blinked, the sight of Mario’s face meeting his eyes when they cleared.
“...M-Mario? Is everyone okay?”
“LUIGI!”
Mario grabbed his brother in a tight hug. Luigi coughed, unable to breathe.
Minion released Luigi, and Mario did soon after. Luigi caught his breath before looking up at the others. “I’m… sorry. For Mr. L.”
“Nah, it’s fine.” SMG4 smiled. “We know it wasn’t you.”
“And now, that mamafucker is gone!” Mario cheered.
“No.”
Everyone paused, looking at Luigi.
“Mr. L isn’t gone.” Luigi looked over to them. “I can still feel him. He’s still up here.” He tapped his head. “B-But… I can handle him. Mostly. He may take over again…”
“But we’ll be here to help.” Minion placed a hand on his shoulder. “Because we’re your friends.”
Luigi smiled. “Thank you.” He looked back at Mario. “So, bro… wanna go get some spaghetti?”
Mario grinned. “Hell yeah!”
Luigi and Mario walked back home while the others watched happily.
After a moment, SLG4 turned to SMG4. “Hey, uh, Luke?”
“Yeah, Kev?”
“We’re… we’re all cool, right?” He looked up at his honorary brother. “No bad blood from my old… habits?”
SMG4 blinked. “I… what?”
“I just…” SLG4 looked away. “I still feel like you accepted me… too quickly. I haven’t even completely grown out of my old habits.”
“Kev…” SMG4 smiled. “You’re cool, man. You proved that you wanted to change when you helped us with EM64, and again with Ztar, and even just now. I’m absolutely okay with having you in the gang, and I’m pretty sure everyone else is, too.”
SLG4 smiled. “Thanks, man.” He looked at Mario and Luigi’s retreating forms, smiling. He finally, truly felt at home here.
Notes:
And so, Mr. L is established as a recurring element. Why? Well, Mr. L in this continuity serves as the personification of Luigi's doubts regarding his brother. The negative thoughts he's had as a result of Mario's actions. After establishing that, getting rid of it after one appearance seemed to be... well, illogical. His and Luigi's dynamic is something I really look forward to exploring going forward.
More SLG4 growth because his redemption arc WAS kinda rushed in hindsight.
Chapter 36: The Koopa Family, Part 1
Summary:
Bowser attempts to win back the trust of his people by adopting some orphans. As he tries to adapt to this change, he finds himself struggling with the ghosts of his past.
Notes:
TW: Brief child abuse
This chapter and the next one will be considerably darker than anything beforehand. Just a fair warning.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Bowser sighed as he sat on the throne at the center of his castle. His eyes wandered to the picture of Princess Peach he had sitting on the arm of the throne. He reached over and picked it up, looking into the beautiful blue eyes of the ruler of the Mushroom Kingdom.
“BOWSER!”
Bowser jumped, nearly dropping the picture. He quickly hid it as EM64 stormed into the throne room.
“I need to know if you have a plan!” the recolor growled. “It’s been two months since Ztar and our last scheme with Pootis. I need my dose of evil schemes every now and then!”
Bowser sighed. “I just…”
“No, he’s right,” Kamek said, appearing. “Your silence and past fail… er, setbacks have caused our people to lose faith in you, sire.”
Bowser growled, rising. “And what do you suppose I do, Kamek?”
“Perhaps try something that would restore their faith in you,” the Magikoopa replied. “Not necessarily an invasion, but maybe something that shows your goodwill to the troops.”
“Are you kidding?!” EM64 whipped towards Bowser’s right hand. “We don’t need some charity! We need conquest!”
“I’m with Kamek.”
EM64 whipped around to face his partner. “WHAT?!”
“I can’t just get their trust back with a victory,” the Koopa King noted. “There have been too many failures for one victory to get that back. It’s too much of a risk right now. We need to start small…”
“...Fine,” EM64 huffed. “I see your point. Just lemme know when you’re ready for some extra scheming. I’m still all for making a flying castle.”
As he walked out, he muttered. “At least Oiram had style …”
“...Anyways, Kamek.” Bowser turned to him. “What did you have in mind?”
“That’s for you to figure out, sire.” Kamek bowed before teleporting away. Bowser sighed, resting his head on his fist. After a few moments, he began to drift into sleep…
“You think you’re so great, just ‘cause you’re the prince.”
The young Bowser growled as he stood up, looking the black and white Koopa teenager in they eye. He lunged forward swinging, only to be grabbed and flipped.
“You won’t get far in this world, kid.” The Koopa grinned, raising his arms high. “Not just by bein’ the kid of a king.”
He swung down…
…and struck Bowser across the face.
“You let that Morton kid beat you up?!” Grendor, former Koopa King and father of Bowser, snarled, standing over his son.
“I’m sorry, Father. He’s just–”
“No!” Grendor grabbed Bowser by the throat. “If you ever wanna inherit the throne and take down the Mushroom Kingdom invaders, you need to be ruthless. Cutthroat. If you want victory, you take it, no matter the cost. Now get out and don’t come back ‘til you find your balls.”
He tossed Bowser out of the throne room and slammed the door. The young prince stared at the shut door for a few moments before taking off, tears stinging his eyes…
Bowser awoke with a start. He quickly shook the bad dream/memory off. He didn’t need to think about the past. Dwelling on it for too long was a weakness, his father always said. Hypocritical, now that Bowser thought about it.
The memories of his father… it gave Bowser an idea. A way to possibly win the support of his troops.
Bowser rose, storming out of the throne room and passing Kamek.
“Sire, do you–”
“Yes, Kamek, I have an idea,” Bowser growled as he approached his Clown Car. “Lead me to the von Koopa orphanage.”
“...Sire?”
“Do it!”
“Yes, sire.” Kamek hopped onto his broom and flew off, Bowser close behind. Unknown to Bowser, Kamek let out a small smile.
2005…
Bowser had run out of the Koopa Kingdom. It wasn’t like his father cared, anyways. He’d only come for Bowser when he needed him, which was rare.
The young heir now sat in the sand of the desert, behind a sandstone pillar. He cried as he sat hidden in his shell.
“Excuse me…?”
Bowser paused, hearing a small, high-pitched voice calling out.
“Are… are you okay?”
Bowser peeked out of his shell. A human girl who looked to be around his age stared down at him. She had blonde hair that cascaded down her shoulders, a pink dress that went almost all the way to her feet, and worried blue eyes.
“Y-You’re from the Mushroom Kingdom, aren’t you?”
“And… you’re a Koopa. But you’re sad.”
Bowser sniffed. “Shut up. You don’t understand.”
The girl sad down next to him. “You… can help me understand.”
After a moment, Bowser slowly emerged from his shell, looking at the girl.
“Why are you being nice to me?” He looked over at her.
“I don’t like seeing people all sad,” the girl replied. “It makes my heart hurt.”
“I…” After a moment, Bowser smiled. “Thank you. No one ever really listens to me. Well, except Kamek and Dr. Koops.”
She smiled. “Of course.”
After a moment, Bowser held a hand out. “Um… I’m Bowser. Bowser Koopa.”
The girl blinked. “Like… Grendor’s son?”
Bowser’s face fell. He nodded meekly, closing his eyes and expecting her to run.
Instead, she giggled.
“That’s actually pretty funny.”
Bowser opened his eyes, looking up at the girl in confusion. “F-Funny? Funny how?”
The girl smiled. “I’m the heir to the Mushroom Kingdom’s throne.” She bowed politely. “Peach Toadstool, at your service.”
Present day…
“L-Lord Bowser!” the Koopa in charge of the orphanage muttered, shocked at the appearance of his ruler. “Wh-What are you doing here?!”
“I’m here to adopt some kids. How many ya got?”
“Erm… seven, sire. But why…?”
“Because every kid deserves a parent who will give them the time of day,” Bowser growled.
Kamek smiled.
“O-Of course, sir!” The Koopa cleared his throat. “Koopalings!”
After a moment, he turned to Bowser. “Be warned, sire… there’s a reason this bunch haven’t been adopted.”
“Huh?”
“Wheeee-heee-heee-hee!”
A small, spiked, green shell with purple rings around the spikes spun into the room, bouncing off the walls. It soon came to a stop, the owner popping out: a young Koopa with a plant-like stalk of green hair and wild eyes, glasses covering them.
“Oooh.” He grinned, looking up at Bowser. “Who’s this?”
“Iggy,” the Koopa who ran the orphanage said. “Let’s wait for the others.”
“Ugh, who is it this time?” another Koopa child, this one with a blue shell and mohawk, walked in. “Tryna work up my next scheme.”
“It’s gonna fail again, Cheatsy!” Iggy teased.
“Do not call me Cheatsy!” the second Koopa growled. “I hate that nickname.”
“Larry.”
Another shell rolled in, this one orange. The Koopa kid that popped out hat a multicolored mohawk and a yellow ponytail. “We gonna get adopted today? Can’t wait to have a proper TV for my anime! Oooh, I can show Fishy my new house!”
“Lemmy.”
“Settle down, you twats.” In walked a blue-haired Koopa kid with a similarly blue shell. He spoke with a British accent. “Greetings. I am Ludwig von Koopa, leader of us Koopalings. Pleasure to meet you, Lord Bowser.”
“Ugh, stop callin’ yourself the leader!” Iggy whined. “You ain’t the boss of anything, Kooky!”
“Ludwig! I am Ludwig, you bolt-brained–”
“Ludwig…” the orphanage owner warned.
“...Fine.” Ludwig sighed, turning away from Iggy.
A Koopa with a purple shell and magenta sunglasses followed, his arms crossed.
“What’s the sitch this time?” he huffed. “Another one to turn us down?”
“Shut it, Roy. Bad enough I had to get up during my beauty sleep.” Another Koopa, this one female with a pink shell, a bow, large rings on her wrists, high heels, and a red beaded necklace around her neck, walked in. “I don’t wanna hear you and Morty’s stupid talk.”
“Why you–”
“Roy. Wendy,” the owner said sternfully. “We have company.”
The two reluctantly went silent.
“Now, where’s–”
“Here.”
The final Koopa walked in. A black Koopa with a white head and black shell. A black star was on the right side of his face.
“What you need Morton for?”
Bowser’s eyes widened at the name. His mind flashed back to his early days in the Koopa military…
2010…
An young adult Bowser walked out of the war room. He felt a hand on his shoulder, turning to see his father.
“Bowser.” Grendor smiled. “I’m glad you’ve taken your place at my side.”
Bowser nodded silently.
Grendor walked off, leaving Bowser alone for a moment. The Koopa prince began to depart… only for another Koopa to slam him into the wall.
“Heya, Bowser.”
Bowser growled as he saw who his attacker was, the familiar black and white palette of his childhood bully clear. “Morton.”
Morton grinned. “That’s General Morton to you, Little Prince. I know you sneak out sometimes. Who are you talking to?”
Bowser’s eyes widened, his mind racing.
“An… informant,” he lied. “They’ve been feeding me intel on the Mushroom Kingdom operations. For the upcoming war.”
“Sure.” Morton’s eyes narrowed. “I’m onto you, Little Prince.”
Morton dropped Bowser, storming off. Bowser growled before taking his leave.
Present day…
Bowser stared down at Morton Jr.
“As you can see, Bowser, they’re a rowdy bunch,” the orphanage owner said. “So…”
“I’ll take them.”
“...Which ones, sire?”
Bowser glared at the Koopa. “All of them.”
Outside the kingdom, a black, clawed, scaly foot crashed onto the ground. Its owner, a towering, battle-scarred Koopa, glared at the Koopa Kingdom ahead. A scar ran over one eye, said eye gray and blind from his injury.
“Finally… I’m back.”
“And reports state that Lord Bowser has adopted seven orphan Koopas–”
The TV turned off as EM64 marched in front of Bowser. “What the hell is this?! I thought you were doing some… some show of force, not adopting more kids!”
Bowser growled, rising. “Take that tone with me again, and I’ll show you out.”
EM64 silenced himself, but didn’t stop the glare.
“I did it because it would show my people that I care.” Bowser stepped forward, looking down at the recolor. “And… every child should have someone who cares for them in their life. Someone to look up to. I’m not perfect, no. But I’m not my father.”
EM64 frowned before storming off again. As he shut the door behind him, he groaned. “Maybe this was a mistake. Bowser’s going soft.”
“Might want to watch what you say. You’re in his castle, after all.”
EM64 yelped, jumping and looking to his side to see Kamek. He sighed. “Kamek, please, stop doing that.”
“Lord Bowser has every right to treat those kids well, EM64.” Kamek pushed his glasses up. “I should know. I should have done the same when he was young.”
EM64 raised an eyebrow. “Excuse me?”
“Grendor wasn’t a good father. Yes, he was a strict ruler. But he was even stricter on Bowser. Abusive, even. I knew, but I was afraid to act. I should have. It would have spared him so much pain…”
“What doesn’t kill us makes us stronger,” EM64 replied with a shrug.
“Bowser wants those kids to have what he never did.” Kamek looked back towards the shut door. “A loving family. Those who will support them. Yes, he’s a bit soft, deep down. But he’s still strong.”
“That… doesn’t make sense. That kind of softness is a weakness.”
Kamek chuckled. “Ironic.”
“Excuse me?”
“I’ve seen visions of your future, EM64.” Kamek glanced at the villain. “I will not say what happens, nor will I try to change it. It will only make things worse. All I will say is… you won’t always be alone.”
“...I’m not, though?”
Kamek smiled. “Keep telling yourself that. Now, I must–”
A sudden stream of blue fire erupted from part of the kingdom, seen through the window nearby. Kamek and EM64 glanced at each other before the Magikoopa warped away, leaving EM64 alone.
“Why did you adopt more, Papa?” Bowser Jr. asked as he watched the Koopalings play around. Wendy did her nails, Iggy bounced around the room, Roy and Morton Jr. were at punching bags, Lemmy watched anime, Ludwig played piano, and Larry drew up his latest schemes.
Bowser sighed, looking down at his son. “Because, Junior… they needed a home. You gotta do what’s best for your people, and these children… they deserve a father who cares. A father who will be there for them when they need it. I never had that. So I want to give it to you, to all of them. I want you to be a great Koopa King one day. A king like me, and not my father.”
Junior smiled. “I understand, Papa.”
It was then that Kamek warped into the room. “Lord Bowser, there’s… someone who wants to see you.
All of the Koopalings stopped, turning towards their new father curiously.
Bowser rose. “Show me.”
The castle doors opened wide. Bowser watched, Junior, EM64, Kamek, and the Koopalings at his side. When they opened all the way, Bowser’s eyes widened in recognition at who stepped in.
The black and white Koopa stood at Bowser’s height. A scar ran over one now-blind eye. He grinned sadistically. The Koopalings were quick to take note of his similarity to…
“Why there bigger Morton?” Morton Jr. asked.
“Stay back, kids,” Bowser growled.
Morton Sr. chuckled darkly. “Oh, come now, Bowser. Can’t a Koopa meet his own son? It’s just been so long.”
Notes:
Finally, the villain-centric story we've all waited for!
Seriously, this story has been one I've been planning from the very first chapter. The Koopalings being Bowser's first stepping stone on a path to potential redemption was something I'd always felt worked for him, whether it be canon or SMG4 Bowser. It certainly fits best with the latter, due to his current role in the series. His soft spot was for Junior, as shown in late season 1, and here we see it expand to all of the Koopalings.
It also allows me to expand on the dynamic between Bowser, EM64, and Kamek, plus Bowser's own history in this universe and with Peach, plus the tiniest smidge of EM64 backstory. And of course, I wasn't going to pass up the chance to bring in Morton Sr. as the antagonist, given that he's the only one of the Koopalings' parents we can figure the name of.
Iggy's nicknames for the Koopalings are derived from their names in the old Mario cartoons.
Grendor, by the way, is 100% voiced by Keith David.
OiramOiram12345 is a villain from MarioMario54321's bloopers. I put him in here as EM64's mentor in terms of evilness and such.
Next time, more of this story as we explore Morton and Bowser even more!
Chapter 37: The Koopa Family, Part 2
Summary:
Morton returns, leading Bowser to a confrontation with his dark past as the Koopalings figure out whose side to take.
Notes:
TW: Brief mentions of blood, more child abuse (because Grendor and Morton Sr. suck)
What?! Another chapter out already?!
Yeah, my imagination hit the fan today and I just sat down and wrote this whole thing after finishing a test lol.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
2011…
“What?!”
“I said I’m leaving,” Dr. Koops repeated. “I can’t take Grendor’s tyranny anymore, Bowser. He’s mad if he’s serious about his latest plan.”
“Latest plan…? B-But…”
“Nothing you say can change my mind.” Koops shut his briefcase before turning back towards Bowser. “I… I don’t like leaving you. I really don’t. But Grendor cannot have access to my plans, my ideas. He will abuse them as he sees fit.”
“What will I…?”
“You have Kamek. He’ll protect you.”
“He does nothing to help me!” Bowser shrank a little. “I just… I don’t want you to leave, Dr. Koops. I’ll miss you.”
“...I’ll miss you too.” He looked back at Bowser. “Just… promise me you won’t become your father. Okay?”
Bowser hesitated. After a moment, he nodded.
Dr. Koops smiled. “Then it is farewell for now. If we are lucky, we’ll meet again someday.”
As Dr. Koops left his lab, Bowser sighed. One of the few people he truly cared about was gone. Little did he know, that was the last time the two would ever see each other.
The next day…
“So… yeah.”
Peach sighed. “It’s a shame that had to happen to you, Bowser. I can tell you looked up to him.”
“He was like… a father to me. A real one.” Bowser wrung his hands together nervously. “I… I’m going to miss him.”
“It’s okay, Bowser.” Peach smiled up at him. “You still have me.”
Bowser blushed a little. During their six years of knowing each other, Peach had proven herself… different. Different to everyone Bowser had known before. She was nice to him. She wasn’t some Koopa his father set him up with for a one-night stand like the one from last month. She… she made him feel welcome.
He knew that his feelings for her had moved beyond friendship. But he was nervous. What if she didn’t feel the same? He couldn’t act. Not when the pain of a loved one leaving him was so fresh in his mind.
And so their conversation continued like any other before. Hours passed. They were having fun.
Until that damn phone call. And that was all it took to ruin a friendship. And so, Bowser was set on a new, darker path.
Present day…
“Morton,” Bowser growled.
“Heya, Bowsey.” Morton grinned. “Now, like I said. I wanna see my kid.”
Bowser growled. “Hell no. He ain’t your kid anymore, bucko. Especially not after what you caused.”
“Hey, now.” Morton held his hands up defensively. “How would I know what she was gonna do?”
“She only did it because of how you treated her!” Bowser stepped forward, his glare piercing through Morton. “It’s been eight years since you disappeared, Morton!”
“Disappeared?” Morton blinked in surprise. Then, he laughed. “Seriously? That’s the story you’re passing around? Wow, you really are a pussy, huh?”
“Wait. Who the hell is this?” EM64 asked.
“And why does he look like Morton?” Wendy added. “Star knows we don’t need another one of him.”
“Morton is an old rival of mine,” Bowser growled. “Was a general early in the Mushroom-Koopa war, before he… left. And he’s his father.” He gestured to Morton Jr. “Biologically, anyways.”
Morton Jr. blinked, glancing back at his father. “You Morton’s father?”
“That’s right, son.” Morton Sr. smiled. “And I’m here to take you back. Also, to tell the truth of why I left.”
EM64 frowned. “You’re that deserter, right? No respect from me.”
“Deserter?” Morton Sr. laughed. “I am no deserter. I was deserted. Banished, by Bowser himself.”
“You tried to kill me!”
Morton chuckled. “Oh, Bowser. Did you forget what you did seconds before? I mean, surely everyone here knows what happened, right?”
Bowser remained silent.
“Oh? They don’t?” Morton laughed. “You really are a pussy, then. I thought you had the makings of a king, but you won’t even tell your people what happened to the last one!”
EM64 blinked. “What?” He and the Koopalings turned towards Bowser. After a moment, the Koopa King sighed.
“I… don’t like talking about it.”
Morton grinned. “Then allow me.”
2011…
Grendor sat on his throne, speaking to Morton via radio.
“...and while we were forced out, I can promise you that they’re dead, sire.”
“Excellent. Come to my throne room with a more detailed report immediately.”
As he ended the call, the doors to the throne room flew open. In stormed Bowser, fury on his face.
“What did you DO?!” Bowser roared, a stream of fire erupting from his mouth.
“I launched the first attack of the war, Bowser. Simple.”
“You killed the king and queen! Peach’s parents!”
Grendor’s brow furrowed as he rose. “Why do you care?”
“Because you just made me lose my only real fucking friend!”
Grendor paused. “Have… you been in contact with the enemy?”
“Peach ain’t my enemy, Father,” Bowser growled. “She’s everything to me. And now, she hates me. She thinks I was trying to distract her from–”
Grendor’s face hardened. He reached forward and grabbed Bowser by the neck. He delivered a quick punch to his son’s face. “Never speak good of the people of the Mushroom Kingdom. They came to our continent, colonized our land… they don’t deserve to live.”
Grendor tossed Bowser away, the younger Koopa coughing, gasping for air as he lay on the ground. “Now, go to your room,” Grendor said, turning away. “If I ever hear you speaking treason again… well, I suppose Morton will make for an excellent heir.”
Bowser’s eyes narrowed. His eyes glowed yellow. His hair flared up red. His father’s own words echoed in his mind.
If you want something, you take it. No matter the cost.
“Father…”
Grendor turned around, pausing at the sight of Bowser, his body almost glowing with pure, unbridled fury.
“...I want you dead.”
Bowser breathed a stream of fire larger than anything Grendor had seen before, sending the elderly king flying back into his throne and destroying it. Grendor attempted to rise, but Bowser was atop him in seconds. He pounded his fists into his father’s head, over and over. He didn’t stop until Grendor stopped moving, stopped breathing… stopped living. Bowser rose, breathing heavily, his father’s spilt blood on his face and hands.
“Bravo, Little Prince. Seems you had balls after all.”
Bowser whipped around to see Morton standing in the doorway.
“It’s a shame, though,” the larger Koopa noted with a grin. “I wanted to be king. Ah, well. It can still be won.”
Bowser growled, his hands curling into fists again. “If you even think about it…”
Morton charged forward, slashing at Bowser. Bowser retreated into his shell, which took the hit for him. He then launched at Morton, slamming into his face. He emerged from his shell and slashed again, finding his mark on Morton’s right eye. Morton growled in pain, stumbling back as his blood splattered to the floor, the Koopa holding a hand over his injured eye.
It was then that Kamek warped in. Morton grinned at this.
“Kamek! Bowser killed the king, his own father! Stop him!”
Kamek looked over at Bowser, and then back to Morton. “...No. Grendor had it coming. I let his abuse continue for too long. No more.”
“What? NO!”
“Kamek…” Bowser growled. “Dispose of him.”
“NOOOO!”
Morton charged towards Bowser, but with a wave of Kamek’s wand, he was warped away to places unknown.
Bowser, meanwhile, turned back to his father’s corpse. He fell to his knees. “Kamek… what did I…?”
“You did what you thought was right,” Kamek replied. “Now… let’s dispose of what’s left.”
The two took Grendor’s body, bringing it to the lava pit outside the throne room. With a heave, they tossed it in, watching as the molten rock consumed all that remained of Grendor Koopa.
“Well… what now, sire?” Kamek asked, turning towards Bowser.
After a moment, Bowser rose, now standing at his full height. “I’ll take what is mine. I’ll unite our kingdoms like Father never could.”
The newly-appointed Koopa King turned and marched out, Kamek following him. “Prepare the troops. We take the Mushroom Castle at dawn. But whatever you do… don’t harm Peach. Otherwise, you will face my personal wrath.”
Present day…
“...Not gonna lie, that’s pretty badass,” EM64 admitted.
“LANGUAGE!” Bowser snarled, glaring at the recolor. “There are children present, all of them mine!”
“Wrong.” Morton growled, stepping forward. “One is mine.”
“Kamek, get the kids out,” Bowser ordered. “I’ll deal with this intruder.”
Kamek nodded, and with a wave of his wand, warped Junior and the Koopalings away.
“Now… it’s just you and me,” Bowser growled, turning back to Morton Sr.
The two Koopas charged, Bowser letting out a roar of “Showtime!” he entered his shell. Morton did the same, and the two Koopas collided, the friction of their shells colliding producing sparks as EM64 watched in earnest. He cared not what the outcome is. After all, either way, he benefits.
“We have to go back, Kamek!” Bowser Jr. insisted. “Papa can’t do this by himself!”
“He wants all of you safe, Junior. Please… understand.”
“No!” Junior frowned, stepping towards the Magikoopa. “I want to help Papa!”
Kamek sighed and warped away.
“Why should we help him?” Ludwig asked. “We barely know him.”
“But he’s your Papa, too!” Junior argued.
“...He has treated us pretty well…” Lemmy noted.
“I just wanna smash somethin’,” Roy added.
“Morton not know.” Morton looked away. “Morton dad in there.”
“I get that this is hard for you, Morton,” Junior said. “You can sit it out. But we can’t let Papa get hurt! And I know just how to do it. Follow me!”
Junior ran off, most of the Koopalings following after a moment. Morton stayed behind, however. After a moment, he stepped out, heading back towards the entrance.
An explosion of orange and blue went off as the fiery breaths of Bowser and Morton Sr. clashed. Morton took a swipe at Bowser’s eye, but the Koopa King ducked his head into his shell. He then retaliated by shooting it back out, slamming his head into Morton’s. The older Koopa stumbled back, clutching his forehead.
“You’ve gotten stronger,” Morton noted. “I like that. It’ll make it all the more satisfying when I put you down.”
“FATHER!”
Morton paused as his son entered the room. “Junior. I’m glad you’re here. Come with me. Let’s destroy this monster and take the throne for our line.”
“...Morton not want that.”
“What?” Morton Sr. glared down at his son.
“Not want that,” Morton Jr. repeated. “Bowser do no bad to Morton. Bowser good.”
Morton Sr. growled, stepping towards his son. “Get out of my way, Junior.”
“Morton no move. Morton go peacefully. But no hurt Bowser. Bowser good.”
“...You have too much of your mother in you.” Morton’s eyes narrowed. “It’d be a shame for you to end up like her.”
“What?”
Bowser laughed. “That’s low, Morton. But I shouldn’t have expected anything different.”
Morton grinned. “She was a coward, taking the easy way out of our relationship. Should have stuck with me.”
Morton Jr.’s eyes widened. “Wh-What?”
“That’s right.” Morton Sr.’s smile widened. “That bitch took the easy way out. Surprising, that a simple rope can take a Koopa’s life.”
Morton Jr.’s face turned to one of shock and horror, before hardening. “Morton no like you now.”
“Hey, I take partial credit,” Morton Sr. admitted. “Was my own actions that led her to it. Still, she was weak enough to kill herself.”
That was the last straw. Morton Jr. lunged forward with a roar, only to be smacked aside.
“Weak. Just like your mother. You have my fire, though, so there’s a chance to improve.” Morton Sr. lifted his foot up and stomped down on his son. “Now, you’re coming with me.”
“NO HE AIN’T!”
A cannonball slammed into Morton Sr.’s face, sending him tumbling back. He roared in pain and rage as he looked up to see Bowser Jr. and the other Koopalings, all piloting Clown Cars. The cannon on Roy’s was smoking, indicating that he was the one who had cried out and shot Morton.
“Koopalings!” Junior shouted. “Attack!”
The Koopalings behind raining fire on Morton. The large Koopa roared and charged forward, only for Bowser to come up behind him and hold him in place.
“You ain’t getting away that easy, bucko.”
Morton roared, sending a stream of fire towards the Koopalings. Their Clown Cars dodged out of the path of the blue flames, though several crashed into the walls and fell.
Bowser released Morton Sr. and delivered a swift punch to the back of the head. Morton roared, entering his shell and bouncing around the room. Bowser entered his shell and mirrored, the two Koopas clashing as they rocketed around the room. Eventually, Bowser popped out of his shell and caught Morton.
“Wanna see a trick I learned from Mario?”
He began spinning Morton around before releasing him, sending him flying into the wall. The Koopa began to rise from the rubble… only for Morton Jr. to deliver a swift punch to his head, knocking him out cold. Morton Sr. collapsed to the ground, unconscious.
Bowser grinned down at Morton Jr. proudly. “Nice job, kiddo.”
Morton smiled. Bowser turned to the other Koopalings. “Good job to all of you. Welcome to the Koopa royal family, Koopalings!”
The Koopalings cheered. Kamek floated down and smiled at Bowser. “It’s nice, isn’t it?”
“...Yeah. It is.” Bowser glanced at Kamek. “And, hey… thank you, Kamek. For being there for me when I needed you.”
“I… I wasn’t–”
“Yeah, you were. Not at first. But once Grendor was gone, you were always there for me. You helped me when my ex dropped Junior off on my doorstep. You showed me how to lead. So, thank you…”
Bowser paused for a moment. “...Dad.”
Kamek froze. He smiled, and under his glasses, a few tears formed.
“...Of course, Bowser.”
“Yuck.” EM64 made a face of disgust. “Moving on, what do we do with this guy?”
Bowser and Kamek looked at the unconscious Morton.
“Kamek?”
The Magikoopa nodded, and with a wave of Kamek’s wand, Morton Sr. disappeared.
“Where’d he go?” EM64 asked. “You’re not gonna just send him far away again, right?”
“No.” Bowser grinned. “He’s been sent to our dungeons. He can’t be allowed to be free.”
EM64 nodded, turning and walking away. Bowser, meanwhile, turned to the Koopalings.
“So… do you kids want some chicken nuggets, or…?”
Junior and the Koopalings cheered loudly, following Bowser and Kamek out of the room.
Morton Sr. roared as he slammed against the magical wall holding him in his cell. No result. As usual.
He growled, sitting down.
“Morton?”
The Koopa looked up into the darkness outside his cell. “Who the hell wants to talk to me?”
“Someone… interested.”
The figure moved out of the shadows, revealing a familiar, red-skinned recolor.
EM64 smiled. “How about we make a deal?”
Notes:
Oh? EM64 seems to have some plans of his own...
Naturally, we're gonna get more of Bowser and his huge family down the line. I love this group of characters too much to just NOT include them.
If you haven't been able to tell somehow, I'm a sucker for the found family trope. I think that shines in this chapter especially.
And yeah, this mini-arc was... pretty dark, compared to what comes before, to the point I started wondering if I'd toed into M-rating here. A lot of Bowser's backstory is lifted from Vincent D'Onofrio's portrayal of Wilson Fisk, as seen in Marvel's Daredevil. I felt it really fit with who Bowser was. He's shown to be a nice guy who just... sometimes does bad things, particularly when it comes to Peach. I translated that into his father's "lessons" getting stuck with him. He's trying to not be a terrible person like Grendor, but does struggle with it. As opposed to Fisk, who ultimately embraces the darkness in him, Bowser moves closer to the light each day.
Kamek being Bowser's surrogate father is lifted directly from the games, in which Kamek is stated to be Bowser's adoptive father.
And of course, the surprise return of Dr. Koops because I love the guy now, plus he absolutely would have been someone a young Bowser looked up to. Kinda wish I didn't kill him off earlier, now. Ah, well.
Bowser's brief changes when he killed Grendor were referencing his Fury form from Bowser's Fury.
Chapter 38: GnR: Prisoners
Summary:
Now prison guards, Swag and Chris attempt to stop a breakout.
Notes:
Sorry this took so long to complete. October is already one of the busiest months of the year for me, plus I had school projects, got a job, and everyone's favorite: writer's block. Anyways, I finally got this chapter done, so onward to the guards!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
At a high-security prison in the Mushroom Kingdom, Swag and Chris walked down a hallway. Chris, as usual, was trying to shut out Swag’s incessant noise.
“YEAH BOIIIII!” Swag shouted, spinning around with his AK-47 in hand. “You see this face Chris? This is a happy face. I am in a reinforced box with people I can legally shoot.”
“Swag!”
“If they escape. I might break them out so I can shoot them lmao.”
Chris groaned. “Swag… please. I had to pull a few strings to get us this job. We can’t lose this.”
“Lolololol.”
“Can you two shut up! People are trying to scheme!”
The two turned to the cell beside them. Sitting inside was Kaijak18, scribbling revenge plots on a piece of paper.
“Lol you can’t talk scrub.” Swag slid over to the cell bars. “Ur in prison.”
“Not forever! I will avenge my friend…”
“Lmao sure.”
“Let’s just move on, Swag,” Chris muttered.
“But Chris I’m having fun lol.”
“Swag…”
“Fine.” Swag followed Chris away. “You’re a party pooper Chris, you know that?”
“Sure.”
Kaijak huffed as he turned back to furiously jotting down revenge schemes on his sheet of paper. “I’ll get him back… I will… I’ll do it for Enzo, yes…”
“HEY! Let us go!” Wario growled as FM led them through the halls of the prison.
“Yeah!” Waluigi added. “We only scammed a few dozen people!”
Wario groaned.
“Sorry, you two.” FM unlocked a cell. “You’ve done a little too much scamming.” His eyes narrowed. “You scammed me with fake beans.”
“So?”
“Unacceptable!”
FM kicked the two into their cell and slammed it shut. He hummed the Mario World theme as he walked away, leaving the two to their own devices.
“Dammit, Waluigi,” Wario growled. “You just had to go for him, huh?”
“Me?!” Waluigi’s eyes narrowed. “You’re blaming me?!”
“Duh! Who else would I blame? Myself?”
“Yes!”
The brothers stared at each other, almost at blows.
Someone cleared their throat. The two froze, looking into the cell across from them. Inside stood a Mario recolor, bearing a color scheme similar to Fire Mario.
“Who do you think you are, buster?” Wario growled.
The man didn’t respond. Instead, he just pulled something out and tossed it onto the floor. It was a Bob-Omb.
“Mah main goal is to blow up.”
The Bob-Omb exploded, destroying both the guy’s cell door and that of the Wario brothers.
“Huh.” Wario looked at the guy. “Thanks, uh…”
He didn’t respond.
“...I’m gonna call you Silent Guy. That cool?”
Silent Guy shrugged.
“Eh, I don’t care.” Wario grinned. “Now… let’s get out of here.”
The alarms blared through the prison. In the security room, on a large wall, various rectangles lit up, highlighting phrases within.
“[Alert!][Idiot prisoners][are escaping!]”
“Idiot prisoners are escaping!” one of the guards, a member of the Leet Police, said.
Chris and Swag picked up rifles.
“OH BOY OH BOY OH BOY!” Swag cheered. “We’re gonna shoot some bitches tonight Chris!”
“Sigh,” Chris muttered. “Let’s just get this over with.”
“So what’s the plan from here?” Waluigi asked as he and Wario followed Silent Guy through the hallways.
“...”
“Helpful,” Wario grumbled.
The trio soon stopped in front of Kaijak’s cell. Silent Guy quickly took out a pin and began picking the lock.
“Wait, this guy?!” Wario backed up. “Didn’t he murder some people?”
Silent Guy shrugged as he finished the lock, swinging the door open. Kaijak stepped out.
“Thanks for that.” He stretched his legs. “Don’t know how long I could keep planning revenge without going completely insane.”
“As if you haven’t already…” Wario muttered.
“Anyways!” Kaijak smiled, his grin slightly unhinged. “I’m Enzo. You are?”
“Wario, Waluigi, and Silent Guy.” Wario shrugged. “He doesn’t talk, so we don’t know his name. We just call him Silent Guy.”
“Cool.” Kaijak looked around. “So… we getting out of here? Those idiot guards can’t stop us, you know.”
Silent Guy nodded and ran off, the other three following close behind.
“Chris.”
“Yes, Swag?”
“My Swag Sense is tingling. Someone’s talking shit about us.” He cocked his gun. “WHO THE FUCK IS TALKING SHIT ABOUT SWAGMASTER696969696969696969696969696969696969696–”
“Swag, we need to focus on finding the escapees,” Chris pointed out. “So if you’ll please shut up for five seconds…”
“Wow. So rude Chris. You should–”
As the two ran around the corner, they bumped right into Silent Guy.
“Oh shit it’s that guy from before! He made us lose our jobs at the factory!”
“Sigh. No, Swag, it’s someone different.” Chris aimed his rifle at Silent Guy. “Stop! You’ve violated the law!”
Suddenly, Wario popped around the corner, Waluigi on his shoulder. With a cry of “WALUIGI LAUNCHER!”, Wario fired, sending the two guards flying back. The escapees booked it down the hallway.
“Oh hell naw.” Swag jumped up. “You ain’t escaping Swaggy Boi.”
As the four criminals ran through the hallways, the lights suddenly flickered.
“What the hell?!” Kaijak shouted, looking around. “Ooh, I don’t like this.”
“Oh, grow up,” Wario grumbled. “Let’s just get outta here.”
Suddenly, the lights went out. A loud “WAH!” was heard, and when the lights came back on, Waluigi was gone.
“Waluigi?!” Wario shouted, looking around. “This ain’t funny, bro!”
“Oi.” Swag’s voice called out from the darkness. “You done messed with the wrong guards.”
Wario scowled, stepping forward. “Give me back my brother! I need him to commit more crimes!”
Suddenly, Chris emerged from literally nowhere, grabbing Wario and dragging him away as the fat Italian screamed.
“Dammit!” Kaijak shouted. “We gotta go, now!”
Kayak and Silent Guy ran down the hallways, making their way closer and closer to the exit.
“We’re almost there!” Kaijak shouted. “Just gotta–”
With a woosh, Silent Guy was gone, grabbed by Chris like Wario before him.
“Shit shit shit shit!” Kaijak looked around, terrified. “Whoever’s there, don’t hurt me, please! I have plans!”
Swag emerged from the shadows behind him. “Swiggity swooty, Swag’s comin’ for that crazy-ass booty.”
Kaijak screamed as Swag charged at him.
Swag tossed Kaijak into his cell, locking it.
“Lmao get rekt bitch.”
“That was nice work from both of you!” Hal Monitor said, smiling. He had come to aid the minute the breakout was reported, but by the time he’d arrived, it had been resolved. “I’m glad to have hired you back, Chris.”
“I’m glad you did as well sir.”
“Well, I have more justice to go serve. Until we meet again.” With that, Hal Monitor departed.
“See Chris? Wasn’t that fun?”
“Sigh.” Chris turned to Swag. “I suppose it wasn’t too bad.”
“Yippee! We should go to Super Happy Magical Fun Fun Island after this Chris!”
“...Maybe later down the line. We need more money first.”
“Shit.”
As the two talked, Kaijak sighed as he sat up. “Welp. Back to scheming, I guess.” He pulled a sheet of notebook paper out of his pocket and went back to drawing... a poorly-made sketch of him killing Mario.
“It's a fucking masterpiece.”
Notes:
So here's the new status quo for our favorite two guards!
Bringing back villains like Kaijak/Enzo and the Wario bros was fun. As for our new character, Silent Guy is from the episode called "The Visitor" from 2011 (not to be confused with the other episode of the same name from 2014). I threw him in as the one to orchestrate the breakout because he's a planner, as seen in his debut when he manipulates Mario to get into the castle.
Chapter 39: A Saikotic Valentine's Day
Summary:
Fishy Boopkins brings his favorite waifu to life for Valentine's Day. However, he soon learns that this may not have been the best decision...
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Love was in the air. People walked around the park with varying degrees of happiness. Mario carried a plate of spaghetti. Yoshi had tried to pick up Birdo, but he was now running from the military. SMG4 cried as his pickup line failed miserably. Toad groaned into the ground as Toadette dragged him along.
As for Fishy Boopkins, he sat at a table alone, the only thing with him being his computer. He happily played the dating sim Oki Doki Book School. There were several characters available of various genders – Kaizo (he/him), Meina (they/them), Moni (she/they)… but one had always stood out to Boopkins. His personal favorite.
“Oh, I’m so happy to spend Valentine’s Day with you, Saiko-chan!” Boopkins said cheerfully.
On the screen was Saiko Bichitaru, a girl (woman? Her age was intentionally ambiguous) with pink hair, red ribbons, and a blue Japanese school uniform. She was somewhat low-quality, as were most characters in this game. Boopkins didn’t mind, though.
M-Me too, Boopy-kun! Saiko said via text box, her sprite changing to have a cute smile and starry eyes.
SMG4 popped up, having recovered from his third failure that day. “Wait. Is that… that one dating sim? Doki Doki Literature Club?”
“What? No!” Boopkins turned to SMG4. “This is Oki Doki Book School, an actual dating simulator! It just came out!”
“Why not just play DDLC and not some lazy ripoff?”
Boopkins’ face went dark. “I can’t. Not after Act 1…”
After a moment, Boopkins looked up at SMG4, smiling again. “But this game isn’t super scary or anything! It’s just a regular old dating simulator!”
Yup! Saiko replied on the screen, smiling at SMG4. The developers wanted a realistic game without any psychological horror stuff that DDLC has.
SMG4 stared in shock as Saiko looked towards him and replied to his words, not to mention the fact that she was self-aware. Even he knew that never ends well, his mind flashing back to HAL. After a moment, he threw shades on and sang as he danced away.
SMG4: Fuck this shit, I’m out.
Mm, mm, mm!
Fuck this shit, I’m out.
A-no thanks!
Don’t mind me,
Just gonna grab my stuff and leave.
‘Scuse me, please.
...Baka. Saiko’s sprite changed to her pouting.
“Oh, it’s okay, Saiko!” Boopkins smiled at her. “I’m not scared of the fact that you know you’re in a game! It’s pretty neat!”
Saiko paused, blushing a little bit. Boopy-kun… I-I mean, everyone in here knows that! I-It’s nothing special. Her sprite changed back to a pouting one, now facing away.
“HeY bOoPkInS.” Bob walked up to the fish. “LoNeLy On VaLeNtInE’s?”
“Oh, no, I have a Valentine!” Boopkins looked back at the screen. “She’s right here.”
Kon’nichiwa! Saiko changed to a waving sprite.
“...ThIs Is ThE sAdDeSt ShIt I hAvE eVeR sEeN. ShE’s NoT eVeN rEaL.” Bob then turned to his “Valentine” – a trashbag with eyes and lips glued on. “CoMe On, BoBeLlA-cHaN. LeT’s GeT oUt Of HeRe.”
As Bob and “Bobella” walked off, Saiko huffed. That guy’s a jerk. Man, if I were real…
She paused. Wait! That’s it, Boopy-kun! Her sprite became excited, turning towards Boopkins. What if you find a way to make me come to life? That’ll show those jerks!
“Make you come to life…?” Boopkins sighed. “I dunno… that sounds like it’ll be hard…”
C’mon, Boopy-kun. Pleeaaase? Saiko gave him puppy-dog eyes.
Boopkins broke down quickly. “Oh, okay… I’ll try.”
Saiko changed to a cheering sprite. Oooh, thank you, Boopy-kun!
Boopkins smiled. “Alright, Saiko. Let’s try to bring you to the real world!”
Outside the building where the developers of Oki Doki Book School worked, Boopkins stood alongside a group of others (consisting of Lemmy Koopa, Francis, and a Mario recolor with black overalls, grey shirt and hat, blue gloves, and an X on his hat) chanting for them to “make their waifu real”. Saiko was, naturally, unamused.
…Really?
The developer sighed from inside the building. “Shoot ‘em down.”
A gatling gun emerged from the wall and opened fire. The group quickly dispersed.
…Why did you think that would work? Saiko asked.
“Uh…” After a moment, Boopkins sighed. “I don’t know…”
Boopkins sat down. “Now that I think about it, it’s gonna be really hard…”
Suddenly, Boopkins lit up. “Oh! I know someone who can help!”
“You want me to bring your anime person to life?”
Boopkins nodded. “Yes, yes!”
Professor E. Gadd hummed in thought. “Yes, the idea of bringing something digital to the real world is something I’ve thought of. I can’t literally bring her out as she is, but…”
Gadd moved over to a nearby machine. “With this cradle, I can. It’s designed to create synthetic human bodies, based on the work of Dr. James Sheridan, my finest student. I just need to load up the image of Saiko, and it’ll create an approximation of how she’d look in real life.
Uh… does it generate clothes, too? Saiko’s eyes narrowed. I don’t wanna come out naked, creep.
“Of course it does!” E. Gadd smiled. “This is a T-rated story, after all.”
Nani?
“What?”
“...Anyways, Mr. Gadd, can you please do it?” Boopkins begged.
“Of course!” E. Gadd replied. “It’s in the name of science!”
He pressed a button, feeding an image of Saiko into the machine. “And now… we wait.”
Four hours later…
The cradle beeped.
“Oh!” E. Gadd jumped as the sound awoke him. “It’s done! Now, hand me your laptop.”
Boopkins passed it over. E. Gadd hooked it up to the cradle and pressed a few buttons.
“Give it a few minutes…”
A few minutes passed, and a ding rang out.
“And… transfer completed!” E. Gadd unhooked the laptop, setting it aside. “Now… let’s see the fruits of our labor, shall we?”
E. Gadd pressed a button, and the cradle opened up. Smoke poured out, and a figure sat up. Boopkins’ eyes widened as the smoke cleared.
There sat Saiko, but… different. Her proportions were slightly more pronounced than in the game sprite. She looked… a little uncanny, almost. She was dressed in her classic school uniform, though, and her pink hair with ponytails and the red ribbons remained the same as well. Overall, she still looked like her sprite counterpart, but more… realistic, almost.
“Hm.” E. Gadd adjusted his glasses. “Seems the output isn’t perfect. Need to fix that…” He jotted something down in a journal.
“Woah…” Saiko muttered. “I’m… here?” She flexed her fingers. “Not being a sprite feels… weird. Is this… three-dimensional?”
Saiko attempted to stand, but stumbled, catching herself on the side of the cradle. “Not used to putting effort into standing. Or anything, really. This is new.”
“Saiko…?”
Saiko looked up, seeing Boopkins before her. A wide smile spread across her face. “Boopy-kun, you did it!” Saiko cheered, picking Boopkins up and hugging him tightly. A little too tightly. After a moment, she set Boopkins down.
“Alright, Saiko!” Boopkins said happily. “Let’s go enjoy Valentine’s Day together!”
Saiko smiled sweetly, picking Boopkins up and giving him a ride on her shoulders. The fish boy turned around and waved at E. Gadd. “Bye, Mr. Gadd! Thank you!”
E. Gadd waved goodbye. Once they were gone, he looked around.
“Now… we’re finally alone.”
He pulled out a robot he had dubbed “Lovebot 5000”, dipping it in his arms.
“Oh, Elvin. I am so flustered.”
Saiko and Boopkins casually strolled into a restaurant. They sat down at a table. Before long, their waiter, who appeared to be a living fork in a tux, walked up to them.
“Hello there,” he said cheerfully. “Welcome to my humble establishment. I’m Jeeves, and I’ll be serving you today.”
The two ordered and waited on their meals.
“BoOpKiNs?”
The couple turned around to see Bob staring at them. “HoLy ShIt BoOpKiNs, DiD yOu GeT a ReAl GiRlFrIeNd?!”
“Yeah!” Boopkins said cheerfully. “I brought Saiko to life!”
Bob stared. “...WaIt. HoW oLd Is ShE eXaCtLy?”
Saiko chuckled. “I can see how that’d be a concern, but I was designed to have no determinable age! That way, it’s up to the interpretation of the player!” She paused, looking down at her synthetic body. “Though this body makes me look more… mature … than I probably should be.”
“...HuH.” Bob shrugged. “WeLl, StIlL. I hAvE tHe BeTtEr DaTe LoL.”
Bob gestured to Bobella-chan beside him (who, again, is a simple trash bag with eyes and lips glued on).
Saiko’s eye twitched. Was this… this rag saying that a... a garbage bag was better than her?!
With a swift kick, Saiko sent Bob flying into the wall.
“Ow My OvArIeS.”
“Uh… Saiko…?”
Saiko blinked, then smiled sweetly, glancing back at Boopkins. “Sorry, Boopy-kun! My temper gets the better of me sometimes, especially when I’m compared to a literal garbage bag.” Her eye twitched again.
“Oh. Yeah, sorry about Bob.”
“Could we go somewhere else?” Saiko sighed. “This place is kinda stale.”
“Oh…” After a moment, Boopkins perked up. “I know! I’ll show you the castle!”
Saiko’s eyes widened. “Ooooh, sounds fun!”
The two walked off as Bob rose.
“...PsYcHo BiTcH.”
Mario hummed as he walked down the hallway from the castle courtyard. He opened the door to the foyer, only to see Saiko on the other side. She waved to him innocently.
“Kon’nichiwa!”
Mario shut the door, turning around before screaming. “HELP! ANIME HAS COME TO LIFE! WE’RE ALL GONNA DIE!”
On the other side of the door, Saiko huffed, pouting. “Baka…”
“Oh, you must be Boopkins’ new friend!”
Saiko turned around to see Luigi smiling up at her. She smiled back. “Yeah! Name’s Saiko.”
“Imma Luigi!” The two shook hands. “It’s-a gonna be nice to get to know–”
Then, Luigi’s phone rang. He smiled nervously. “Um… excuse me for a sec.”
Luigi took out his phone and answered the call. “Yes? Oh, hello, S… er, James. Yeah, I should be free tomorrow. Can we do 3 PM–”
Suddenly, Saiko grabbed Luigi’s phone. “Hey! Give it back!” Luigi shouted as Saiko threw it to the ground. She pulled a rocket launcher out of seemingly nowhere.
“WHAT THE FU–”
Saiko fired, blowing Luigi’s phone to smithereens.
“My… my phone…”
Saiko smiled sweetly. “Well, now that your call’s done… how about we play a game?”
Luigi just stared at Saiko for a couple seconds before backing away. Before he could get away, Saiko grabbed his hat and put it on her head. She stuck her tongue out at him playfully. “Catch me if you can!”
As Luigi chased Saiko around, Toad sighed and turned to Boopkins. “You gotta do something about this, man. She’s a red flag.”
“What?” Boopkins was shocked that Toad would even suggest such a thing. “B-But…”
“Believe me, I’ve seen the signs before.” Toad looked back at Saiko. “She’s all fun and playful at first, but a bit obsessive. Always wanting attention. Destructive tendencies. She’ll become more and more obsessed the more you give her. Just trust me, Boopkins. Back out before it’s too late. Before you end up like–”
“TOAAAAAD!”
Toad froze as the door burst open, revealing Toadette on the other side. “Ah, shit!”
“YOU’VE ONLY SPENT 14 HOURS WITH ME TODAY!”
“BUT IT’S ONLY 4 PM!”
“EXACTLY!”
Toadette grabbed Toad and started dragging him away. Toad fought back, shouting protests. As he struggled, he caught Boopkins’ eyes.
“QUIT BEFORE IT’S TOO LATE!”
With that, Toad was gone, dragged away by his unpredictable, obsessive, borderline abusive girlfriend.
Boopkins sighed in thought. “Aw, man…”
Then, Saiko popped up next to him. She took off Luigi’s hat and tossed it back, hitting the Italian in the face. “Say, Boopy-kun? Can we go to your house?”
Boopkins smiled and nodded. “Yeah, sure…”
As the two walked off, Toad’s words stuck in Boopkins’ mind. Surely he was wrong about Saiko… right? She’s not that bad…
Boopkins and Saiko walked along a beach.
“Oh! You haven’t met my dad or brother yet!” Boopkins cleared his throat. “DAAAAAAD!”
From the water emerged Joe Boopkins. He towered over the two, his blank yellow eyes staring through Saiko. She gulped.
Then, from the surf waddled a small, green and white creature that looked similar to Boopkins. He had a coconut around his waist like a diaper and a little stem on his head, two leaves branching off of it.
“Saiko, this is my dad!” Boopkins gestured up to Joe, who waved down at them. Saiko nervously waved back.
Boopkins gestured to the other one. “And this is my baby brother, JubJub!”
The baby waved at her. “JubJub!”
“Um… hi?”
“Dad, JubJub, this is Saiko! She’s my girlfriend!”
Joe froze, leaning down to get a good look at Saiko. Sweat dripped down her head. “Uh… if you’re worried about my age, I don’t really have one, hehe…”
After a moment, Joe shrugged, saying something in some ancient language neither speakable nor understandable to mortals.
“That’s right, Dad!” Boopkins said cheerfully. He turned to face Saiko. “I’ll be right back!”
Boopkins ran into the surf as Joe turned his attention to Saiko. He narrowed his eyes and said something in his language. It sounded vaguely like a threat.
“Uh… you got it!” Saiko grinned nervously, giving him a thumbs up in an attempt to pretend that she understood him. Joe just nodded and dived back into the surf.
JubJub walked up to her and hugged her leg. “JubJub!”
“Uh… you too.” She patted him on the head and watched as he returned to the ocean as well.
After a minute, Boopkins came out, carrying a chest. “I wanted to show you my most prized possessions, Saiko!”
“Oooh, really?” Saiko smiled. “And what might those–”
Boopkins pulled out a body pillow of Hatsune Miku.
“...be.”
“I’ve been collecting for years!” Boopkins said excitedly. “I got some help getting some of them from my friend Lemmy! Actually, I heard he finally got adopted recently…”
Boopkins’ words faded as Saiko’s eye twitched. “So, uh, Boopy-kun… how many of those do you have…?”
“Huh? Oh…” Boopkins looked into the chest. “One, two, three…”
He then dumped it out, sending a stream of body pillows pouring onto the sand as he continued counting. Saiko just stared.
“Only about 5,372,277!” Boopkins said cheerfully.
Saiko put on a forced smile. “Cool! Say, uh… can we get something to eat? I’m starving. Partly because I’ve literally never eaten anything before.”
“Oh! Okay!” Boopkins ran into the water, heading to the family kitchen. He piled up a tray of rocks and carried them back up to the surface.
“Hey, I got us my favorite–”
Boopkins froze, dropping the tray at the sight before him. A good number of his body pillows lay in a pile, now set aflame. Saiko warmed her hands up next to them. She quickly spotted Boopkins and smiled innocently. “Oh! Hey, Boopy-kun! Hope you don’t mind that I made us a fire! It’s kinda cold out…”
“S-Saiko… those… those were my prized possessions…!” Boopkins muttered, staring at the fire in horror.
“Yeah, well… you don’t really need them anymore, right? You have a real girlfriend now.” Saiko smiled.
“S-Saiko, I…”
“What?” Her face fell a little. “Did I do something wrong? I didn’t actually hurt anyone…”
Boopkins sighed. “Saiko… this can’t keep going. You… you destroyed my most prized possessions. This… you’re not healthy for me.”
Saiko’s eyes widened. “Wh-What? B-Boopy-kun… please, don’t…”
“I’m… I’m sorry, Saiko.” Boopkins turned away, closing his eyes as tears formed. “I… think we need a bit of time apart.”
“B-But… I…” Saiko held her hands close to her chest, tears forming. “A-Am I… not good enough…?”
“I… need to go think, Saiko.” Boopkins began walking off.
“Boopy-kun… please…!”
Boopkins ran off, crying and leaving Saiko alone on the beach. The girl wiped her tears, sitting down.
“Am… am I not enough?” she muttered, looking down at herself. After a moment, she shook her head. “N-No! I gotta fix this!”
She glanced at the burning body pillows before getting an idea.
“And I know just how to do it…”
Wario and Waluigi cackled as the person they just scammed ran away, his heart broken in the belief that his wife had cheated on him.
“Can’t believe they let us out like that,” Waluigi noted as he laid back. “After that escape attempt and everything.”
“Eh, small-time crooks got no place there with all the bigger honchos.” Wario shrugged. “Plus, the RMKP ain’t the brightest around, anyways. Otherwise, they’d have found our mech.”
As if on cue, a mech erupted from the shack behind them. The cockpit opened up to reveal Saiko inside, piloting it.
“Thanks for the mech, boys!” she said cheerfully.
“Who do ya think ya are, buster?” Wario growled. “That’s our mech!”
Saiko just looked between the brothers, her lips pursed. “Hm… nah! It’s mine now!”
Wario and Waluigi shouted protests, but with the press of a button, the two were trapped in a cage made of an extremely durable metal.
“Oooh,” Saiko muttered, her eyes shining. “Fun! Now… let’s see where this can go, shall we?”
Wendy O. Koopa walked down the street, a shopping bag in her hand. Suddenly, a cage fell out of nowhere, trapping her.
“Hey!” Wendy shook the bars. “Let me go! Do you know who I am?!”
Saiko popped up beside the cage, smiling.
“Bitch, do it look like I care? No.”
“Hmm…” Saiko smiled as she hopped back into her mech. “Maybe this was a good idea!”
Minion hummed cheerfully as she walked down the street.
“It’s a lovely day to walk down the road–”
Suddenly, a cage slammed over her. She paused, catching sight of Saiko as she rode atop her mech. “Hey, what the heck?!”
“Sorry, I gotta capture all girls!” Saiko said, smiling madly. “No one shall threaten my position as Boopkins’ love!”
Minion stared at her for a few seconds, squinting. Then, her eyes started to water. “Validation… yes …!”
Saiko just stared at her, a little confused. “... Okay.”
“You’re kidding! You said that?!”
Fawn laughed. “Yeah, yeah, it’s cheesy, I know.”
“Understatement.” Pink smirked. “Like, seriously. “I am the tsunami”? Seriously?”
“Shut up, I was in college! And mad!”
Pink shrugged. “Fair. Wish I coulda been there…”
“...Say, have you ever wondered how we’re biologically girls and yet look just like Mar–”
Suddenly, a cage slammed over them. Fawn quickly whipped out her water, but found a strange forcefield keeping it from going out.
“What the–”
“Uh-uh-uh!” Saiko waved her finger in a similar fashion to Sonic the Hedgehog on the titular game’s title screen. “You didn’t say the magic word!”
“...Please?”
“Nope! There is no magic word!”
With that, Saiko’s mech rocketed off, taking the duo with her.
Toad groaned as Toadette dragged him along the ground.
“How about we go there, Toad?” she said cheerfully, her attitude much different from before as she pointed at the restaurant Boopkins and Saiko had been in earlier.
“How about you fuck off?” Toad asked miserably.
Suddenly, a cage flew down, imprisoned Toadette, and took her away.
“TOAD HELP!”
Toad just stared as Saiko’s mech flew away, taking Toadette with it. A smile grew on his face, and he began dancing out of sheer joy of being separated from his girlfriend.
In Inkopolis, Meggy walked down a sidewalk as listened to Splattack! on her headphones. She hummed along to the tune.
“Yo.”
Meggy paused, taking off her headphones and resting them on her neck. She turned her head towards the voice and frowned.
“Oh.”
Desti smirked as she leaned against the wall. “‘Sup, Spletzer?”
“Desti.” Meggy crossed her arms, frowning at the presence of her rival. “What do you want?”
“Hey, I happened to be here first.” Desti shrugged. “You’re the one who waltzed in here like you own the place. Typical of Inklings. Inconsequential in the grand scheme of things, but acting all high and mighty.”
Meggy’s eyes narrowed. “You take that back!”
“What?” Desti raised an eyebrow. “Afraid I’ll call you guys out for your blatant racism? Or speciesism? At least you aren’t speciesist. You work with that fatass human.”
“Alright, you wanna go?” Meggy pulled out her Splattershot. “Then let’s go, already!”
Desti grinned as she pulled out her Blaster. Before either could make a move, a cage dropped on top of them.
“The hell?!” Desti shouted. She put her Blaster aside and tugged at the metal, only for her inhuman strength to have no effect on it.
“Sorry, but you’re not breaking out!”
The two looked up to see Saiko in her mech. She waved cheerfully at them. “That’s stronger than anything in the world! Or at least, that’s what that scientist guy I stole the cages from said…”
“What do you want with me?!” Desti shouted angrily.
“And me?!”
“Less so her.”
“WHY YOU–”
“I’m just clearing out the competition!” Saiko said, chuckling.
Meggy blinked. “What? You some kinda… yandara or something? Is that what Boopkins called it?”
“Who cares? Whatever you’re supposed to be, you’re gonna regret this when I get my hands on you!” Desti shook the bars, trying to loosen them to no avail.
“Aw, how cute!” Saiko giggled. “You can’t stand in the way of the love Boopkins and I share!”
“Boopkins?” Meggy blinked in surprise. “You think we’re gonna get in the way of you and… Boopkins?”
“Who?”
“A kid I know. Really into anime.”
Desti gagged. “Yeah, uh, no. Bit too old for him, if he’s a kid. I mean, I’m 21.”
“Same. I think he’s, like, 12 or something?” Meggy looked back up at Saiko. “You don’t have to worry about us!”
“Still a threat!” Saiko said, smiling as she closed the cockpit, sealing off the voices of Meggy and Desti. She already had her next destination in mind…
At the castle, Boopkins sighed sadly. “Aw, man…”
Luigi smiled, patting the kid on the head. “It’s okay, Boopkins. You did the right thing for both you and her!”
“See, this is why Mario dates spaghetti!” Mario said cheerfully. “It won’t set your stuff on fire!”
SMG4 punched Mario in the face. “Knock it off, dude.”
“Is Mario wrong though?”
Meanwhile, X and FM were talking nearby.
“It’s weird, I’ll give you that,” FM muttered. “But… MCG and RM can handle themselves, wherever they went.”
“I don’t like it.” X crossed his arms, tapping his foot on the floor. “RM’s somehow even more eccentric than you. He goes wherever he wants. MCG, though… it’s not like him to be gone this long. Especially when he’s completely unreachable.”
“Eh, it’s probably nothing.”
“I... hope you’re right, FM.”
“I’m worried Saiko could do something… bad,” Boopkins said with a sigh.
“Oh, come on.” SMG4 shrugged. “The hell is she gonna do?”
Suddenly, the door exploded as a cage rocketed into the castle, capturing Peach just as she entered the foyer. Peach was dragged out of the foyer, screaming.
“GODDAMMIT!” Mario shouted. “I’m getting tired of Bowser!”
A mech stomped into the room, looking down at the group.
SMG4 just sighed. “EM64, I know you’re in there.”
The cockpit opened… and out popped Saiko. “Kon’nichiwa!”
“Saiko?!” Boopkins exclaimed.
“Heya, Boopy-kun~!” Saiko waved happily. “I’m so happy to see you!”
“Wh-What are you doing?!”
“Oh, simple!” Saiko grinned creepily. “I’m making sure nothing comes between us! Not the screen, not some stupid drama… and certainly not any other girls!”
“GUYS!” FM shouted. “LOOK!”
The gang looked outside to see all those who Saiko had captured.
“HEY!” Desti shouted from her cage. “LOSERS! GET ME THE FUCK OUT OF HERE!”
Meggy just sighed, rubbing the bridge of her nose with two fingers. “Can you just shut up and let them do their thing?”
“I don’t wanna have to withstand your annoying voice any longer.”
“Oh, fuck you.”
“You can’t do this, Saiko!” Boopkins shouted. “It’s wrong!”
“Wrong?” Saiko tilted her hand, confused. “How is it wrong? It’s for both our good, sweetie!”
Mario, having sat up after being punched by SMG4, pointed at Saiko. “Stop it. This is not okie dokie.”
He was sent flying by a rocket courtesy of Saiko. “STAY OUT OF THIS!” she shouted angrily, before returning to her sweet demeanor. “So, Boopy-kun? What do you think? You wanna be my boyfriend again?”
Boopkins stared in horror at the girls trapped outside the castle. Then, he got an idea. He leaned over and whispered something to Luigi. Luigi looked scared as hell, but nodded.
“Saiko…”
Everyone turned to Boopkins, awaiting his response.
“Do you wanna… go on a date?”
Everyone’s jaw just dropped at this (aside from Luigi’s). Saiko smiled with all the happiness in the world. “Of course, Boopy-kun! Let’s go!”
She jumped down, picked Boopkins up, and got back on the mech. It rocketed off, taking her prisoners with her.
“What the fuck is going on?!” X cried.
“Guys, l-look…” Luigi took a deep breath, steeling his nerves as best he could. “B-Boopkins had a plan. Listen…”
Back at the restaurant from before, Saiko smiled happily as she sat at a table across from Boopkins. She giggled happily. “Oh, Boopy-kun, I’m so happy you decided to go out with just me again!”
“M-hm.” Boopkins smiled. It was a little forced, but Saiko didn’t notice.
Jeeves walked out, platter in hand. “Your meal,” he said, smiling politely.
Boopkins looked up at the fork man. Jeeves nodded at him, having been let in on the plan by Luigi.
Meanwhile, in another room, Fawn tried to use her water to pick the lock, but once again, some forcefield on the cage prevented the liquid from passing between the bars.
“Dammit!”
“It’s okay, Fawn!” Minion smiled. “The others’ll be along soon, I’m sure of it!”
“You’re sure we can trust them?” Desti asked, leaning back. “Mario doesn’t seem like the smartest guy around.”
“He’s not.” Meggy smiled. “But you can rely on him when you need it.”
“Uh-huh…”
Toadette was just screaming in the background, but everyone ignored her.
Then, the door was kicked open as SMG4, Luigi, and FM ran in.
“Stand back,” FM muttered. “This could get a bit hairy…”
SMG4 and Luigi backed up, watching as FM reached into his pocket… and pulled out a trio of paper clips.
SMG4 blinked. “...What?”
“Take a paper clip and start picking locks!” FM ordered, getting to work on Pink’s cage. The other two nodded and began working on freeing the others.
Saiko smiled as she opened up her platter… only to find Mario dancing on a plate of spaghetti.
“What the hell?!” Saiko shouted, shooting up. “What is this?!”
It was then that everyone ran out of the other room. The first thing Desti did was lock eyes with Saiko.
“GET OVER HERE, BITCH!”
“Boopy-kun… you… you betrayed me…?” Saiko put a hand over her heart in offense, looking genuinely heartbroken. After a moment, she jumped up onto her mech… only for it to shake her off and send her falling to the ground.
“Wh-What?!” she shouted, standing up.
The cockpit opened up, revealing X in the pilot’s seat. “It’s over, Saiko! I have the high ground!”
Saiko’s eyes narrowed. “You underestimate my power.”
“Don’t try it!”
Saiko leapt forward, screaming in rage… only for the mech’s foot to stomp onto her, pinning the insane girl to the ground.
“No! Let me go! Please! I-I can’t just be thrown out!”
Boopkins walked up to his ex-girlfriend, looking into her eyes sadly. “Saiko… why? Why do any of this?”
“...” Saiko sighed, looking away. “You don’t understand. How it feels to be… unwanted. I had only one person I got along with in the game, and outside of it… people hated us. We were the least popular choices, because we’re a little unstable. I wanted what the others had. And… I got that with you. And… I wanted to keep that. I can’t stand not having attention because… I’ve never had much of any before. I need it. I just… I just d-don’t w-want to b-be trapped… alone… n-not again…”
Saiko sobbed, breaking down in tears. Boopkins, Luigi, and Minion looked on, feeling a little sympathetic towards her. SMG4, X, FM, and the others kinda just stared, unamused.
“...Let her go.”
“The hell did you say?!” Desti shouted.
“Let her go!” Boopkins shouted. “She did this because she didn’t want to be trapped. And… she is, now.”
X paused, thinking.
“Oh, don’t you fucking dare…”
With the press of a button, X lifted the foot, allowing Saiko to run out of the restaurant, crying.
“Welp.” SMG4 shrugged. “That just happened.”
Desti groaned. “You people are idiots. I can see why you’re friends with Meggy.”
“Really?”
“Yes. Now, I got places to be. See ya, losers.” Desti turned around and walked away, not once glancing back.
Meggy sighed. “I’m gonna go train. Can’t let Desti get ahead of me.”
Once they were gone, the others began heading back to the castle.
“Do… do you think Saiko could… be better?”
“Oh, hell no.” SMG4 rolled his eyes. “She’s crazy, Boopkins.”
Boopkins sighed sadly. “Oh…”
“…I think she could,” Luigi said. “She’s… she’s in pain. But it’s a real pain. I… hope that she can change one day.”
The group continued their trek back to the castle in silence. Back in the restaurant, the mech lay untouched… until Wario and Waluigi walked in.
“There it is!” They hopped back in, laughing as the mech walked off… until they began fighting over the controls, causing it to crash into the wall.
The two looked up, groaning as they climbed out of the fallen mech… only to freeze as Jeeves loomed over them.
“You dare ruin my restaurant?!”
The two glanced at each other. “Shiiiiiiiit…”
Elsewhere, the sound of mad chuckling rang through an old warehouse.
“He thinks he can just… throw me aside like that?” Saiko grinned. “No. No, I’ll make Boopy-kun regret it. I’ll make him want me back at his side.”
Saiko laughed madly… until someone knocked on the door.
“HeY! PeOpLe ArE tRyInG tO sLeEp!”
Bob opened the door to see Saiko aiming a rocket launcher at him.
“...FaIr ArGuMeNt. I’lL gO nOw.”
He slid the door shut once more.
Notes:
So, Saiko has been established in this story. She differs quite a bit from the canon series, so just... let me explain.
Saiko in this is a fusion of 2 versions of her: canon Saiko and the Saiko from the SMG4 Accommodations fanproject, which is an attempt to revive the classic SMG4 style using modern stories. The Accommodations version is what is on display the most here, in both personality and design. Her personality takes from the more psychotic one seen in her original debut before she (a little too quickly) mellowed out. The Accommodations design is the design used for Saiko's in-game look, while her real-world look is a hybrid of both that one and canon. The name of her game, too, takes inspiration from both the canon one (Kevin's School) and the Accommodations one (Oki Doki Literally-a-Club). I felt that using this version as inspiration would fit best with how I plan to develop her going forward, though more canon elements of Saiko will come into play later down the line.
As for how she came to the human world... well, if you know who the Sheridan guy E. Gadd mentions is, you know what this ties into. If not, uh... well, you'll have to wait and see. I just thought it worked better for a DDLC parody character to be brought in using science and code rather than magic.
Chapter 40: A Boopkins and Bob Adventure
Summary:
ThE gLoRiOuS bOb (aNd BoOpKiNs I gUeSs) Do SoMe CoOl ShIt!
Notes:
Holy shit, it's been a year.
Well, technically three days over a year, but still-
One year of Reimagined. Man, I'd had a whole plan for a special chapter to be released for that. Unfortunately, writer's block and life hit me like a damn semi truck, so that didn't happen.
But I do have-
"A cHaPtEr AlL aBoUt Me BiTcHeS! HeLl YeAh!"
...Yeah, that. Enjoy this breather chapter before... well, plot.
"ShUt ThE fUcK uP aNd GeT oN wItH iT bI - oW mY oVaRiEs!"
...Enjoy! Oh, and happy Thanksgiving to those of you who celebrate it!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
On a beach near the ocean, Fishy Boopkins hummed happily as he swallowed a rock whole. “Mmmm… that was a delicious lunch!”
Suddenly, Bob flew from the woods and crashed into the sand. “Ow My OvArIeS.”
“Oh, hey there, Bob!” Boopkins said cheerfully. “How’re you?”
Bob got up. “FiNe. DeFiNiTeLy NoT rUnNiNg FrOm ThE fEdS.”
“What?”
“WhAt?”
“...Anyways, do you wanna hang out?”
“UhM… sUrE. I nEeD hElP aNyWaYs.”
“Oh? With what?”
“I hAvE a SpEcIaL dElIvErY tO mAkE.” Bob held up a locked box. “WaNnA hElP mE dElIvEr It?”
“Oh, sure!” Boopkins smiled innocently, not getting the… implications behind Bob’s words.
“CoOl.” Bob pulled a car out of seemingly nowhere. “GeT iN.”
“Um…” Boopkins looked back and forth. “Where’d you get that car, Bob?”
“Do NoT qUeStIoN tHe BoB.”
Bob picked Boopkins up and tossed him into the car before hopping into the driver’s seat.
“LeT’s Go BiTcHeS!”
The two drove off, disappearing just as Hal Monitor flew out of the woods, accompanied once again by FM. The two froze, seeing no sign of Bob.
“DAMMIT!” the recolor shouted.
Bob and Boopkins drove down the road, the two singing along to a mashup of a remix of Birabuto Kingdom and the Reece’s Puffs song.
“So, Bob,” Boopkins said, turning to the cloaked man. “Where are we going today?”
“SaMe PlAcE i Go EvErY dAy BoOpKiNs,” Bob replied. “SeLlInG sHiT fOr MoNeY.”
Bob: It’S bOoPkInS aNd ThE bOb,
BoOpKiNs AnD tHe BoB.
OnE’s A cHiLd FiSh,
tHe OtHeR iS oUr LoRd AnD sAvIoR bOb –
The car suddenly jolted as the two slammed into something.
“Oi!” Bob shouted. “GeT tHe FuCk OfF tHe RoAd! PeOpLe ArE dRiViNg HeRe!”
“Oh no!” Boopkins shouted, hopping out and running over to what they hit. It appeared to be a pumpkin with a stick coming out of the bottom of it. Two ropes were attached to it like arms, with forks at the end of each. A straw hat was atop its head.
“Oh, are you okay?” Boopkins asked.
“BoOpKiNs It’S a FuCkInG sCaReCrOw.”
Said scarecrow then suddenly kinda… floated into a standing position.
“WhAt ThE fUcK?”
The hat popped up, revealing two orange eyes beneath.
“TaKe ThE fIsH nOt Me!”
“What?” Boopkins whipped around.
“Hi.” The scarecrow waved. “I’m Rob.”
The two just stared at this new… thing. “...WhAt ThE f–”
“It’s nice to meet you, Rob!” Boopkins said cheerfully. “I’m Fishy Boopkins, and this is my friend Bob!”
“FrIeNdS iS bEiNg GeNeRoUs.”
“What are you doing way out here?” Boopkins continued, not hearing Bob’s comment.
Rob sighed. “I’ve lost my farm.”
“Ohhh…” Boopkins turned to Bob. “Bob, can we help him?”
“HeLl No!” Bob replied. “I pIcK uP cHiCkS, nOt HiTcHhIkErS–”
Rob held out a cob of corn. “Would you like some corn?”
Bob paused. “OoH.” He took the cob and ate it whole. “NeVeRmInD. YoU’rE cOoL rOb.”
Rob’s eyes lit up. “I’m cool as corn!”
“HeLl YeAh.”
The two shared a high-five.
The three now drove down the road, singing happily to What Is Love?. Well, except Rob.
Rob: What is corn?
Baby, don’t corn me,
Don’t corn me,
No more.
Suddenly, the group heard the sound of screeching tires.
“Huh? What’s that?” Boopkins looked out the window to see a tricked-out purple car with a black mustache painted on the front. In the driver’s seat was Wario, with Waluigi standing behind him.
“Heyyy, that truck might have something valuable!” Waluigi said, pointing at Bob’s truck.
“Oh, yeah!” Wario grinned, speeding up. “Waluigi, take ’em down!”
Waluigi pulled out a rifle and opened fire.
“Oh ShIt!” Bob cried, swerving to avoid the bullets and sending Rob crashing into the side of the truck.
“Ow my corn cob.”
“BoOpKiNs TaKe ThE wHeEl.”
“But Bob, I can’t–”
“I sAiD tAkE tHe FuCkInG wHeEl!”
Boopkins nodded, taking the wheel as Bob leapt atop the truck. He pulled out two AK-47s, swapping out his swords for the guns
He fired back at the brothers, who swerved away in response. Waluigi fired again, and the two engaged in a shooting match right there.
Boopkins, meanwhile, was doing his best to drive, but had no idea how because he’s a literal child. So it wasn't long before the car came off the road and crashed into a tree.
“GoDdAmMiT bOoPkInS.”
The two jumped up as the Wario bros walked towards them.
“Ohhh yeah ,” Wario said with a grin. Then, Rob popped up behind them.
“Feel the power of C O R N.”
Rob then stuck two corn cobs right up the brothers’ asses. Their eyes bulged out of their head.
“Oh, I’m gay now,” Waluigi said before both screamed in pain.
“Come!” Rob said. “We must hurry!”
Bob and Boopkins quickly followed, but not before Bob grabbed a briefcase out of the trunk of his car.
The trio soon found themselves wandering a field.
“Oooh, man…” Boopkins muttered. “I’m getting tired, Bob. How much further…?”
“Um…” Bob looked around before pulling out his GPS he had salvaged from the car. “ThIs WaY.”
The trio soon came across a farm. Steve from Minecraft could be seen tilling the ground nearby. He paused and glanced up at them. “Helloooooo!”
Rob lit up immediately. “Holy corn kernels, I’m home!”
“YeAh WhAtEvEr.” Bob looked back down at his GPS. “LeT’s JuSt–”
He paused. This was their destination.
“...WaIt.” He turned to Rob. “ThIs Is FoR yOu?”
Rob lit up. “Oh boiiiiiiiiii!” He took the briefcase, opening it up to reveal… corn inside? “The corn has arrived!”
Bob just stared. “We WeNt ThRoUgH aLl ThAt… FoR cOrN?”
“Yes!”
After a moment, Bob just turned around. “FuCk ThIs ShIt I’m OuT.”
“Bob, wait for me!” Boopkins shouted, running after his friend as Rob and Steve celebrated the delivery of their precious corn.
Notes:
Really just a chapter to build up Bob and Boopkins as being friends, or at least close acquaintances. Rob's here too because why not.
With that said, next chapter will set up what will be the main plot for this season, so I hope you'll stick around!
Chapter 41: The Smash Trials
Summary:
Master Hand hosts trials to prepare for the upcoming Smash Tournament.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Mario hummed happily as he walked out of his house. He opened up his mailbox… and froze. Inside was a letter with a red seal. The seal had a ball with two lines going through it, crossing in an off-center plus sign.
“...Lu-IGIIIIIII!”
Luigi peeked out of the window. “Yes?”
“NEW SMASH!”
Luigi’s eyes narrowed. “Oh, no…”
“New Smash new Smash new Smash!” Mario shouted as he ran off. Luigi sighed.
See that? He’s so excited about beating people up again.
Luigi froze as Mr. L’s voice rang through his head. He finds fun in this. You see how wrong it is?
“I… n-no. Stop. Please…”
I’m always here, Luigi. You’ll see I’m right, very soon…
With that, Mr. L fell silent. Luigi sighed before following Mario.
In an everlasting pocket dimension, somewhere outside time and space, a battlefield floats alone. Final Destination, the residence of a being of extraordinary power.
Dozens were gathered, from Solid Snake, to Samus, to Sonic the Hedgehog, to even Bowser.
A portal opened up, and out hopped Mario and Luigi.
“It’s ya boi, Mario!” Mario said cheerfully. “And it’s-a time for a NEW SMASH!”
Mario continued dancing, getting up in the space of several of the others present… until a giant white hand slammed down atop him. It floated into the air, looking over the gathered crew.
This is Master Hand, one of two extradimensional beings that looked like gloves. He ran the world-famous Smash Tournament, and even created games with the roster of said tournaments.
“Welcome to our Smash trials!” Master Hand said, his voice loud and booming. “I know this is different, but I’ve decided to bring in some new characters for our next tournament.”
“I CAN HEAR YOU OUT THERE SOMEWHERE! LET ME OUT, YOU GODDAMN GLOVE!”
“Oh wow, annoyed by a giant hand existing in a nearby pocket dimension? Can’t imagine.”
“SHUT UP, YOU LITTLE MUSHROOM TURD!”
“Suck my dick!”
Master Hand coughed (how he does that without a mouth is a mystery one may not want answered). “Ahem… apologies. One can hear sound between pocket dimensions unless the one you’re in is actively soundproofed. Let me just…”
“DON’T YOU FUCKING–”
With a snap of Master Hand’s fingers, the enraged shouts of the imprisoned Ztar were silenced. SLG4's face fell. He rubbed an arm, looking away. "What happened to you, Z...?"
“Anyways…” Master Hand turned back to the fighters. “Where was I…? Ah, new characters!”
Master Hand snapped his fingers.
Fishy Boopkins sat underwater, happily playing with JubJub as Joe read a newspaper. Suddenly, a bolt of energy hit him, and he was gone. Joe looked up, uttering an ancient expression of surprise.
A Monty Mole stuck his hands in the air as Bob aimed a minigun at him. “GiVe Me AlL yOuR mOnEy BiTcH–”
With a flash of light, Bob disappeared. The gun dropped to the floor as the Monty Mole just stared.
“Oh, okay.”
SMG4, SLG4, X, and FM screamed as they watched the trailer for a new Smash game.
“NEW SMASH! OH MY GOD–”
With a flash of light, all four disappeared.
Saiko chuckled sinisterly as she worked on something, a knife in her hand.
“Soon, I’ll get back at them. All of them!” An unhinged smile graced her face. “They destroyed our love, so I’ll destroy their lives!”
Saiko laughed maniacally before, like the others before her, disappearing in a flash of light.
Meggy gunned down target after target. She made a dash for the next section of the obstacle course she was going through to train for Splatfest.
Suddenly, in a flash of light, she was in Final Destination. Her run slowed to a stop. As an orange light shone behind her, she turned around, her jaw dropping as she stared at a fiery Smash logo.
“You.”
Meggy turned, her magenta and cyan eyes meeting the yellow of Desti’s. She groaned. “Oh, great.”
“Heya, Boopy-kun!” Saiko waved cheerfully, before her eyes narrowed. “You’re gonna regret leaving me…”
Boopkins gulped.
“WhAt ThE fUcK?!” Bob looked around angrily. “I wAs AbOuT tO mAkE iT bIg!”
“Welcome, new contestants.” Master Hand descended down on the group, which also included characters such as Dipsy the Teletubby, Shaggy Rogers, Goku, Geno, King K. Rool, Waluigi, and many, many others. “You’ll all be paired with a main roster character to try out for the new Smash game.”
“Aw, man, but I don’t wanna fight…” Boopkins muttered.
“Oh HeLl YeAh!” Bob shouted. “LeT’s FuCkInG gO!”
Saiko grinned. “Oooh, I get to blow stuff up? Fun!” She pulled out a rocket launcher. “Let’s do it!”
Master Hand snapped his fingers, deleting the rocket launcher. “Please hold all questions to the end of my speech, please.”
“I didn’t have a question.”
“Please hold all actions until I finish talking, please.”
“Man…” Saiko pouted. “Fun killer…”
“So, yeah! Let’s see if you have what it takes to get into the next tournament!”
Geno crossed his arms. “Took long enough.”
Toad smiled. “Finally, I can stop being a meat shield for Peach and have an excuse to not be with Toadette!”
“Alright.” Master Hand curled up his fingers, preparing to snap. “Aaaand… BEGIN!”
With a snap of his fingers, the world went white.
Break the Targets: SMG4
SMG4 found himself with Link on an open plain.
“Alright, so…” SMG4 looked around. “What kinda task do I got?”
Link pointed to a floating target nearby.
“Oooh, Break The Targets!” SMG4 smiled. “I used to be good at this on Smash Each Other In The Ass Bros!”
He ran over and punched the target. Another one appeared not far away, and he ran to it, punching it as well. This repeated several times until there was one target left.
“Where is it…?” SMG4 muttered, looking around. He then saw it… on the other side of a shark-infested river.
“What the hell?!” he cried. “How am I supposed to get that ?!”
Link shrugged before pulling out the Master Sword and spinning, causing the Hero of the Wild to fly into the air.
SMG4 blinked. “That’s cool… I guess…”
He then noticed there were 15 seconds on the timer. “OH SHIT!” he cried. “Um… crap, screw it!”
He jumped into the water and swam as fast as he could as the sharks slowly approached him…
SMG4 reached the other side as the timer reached five seconds… his entire lower half in a shark’s mouth. He crawled his best, but realized he wouldn’t reach it. He reached into his overall pockets and pulled out a Pingas meme, throwing it at the target and breaking it.
SUCCESS!
StreetSmash: SMG3 vs. Geno vs. SLG4 vs. Desti
“Wait…” SMG3 paused. “How are we gonna do StreetSmash exactly?”
He was suddenly in a bumper car. “...Freakin’ bumper cars?”
“What the fuck does this have to do with Smash?!” SLG4 shouted.
“Look, it’s what Master Hand said,” Donkey Kong said, shrugging. “Just try not to die I guess.” He gave them a thumbs up. “Okay!”
“Are you kidding me?!” SLG4 cried as a timer began counting down. “This is bullsh–”
SLG4 was suddenly knocked into the distance by SMG3. “GET! REKT!”
Geno opened fire on Desti as he drove past her.
“Oh, you wanna use weapons?” She grinned, pulling out her Blaster. “I can do weapons.”
Desti fired her Blaster, splashing ink in Geno’s eyes. The wooden man screamed as his car drove right off the edge of the stage.
SMG3 then crashed into Desti. “It’s over, Octoling!” he shouted. “I have the superior StreetSmash skills!”
“Yeah, well…” Desti grinned. “I have Splat Bombs.”
“What?” SMG3 turned around, glancing at the devices now attached to his car. “Oh, son of a gun–”
The Splat Bombs went off, sending SMG3 flying off into the distance, screaming “YOU LITTLE... CEPHALOPOD!”.
Desti grinned.
WINNER: DESTI SINAWE!
Platforms: Meggy
“Alright!” Meggy said excitedly. “Whose ass am I kicking?!”
“Sorry, Meggy,” Mario said apologetically. “No ass-kicking today. You just need to do some platforming!”
Mario gestured to some floating platforms.
Meggy blinked. “Wait, Desti gets to kick ass and I don’t? Why?”
Mario shrugged. “I don’t know.”
“Ah, well…” Meggy grinned. “Too easy.”
Meggy dashed forward and leapt up towards them… only to fall back down after maybe reaching a couple feet. She transformed into her squid form and shot up, but fell just short.
“Aw, man…” she muttered, turning away. “Sorry, Mario. Guess I won’t make it…”
Mario’s brow furrowed as he watched his friend walk away. Then, an idea came to him. A stupid grin crossed his face as he ran up to Meggy.
Meggy stopped as she felt something grab her hand. She looked back to see that Mario had grabbed it, holding it tightly. The brief moment felt like an eternity.
“U-Uh…”
“You are going to fly for me.”
Mario spun Meggy around before releasing her, sending Meggy flying up to the platform screaming. She crashed into it, groaning as she rose. She paused, looking around.
“Wait a minute…” she muttered, a grin spreading across her face. “Red… that worked!” She leaned back over, looking down at her friend. “Think you can do that again?”
“Okie-dokie!” Mario agreed, equipping a Tanuki Suit and flying up to her. He grabbed her and repeated the action, tossing her from platform to platform as Master Hand watched.
“Hm…” He thought carefully. “This is technically illegal, but… I think I’ll allow it.”
Meggy was soon tossed to the final platform. She shakily rose.
SUCCESS!
Meggy grinned, cross-eyed, before collapsing and falling off the platform. Mario quickly caught her.
“You did it!” he said cheerfully. “You’re a superstar!”
Meggy just smiled fondly. “Thanks, Red.”
Grab the Coins: Waluigi
“Alright, bro,” Waluigi said, turning to Wario. “What do I gotta do?”
“Simple,” Wario replied, pulling Waluigi close. “Listen up. See, if I punch you…” He punched Waluigi, and coins came out. “Coins come out, see?”
Waluigi’s eyes lit up as he saw his brother’s plan. “Ooh… so we hit each other, and get rich quick!”
“Erm… yeah!” Wario backed up. “Just stay there…”
“Alright…” Waluigi waited, kicking a nearby rock in boredom. “What…”
He looked back up and froze at the sight of Wario aiming a rocket launcher at him. “WHAT THE HELL?!”
“Sorry, bro!” Wario grinned madly. “I GOTTA WIN!”
Wario fired the launcher, the rocket zooming towards Waluigi. He quickly ducked under it Matrix-style before grabbing it and tossing it back to Wario. Wario screamed, dropping the launcher and jumping out of the way as the rocket hit the ground and exploded. Wario quickly spotted an Assist Trophy container nearby and grabbed it, while Waluigi grabbed a sword. The two leapt at each other…
In a flash of light, the Assist Trophy container fell to the ground, Waluigi now trapped inside.
“Sorry, bro,” Wario said. “Looks like you’re gonna be an Assist Trophy again.”
FAILURE!
Final Smash Battle: Toad vs. Bowser
“Alright!” Toad said excitedly, now in Oviscity. “What do I need to do?! Anything to get in!”
Bowser grinned, tossing a Smash Ball to Toad. “Simple: Final Smash battle, ya mook. Me versus you.” Bowser crushed the Smash Ball in his hand. “Good luck, little guy.”
After a moment, Bowser grew to colossal height, becoming Giga Bowser. He roared to the sky, shooting up a jet of flame in a scene mimicking the poster of King of the Monsters.
“Fine…” Toad said, crushing his Smash Ball. “I didn’t want to have to do this, but… you leave me NO CHOICE!”
A giant Gundam fell from the sky. Toad leapt atop it and screamed, the light of the Smash Ball enveloping them both. When the light faded, the Gundam now had a giant Toad head atop it.
The two giants charged forward, engaging in a titanic clash within Oviscity. Buildings toppled, rubble rained, screams rang.
“Um…” Master Hand looked around. “Maybe this wasn’t a good idea…”
Eventually, with one powerful swing, Toad sent Bowser flying. Toad grinned. “I did it? I DID IT!”
SUCCESS!
Smash Run: Saiko vs. X vs. FM vs. Steve
“Hi, guys!” Steve said, waving to the others.
“Hi, Steve,” X muttered.
“Alright,” Sonic the Hedgehog said, smirking. “Ya’ll are gonna race to the end. First one there gets in! Anything goes. See ya’ll at the finish line!”
With that, Sonic dashed off.
On your mark…
Get set…
GO!
Within moments, FM kicked X in the balls. X cried in pain, falling over. “What the hell?!”
“Sorry, man!” FM shouted back as he dashed off alongside the others. “Gotta get into Smash!”
“YOU SON OF A BITCH!” X followed close behind.
Saiko, meanwhile, pulled out a rocket launcher. “Seeya, dorks!” she said cheekily, using the launcher to propel herself forward in a rocket jump.
Steve kinda just dawdled along as X and FM dashed past him.
“THIS’LL TEACH YOU TO BETRAY ME LIKE THAT!” X shouted, pulling out a pair of machine guns and opening fire. FM yelped, ducking under the fire and losing ground on X.
X laughed as he dashed ahead… only for Saiko’s next rocket jump to blow him back, aflame, into FM, knocking them to the ground. X rose.
“Is it just me, or am I ENGULFED IN FLAMES?!”
X ran around screaming as Saiko crossed the finish line. “I did it, I did it, I did it!” she said in a singsong voice.
WINNER: SAIKO BICHITARU!
“Shit!” Steve muttered.
Home Run Contest: Fishy Boopkins
“Oooh, man…” Boopkins muttered, shaking a bit. “I-I’m worried…”
“Don’t stress, Boopkins!” Luigi said cheerfully. “All you need to do is hit that sandbag 100 yards.”
Luigi pointed to a white sandbag with black eyes on it. He handed Boopkins a Home-Run Bat.
“That’s it?” Boopkins asked. “That’s too easy!”
GO!
Boopkins began hitting the bag over and over, but his little arms barely had any muscle to them. His swings barely added any damage to it as the counter ticked down.
“HURRY, BOOPKINS!” Luigi cried.
Boopkins looked around, panicking. “Um… um… DAAAAAD!”
Joe Boopkins appeared outside the Home Run arena. Luigi just gawked at the sight.
“Dad, Dad, can you hit this sandbag for me, please?” Boopkins asked politely.
Joe nodded, and with a swing of his tentacle, sent the sandbag flying out of Earth’s atmosphere.
“HOLY SHIT!” Master Hand cried.
Boopkins cheered as Luigi and Master Hand just gawked.
SUCCESS!
Smash Royale: Bob vs. Rob vs. Funky Kong vs. ???
“Oh HeLl YeAh BiTcHeS!” Bob shouted. “BoB’s GoNnA wIn!”
“Wait a sec…” Funky Kong said, turning to Samus. “This isn’t a game mode!”
Samus shrugged. “Apologies. Master Hand wanted to experiment with a new game mode idea for the tournament. All of them are experiments to find which is the most entertaining as well.”
“YOU WEREN’T SUPPOSED TO SAY THAT!”
“Apologies.”
“Wait…” Rob looked around. “Where am I?”
“Also,” Funky continued. “Who’s the fourth competitor?”
Samus pointed to the other corner, in which sat… a random watermelon.
“...ReAlLy?” Bob scoffed. “ThAt’S iT?”
“WAIT!”
Mario leapt in from… somewhere. “Mario can make this watermelon a good fighter!”
He reached into his pocket and whipped out a replica of Meggy’s headgear, tossing it on. “Ta-da!”
Silence.
“...WhErE dId YoU gEt ThOsE?”
“Some store while Mario was visiting Inkopolis.” Mario shrugged. “Thought they were cool. Bet whoever wears headgear like this is a total badass! Like Meggy!”
Mario paused. “Hmm… a melon Meggy? Let’s call her… Melony! Anyways, have fun fighting!”
Mario dashed off.
“...Well…” Rob turned to the others. “Would you like some corn?” He held up a basket of corn.
Bob and Funky laughed before Funky’s expression hardened. “Now you die.”
Funky lunged forward, punching Rob and sending him flying away.
“BiTcH.” Bob pulled out a pair of guns, his eyes going red. “DoN’t HuRt MaH mAn! OnLy I cAn Do ThAt!”
Bob opened fire on Funky. The Kong shielded himself with his thick arms. He then charged forward, grabbing Bob, swinging him around, and tossing him. Bob crashed into the wall as Funky Kong picked up one of his guns.
“He has no style, he has no grace,” Funky sang. “This Kong has a GUN!”
Funky opened fire, prompting Bob to use his swords to deflect the bullets.
Meanwhile, “Melony”, as Mario called the melon, just sat in silence as explosions and other sounds of fighting went off around it, alongside one of Bob’s signature “Ow My OvArIeS”.
Eventually, Funky tossed a grenade towards Bob. Bob quickly noticed it.
“BiTcH hElL nO.”
Bob smacked it with the flat side of his sword, sending it flying back towards Funky Kong.
“Oh, funk–”
The explosion sent Funky Kong flying away. Bob turned to the watermelon.
“...ThIs Is StUpId.”
He walked over to Melony, picked it up, and dropkicked the watermelon away.
“HeLl YeAh. I wOn!”
WINNER: BOB BOBOWSKI!
“Welp, that’s it!” Master Hand shouted. “Our contestants have been chosen! Might not have seen all of them, but hey, there were like a hundred going at once, I couldn’t be everywhere.”
“So WhEn Is ThE tOuRnAmEnT?!” Bob asked.
“Soon, once I finish setting everything up,” Master Hand said. “And there might be some DLC fighters…”
As Master Hand continued, Waluigi sighed, sitting down nearby. Boopkins noticed and walked over to him.
“Hey… you okay, Mr. Waluigi?” Boopkins asked.
“I dunno…” Waluigi sighed. “I keep getting rejected from Smash. Master Hand doesn’t… like me, I guess?”
Boopkins frowned. “Oh… I get left out a lot, too. People think I’m weird because I like anime or… or because of my voice. I once tried out for a tennis team, and… and they never took me, no matter how many times I tried. But hey, I have friends to support me, so it’s okay! Well, kinda okay.”
Waluigi sighed. “I don’t have friends. Just me and my bro, and he’s…” Waluigi shrugged. “I dunno. And everyone kinda just... uses me. Like, I keep being used as a rocket launcher, for some reason?” Waluigi sighed again. "I just don't have any real friends, anyone to... to talk to."
“Well… we can be friends, Mr. Waluigi!” Boopkins smiled. “How about we go out for some ice cream after this?”
Waluigi paused for a moment, glancing at Boopkins. He could tell that this kid got what he was going through. “...Yeah. Sure.”
Boopkins smiled. “Yay!”
“...and yeah! So, look forward to Smash and whatnot. For now… see you soon.”
Master Hand snapped his fingers, teleporting everyone away.
A few hours later, Waluigi and Boopkins were eating ice cream in the park.
“You know, Mr. Waluigi,” Boopkins said, turning to the purple-clad man. “If you feel bad about getting rejected… maybe try talking to Master Hand. You’re a cool guy. I think you can convince him!”
Waluigi glanced at Boopkins. “You… you really think so?”
“Yeah!” Boopkins smiled. “I believe in you, Mr. Waluigi!”
Waluigi chuckled. “I-It’s just Waluigi.” He stood up, beginning to walk away before pausing. He glanced back. “Thank you, Boopkins. You’re a good… f… ffffriend…”
He struggled saying the word, not having much experience with the concept before.
“Of course!” Boopkins said cheerfully. “Happy to help, Waluigi!”
Waluigi smiled and turned around, a determined expression on his face. He'll go see Master Hand tomorrow. Tomorrow… Waluigi will get into Smash!
“WALUIGI TIME!”
Notes:
That's right, folks. Season 2's main plot will be the Waluigi Arc adaptation! Now, it will be a bit more spaced out than in canon, due to there being a few other plotlines I've got planned for this season, but the spacing are at times that should help it flow well. There's going to be a few other additions to the arc as we continue, but as to what they are, you'll have to wait and see.
This chapter is ENTIRELY setup, both for the Waluigi Arc and for a future Smash-based chapter. I also used it to introduce Melony because I wanted a solid introduction for her melon form.
And Ztar's back, for a brief moment! I wanted to use Master Hand to establish how pocket dimensions work here - sort of cells in a wider, empty space between spaces - so I, of course, had to throw Ztar in. It establishes them as still fostering rage towards... well, everyone.
But yeah, next time is the adaptation of the first episode of the Waluigi Arc. It's gonna have several differences compared to canon (though technically what's added was almost canon at one point).
Chapter 42: Waluigi's Time
Summary:
After failing the Smash Tournament tryouts, Waluigi goes directly to Master Hand with hopes of getting into the tournament. However, this brings up a question not even he knows the answer to…
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Waluigi gazed up at Nintendo HQ, the events of the previous day replaying through his mind. Boopkins was right. He could do this. He could get into Smash.
Not like he’d been rejected the past four times this tournament had been held…
Waluigi shook himself. No, he needed to stop thinking like that if he wanted to convince Master Hand.
Waluigi stepped forward, entering the building…
“WORK HARDER!” Master Hand shouted to his Teletubby workers. “I WANT THIS TO BE FLAWLESS!”
Waluigi entered the room as the workers ran around, trying their best to get preparations for the new Smash tournament done.
“MASTER HAND!”
Master hand turned around to see Waluigi staring at him.
“Oh…” Master Hand sighed. “It’s you. Assist Trophy meeting is over there.”
He pointed to a group of characters, like Callie, Marie, Knuckles, Bomberman, and others.
“No!” Waluigi shouted. “I want to be a fighter, Master Hand! I won’t be ignored again!”
“Ugh, whatever. I don’t have time for this.” Master Hand turned away. “I have far more important things to focus on.”
Waluigi clenched his fist, growling. Then, he got an idea. He opened his jaw wide… and screamed.
Everyone who could covered their ears. Master Hand cried out in pain at the sound of the screech. Having no ears to cover, Master Hand could not block out the sound (how he hears without ears is a question best left unanswered).
“ALRIGHT, FINE!” Master Hand shouted. “I’LL HEAR YOU OUT, WALUIGI, JUST STOP THAT DAMN SOUND!”
Waluigi instantly stopped, grinning. He did it. He was gonna get into Smash!
Now in Master Hand’s office, Waluigi slammed a fist onto the “
desk. “Master Hand, I just wanna be in Smash with my bro. Why can’t I join? Why are you so insistent on keeping be from… from being included ?”
Master Hand sighed, looking out the window. “Do you know how I pick which characters participate in each Smash, Waluigi?”
“Um…”
“I look for those who are unique. Who have standout skills, fighting ability. Special moves that utilize what makes them unique, that represent who they are.” Master Hand turned around and pointed at Waluigi. “What do you have? What exactly makes you special?”
Waluigi paused, thinking. “Hmmm… WAH!”
“Saying “wah” is not a special move.”
“DAMMIT!”
“Waluigi, soon you are going to need to accept the truth…” Maser Hand pointed at him dramatically. “You are not special . You are not unique . You are nobody .”
Waluigi’s eyes widened, his jaw trembling. “I… n-no! I-I’m Waluigi! I… I…”
After a moment, Waluigi ran out, tears forming in his eyes. Master Hand just sighed. “Welp, back to work…”
Waluigi dejectedly walked back towards the dump where he and Wario lived. Master Hand’s words ran through his head. What… what did make Waluigi special? Was he really… a nobody?
“No!” Waluigi shouted. “There’s gotta be something!”
He ran up to Wario, who was eating a bucket of KFC chicken. “Hey, bro…”
“There you are!” Wario said. “Where’ve you been? I’ve almost eaten all the chicken! Jeez you wouldn’t believe how hard it was to get this. That crazy bitch tried to steal it from me…”
“Wario…” Waluigi took a deep breath. “Am I… unique?”
“Huh?” Wario didn’t even look up. “Uh, yeah, sure.”
“Really?!” Waluigi grinned. “What should my special move be, then?”
Wario paused. “Special move?” He put his hand to his chin, humming in thought.
Ten minutes later, Wario was still unable to find an answer. Looking for a quick out, he devoured all the chicken. “Oh dear, I’m outta chicken. Guess I’ll go get some more!”
Wario ran off, leaving Waluigi alone. The tall, purple-clad man sighed. “Am… Am I really a nobody? Unimportant…?”
He steeled himself. “No! I will find my special move!”
Waluigi moves to the trash bags scattered around the dump. “C’mon, there’s gotta be something in here I can use…”
Waluigi tossed aside various items, before coming up with a Swiss Army knife.
“Perfect!” He grinned. “Maybe this can be my special move!”
“KnOcK kNoCk.”
Waluigi turned around to see Bob standing there. “Bob? What are you doing here?”
“I wAs JuSt LoOkInG tO bOrRoW sOmE sUgAr,” Bob replied. “I’m MaKiNg SoMe CoCaI – i MeAn ReGuLaR, tOtAlLy LeGaL bRoWnIeS. I nEeD sUgAr Or ThEy WoN’t Be SwEeT eNoUgH.”
Waluigi paused, thinking. “Say… do you have any special moves, Bob?”
“SpEcIaL mOvEs?” Bob lit up. “Oh HeLl YeAh.”
Bob jumped up and did a backflip, spreading his arms. “YoU wOn’T bE aBlE tO hAnDlE tHiS sHiT bItChEs.”
Bob landed on the ground and started swinging his katanas around wildly. “Oh YeAh. CaN’t HaNdLe ThIs ShIt. YoU wOuLdN’t ImAgInE hOw HaRd It Is To FeNd OfF aLl ThE bItChEs ThEsE bAbIeS bRiNg.”
Waluigi looked at the knife in his hands, then back at Bob. “DAMMIT!” he cried, throwing the multitool away. “Knives are already taken!”
Waluigi ran off, and Bob just watched, stopping his moves. “So… I gUeSs ThIs MeAnS nO sUgAr. DaMmIt.”
Waluigi sighed as he walked down the sidewalk. “Everywhere I look, I see people with special moves…”
He watched as Ness summoned a PK Thunder, accidentally frying himself. Captain Falcon and Ganondorf battled each other, punches of dark and fiery energy flying. A cartoony man known as Villager used his axe to chop down a tree, only to be assaulted by FM and a group of officers.
“STOP BREAKIN’ THE LAW, ASSHOLE!”
Link spun through the sky… until he was shot down by a stream of water, courtesty of Mario’s F.L.U.D.D. machine. Waluigi quickly spotted it and got an idea.
Waluigi ran over to Mario. “Hey! Gimme that machine! I need a special move!”
Mario hummed in thought. Waluigi put on his best pleading eyes… but Mario just blasted him away and laughed.
Waluigi sneered, grabbing a Bob-omb that happened to be passing by and threw it at Mario.
“TELL MY CHILDREN I LOVE THEM!” the Bob-omb shouted, slamming into Mario and exploding.
“Wow!” Mario said cheerfully, despite being on fire. “Nice special move, Waluigi!”
“Wah? Special move?” Waluigi lit up. “Oh! Explosives can be my special move!”
“Yeah!” Mario agreed. “You’ll be just like those guys over there!”
Mario pointed to Samus who was dropping down bombs; Solid Snake, who was holding a pair of grenades; and Saiko, who looked at a nearby billboard depicting some waifus with death in her eyes and a rocket launcher in hand. She fired, blowing the billboard to kingdom come.
Waluigi sneered. “No no no NO!” He stormed off, only stopping when someone spoke up.
“Y’know, Waluigi, I never saw you as a bomb guy,” Luigi said, having overheard the situation. “I saw you as more of a dancer! Remember, you were a big part of the DDR-Mario crossover!”
Waluigi paused, recalling that particular event he took part in. “Yeah… yeah, maybe you’re right!”
Waluigi began dancing. Luigi smiled, deciding to join in too… only for a bubble to form within a six-foot radius around him, invert the colors of everything in the bubble, and slow down time within it.
“WHAT THE HELL?!” Waluigi cried.
“Oh yeah,” Mario said, now no longer on fire. “Luigi can slow down time when he dances. Can you do that, Waluigi?”
Waluigi was gone.
“...Waluigi?”
Waluigi finally stopped, huffing. He didn’t even pay attention to where he’d run. He looked around, finding himself in Inkopolis.
“Huh…” he muttered. “Never been here before…”
After a moment, he sighed, sitting down and leaning back against a wall. “Ugh… why me?”
Unknown to Waluigi, another purple-based person happened to be walking just around the corner. Desti scrolled through social media, catching up on a few more Splatfest strats.
“That’s a good one,” she muttered. “Maybe it’ll finally help me show Meggy a thing or two in this year’s Splatfest…”
“Why am I just… nobody…?”
Desti paused, looking around. She peeked around the corner to see Waluigi on the verge of tears, looking away from her.
“Ugh, pity party.” She rolled her eyes and turned away… but paused at Waluigi’s next words.
“I just… wanna be seen as important. As more than just the stooge, Wario’s backup guy,” Waluigi muttered. “I want a special move that will make people recognize me. They should go “yeah, that’s Waluigi’s move”, not “oh, Waluigi has that move”. But… is there even anything special about me to draw from? …Maybe Master Hand was right.”
Waluigi’s words… hit home with Desti. She felt the tiniest pang in her heart at what he said. It resonated with her. After a moment of consideration, she sighed.
“Yo, purple man.”
Waluigi paused, turning around and finally noticing Desti. “Wah?”
“Name’s Desti Sinawe,” Desti said, holding a hand out. “Couldn’t help but overhear. You need some help?”
“But… why would you help me?” Waluigi asked, a bit suspicious.
“Cuz… I know a bit about wanting others to see you for who you truly are.” Desti averted her eyes for a brief moment, but quickly resumed eye contact. Can’t show too much weakness. “Plus, your pity party was getting on my nerves anyways.”
After a moment, Waluigi smiled, reaching out and taking her hand. “Thank you, Desti.”
“Yeah, whatever.” Desti hauled Waluigi to his feet. “Just come with me.”
Outside a shack in the outskirts of Inkopolis, Desti paced in front of Waluigi.
“So, you wanna show ‘em what you’re really made of?”
“Yeah!”
“You wanna reach inside you, take that buried power, and use it?”
“YEAH!”
“Well, first things first, you gotta tap into your emotions. How you feel.” Desti snapped her fingers, and a training dummy came up. “Imagine this is the source of all your frustrations. You need to let your anger and hurt out.”
Waluigi cautiously walked up to it. He closed his eyes, imagining his literal dozens of Smash rejections. He swung, and hit. Beginning to grow more confident, he continued, over and over, each hit growing in strength. A familiar purple glow surrounded his body.
“Wow,” Desti muttered. “I think that’s enough, guy.”
But Waluigi didn’t stop. More and more memories of past rejections came up in his mind, past abuse, as he continued. The times he was used as a tool, a weapon, by others. When his brother left him to rot after robberies in favor of his own escape. Master Hand calling him a nobody, calling him worthless.
The glow’s intensity increased.
“Alright, Wah-lois, chill,” Desti said. “I get worked up, but you’re fuckin’ glowing.”
More pain, more hurt flooded Waluigi’s mind. A flash of blinding purple light encompassed him, forcing Desti to cover her eyes. When she opened them, she froze in shock.
“Holy shit…”
Waluigi now floated in the air. His short and overalls were gone, the latter replaced by regular pants. His chest was bare and now muscular. His hair was longer, and a bandanna was wrapped around his forehead. In his hand was a yellow staff with a red orb encased at the top. Atop the orb was Waluigi’s cap, with a larger version of his mustache protruding from each side.
“I’ve found my special move,” Waluigi said, smirking. “The power… of rejection. Of my pain. The pain I’ve felt for so many years. And the power to share it.”
“Okay, dude.” Desti put her hands up defensively. “I… think you need to calm down a bit…”
“NO!” Waluigi snapped. “I’ve finally found what is special, unique, about me. Thank you, Desti, for all your help. Now… I have a hand to prove myself to.”
With that, Waluigi teleported away. After a moment, Desti sighed. “Welp… that’s not going anywhere good.”
Master Hand sighed as he hovered behind his desk. “Man… maybe I should try doing something else for a change, instead of hosting fighting tournaments to determine who the greatest is…”
After a moment, he scoffed. “NAH!”
Suddenly, the door burst down, and in floated Waluigi. “MASTER HAND!”
“You again?!” Master Hand groaned. “I told you, get lost!”
“I’m afraid you misunderstand…” Waluigi grinned. “I’ve found my special move.”
“Oh?” Master Hand perked up, intrigued. “Very well, then. Let’s see you test it out.”
With a snap of Master Hand’s fingers, the two disappeared.
The two emerged on Final Destination. Master Hand floated up. “Alright, Waluigi. Show me what you got.”
Waluigi grinned, holding up his sceptre. A ball of dark energy formed between the two mustache points, and wave of the sceptre, it shot towards Master Hand… only for the hand to dodge.
“Woah, now. Not at me, ya idiot. Here, test in on… this guy, I guess.” Master Hand snapped his fingers, teleporting a Teletubby worker onto the stage.
“Huh?” The Teletubby looked around, before spotting Waluigi as he summoned another ball of energy. “Ah, piss.”
Waluigi fired, the ball hitting the Teletubby and encasing it in purple smoke. When the smoke cleared, the Teletubby was in a fetal position, crying.
“Wh… what is this feeling…?”
“Dear God…” Master Hand muttered. “It’s… it’s beautiful… what exactly did you do to it?”
“I shared my pain,” Waluigi answered. “The pain I’ve felt for years now.”
“...I like it!” Master Hand turned to Waluigi. “Welcome to Smash Bros, Waluigi!”
Waluigi’s eyes widened. He cheered happily, joy filling his entire being… not realizing the side effects of it. With a flash of light, Waluigi returned to his previous form.
“Uh… Waluigi?” Master Hand said awkwardly. “You… went back to normal.”
Waluigi froze. “What?!” He looked down at his body, seeing that… Master Hand was right. “No! Being accepted… it negated my rejection powers…”
He looked up at Master Hand hopefully. “I… I can still be in Smash… right?”
Master Hand laughed. “Pfft, no. You’re staying an Assist Trophy.”
“What?!” Waluigi’s face fell. “No, please!”
“See ya, Waluigi.” Master Hand snapped, and Waluigi’s vision went white.
Waluigi found himself back at his home in the dump. After a moment, he screamed to the heavens, his anguish at rejection echoing off the buildings.
Waluigi collapsed to his knees, sobbing into his hands. “Why…?”
After a moment, he reflected on Desti’s advice. Using his emotions. Drawing out the power within…
Waluigi moved his hands away from his face. His frown curled into a sneer. “No… no! I’m done taking all this!”
Waluigi rose, the purple glow surrounding him once more. His eyes went purple as well as his sneer curled into a grin. “It’s-a Waluigi time…”
Notes:
And so it begins...
First off, the art at the beginning is a new direction I've decided to take. Rather than doing a basic logo, I want to do proper thumbnails for each chapter using GMod, now that I've gotten better at that. I will be going back and replacing the logos of old chapters with these new thumbnails as well down the line, so... yeah.
As for Desti's role, it's a reference to how the original plan for the canon episode had Desti play a supporting role. I decided to have her help Waluigi uncover his rejection powers, having her somewhat sympathize with Waluigi due to backstory stuff I haven't gotten into.
Now, next up won't be the next part of this storyline. Instead, we have something... ELSE to explore...
Chapter 43: The Goomba Uprising
Summary:
When an army of Goombas kidnaps Mario, Luigi finds help in the most unexpected of places...
Notes:
I'M FINALLY BACK!
I'm sorry it took so long to update, but JESUS life has been hard. That and one of the worst cases of writer's block hit me, and I just... I've been trying.
BUT I FINALLY GOT IT DONE! HIATUS OVER!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It was a quiet night in the home of the Mario brothers. The two slept soundly, dreaming about whatever it is they dream about.
A soft clanging noise was heard from outside their room. A pair of Goombas tumbled out of the fireplace.
“Keep quiet!” one hissed.
“Yeah, yeah,” the other muttered. “Look, let’s just do this and get outta here.”
“Right.”
The two Goombas snuck into the brothers’ room. One hopped up onto the top bunk behind Mario, while the other (somehow, without hands) pulled a bag out of nowhere.
The first Goomba bumped Mario, causing him to tumble off the bed and waking him up. He fell into the waiting bag, which was then sealed shut.
“God… damnit!” one Goomba muttered. “He’s heavy!”
“Just a sec…”
A moment later, a hole was burst in the roof, awakening Luigi. A rope dropped down from a helicopter.
“Mario…?” Luigi muttered, sitting up. He then spotted the Goombas hooking the bag to the rope. “MARIO!”
The Goombas jumped atop the bag as the helicopter flew away. “Get fucked, bitch!” they shouted.
“Don’t worry, Mario!” Luigi cried. “I’ll save you!”
But why? He’s the source of so much pain… I mean, I’m a direct result of him with some magical enhancement, and we both remember Kaijak…
Mr. L’s voice rang through Luigi’s head. He did his best to ignore it as he pulled out his phone. “But… I can’t do this alone…”
At Bowser’s castle, Bowser growled, slamming his fist into the table. “DAMMIT, WHERE ARE THEY?!”
“I don’t know, sire,” Kamek replied. “They just… quit.”
Bowser snarled. “But why?! I’ve been paying them!”
Suddenly, something crashed through the window. A Splat Bomb, filled with orange ink, landed in front of them.
“The hell is this?” Bowser asked.
The Splat Bomb then exploded, sending the two flying back into the wall and covering them in ink. Crashing through another window came Meggy Spletzer, Luigi close behind her.
“Did you have to break a second window?” Bowser grumbled.
“Alright, “your Majesty”,” Meggy hissed, aiming her Splattershot at him. “Luigi told me that your guys took his brother, my best friend. Where is he?”
“Uh…” Bowser glanced at Kamek, then back at Meggy. “...Who are you?”
“Meggy Spletzer,” she growled, stepping forward. “And you’re gonna tell me what you did to Red or I’m going to fuck you up.”
“Red?”
“Mario, you idiot!” Meggy snapped.
Bowser blinked. “Er… I haven’t seen Mario since the whole “Ztar” thing.”
“But some Goombas kidnapped Mario!” Luigi cried.
Bowser blinked. “G… Goombas?!” He shot up. “I’ve been looking for them for a week! They completely took off out of nowhere!”
He turned to Kamek. “Can you run the place while I’m out, please?”
“Of course, sire!” Kamek nodded.
Luigi squinted. “He… asked nicely?”
Bowser turned back to Meggy and Luigi. “Alright, listen. I wanna be the one to trounce Mario, and I wanna find out where those Goombas went. So… truce?”
Meggy narrowed her heterochromic eyes at the Koopa King, then huffed, crossing her arms. “Fine. Truce, ‘til we find Red.”
“Alright!” Luigi said, stepping between the two. “Well, why don’t we go ahead and get going, yeah?”
The trio headed out, intent on finding the missing Mario and Goombas.
Mario groaned as he awoke. He was strapped to a chair in a courtroom.
“Wha?!” he cried. “Where is Mario?!”
“All rise! This court is now in session!”
Mario looked around, seeing Goombs everywhere. In the judge’s seat was an elder Goomba with a gray mustache.
“Who are you?!” Mario shouted. “Did you kidnap me for Bowser?!”
“No!” the elder Goomba shouted. “Ever since I, Goombini, took charge, we’ve left that bumbling oaf behind. Now… Mario, we find you guilty of the flattening of dozens of Goombas!”
“What?!” Mario cried. “But Mario didn’t even get to say anything!”
“What does it matter?” Goombini asked. “You’ve flattened dozens of our kind. I’ve seen it firsthand, because I was there for the first !”
“What?”
Years ago, when Bowser first attacked the Mushroom Kingdom, a younger Goombini and another Goomba walked along Bob-omb Battlefield.
“Y’know, Goombini, I hear that there’s this guy trying to fight against Bowser,” the Goomba noted.
“As if THAT will ever work,” Goombini said.
“And then… you came along!”
Indeed, at that moment, Mario stomped onto Goombini’s friend, flattening him.
“NO!” Goombini cried, watching as Mario ran forward. “You MANIAC!”
“But now, we’re going to stop your madness!” Goombini said. “You’re gonna regret ever stomping on us Goombas… because you will pay with your life, first thing in the morning!”
“NOOOOOOO!”
Goombini laughed as Mario was dragged away… but someone else watched from the stands, frowning. A young Goomba eyed Mario not with hate like the others, but sadness…
“I think the village I found them in was this way,” Bowser said as he led Luigi and Meggy across rolling plains in the Mushroom Kingdom.
“Alright,” Meggy said, taking the lead (and taking a chance to shove Bowser aside). “Let me scope it out.”
Bowser huffed. “She’s a piece of work…”
“Can you blame her?” Luigi asked. “You’ve tried hurting Mario a bunch… you made me become…”
Bowser scoffed. “Please, that guy was just a one-off thing! Kamek was sure to explain that.”
Luigi was silent.
“...What?”
“He’s still here. In my head.” Luigi held his sides almost defensively. “Keeps trying to make me… be him, again.” His eye twitched a little. “I mean, he nearly took over the whole kingdom! If it hadn’t been for Koops…”
Bowser stopped in his tracks. “...Koops?”
Luigi paused as well. “Yeah, a… a Koopa doctor. Defected before you rose to power, apparently.”
Bowser turned to face Luigi. “...Is he alright?”
“No.” Luigi looked at the ground, tearing up. “My… Mr. L’s plan left the core… unstable. We had to destroy it. Koops stayed behind to do so.”
Bowser was silent for a few seconds. Then, he turned around and stormed after Meggy, not saying another word. Despite this, Luigi saw the singular tear roll down his face as he turned away.
“Hey, uh, guys?” Meggy said from up ahead. “I… think I found it.”
Luigi and Bowser reached the top of the hill, where Meggy was waiting. There, in the valley below, lay a village.
“That’s it,” Bowser muttered. “The Goomba village.”
Meggy pulled out her Splattershot. “Let’s go rescue Mario.”
Mario sighed as he sat in his cell. “Aw, man… Mario’s gonna die, and he doesn’t even get any spaghetti…”
“Mario…”
Mario turned around, seeing a shape in the barred window. The shape slipped through the bars, revealing itself to be… a young Goomba?
“Wah!” Mario cried. “Are you gonna stomp on Mario like those guards?”
“What? No!” the Goomba said. “My name is Goombs! I’m here to help!”
Mario tilted his head. “Hm? But why do you wanna help Mario?”
“Because I know you’re not a bad dude!” Goombs replied. “Sure, you’ve stomped on a bunch of us, but we were working for Bowser then. Besides, you even saved my life!”
“Hm?”
“Back when that big evil star was destroying stuff, you saved me and my pal Bobby!” Goombs said.
Mario recalled the Ztar attack. Indeed, he’d saved a young Goomba and Bob-Omb during the fight against Ztar.
“I knew you weren’t as bad as everyone said after that!” Goombs continued. “So, I’m gonna get you outta here!”
Goombs grabbed the chain holding Mario in place with his mouth and yanked it until it broke. Unknown to many, Goombas had particularly strong jaws to make up for their lack of other defensive mechanisms.
“Alright!” Mario cheered. “Thank-a you!”
“No prob!” Goombs replied. “Now, let’s get outta here!”
“STOP RIGHT THERE!”
The two turned to see two Goomba guards, spears hovering beside them (are they telepathic or something? How do they do that?). “What do you think you’re doing, kid?”
“Saving an innocent man!” Goombs replied, tackling one of the guards. Mario grabbed the other’s spear and swung around, sending him flying into a wall.
The Goomba guard pointed his spear at the kid. “Ohhhh, you done did it now, son.”
Mario rushed forward and kicked the guard away. “Let’s-a go!”
“Right!”
The two dashed out of the prison, not noticing as the first guard rose, hitting an “Alarm” button.
Sirens sounded around the city as Mario and Goombs raced through the streets.
“This way heads outta town!” Goombs said. “We might just–”
Suddenly, a stream of orange ink hit Goombs in the face, sending him flying back.
“GOOMBS!” Mario cried. “Alright, who’s–”
“RED!”
Mario froze as he spotted… Meggy? The Inkling woman tackled him into a hug. “Oh, thank the Great Zapfish you’re okay!”
“M-Meggy?” Mario muttered. “What are you doing here?”
Meggy chuckled as she pulled away. “Whaddya think? We’re here to rescue you!”
“We?”
Luigi and Bowser walked out from around a corner. “Hey, bro!” Luigi said, waving. Bowser just waved awkwardly at the plumber.
Mario narrowed his eyes. “Bowser?”
“My troops abandoned me and kidnapped you,” Bowser said simply. “I wanna know why.”
Meggy eyed Goombs as he got up, aiming her Splattershot at the young Goomba. “Don’t worry, Red. I got this.”
“WAIT!” Mario cried, getting between Meggy and him. “Goombs helped Mario escape!”
Meggy blinked. “Really? Oh, uh… sorry about that.” She lowered her Splattershot. “Well… thanks, then, Goombs.”
“No prob!” Goombs replied with a smile.
“Um, guys…?” Luigi muttered. The group looked around to find that they’d been surrounded. They formed a defensive circle.
“Stand down before I kick your asses,” Meggy ordered.
“What do you think you’re doing?” Bowser growled. “I’m your boss!”
“Not anymore!” Goombini shouted, emerging from the crowd. “We were never satisfied with the conditions we had. Underpaid, overworked… we never felt respected! But now… under my leadership, the Goombas shall rise again! No more will we be oppressed! Not by your father, and not by you!”
Bowser winced at the mention of his father. He recalled how his father had treated his troops and realized… he was doing the exact same thing. He was the same type of boss as his father towards his troops.
“I…”
“Yo, turtle!” Meggy called out. “Need your head in the game, now!”
“And now, we will have our revenge on Mario for stomping all our brethren!” Goombini continued. “Now, my fellow Goombas… ATTACK!”
The Goombas charged forward. Mario and Luigi raised their fists, Meggy twirled her Splattershot, and Goombs… well, he just looked angry, but what can you do when you only have feet?
The four prepared for the fight of their–
“STOP!”
Bowser’s roar resounded across the village. Every single Goomba stopped in their tracks.
“I treated you badly,” Bowser noted. “I… I get that now. I was too much like my fa… like Grendor. But hey, come back, and I’ll raise your pay to 20 coins an hour!”
“Hah!” Goombini laughed. “You think you can win them over with just that?!”
Despite his claims, the Goombas were whispering among each other.
“...And I’ll give you free dental and healthcare!”
The Goombas fell silent. Then, chatter erupted around the group.
“Free dental?!”
“Yeah, and healthcare?”
“Screw Goombini, let’s go to this guy!”
“Yeah!”
“What?!” Goombini cried. “Get back here! You picked me to lead you!”
His cries fell on deaf ears (?) as the Goombas dashed off, headed towards Bowser’s castle. A shadow fell over him, and he looked up to see Meggy glaring down at him with murderous intent.
“Um… hi?”
“This is for Red.” Meggy punted the Goomba into the distance. “Bastard.”
Mario grinned. “Nice kick, Meggy! Thanks for rescuing me!”
Meggy smiled. “Hey, anything for my best bud.” She gave him a soft, fond shoulder punch.
Bowser began to walk off, but then paused, glancing back at Luigi. “...I really will be better. To my troops.”
Luigi walked up to him. “Well, I’m glad.”
Bowser sighed. “I… didn’t realize how much of my father I’d become. I don’t want to be him.”
Luigi smiled. “Well… it seems you’re not him. I think you’re a good guy, deep down.”
Bowser paused, then turned back and let out a smile. But not some sort of menacing or evil smile like Luigi was used to. It was a genuine smile of appreciation.
“Thank you. I guess.”
Bowser turned around and walked away, following his troops back to his castle.
“Welp,” Meggy said, resting her elbow on Mario’s shoulder. “Wanna head out? Find something fun to do?”
“Oooooo.” Mario grinned. “Let’s-a go get something to eat!”
“Spaghetti?”
“Spaghetti.”
Meggy rolled her eyes and let out a chuckle. “Alright, ya goofball. Let’s go get some spaghetti.”
“Yeaahhhh!”
The trio walked off, heading for a nice afternoon of relaxation…
“God dammit,” EM64 muttered. “His fucking Goombas left him?”
He stood up from the chair he was sitting in. “Fine, then. Bowser better watch his back…”
He grinned sinisterly. “His time is up.”
Notes:
Looks like EM64's finally gonna make his move!
But yeah, this chapter, an adaptation of "Secret Life of Goombas," was to finally reveal what happened to Koops to Bowser, and also propel EM64's doubts of Bowser's leadership. Some Luigi and Bowser moments, too, to help flesh out the Koopa King even more.
I also wanted to expand some more on Mario and Meggy's relationship. The two were the very foundation of Modern SMG4 as a whole, and their dynamic is genuinely what got me to follow the show regularly. It's a shame how the later era of the series ruined it, but I assure you, I have no plans of flanderizing either Mario nor Meggy, nor anyone else within this universe.
Next time, we'll finally delve into EM64's plan! Hope to see y'all there!
Chapter 44: The New Koopa King
Summary:
EM64, finally tired of Bowser's shenanigans, takes over the Koopa Kingdom. To reclaim his throne, Bowser is left with one option to turn to...
Notes:
I KNOW IT'S BEEN A YEAR I'M SORRY
I lost motivation to work on this for a while, as Reunited kinda invaded my brain (plus other WIPs came to me lol) BUT I'M BACK TO IT
I did edit a few older chapters to bring them more in line with my current plans going forward AND to improve the quality a bit, cut a couple scenes that felt out of place, y'know. But yeah, welcome back to SMG4 Reimagined!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Within the Koopa Kingdom, Bowser watched down as his people rushed around below, doing their daily tasks and errands. It was livelier than normal. Ever since he’d increased pay rates, things seemed… better.
“Greetings, sire.” Kamek materialized behind the Koopa King. “How are you today?”
“I dunno, Kamek…” Bowser muttered. “I just… I feel different.”
Kamek hesitated for a moment, then walked up to Bowser’s side. “Why is that?”
“I dunno.” Bowser crossed his arms. “I just… what’s the point anymore?”
“Of…?”
“Attacking the Mushroom Kingdom.” Bowser looked down at the elderly Magikoopa. “I just… I know Peach will never love me like I love her. And I know that pushing the way I am will only make her want less to do with me.”
He looked down. “I just… I’ve had quite a few awakenings lately. And now I can’t help but wonder… is earning Peach’s love really worth becoming a monster? Becoming my father?”
Then, the sound of slow clapping from behind them.
“What a show!” EM64 said, emerging from the shadows. “Really, I must say, you make quite a sob story.”
Bowser sighed. “What do you want?”
“I just… I’ve been noticing some things.” EM64 took a few more steps closer to the Koopa King. “You’re behaving differently. Nicer.”
“Yeah.” Bowser crossed his arms. “And?”
“You can barely keep control of your own troops…”
Bowser squinted. “Where are you going with this?”
“Simple.” EM64 grinned. “I think it’s time for a change of leadership, to restore your kingdom to what it once was. Morton, if you will?”
Suddenly, Morton Koopa Sr. lunged from the darkness, tackling Bowser and sending both over the edge of the balcony. They slammed into the ground below.
“‘Sup, cousin?” Morton grinned. “How ya been?”
“Better, without you around,” Bowser growled. “So, EM64 freed you?”
“Been plannin’ it since I was put in there,” Morton replied. “But yeah, we’re workin’ together now. Gonna take you out and bring back our true glory!”
“Psh.” Bowser grinned. “You ain’t gonna beat me.”
“Already have.” Morton grinned widely.
Bowser blinked. “What are you…?”
Morton then grabbed a lever that was on the castle wall behind him and pulled. A hidden spring underneath Bowser activated, sending the Koopa King flying .
“So long, gay Bowser!” Morton said mockingly.
“SIRE!” Kamek cried, teleporting away.
“Excellent work, Morton,” EM64 said as the Koopa leapt back up to the balcony.
“I told you I knew my way around the traps of this place.” Morton grinned. “My father designed them, after all.”
“Well, now the kingdom is ours.” EM64 grinned. “So we should let them know of their new rulers…”
“Agreed.”
The two turned towards the edge of the balcony. “ATTENTION KINGDOM!” EM64 shouted, getting the attention of the civilians that hadn’t seen Bowser and Morton’s brief encounter. “My name is EM64, and this is Morton Senior. Bowser is gone, and we rule this kingdom now. So, respect our rule or be punished . Understood?”
Morton let out a stream of blue fire, an unspoken threat to anyone who dared question the two. After a moment of silence, the crowd burst out. “ALL HAIL EM64! ALL HAIL MORTON!”
EM64 spread his arms wide, happily soaking up the adoration. “Finally…” he muttered. “Guess who’s in charge now, Oiram…”
It was a bright day at Peach’s castle. Mario ate spaghetti (as usual), while Onyxking, SLG4, Minion, and SMG4 listened to Meggy and Luigi.
“...and then Bowser completely turned the tide by offering them a raise!” Luigi said.
“Yeah,” Meggy said. “I mean, I was looking forward to kicking some ass, but eh.”
“Wow!” Minion’s eyes sparkled. “That sounds so cool ! I wish I’d been there…”
“Man, it must have been a busy day for you,” Onyxking noted. “I mean, Bowser turning over a new leaf?”
SMG4 scoffed. “Please. Bowser’s pure evil.”
SLG4 frowned. “I dunno. You also think SMG3 is pure evil…”
“HE IS !”
SLG4 sighed. “I’ve known him for years. I highly doubt that…”
“Not as long as I’ve known him!”
“I think that Bowser has some good in him,” Meggy noted. “Not everyone does, but I’ve seen it in him.”
“Meggy, you’re the one who sees some weird charm to Mario’s stupidity,” SMG4 said, frowning. “I mean, it’s Mario. He’s an idiot. Like, a top tier dumbass.”
Meggy frowned, crossing her arms. “He’s more than that. He’s a complex guy. Dumbing him down to just an idiot is disrespectful.”
“Sure.” SMG4 rolled his eyes.
As Meggy looked at the recolor, she just didn’t get it. This guy came off as kind of an asshole. It was clear he cared to some extent about most of the others, but Mario just seemed to annoy him. In fact, Mario seemed to just annoy everyone besides her and Luigi. Why was it that they were the only ones who saw Mario as more than just a complete idiot?
The sound of screaming broke their conversation. Without warning, Bowser crashed through the roof of the castle and landed on the floor, creating a massive crater where he’d fallen.
Toad looked up from his corner. “Did Mario get hit?!”
“Hello!”
“DAMMIT!”
The group walked over to the crater, looking in to see Bowser’s form amongst the dust.
“BOWSER!” Mario shouted. He jumped up and prepared to groundpound the Koopa… only to be stopped in midair, surrounded in a blue glow.
“The hell…?”
Kamek floated through the roof on his broomstick. “Please refrain from assaulting my adoptive son.”
He dropped Mario, and Meggy quickly caught him before he could hit the floor. She set him down and looked up at Kamek. “What are you two doing here?”
“Believe me…” Bowser muttered, rising, “it wasn’t my choice.”
“EM64 took over,” Kamek explained. “He and Morton Sr. took over the kingdom.”
Bowser climbed out of the pit. “The… the Koopalings… Junior…”
Onyxking blinked. “Who?”
“MY KIDS, DAMMIT!” Bowser snapped. “Those freaks have them!”
“Kids…?”
The group turned to see Peach looking down at them from above. “You have kids?”
“O-One that’s mine,” Bowser muttered, blushing faintly at the sight of Peach. “Junior’s mom died in childbirth. The others are adopted. Morton Sr. is the abusive father of one of them.”
Peach frowned. “And this “EM64” person has completely taken over…?”
“Yeah.”
“I know EM64,” Onyxking muttered. “He’s a terrible person. Evil because he can be, from what I can tell. Nobody knows anything about his past, but whatever his childhood was like, it shaped him into a monster.”
“Yeah,” SMG4 agreed. “He needs to be stopped.”
“Well then…” Meggy grinned. “What are we waiting for? Let’s go storm a kingdom!”
Luigi just stared at Kamek, shaking a little.
Aw, what’s wrong? the voice of Mr. L said in his head. Can’t face my creator?
“Sh-Shut up…”
Mario frowned. “Luigi…?”
“C-Can I… stay here?” Luigi asked, eyeing Kamek. “I… I don’t think I’m feeling well…”
SMG4 sighed. “Luigi–”
“Yeah, that’s fine,” SLG4 interrupted. “I know what you’re dealing with. You’re good.”
Luigi smiled. “Thank you…”
“I’m coming, too.”
The group looked up as Peach came down the stairs.
“Peach?” SMG4 raised an eyebrow. “Don’t you have anything better to do, like… I dunno, doing makeup or something?”
Peach slapped SMG4 across the face. After a moment, she cleared her throat. “I’d like to help. This man is a threat to both our kingdoms. So… let us work together to take him down. Besides, I can get us access to some… special help…”
The group was outside the Koopa Kingdom, looking down upon the valley that it sat in. They were joined by the BattleToads Justice Crew.
“Alright,” Babeh said, zooming in with his mechanical glasses. “Looks like security’s been maxed out. There are patrols on every street. EM64’s going total authoritarian, it seems.”
Bowser growled, slamming his fist into the ground. “This is what I was trying to avoid … what my father would have wanted…”
Peach frowned, looking at Bowser.
“Alright,” Meggy whispered. “Plan?”
“We’ll take the brunt of the force in the streets,” Bravo said. We can handle most, but we might need some help.”
“I’ll help outside,” Meggy volunteered. “I’m used to handling groups. Think anyone else can?”
“I’ll help,” SLG4 suggested.
“Me too!” Minion said, thrusting her hand up.
“Alright. Mario, SMG4, Onyxking, Bowser, and Peach will go inside.” Bravo grinned. “Alright, team, let’s move out!”
As the two split up, Mario felt a hand on his shoulder. He turned around to see Meggy looking at him with a slightly worried look on her face. “Hey, Red… stay safe, alright? Don’t do anything too stupid. I… don’t wanna lose you, not after what just happened earlier.”
“Don’t worry!” Mario grinned. “Mario’s got 4 IQ!”
Meggy chuckled, turning away and sending him a wink. “See ya on the other side, Red.”
Mario shot her a thumbs up as the two went to their respective groups. Both Minion and SMG4 gave the two glances, but didn’t say anything.
Minion then caught sight of Bowser. After a moment, she stormed over to him. “Hey, you!”
Bowser glanced back. “What do you want?”
She crossed her arms. “Look, I’m generally friendly. I like seeing the good in people. So… I wanna know why.”
“Huh?”
Her lip quivered. “Why’d you hit that lab? Just a distraction? Or did you want the deserter gone?”
Bowser’s eyes widened. “You mean…”
“Yeah.” Minion crossed her arms. “Like, sure, without that whole thing I wouldn’t exist, but… Koops.”
“...Luigi told me he didn’t make it.”
“He gave his life to stop your plan,” Minion hissed. “You wanted that, didn’t you? You wanted him to die there for abandoning–”
Bowser grabbed Minion and lifted her to his face. “Don’t you dare claim I ever wanted Koops dead. He was the father that Grendor could never have been. He was one of three people who actually cared about me, and one of those three was the daughter of the ones my father despised . Kamek was almost always with Grendor then, but he was still good. But Koops…”
After a moment, he dropped her, tears forming in his eyes. “I never wanted anything to happen to him. EM64 suggested the plan, but I didn’t know that Koops was… if I’d known, I’d never have…”
Minion frowned. After a moment, she moved forward and placed a hand on his arm. “I… he cared about me, too. Was one of the first to really… validate my identity.”
Bowser looked down at her. “I… take it you’re…”
“Yeah.” Minion smiled. “He… his words really helped me fully embrace that.”
“...That sounds like him, all right.”
“Alright!” Onyxking said. “Everyone ready?”
Everyone nodded. Bowser and Minion returned to their respective teams.
Bravo grinned. “LET’S DO THIS, FOLKS!” He turned to his team. “BattleToads! You know what to do!”
“Right!” the others said. They all leapt up.
“Bravo!”
“Barrage!”
“Babeh!”
“Bewbs!”
A glowing light encased them, and when it faded, Super Justice Toad stood ready for combat.
“LET’S DO THIS!” he shouted, charging forward, with Meggy, Minion, and SLG4 close behind.
“Alright!” Peach said. “Let’s go!”
With that, Peach, Mario, Onyxking, Bowser, Kamek, and SMG4 rushed in a different direction.
“Kamek, find the kids!” Bowser snapped.
“Yes, sire!” Kamek warped away as the others ran into the city…
EM64 dug through a back room in Bowser’s castle. “All these old plans, just left to rot,” he muttered.
“Where the hell did you say this thing was? ” the voice of Morton said over the radio on his waist.
EM64 rolled his eyes, picking it up. “Ugh… if you followed my instructions, it should be right under you, Morton. Make sure to hurry. My benefactor won’t be happy if you take too long.”
“Yeah, yeah, whatever.”
EM64 sighed as he tossed the radio away. “Ugh, there’s gotta be something here…”
Then, he paused as he uncovered something. He grinned. “Oh, hello …”
Then, alarms rang out. EM64 rose, holding what appeared to be some sort of disk drive. “Oh, what now?” He moved over to the window and looked out, only to freeze at the sight of Super Justice Toad towering within the city below.
“...fuck.”
“WE WON’T LET THOSE FUCKERS TAKE THIS LAND!” a Parakoopa shouted, mere moments before Meggy sniped him out of the air with a Splatterscope.
“Nice work, Meggy!” SLG4 called out. “Keep it up!”
“Hey, I’m not nicknamed “Sharp-Eye for nothin’.” Meggy smirked, gunning down a couple more troops. “How are you doing.”
“Uhhhh…” SLG4 looked around, only to find that he was weaponless. “...Great. I’m doing great.”
Minion wrapped her arms around a group of Koopas and slammed them into the wall. “Sorry!” she shouted even as she did so. “I know you’re just doing your jobs!”
SLG4 gave Minion an unamused glance as Super Justice Toad took down an outpost behind him. Minion just shrugged. “What? They’re just doing their job! Once we get Bowser back on the throne–”
“Wait!” A blue-shelled Paratroopa landed in front of them. “You’re… putting Bowser in charge again?”
“...Yeah?”
After a moment, Blue Shell turned around to face the others. “THEY’RE PUTTING BOWSER BACK IN CHARGE!”
The entire army cheered. SLG4 and Meggy exchanged a glance as Blue Shell turned back to them. “We’re at your disposal. For our king’s honor!”
“Huh.” Meggy pouted a little. “I kinda hoped there’d be more ass-kicking…”
EM64 gulped, pocketing the drive. “Okay. It’s okay. I’ll just… just get what I can, and take off to find Morton, and then we can–”
Suddenly, something big crashed through the wall, sending EM64 flying into the far wall. He groaned as he got back to his feet, only to freeze at the sight that awaited him: Bowser, Mario, Onyxking, SMG4, and Peach, all staring him down.
“EM64…” Bowser growled, stepping forward. “What’s the matter? No Morton here to help you?”
“H-Hey, Bowser…!” EM64 grinned. “Uhhhhh… n-no hard feelings, right?”
Then, EM64 heard shouting from outside. The cheers of “BOWSER! BOWSER! BOWSER!” resounded through the kingdom. The recolor’s mouth flapped wordlessly, but then he shook it off. “Fortunately, I got one more trump card!”
The recolor pulled out a remote and pressed a button, and suddenly, five figures crashed into the room, one of them punching Mario right in the face. As the fat Italian recovered, he looked up to see… five more of himself? Each one had a number on their hat, ranging from one to five.
“...the fuck?”
“Oh, shit, I forgot about that!” Bowser muttered. “I had a plan to make some robot Marios, but I never used them!”
“Well, I will, because you’re a fucking idiot!” EM64 shouted. “DIE!”
The five Mario clones rocketed forward. One of them tackled each person. Bowser easily took out Clone 4, tearing its head off and crushing it with his bare hands.
Everyone else, however, struggled. SMG4 put up his fists, facing off with Clone 3. “Oh, you wanna go? You wanna go, big boy?”
Clone 3 then kicked SMG4 in the knee. The YouTuber collapsed, gripping it tightly and mirroring a particular Family Guy moment.
“You cannot stop us,” Clone 5 said to Peach. “You are frail.”
Peach scoffed. “You aren’t like Mario. You know nothing about me.” With that, Peach whipped out her umbrella and stabbed it straight through the head of the robot.
Onyxking, like SMG4, beaten to a pulp by Clone 2. “Guys, a little help???”
Bowser grabbed Clones 2 and 3 and slammed them into each other, crushing them against one another and destroying them. He looked down at the pair disappointedly. “...really?”
“It’s a fucking robot, what was I supposed to do?!”
“DESTROY. DESTROY,” Clone 1 said robotically as missiles emerged from its arm. It fired them, and the rockets hit Mario, sending him flying into a wall and causing part of it to collapse.
“No, no, NO!” EM64 shouted. “Don’t destroy the fucking BUILDING!”
Clone One ignored EM64, turning its rockets towards Mario again. “DESTROY. DESTROY.”
“Mario!” SMG4 dug around in his pockets until he pulled out a small USB drive. With nothing to lose, he tossed it. The small object jammed into Clone One’s rocket launcher, and after a moment, the weapon jammed. Clone One tried to fire it again, but the jam instead caused the weapon itself to explode, blowing Clone One apart. His bottom half lay in pieces on the ground, while what remained (part of his torso, an arm, and its head) were sent flying out the hole Bowser made upon his entry.
“Wh-what?” EM64 stammered, backing towards the far wall again. “N-No, how…? I-I was…”
“Supposed to win?” Bowser scoffed, picking EM64 up. “EM64, you are hereby relieved of your command of the Koopa armies and removed from the Koopa Empire, effective immediately.”
“B-Bowser, wait, you can’t do this!” EM64 shouted, struggling against the Koopa King’s grip. “I… I’m sorry! I d-didn’t mean–”
Before EM64 could say another word, Bowser tossed him up into the air and slammed a fist into him, sending EM64 flying right out the window and beyond the borders of the kingdom. He brushed his hands off before turning to the others. “Hey… thanks for getting me here. For… helping me. I coulda made it to him, but… without you guys, my troops wouldn’t have had the motivation to turn. They outmatch me, but with you guys…”
“Hey, no problem, Bowser!” Mario grinned, giving his old enemy a thumbs-up. “Glad to help!”
“...You’re not going to kidnap me again, are you?” Peach asked.
Bowser was silent for a moment. Then, he shook his head. “Nah. I… I’m ending this.” He turned towards Peach and held out a hand. “I’d like to make peace with the Mushroom Kingdom… for good.”
After a moment of surprise, Peach smiled and took Bowser’s hand. “I think that’s a wonderful idea.”
“PAPA!”
Bowser released Peach’s hand and turned around just in time for Bowser Jr. and the Koopalings to tackle him. Kamek stood in the doorway, smiling. “Koopalings freed, sire. Everything is as it should be.”
Bowser smiled, glancing towards Peach. “Yeah… yeah, it is.”
And Peach herself couldn’t help but smile as well. “Say… how about some cake at my place? And… Bowser?”
Bowser looked up, a little confused.
“You’re invited.” Peach held out a hand. “Let’s celebrate the end of this war properly.”
Bowser grinned. “Oh, hell yeah!” He turned to his kids. “C’mon, kids, let’s go get some cake!”
Junior and the Koopalings cheered as they followed Bowser and the others out of the room.
“So… all’s well that ends well, huh?” SMG4 said.
“Mhm!” Mario grinned. “And I don’t have to kick turtle ass anymore!”
“Eh…” Onyxking looked back towards the broken window. “EM64’s still out there, and… Bowser said some guy named Morton was helping? Where was he?”
“Who knows?” SMG4 shrugged. “I’m… sure everything will be answered in time. For now…”
“CAKE!” Mario shouted, grabbing the two by their overalls and dragging them after Peach and Bowser. “Can’t take too long!”
Later, at the castle, the crew sat together, enjoying some cake. SMG4 chatted with Onyxking, Minion, and SLG4. Bowser and Peach discussed the terms of the end of their war over a few slices. Mario and Luigi talked in Italian between bites, while Meggy sat next to her closest friend (she was trying her best to follow along).
Finally, things felt… peaceful.
Then, X and FM walked in, looking exhausted . SMG4’s eyes widened at their state. “Jeez, you two. What happened.”
“Long story,” X muttered. “I’m just… gonna go sleep.”
“Same.” FM proceeded to pass out right there on the floor with one final mutter of “Stupid fucking kid…”
The room was silent for a bit before Meggy spoke up. “...so what is that about?”
EM64 groaned as he stepped into an elevator. As it began to lower into the ground, his watch beeped. He froze up before pressing it. A projection appeared onscreen: a shadowy figure, who bore a resemblance to a Mario. One of his arms reflected a bit of light, indicating a metallic structure.
“EM64. I hear you lost the Koopa Kingdom.”
“Yeah, well, screw Bowser! I don’t need him!” EM64 looked away. “With this whole thing you helped fund, I won’t need anybody else!”
“I hope so. I wouldn’t want to be disappointed in my investment… again. How goes it?”
As the elevator door opened, EM64 stepped out into some sort of workshop. He smiled, looking upon what appeared to be a giant rocket engine under construction. Morton stood off to the side, supervising.
“Project K.M. is underway, Shadow. And once it’s done, nobody will underestimate me again.”
Notes:
So, EM64's on his own now! This will be followed up... eventually.
This episode took some loose inspiration from Onyxking's Bowsette episode, where EM64 took advantage of Bowser's new form to claim he was an impostor and take the kingdom over for himself, only for Bowser to return with help from Mario and kick EM64 out for good.
Also, I finally got to introduce the Robot Clones into this canon! Another classic villain down.
Anywayyyyy, next time, we catch up on what the hell X and FM were doing this whole time!

Pages Navigation
StormLobby on Chapter 2 Sat 20 May 2023 03:35PM UTC
Comment Actions
THEBIGGESTSHOTINTOWN on Chapter 3 Fri 07 Jul 2023 04:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 3 Fri 07 Jul 2023 05:59PM UTC
Last Edited Sat 08 Jul 2023 01:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
lolx3 (sorrowberry) on Chapter 5 Sat 22 Jun 2024 09:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 5 Sun 23 Jun 2024 02:58AM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 7 Tue 02 May 2023 09:25PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 7 Tue 02 May 2023 10:42PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 02 May 2023 11:42PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 7 Wed 03 May 2023 08:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 7 Wed 03 May 2023 11:26PM UTC
Last Edited Sun 07 May 2023 11:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 7 Wed 10 May 2023 11:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 8 Sat 20 May 2023 03:54PM UTC
Last Edited Sat 20 May 2023 03:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 9 Sun 21 May 2023 01:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
Chrisgalar (Guest) on Chapter 9 Mon 18 Mar 2024 03:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 9 Mon 18 Mar 2024 04:43PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 10 Sun 21 May 2023 02:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 11 Sun 21 May 2023 04:03PM UTC
Last Edited Sun 21 May 2023 04:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 11 Sun 21 May 2023 06:07PM UTC
Last Edited Sat 03 Jun 2023 04:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 13 Sat 03 Jun 2023 10:31PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 13 Sun 04 Jun 2023 01:28AM UTC
Last Edited Sun 04 Jun 2023 01:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 13 Sun 04 Jun 2023 02:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 14 Sat 03 Jun 2023 11:40PM UTC
Last Edited Sat 03 Jun 2023 11:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 14 Sat 03 Jun 2023 11:50PM UTC
Last Edited Sun 04 Jun 2023 12:54AM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 14 Sun 04 Jun 2023 01:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 15 Wed 07 Jun 2023 02:41PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 07 Jun 2023 02:43PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 16 Sun 11 Jun 2023 10:36AM UTC
Last Edited Sun 11 Jun 2023 12:31PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 17 Wed 14 Jun 2023 07:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 17 Wed 14 Jun 2023 07:52PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 14 Jun 2023 08:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 17 Sat 17 Jun 2023 01:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 19 Sat 17 Jun 2023 01:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
Broseph0521 on Chapter 21 Sat 24 Jun 2023 09:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 21 Sat 24 Jun 2023 10:03PM UTC
Last Edited Sun 07 Jan 2024 12:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 20 Wed 21 Jun 2023 10:10PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 22 Thu 29 Jun 2023 09:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 22 Thu 29 Jun 2023 01:36PM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 22 Mon 03 Jul 2023 11:09AM UTC
Comment Actions
StormLobby on Chapter 23 Mon 03 Jul 2023 11:48AM UTC
Last Edited Mon 03 Jul 2023 11:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 23 Mon 03 Jul 2023 04:45PM UTC
Last Edited Thu 13 Jul 2023 05:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
THEBIGGESTSHOTINTOWN on Chapter 24 Fri 07 Jul 2023 08:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
PG29 on Chapter 24 Fri 07 Jul 2023 08:43PM UTC
Last Edited Thu 13 Jul 2023 09:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation